Rumantsch è ina lingua naziunala, ma ina lingua parzialmain uffiziala da la Confederaziun, numnadamain en la correspundenza cun persunas da lingua rumantscha. La translaziun d’in decret federal serva a l’infurmaziun, n’ha dentant nagina validitad legala.
dals 10 da december 1907 (versiun dal 1. da fanadur 2020)
A. Applicaziun dal dretg
1 La lescha vegn applitgada per tut las dumondas giuridicas, a las qualas il text u l’interpretaziun d’ina da sias disposiziuns po sa referir.
2 Sche la lescha na cuntegna betg ina disposiziun legala, duai il derschader1 decider tenor il dretg da disa e – nua che er in tal manca – tenor la regla ch’el fixass sco legislatur.
3 El suonda en quest connex la scienza giuridica e la giurisprudenza approvada.
1 Noziun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). Questa midada è resguardada en l’entir decret.
B. Cuntegn dal dretg civil
I. Agir en buna fai
1 Mintgin sto agir en buna fai faschond valair ses dretgs ed ademplind sias obligaziuns.
2 L’abus evident d’in dretg na vegn betg protegì da la lescha.
II. Buna fai
1 Sche la lescha fa dependent l’effect giuridic da la buna fai d’ina persuna, vegn quella presumada.
2 Tgi che n’avess betg pudì agir en buna fai, sch’el fiss stà attent en la dimensiun che las circumstanzas permettevan, n’ha betg il dretg da sa referir a la buna fai.
III. Appreziar dal derschader1
Il derschader sto decider tenor dretg e giustia, sche la lescha al permetta da giuditgar tenor ses appreziar u al prescriva da tegnair quint da las circumstanzas u da motivs relevants.
1 Noziun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). Questa midada è resguardada en l’entir decret.
C. Dretg federal e dretg chantunal
I. Dretg civil chantunal ed isanza locala
1 Ils chantuns èn autorisads da decretar u d’abolir disposiziuns dal dretg civil, uschenavant ch’il dretg federal resalva quai al dretg chantunal.
2 Nua che la lescha renviescha a la pratica u a l’isanza locala, vala il dretg chantunal vertent sco expressiun da quellas, uschè ditg ch’ina pratica divergenta n’è betg cumprovada.
II. Dretg public dals chantuns
1 Il dretg civil federal na limitescha betg las cumpetenzas dals chantuns concernent lur dretg public.
2 Entaifer ils limits da lur suveranitad pon ils chantuns restrenscher u scumandar il traffic cun tschertas spezias da chaussas u declerar nunvalaivels ils acts giuridics che sa refereschan a talas chaussas.
D. Disposiziuns generalas dal Dretg d’obligaziuns
Las disposiziuns generalas dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1 davart la conclusiun, davart l’adempliment e davart l’aboliziun da contracts vegnan er applitgadas per autras relaziuns da dretg civil.
1 SR 220
E. Cumprova
I. Chargia da cumprova
Nua che la lescha na dispona betg autramain, sto mintgin che vul deducir ses dretgs d’in fatg pretendì, cumprovar l’existenza da quel.
II. Cumprova cun documents publics
1 Registers e documents publics cumprovan cumplainamain ils fatgs ch’els attestan, uschè ditg che l’incorrectadad da lur cuntegn n’è betg cumprovada.
2 Questa cumprova n’è betg liada vi d’ina furma speziala.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Persunalitad en general
I. Giudiment dals dretgs civils
1 Mintgin è capabel da giudair dretgs.
2 Per consequenza han tut ils umans – entaifer ils limits fixads da la lescha – la medema abilitad d’avair dretgs ed obligaziuns.
II. Abilitad d’agir
1. Cuntegn
Tgi ch’è abel d’agir, po acquistar dretgs ed obligaziuns tras l’agen agir.
2. Premissas
a. En general
Tut las persunas maiorennas ch’èn ablas da giuditgar han l’abilitad d’agir.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Maiorennitad
Tgi che ha cumplenì 18 onns è maioren.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
c. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 7 d’oct. 1994, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 II 1169).
d. Abilitad da giuditgar
Abel da giuditgar en il senn da questa lescha è mintga persuna che n’è betg privada da l’abilitad d’agir raschunaivlamain, perquai ch’ella è anc fitg giuvna u perquai ch’ella ha in impediment spiertal, in disturbi psichic u sa chatta en in stadi d’aivradad u en stadis sumegliants.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Inabilitad d’agir
1. En general
Inablas d’agir èn persunas inablas da giuditgar, persunas minorennas e persunas sut curatella cumplessiva.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Mancanza da l’abilitad da giuditgar
Tgi che n’è betg abel da giuditgar na po betg – cun resalva da las excepziuns legalas – chaschunar in effect giuridic tras l’agen agir.
3. Persunas ablas da giuditgar, ma inablas d’agir
a. Princip1
1 Persunas ablas da giuditgar, ma inablas d’agir pon surpigliar obligaziuns u renunziar a dretgs mo cun il consentiment da lur represchentant legal.2
2 Senza quest consentiment pon ellas cuntanscher avantatgs gratuits sco er reglar affars pitschens da la vita da mintgadi.3
3 Ellas èn responsablas per donns che resultan tras acts illegals.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Consentiment dal represchentant legal
1 Sche la lescha na dispona betg autramain, po il represchentant legal dar gia ordavant ses consentiment expressiv u taciturn u approvar posteriuramain l’affar.
2 L’autra partida vegn deliberada da sia obligaziun, sche l’approvaziun na vegn betg fatga entaifer in termin adequat ch’ella fixescha sezza u ch’ella lascha fixar dal derschader.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
c. Mancanza dal consentiment
1 Sch’il represchentant legal n’approvescha betg l’affar, po mintga partida pretender enavos las prestaziuns furnidas. La persuna inabla d’agir sto dentant star buna mo per quella part da la prestaziun, da la quala ella ha gì in profit, da la quala ella è anc enritgida cur che la restituziun vegn pretendida u da la quala ella è s’alienada cun malart.
2 Sche la persuna inabla d’agir ha dà da crair a l’autra partida ch’ella saja abla d’agir, è ella responsabla per il donn ch’ella ha chaschunà a la partida manada en errur.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Dretgs persunals inalienabels
1 Persunas ablas da giuditgar, ma inablas d’agir exerciteschan en moda autonoma lur dretgs persunals inalienabels; resalvads restan cas, nua che la lescha prevesa il consentiment dal represchentant legal.
2 En num da las persunas inablas da giuditgar agescha il represchentant legal, nun ch’in dretg saja collià uschè stretgamain cun la persunalitad che mintga represchentanza è exclusa.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
IIIbis. Restricziun da l’abilitad d’agir
L’abilitad d’agir po vegnir restrenschida tras ina mesira da la protecziun da creschids.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
IV.1 Parentella e quinanza
1. Parentella
1 Il grad da la parentella2 vegn fixà tenor il dumber da las generaziuns.
2 Duas persunas èn parentadas en lingia directa, sch’ina descenda da l’autra, ed en lingia laterala, sch’ellas descendan d’in genitur cuminaivel, dentant betg l’ina da l’autra.
2. Quinanza
1 Tgi ch’è parentà cun ina persuna, stat en la medema lingia ed en il medem grad da quinanza cun il consort da quella u cun il partenari registrà da quella.
2 La quinanza na finescha betg cun la schliaziun da la lètg u dal partenadi registrà ch’è la basa da la quinanza.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 8 da l’agiunta da la Lescha da partenadi dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
V. Lieu d’origin e domicil
1. Lieu d’origin
1 Il dretg da burgais determinescha il lieu d’origin d’ina persuna.
2 Il dretg public determinescha il dretg da burgais.
3 Sch’ina persuna ha il dretg da burgais en plirs lieus, è ses lieu d’origin il lieu, nua ch’ella ha actualmain ses domicil u nua ch’ella ha gì ses ultim domicil; manca in tal domicil è quai il lieu, nua ch’ella u ses perdavants han acquistà lur ultim dretg da burgais.
2. Domicil
a. Noziun
1 Il domicil d’ina persuna sa chatta là, nua ch’ella sa trategna cun l’intenziun da restar permanentamain; la dimora per intents da scolaziun u il plazzament d’ina persuna en in institut d’educaziun u da tgira, en in ospital u en ina praschun na constituescha en sasez betg in domicil.1
2 Nagin na po avair ses domicil a medem temp a plirs lieus.
3 Questa disposiziun na vala betg per il domicil da fatschenta.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Midada da domicil u da dimora
1 Mintga persuna mantegna ses domicil uschè ditg ch’ella n’ha betg acquistà in auter.
2 Il lieu da dimora d’ina persuna vala sco ses domicil, sch’i n’è betg pussaivel da cumprovar l’existenza d’in anteriur domicil u sch’ella ha bandunà ses domicil a l’exteriur senza fundar in nov domicil en Svizra.
c. Domicil da persunas minorennas2
1 Sco domicil da l’uffant sut tgira genituriala3 vala il domicil dals geniturs u, sch’ils geniturs n’han betg in domicil cuminaivel, il domicil dal genitur che ha la tgira genituriala; en ils ulteriurs cas vala il lieu da dimora da l’uffant sco ses domicil.
2 Uffants sut avugà han lur domicil a la sedia da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.4
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Noziun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). Questa midada è resguardada en l’entir decret.
4 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
d. Domicil da persunas maiorennas sut curatella cumplessiva
Persunas maiorennas sut curatella cumplessiva han lur domicil a la sedia da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Protecziun da la persunalitad
I. Cunter obligaziuns excessivas1
1 Nagin na po renunziar ni dal tuttafatg ni parzialmain a ses dretgs civils ed a sia abilitad d’agir.
2 Nagin na po alienar sia libertad u sa restrenscher en il diever da quella en in grad che violescha il dretg u la morala.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
II. Cunter violaziuns
1. Princip
1 Tgi che vegn violà illegalmain en sia persunalitad, po – per sa proteger – appellar al derschader cunter mintgin che sa participescha a la violaziun.
2 Ina violaziun è illegala, sch’ella n’è betg giustifitgada tras il consentiment da la persuna violada, tras in interess privat u public predominant u tenor la lescha.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2. Plant
a. En general2
1 L’accusader po dumandar il derschader:
2 En spezial po el pretender che la rectificaziun u che la sentenzia vegnian communitgadas a terzas persunas u publitgadas.
3 Resalvads restan ils plants per pretender ina indemnisaziun dal donn ed ina bunificaziun sco er per pajar ora in gudogn tenor las disposiziuns davart la gestiun senza mandat.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 2006 (protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, cunter smanatschas u cunter persecuziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
b. Violenza, smanatschas u persecuziuns
1 Per la protecziun cunter violenza, cunter smanatschas u cunter persecuziuns po la persuna che porta plant dumandar il derschader da scumandar a la persuna che violescha, en spezial:
2 Sche la persuna che porta plant viva en in’abitaziun ensemen cun la persuna che violescha, po ella ultra da quai dumandar il derschader da metter per in tschert temp davant porta la persuna che violescha. Per motivs relevants po quest termin vegnir prolungà ina giada.
3 Il derschader po, uschenavant che quai para giustifitgabel tenor las circumstanzas:
3bis El communitgescha sia decisiun a las autoritads cumpetentas per la protecziun d’uffants e da creschids ed al post chantunal cumpetent tenor l’alinea 4 sco er ad ulteriuras autoritads ed a terzas persunas, sche quai para necessari per ademplir lur incumbensas u per proteger la persuna che porta plant u sche quai serva ad exequir la decisiun.2
4 Ils chantuns determineschan – en cas da crisa – in post che po disponer immediatamain che la persuna che violescha vegnia messa davant porta da l’abitaziun cuminaivla e reglan la procedura.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636), versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 2006 (protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, cunter smanatschas u cunter persecuziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 14 da dec. 2018 davart la meglieraziun da la protecziun da victimas da violenza, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2020 (AS 2019 2273; BBl 2017 7307).
3. ...
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636). Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
4. Dretg da replica
a. Princip2
1 Tgi che vegn pertutgà directamain en sia persunalitad tras preschentaziuns dals fatgs en meds da communicaziun che cumparan periodicamain, en spezial en la pressa, al radio u en la televisiun, ha il dretg da far ina replica.
2 Nagin dretg da far ina replica exista, sch’igl è vegnì rapportà tenor la vardad davart tractativas publicas d’ina autoritad e sche la persuna pertutgada ha fatg part da las tractativas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 2006 (protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, cunter smanatschas u cunter persecuziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
b. Furma e cuntegn
1 La replica duai esser concisa e sa restrenscher sin l’object da la preschentaziun contestada.
2 La replica po vegnir refusada, sch’ella è evidentamain incorrecta u sch’ella violescha il dretg u la morala.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
c. Procedura
1 La persuna pertutgada sto trametter la replica a l’interpresa responsabla dal med da communicaziun entaifer 20 dis suenter avair prendì enconuschientscha da la preschentaziun dals fatgs contestada, dentant fin il pli tard 3 mais suenter la derasaziun da questa preschentaziun.
2 L’interpresa communitgescha immediatamain a la persuna pertutgada, cur ch’ella publitgescha la replica u per tge motivs ch’ella refusa quella.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
d. Publicaziun
1 La replica sto vegnir communitgada uschè baud sco pussaivel e però uschia ch’ella cuntanscha il medem circul da persunas sco la preschentaziun dals fatgs contestada.
2 La replica sto vegnir segnada sco tala; l’interpresa dal med da communicaziun responsabla dastga mo agiuntar la decleraziun, nua ch’ella inditgescha ch’ella mantegnia sia versiun dals fatgs u sin tge funtaunas ch’ella sa basia.
3 La publicaziun da la replica vegn fatga gratuitamain.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
e. Appellaziun al derschader
1 Sche l’interpresa dal med da communicaziun responsabla impedescha l’execuziun dal dretg da far ina replica, sch’ella refusa da publitgar la replica u sch’ella na publitgescha betg en moda correcta la replica, po la persuna pertutgada appellar al derschader.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 16 da dec. 1983, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
III. Dretg dal num
1. Protecziun dal num
1 Sch’i vegn contestà ad ina persuna da purtar ses num, po ella purtar plant per laschar fixar ses dretg.
2 Sch’ina persuna vegn pregiuditgada tras quai ch’ina autra persuna usurpescha ses num, po ella purtar plant per tralaschar quai sco er – en cas da culpa – per survegnir ina indemnisaziun e – sch’il gener da la pregiudicaziun giustifitgescha quai – per survegnir ina summa da daners sco satisfacziun.
2. Midada dal num
a. En general1
1 La regenza dal chantun da domicil po permetter ad ina persuna da midar il num, sch’i existan motivs respectabels.2
3 Tgi che vegn violà tras ina midada dal num po – entaifer 1 onn suenter avair prendì enconuschientscha da tala – contestar quella davant il derschader.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
3 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
b. En cas da mort d’in consort
Sch’in consort mora, po l’auter consort, che ha midà ses num a chaschun da la maridaglia, declerar da tut temp al funcziunari da stadi civil ch’el veglia puspè purtar ses num da nubil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
C. Cumenzament e fin da la persunalitad
I. Naschientscha e mort
1 La persunalitad cumenza cun la naschientscha accumplida da l’uffant vivent e finescha cun la mort.
2 Avant la naschientscha è l’uffant capabel da giudair dretgs cun la resalva ch’el naschia viv.
II. Cumprova
1. Chargia da cumprova
1 Tgi che pretenda – per far diever d’in dretg – ch’ina persuna vivia u ch’ella saja morta ubain ch’ella era en vita in tschert mument u ch’ella haja survivì in’autra persuna, sto cumprovar quai.
2 Sche pliras persunas èn mortas, senza ch’ins po cumprovar ch’ina persuna haja survivì l’autra, vegni presumà ch’ellas sajan mortas il medem mument.
2. Meds da cumprova
a. En general
1 La cumprova per la naschientscha u per la mort d’ina persuna vegn prestada cun ils documents dal stadi civil.
2 Sch’i mancan tals u sche quels ch’èn avant maun n’èn betg corrects, po la cumprova vegnir prestada en in’autra moda e maniera.
b. Indizis da mort
La mort d’ina persuna po – er sche nagin n’ha vis la bara – vegnir resguardada sco cumprovada, sch’ina persuna è sparida sut circumstanzas che laschan parair sia mort sco segira.
III. Decleraziun da spariziun
1. En general
1 Sch’ina persuna è probablamain morta, essend sparida en grond privel da mort u essend absenta daditg senza messadi, po il derschader – sin dumonda da quellas persunas che fan valair dretgs da la mort da la persuna sparida – declerar la persuna sco sparida.
1 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2. Procedura
1 La dumonda po vegnir fatga suenter la scadenza d’almain 1 onn dapi che la persuna è sparida en privel da mort u da 5 onns suenter l’ultim messadi.
2 Cun in appel uffizial ed adequat envida il derschader tuts che pon far indicaziuns davart la persuna sparida u absenta da s’annunziar entaifer in tschert termin fixà.
3 Quest termin sto vegnir fixà ad almain 1 onn dapi l’emprima publicaziun.
3. Scadenza da la dumonda
La dumonda scada, sche la persuna ch’era sparida u absenta s’annunzia entaifer il termin, sch’i vegnan fatgas indicaziuns davart ella ubain sch’i vegn cumprovada la data da sia mort.
4. Effect
1 Sch’i n’entran naginas annunzias entaifer il termin fixà, vegn la persuna ch’era sparida u absenta declerada sco sparida ed i pon vegnir fatgs valair ils dretgs che vegnan deducids da sia mort, sco sche la mort fiss cumprovada.
2 L’effect da la decleraziun da spariziun cumenza il mument che la persuna è sparida en privel da mort u il mument da l’ultim messadi.
3 Cun la decleraziun da spariziun vegn schliada la lètg.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
A. Register
I. En general
1 Il stadi civil vegn documentà en in register electronic (register da stadi civil).
2 Tar il stadi civil d’ina persuna tutgan oravant tut:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017 (documentaziun publica dal stadi civil e register funsil), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
II. Obligaziun d’annunzia1
1 Il Cussegl federal fixescha las persunas e las autoritads ch’èn obligadas d’annunziar las infurmaziuns necessarias per documentar il stadi civil d’ina persuna.
2 El po prevair che cuntravenziuns cunter l’obligaziun d’annunzia vegnan chastiads cun ina multa.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
2 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil), cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
III. Cumprova d’indicaziuns nundispitaivlas
1 Sch’i ston vegnir cumprovadas indicaziuns davart il stadi civil tras documents, po l’autoritad chantunala da surveglianza autorisar la cumprova tras la consegna d’ina decleraziun dal funcziunari da stadi civil, uschenavant ch’igl è – suenter stentas suffizientas – nunpussaivel u insupportabel da procurar per ils documents ed uschenavant che las indicaziuns n’èn betg dispitaivlas.
2 Il funcziunari da stadi civil renda attenta la persuna che dat la decleraziun a sia obligaziun da dir la vardad ed a las consequenzas penalas d’ina decleraziun faussa.
IV. Repassada
1. Tras il derschader
1 Tgi che cumprova in interess persunal ch’è degn da vegnir protegì, po dumandar il derschader da registrar indicaziuns dispitaivlas davart il stadi civil, da curreger u d’annullar ina registraziun. Il derschader taidla las autoritads chantunalas da surveglianza pertutgadas e las trametta la sentenzia.
2 Las autoritads chantunalas da surveglianza han er il dretg da purtar plant.
2. Tras las autoritads da stadi civil
Las autoritads da stadi civil rectifitgeschan d’uffizi sbagls che sa basan evidentamain sin ina svista u sin in’errur.
V. Protecziun da datas e communicaziun da datas
1 En il sectur da la documentaziun publica dal stadi civil procura il Cussegl federal per la protecziun da la persunalitad e dals dretgs fundamentals da quellas persunas, da las qualas vegnan elavuradas las datas.
2 El regla la communicaziun da las datas a persunas privatas che pon cumprovar in interess direct ch’è degn da vegnir protegì.
3 El numna las autoritads ordaifer il sectur dal stadi civil, a las qualas vegnan communitgadas regularmain u sin dumonda las datas ch’èn necessarias per ademplir lur incumbensas legalas. Resalvadas restan las prescripziuns davart la communicaziun tenor ina lescha chantunala.
3bis Las autoritads da stadi civil èn obligadas da denunziar a l’autoritad cumpetenta tut ils malfatgs ch’ellas constateschan tar lur activitad uffiziala.2
4 A las datas ch’èn necessarias per controllar l’identitad d’ina persuna han – en la procedura d’invista – access:
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2012 davart mesiras cunter maridaglias sfurzadas, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
3 SR 143.1
4 Versiun tenor la cifra 4 da l’agiunta 1 da la LF dals 13 da zer. 2008 davart ils sistems d’infurmaziun da polizia da la Confederaziun, en vigur dapi ils 5 da dec. 2008 (AS 2008 4989; BBl 2006 5061).
5 SR 361
6 Ussa: art. 365.
7 Actualmain l’Uffizi federal da polizia.
8 Integrà tras la cifra II 4 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 25 da sett. 2015 davart il servetsch d’infurmaziun, en vigur dapi il 1. da sett. 2017 (AS 2017 4095; BBl 2014 2105).
9 SR 121
10 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017 (documentaziun publica dal stadi civil e register funsil), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
11 SR 431.02
12 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017 (documentaziun publica dal stadi civil e register funsil), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
13 SR 831.10
14 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017 (documentaziun publica dal stadi civil e register funsil), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
15 SR 235.2
B. Organisaziun
I. Autoritads da stadi civil
1. Funcziunaris da stadi civil
1 Ils funcziunaris da stadi civil adempleschan en spezial las suandantas incumbensas:
2 Il Cussegl federal po excepziunalmain incaricar in represchentant da la Svizra a l’exteriur cun incumbensas da stadi civil.
2. Autoritads da surveglianza
1 Mintga chantun nominescha l’autoritad da surveglianza.
2 Questa autoritad ha spezialmain las suandantas incumbensas:
3 La Confederaziun ha la surveglianza suprema. Ella po inoltrar meds legals chantunals cunter disposiziuns dals funcziunaris da stadi civil sco er cunter quellas da las autoritads da surveglianza.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
Ia. Sistem d’infurmaziun central da persunas
1 La Confederaziun maina e sviluppa in sistem d’infurmaziun central da persunas per l’administraziun dal register da stadi civil.
2 Ella surpiglia ils custs da gestiun e da svilup.
3 Ils chantuns pajan a la Confederaziun ina taxa annuala per duvrar il sistem per intents dals fatgs dal stadi civil.
4 La Confederaziun includa ils chantuns en il svilup dal sistem. Ella als porscha sustegn professiunal per duvrar il sistem.
5 En cooperaziun cun ils chantuns regla il Cussegl federal:
6 La Confederaziun po prevair ch’ils custs da prestaziuns per terzas persunas ordaifer ils fatgs dal stadi civil vegnian mess a quint a questas terzas persunas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil) (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639). Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
II. Responsabladad
1 Tgi che vegn violà illegalmain tras las persunas che lavuran en il sectur dal stadi civil e che exequeschan lur activitad uffiziala, ha il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun dal donn ed – en cas che la grevezza da la violaziun giustifitgescha quai – ina bunificaziun
2 Star bun sto il chantun; el po prender regress sin las persunas che han chaschunà la violaziun intenziunadamain u per greva negligientscha.
3 Per las persunas che vegnan engaschadas da la Confederaziun vegn applitgada la Lescha da responsabladad dals 14 da mars 19581.
1 SR 170.32
III. Mesiras disciplinaras
1 Las persunas che lavuran tar ils uffizis da stadi civil e che violeschan sapientivamain u per negligientscha l’obligaziun d’uffizi, vegnan chastiadas da l’autoritad da surveglianza cun mesiras disciplinaras.
2 La mesira disciplinara cumpiglia ina reprimanda, ina multa fin 1 000 francs u – en cas grevs – ina destituziun da l’uffizi.
3 La persecuziun penala resta resalvada.
C. Disposiziuns executivas
I. Dretg federal
1 Il Cussegl federal decretescha las disposiziuns executivas.
2 El regla cunzunt:
3 Per garantir in’execuziun fidada e professiunala po il Cussegl federal decretar pretensiuns minimalas a la scolaziun ed a la furmaziun supplementara da las persunas che lavuran en il sectur dal stadi civil sco er al grad d’occupaziun dals funcziunaris da stadi civil.
4 El fixescha las taxas che ston vegnir incassadas en il sectur dal stadi civil.
5 El determinescha las premissas, tenor las qualas igl è admess, sin via electronica, da:
1 SR 831.10
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 23 da zer. 2006 davart l’armonisaziun dals registers, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2006 4165; BBl 2006 427).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
II. Dretg chantunal
1 Ils chantuns fixeschan ils circuls da stadi civil.
2 Els decreteschan las disposiziuns executivas necessarias en il rom dal dretg federal.
3 Las prescripziuns chantunalas – cun excepziun da quellas davart la salarisaziun da las persunas che lavuran en il sectur dal stadi civil – ston vegnir approvadas da la Confederaziun per esser valaivlas.
Abolì
A. Persunalitad
1 Las cuminanzas da persunas ch’èn organisadas corporativamain sco er ils instituts che han in intent spezial ed ils instituts autonoms acquistan la persunalitad giuridica tras l’inscripziun en il register da commerzi.
2 Dispensads da l’inscripziun èn las corporaziuns ed ils instituts da dretg public sco er las uniuns che n’han betg finamiras economicas.1
3 Cuminanzas da persunas ed instituts cun intents immorals u illegals na pon betg acquistar la persunalitad giuridica.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 12 da dec. 2014 davart la realisaziun da las recumandaziuns dal «Groupe d’action financière», revedidas l’onn 2012, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2016 (AS 2015 1389; BBl 2014 605).
B. Giudiment dals dretgs civils
Las persunas giuridicas èn ablas da giudair tut ils dretgs e d’ademplir tut las obligaziuns che na dependan betg obligatoricamain da las qualitads natiralas da l’uman, sco la schlattaina, la vegliadetgna u la parentella.
C. Abilitad d’agir
I. Premissa
Las persunas giuridicas èn ablas d’agir, uschespert ch’i èn vegnids nominads ils organs che la lescha u ch’ils statuts pretendan per quest intent.
II. Moda
1 Ils organs han l’incumbensa d’exprimer la voluntad da la persuna giuridica.
2 Els obligheschan la persuna giuridica tant tras la conclusiun d’acts giuridics sco er tras lur ulteriur cumportament.
3 Las persunas che ageschan èn ultra da quai responsablas persunalmain per lur falliments.
D. Sedia
La sedia da la persuna giuridica sa chatta al lieu da sia administraziun, nun ch’ils statuts fixeschian insatge auter.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
E. Dissoluziun
I. Utilisaziun da la facultad
1 Sch’ina persuna giuridica vegn dissolvida, croda sia facultad a la communitad (Confederaziun, chantun, vischnanca), a la quala ella ha appartegnì tenor ses intent, nun che la lescha, ils statuts, il document da fundaziun u ils organs cumpetents hajan fixà insatge auter.
2 La facultad sto vegnir utilisada uschenavant sco pussaivel tenor l’intent da fin ussa.
3 Sch’ina persuna giuridica vegn dissolvida, perquai ch’ella ha finamiras immoralas u illegalas, croda sia facultad a la communitad, er sch’igl è vegnì fixà insatge auter.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
II. Liquidaziun
La facultad da las persunas giuridicas vegn liquidada tenor las prescripziuns che valan per las associaziuns.
F. Resalva dal dretg public sco er dal dretg da societads e d’associaziuns
1 Per las corporaziuns e per ils instituts da dretg public e da caracter ecclesiastic resta resalvà il dretg public da la Confederaziun e dals chantuns.
2 Cuminanzas da persunas che han ina finamira economica èn suttamessas a las disposiziuns davart las societads e davart las associaziuns.
3 Associaziuns da pastgira cuminaivla e corporaziuns sumegliantas restan suttamessas a las disposiziuns dal dretg chantunal.
A. Fundaziun
I. Organisaziun corporativa
1 Uniuns che sa deditgeschan ad ina incumbensa politica, religiusa, scientifica, artistica, da beneficenza u da divertiment ubain ad in’autra incumbensa betg economica acquistan la persunalitad, uschespert che la voluntad d’exister sco corporaziun resulta da lur statuts.
2 Ils statuts ston esser redigids en scrit e cuntegnair las disposiziuns necessarias davart l’intent, davart ils meds finanzials e davart l’organisaziun da l’uniun.
II. Inscripziun en il register da commerzi1
1 Cur ch’ils statuts èn approvads e cur che la suprastanza è nominada, è l’uniun autorisada da sa laschar inscriver en il register da commerzi.
2 L’inscripziun è obligatorica, sche l’uniun:
3 A l’annunzia da l’inscripziun ston vegnir agiuntads ils statuts e la glista dals commembers da la suprastanza.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
III. Uniuns senza persunalitad
Las uniuns che na pon betg acquistar u che n’han betg anc acquistà la persunalitad vegnan tractadas sco las societads simplas.
IV. Relaziun tranter statuts e lescha
1 Sch’ils statuts na cuntegnan naginas prescripziuns davart l’organisaziun e davart la relaziun da l’uniun tar ses commembers, vegnan applitgadas las disposiziuns qua sutvart.
2 Ils statuts na pon betg midar disposiziuns che ston vegnir applitgadas tenor la lescha.
B. Organisaziun
I. Radunanza generala
1. Impurtanza e convocaziun
1 La radunanza generala è l’organ suprem da l’uniun.
2 Ella vegn convocada da la suprastanza.
3 La convocaziun vegn fatga tenor las prescripziuns dals statuts ed ultra da quai tenor la lescha, sch’in tschintgavel dals commembers pretenda quai.
2. Cumpetenza
1 La radunanza generala decida davart la recepziun e davart l’exclusiun da commembers, elegia la suprastanza e concluda tut las chaussas che n’èn betg vegnidas surdadas ad auters organs da l’uniun.
2 Ella surveglia l’activitad dals organs ed als po revocar da tut temp, senza pregiuditgar lur dretgs che sa basan sin contracts existents.
3 Il dretg da revocaziun exista tenor la lescha, sch’in motiv relevant giustifitgescha la revocaziun.
3. Conclus da l’uniun
a. Furma
1 Ils conclus da l’uniun vegnan prendids da la radunanza generala.
2 Sche tut ils commembers dattan lur consentiment en scrit ad ina proposta, ha quai la medema vigur sco in conclus da la radunanza generala.
b. Dretg da votar e maioritad
1 En la radunanza generala han tut ils commembers il medem dretg da votar.
2 Ils conclus da l’uniun vegnan prendids cun la maioritad da las vuschs dals commembers preschents.
3 Davart chaussas che n’èn betg vegnidas annunziadas ordavant tenor l’urden dastgi vegnir concludì mo, sch’ils statuts permettan expressivamain quai.
c. Exclusiun dal dretg da votar
Mintga commember è exclus dal dretg da votar tenor la lescha, sche l’uniun concluda davart in act giuridic u davart ina dispita giuridica tranter el, ses consort u in parent en lingia directa d’ina vart e l’uniun da l’autra vart.
II. Suprastanza
1. Dretgs ed obligaziuns en general1
La suprastanza ha il dretg e l’obligaziun da manar ils affars da l’uniun e da la represchentar tenor las cumpetenzas concedidas tras ils statuts.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2. Contabilitad
La suprastanza maina ils cudeschs da fatschenta da l’uniun. Las prescripziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns2 davart la contabilitad commerziala e davart il rendaquint valan tenor il senn.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas; AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969). Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 23 da dec. 2011 (dretg da rendaquint), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 6679; BBl 2008 1589).
2 SR 220
III. Post da revisiun
1 L’uniun sto laschar far in post da revisiun ina controlla ordinaria da sia contabilitad, sche duas da las suandantas grondezzas vegnan surpassadas durant 2 onns da gestiun consecutivs:
2 L’uniun sto laschar far in post da revisiun ina controlla limitada da sia contabilitad, sche quai vegn pretendì d’in commember da l’uniun ch’è suttamess ad ina responsabladad persunala u ch’è obligà da far pajaments supplementars.
3 Las prescripziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns2 davart il post da revisiun da societads anonimas èn applitgablas correspundentamain.
4 En ils ulteriurs cas èn ils statuts e la radunanza generala3 libers da reglar la revisiun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 SR 220
3 Rectifitgà da la Cumissiun da redacziun da l’AF (art. 58 al. 1 LParl; SR 171.10).
IV. Mancanzas en l’organisaziun
1 Sch’ina uniun n’ha betg tut ils organs prescrits, po in commember u in creditur dumandar il derschader da prender las mesiras necessarias.
2 Il derschader po en spezial fixar a l’uniun in termin per restabilir il stadi legal e – sche necessari – nominar in curatur.
3 L’uniun surpiglia ils custs da questas mesiras. Il derschader po obligar l’uniun da pajar ina provisiun a las persunas nominadas.
4 En cas da motivs relevants po l’uniun pretender dal derschader ch’el revocheschia persunas ch’el ha nominà.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
C. Commembranza
I. Entrada ed extrada
1 Novs commembers pon entrar da tut temp en l’uniun.
2 L’extrada è admissibla tenor la lescha, sch’ella vegn annunziada 6 mais avant la fin da l’onn chalendar u – sch’igl è previsa ina perioda administrativa – 6 mais avant la fin da quella.
3 La commembranza na po betg vegnir alienada u ertada.
II. Contribuziuns
Contribuziuns pon vegnir pretendidas dals commembers, sch’ils statuts prevesan quai.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da dec. 2004 (fixaziun da las contribuziuns dals commembers d’uniuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2005 (AS 2005 2117; BBl 2004 4835 4843).
III. Exclusiun
1 Ils statuts pon fixar ils motivs per excluder in commember; els pon permetter l’exclusiun er senza inditgar ils motivs.
2 En quests cas na po l’exclusiun betg vegnir contestada davant il derschader pervia dals motivs d’exclusiun.
3 Sch’ils statuts na cuntegnan naginas disposiziuns en quest reguard, dastga in commember vegnir exclus mo tras in conclus da l’uniun e per motivs relevants.
IV. Effects da l’extrada e da l’exclusiun
1 Commembers ch’extreschan u che vegnan exclus n’han nagin dretg da la facultad da l’uniun.
2 Els ston pajar lur contribuziun per il temp ch’els èn stads commembers.
V. Protecziun da l’intent da l’uniun
Nagin commember na po vegnir sfurzà d’acceptar ina midada da l’intent da l’uniun.
VI. Protecziun dals dretgs dals commembers
Mintga commember che n’ha betg approvà conclus che violeschan la lescha u ils statuts po – tenor la lescha ed entaifer 1 mais suenter ch’el ha survegnì enconuschientscha da tals – contestar quels davant il derschader.
Cbis. Responsabladad
Per las obligaziuns da l’uniun stat buna la facultad da l’uniun. Ella stat buna exclusivamain, nun ch’ils statuts fixeschian insatge auter.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da dec. 2004 (fixaziun da las contribuziuns dals commembers d’uniuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2005 (AS 2005 2117; BBl 2004 4835 4843).
D. Dissoluziun
I. Modas
1. Conclus da l’uniun
L’uniun po concluder da tut temp da sa dissolver.
2. Tenor la lescha
L’uniun vegn dissolvida tenor la lescha, sch’ella è insolventa u sche la suprastanza na po betg pli vegnir nominada tenor ils statuts.
3. Tras sentenzia
L’uniun vegn dissolvida tras il derschader sin basa d’in plant da l’autoritad cumpetenta u d’ina persuna participada, sche l’intent da l’uniun è immoral u illegal.
II. Extincziun da l’inscripziun en il register
Sche l’uniun è inscritta en il register da commerzi, ha la suprastanza u il derschader da communitgar la dissoluziun al manader dal register, per che quel extinguia l’inscripziun.
A. Constituziun
I. En general
Per constituir ina fundaziun sto ina facultad vegnir deditgada ad in intent spezial.
II. Furma
1 La fundaziun vegn constituida tras in document public u tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort.1
2 L’inscripziun en il register da commerzi ha lieu sin basa dal document da fundaziun ed – en cas da basegn – sin ordinaziun da l’autoritad da surveglianza, inditgond ils commembers da l’administraziun.
3 L’autoritad che avra la disposiziun per causa da mort, communitgescha a l’administratur dal register da commerzi la constituziun da la fundaziun.2
III. Contestaziun
Ina fundaziun po vegnir contestada dals ertavels u dals crediturs dal fundatur da medema maniera sco ina donaziun.
B. Organisaziun
I. En general
Ils organs da la fundaziun e la moda da l’administraziun vegnan determinads tras il document da fundaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
II. Contabilitad
L’organ suprem da la fundaziun maina ils cudeschs da fatschenta da la fundaziun. Las prescripziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns2 davart la contabilitad commerziala e davart il rendaquint valan tenor il senn.
III. Post da revisiun
1. Obligaziun da revisiun e dretg applitgabel
1 L’organ suprem da la fundaziun designescha in post da revisiun.
2 L’autoritad da surveglianza po deliberar ina fundaziun da l’obligaziun da designar in post da revisiun. Il Cussegl federal fixescha las premissas per la deliberaziun.
3 Sch’i n’existan naginas prescripziuns spezialas per las fundaziuns, èn applitgablas correspundentamain las prescripziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns2 davart il post da revisiun da societads anonimas.
4 Sche la fundaziun è obligada da far ina revisiun limitada, po ella pretender da l’autoritad da surveglianza ina revisiun ordinaria, sche quai è necessari per giuditgar en moda fidada la situaziun da facultad e da rendita da la fundaziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns; AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191). Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 SR 220
2. Relaziun tar l’autoritad da surveglianza
Il post da revisiun transmetta a l’autoritad da surveglianza ina copia dal rapport da revisiun sco er da tut las communicaziuns relevantas ch’èn vegnidas adressadas a la fundaziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
IV. Mancanzas en l’organisaziun
1 Sche l’organisaziun previsa n’è betg suffizienta, sche la fundaziun n’ha betg tut ils organs prescrits u sche la cumposiziun d’in da quests organs na correspunda betg a las prescripziuns, sto l’autoritad da surveglianza prender las mesiras necessarias. En spezial po ella:
2 Sche la fundaziun na po betg vegnir organisada tenor ses intent, sto l’autoritad da surveglianza attribuir la facultad ad in’autra fundaziun che ha in intent uschè sumegliant sco pussaivel.
3 La fundaziun surpiglia ils custs da questas mesiras. L’autoritad da surveglianza po obligar la fundaziun da pajar ina provisiun a las persunas nominadas.
4 En cas da motivs relevants po la fundaziun pretender da l’autoritad da surveglianza ch’ella revocheschia persunas ch’ella ha nominà.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
C. Surveglianza
1 Las fundaziuns èn suttamessas a la surveglianza da quella communitad (Confederaziun, chantun, vischnanca), a la quala ellas appartegnan tenor lur intent.
1bis Ils chantuns pon suttametter las fundaziuns, per las qualas lur vischnancas èn cumpetentas, a l’autoritad da surveglianza chantunala.1
2 L’autoritad da surveglianza ha da procurar che la facultad da la fundaziun vegnia duvrada tenor ses intents.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
Cbis. Mesiras en cas da surdebitaziun e d’insolvenza
1 Sch’igl exista ina tema fundada che la fundaziun saja surdebitada u na possia betg pli ademplir sias obligaziuns a lunga vista, fa l’organ suprem da la fundaziun ina bilantscha intermediara sin basa da las valurs d’alienaziun e la suttametta a la controlla dal post da revisiun. Sche la fundaziun n’ha betg in post da revisiun, suttametta l’organ suprem da la fundaziun la bilantscha intermediara a l’autoritad da surveglianza.
2 Sch’il post da revisiun constatescha che la fundaziun è surdebitada u na po betg ademplir sias obligaziuns a lunga vista, suttametta el la bilantscha intermediara a l’autoritad da surveglianza.
3 L’autoritad da surveglianza cumonda a l’organ suprem da la fundaziun da prender las mesiras necessarias. Sche quel na fa nagut, prenda l’autoritad da surveglianza las mesiras necessarias.
4 En cas da basegn dumonda l’autoritad da surveglianza mesiras d’execuziun sfurzada; las disposiziuns dal dretg d’aczias davart la decleraziuns u davart la suspensiun dal concurs èn applitgablas tenor il senn.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns; AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191). Abolì tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
D. Transfurmaziun
I. Midada da l’organisaziun
Sin dumonda da l’autoritad da surveglianza e suenter avair tadlà l’organ suprem da la fundaziun po l’autoritad federala u chantunala cumpetenta midar l’organisaziun da la fundaziun, sche quai è urgentamain necessari per conservar la facultad u per mantegnair l’intent da la fundaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
II. Midada da l’intent
1. Sin dumonda da l’autoritad da surveglianza u da l’organ suprem da la fundaziun1
1 Sin dumonda da l’autoritad da surveglianza u da l’organ suprem da la fundaziun po l’autoritad federala u chantunala cumpetenta midar l’intent da la fundaziun, sche ses intent oriund ha survegnì in caracter u in effect tut different, uschia che la fundaziun na correspunda apparentamain betg pli a la voluntad dal fundatur.2
2 Sut las medemas premissas pon vegnir abolidas u midadas grevezzas u cundiziuns, sche quellas restrenschan l’intent da la fundaziun.
2. Sin dumonda dal fundatur u sin basa da sia disposiziun per causa da mort
1 L’autoritad federala u chantunala cumpetenta mida l’intent d’ina fundaziun sin dumonda dal fundatur u sin basa da sia disposiziun per causa da mort, sch’ina midada d’intent è resalvada en il document da fundaziun e sch’i èn passads almain 10 onns dapi che la fundaziun è vegnida constituida u dapi ch’il fundatur ha dumandà l’ultima midada.
2 Sche la fundaziun ha in intent public u d’utilitad publica tenor l’artitgel 56 litera g da la Lescha federala dals 14 da december 19902 davart la taglia federala directa, sto il nov intent medemamain esser public u d’utilitad publica.
3 Il dretg da midar l’intent da la fundaziun na po betg vegnir ertà u transferì. Sch’il fundatur è ina persuna giuridica, extingua quest dretg il pli tard 20 onns suenter che la fundaziun è vegnida constituida.
4 Sche pliras persunas han constituì la fundaziun, pon ellas dumandar mo cuminaivlamain da midar l’intent da la fundaziun.
5 L’autoritad che avra la disposiziun per causa da mort, communitgescha a l’autoritad da surveglianza cumpetenta l’ordinaziun da midar l’intent da la fundaziun.
III. Midadas minimalas dal document da fundaziun
Suenter avair tadlà l’organ suprem da la fundaziun po l’autoritad da surveglianza far midadas minimalas vi dal document da fundaziun, sche quai para dad esser inditgà per motivs objectivamain giustifitgads e sch’i na vegnan violads nagins dretgs da terzas persunas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
E. Fundaziuns da famiglia e fundaziuns ecclesiasticas
1 Cun resalva dal dretg public n’èn las fundaziuns da famiglia e las fundaziuns ecclesiasticas betg suttamessas a l’autoritad da surveglianza.
1bis Ellas èn deliberadas da l’obligaziun da designar in post da revisiun.1
2 Davart dispitas da dretg privat decida il derschader.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
F. Dissoluziun ed extincziun en il register
I. Dissoluziun tras l’autoritad cumpetenta
1 L’autoritad federala u chantunala cumpetenta dissolva la fundaziun sin dumonda u d’uffizi, sche:
2 Fundaziuns da famiglia e fundaziuns ecclesiasticas vegnan dissolvidas dal derschader.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
II. Dretg da far propostas da purtar plant, extincziun en il register
1 Il dretg da proponer u da purtar plant sin dissoluziun da la fundaziun ha mintga persuna che ha in interess.
2 La dissoluziun sto vegnir annunziada al manader dal register, per che quel extinguia l’inscripziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 8 d’oct. 2004 (dretg da fundaziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
G. Fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal2
1 Per instituziuns da prevenziun per il persunal, ch’èn vegnidas constituidas en furma da fundaziuns tenor l’artitgel 331 dal Dretg d’obligaziuns3, valan ultra da quai las suandantas disposiziuns.4
2 Ils organs da la fundaziun han da dar als benefiziaris las infurmaziuns necessarias davart l’organisaziun, davart l’activitad e davart la situaziun finanziala da la fundaziun.
3 Sch’ils lavurants pajan contribuziuns a la fundaziun, ston els pudair sa participar a l’administraziun almain en la dimensiun da questas contribuziuns; sche pussaivel han ils lavurants d’eleger lur represchentanza or dal ravugl dal persunal dal patrun.5
5 Ils benefiziaris pon pretender davant il derschader da survegnir las prestaziuns da la fundaziun, sch’els han pajà contribuziuns a la fundaziun u sch’els han il dretg da survegnir prestaziuns tenor las disposiziuns da la fundaziun.
6 Per fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal, ch’èn activas sin il champ da la prevenziun per vegls, survivents ed invaliditad e ch’èn suttamessas a la Lescha dals 17 da december 19937 davart la libra circulaziun (LFLP), valan ultra da quai las suandantas disposiziuns da la Lescha federala dals 25 da zercladur 19828 davart la prevenziun professiunala per vegls, survivents ed invaliditad (LPP) davart:9
7 Per fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal, ch’èn activas sin il champ da la prevenziun per vegls, survivents ed invaliditad, ma che n’èn betg suttamessas a la LFLP, sco ils uschenumnads fonds da provediment da patruns cun prestaziuns a discreziun u las fundaziuns da finanziaziun, valan mo las suandantas disposiziuns da la LPP:
8 Per las fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal tenor l’alinea 7 valan plinavant las suandantas disposiziuns:
1 Integrà tras la cifra II da la LF dals 21 da mars 1958, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1958 (AS 1958 379; BBl 1956 II 825). Fin a l’entrada en vigur da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants) il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725): art. 89bis.
2 Versiun tenor la cifra II art. 2 cifra 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1971, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1972 (AS 1971 1465; BBl 1967 II 241).
3 SR 220
4 Versiun tenor la cifra II art. 2 cifra 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1971, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1972 (AS 1971 1465; BBl 1967 II 241).
5 Versiun tenor la cifra II art. 2 cifra 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1971, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1972 (AS 1971 1465; BBl 1967 II 241).
6 Abolì tras la cifra III da la LF dals 21 da zer. 1996, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1997 (AS 1996 3067; BBl 1996 I 564 580).
7 SR 831.42
8 SR 831.40
9 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 25 da sett. 2015 (fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
10 Versiun tenor la cifra II 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (mesiras per facilitar a lavurants pli vegls la participaziun al martgà da lavur), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 4427; BBl 2007 5669).
11 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 25 da sett. 2015 (fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
12 Integrà tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 18 da mars 2011 (6. revisiun da la AI, emprim pachet da mesiras) (AS 2011 5659; BBl 2010 1817). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
13 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
14 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
15 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 4635; BBl 2003 6399).
16 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 23 da zer. 2006 (nov numer da l’AVS), en vigur dapi il 1. da dec. 2007 (AS 2007 5259; BBl 2006 501).
17 Versiun tenor la cifra II 1 da la LF dals 19 da mars 2010 (refurma structurala da la LPP), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
18 Versiun tenor la cifra II 1 da la LF dals 19 da mars 2010 (refurma structurala da la LPP), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
19 Versiun tenor la cifra II da la LF dals 20 da dec. 2006 (midada da l’instituziun da prevenziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da matg 2007 (AS 2007 1803; BBl 2005 5941 5953).
20 Versiun tenor la cifra II 1 da la LF dals 19 da mars 2010 (refurma structurala da la LPP), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
21 Abolì tras la cifra II 1 da la LF dals 19 da mars 2010 (refurma structurala da la LPP), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
22 Versiun tenor la cifra II 1 da la LF dals 17 da dec. 2010 (finanziaziun da las instituziuns da prevenziun da corporaziuns da dretg public), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 3385; BBl 2008 8411).
23 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1982 davart la prevenziun professiunala per vegls, survivents ed invaliditad (AS 1983 797; BBl 1976 I 149). Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 3 d’oct. 2003 (1. revisiun da la LPP), cifras 6, 7, 10–12, 14 (cun excepziun da l’art. 66 al. 4), 15, 17–20 e 23 en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2004, cifras 3–5, 8, 9, 13, 14 (art. 66 al. 4) e 16 en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005, cifras 1, 21 e 22 en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2004 1677; BBl 2000 2637).
24 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 25 da sett. 2015 (fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
25 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 25 da sett. 2015 (fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
A. Administraziun mancanta
1 Sch’i n’è betg vegnì procurà per l’administraziun u per utilisaziun da la facultad collectada tar ina collecta publica per intents d’utilitad publica, ordinescha l’autoritad cumpetenta las mesiras necessarias.
2 Ella po nominar in curatur per la facultad collectada u attribuir la facultad ad in’uniun u ad ina fundaziun che ha in intent uschè sumegliant sco pussaivel.
3 Per il curatur èn applitgablas tenor il senn las prescripziuns davart las curatellas en la protecziun da creschids.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).2 Rectifitgà da la Cumissiun da redacziun da l’AF (art. 58 al. 1 LParl; SR 171.10).3 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Empermischun da lètg
1 Il spusalizi vegn fundà cun l’empermischun da lètg.
2 Persunas minorennas na pon betg s’obligar cun l’empermischun da lètg senza che lur represchentanza legala dettia il consentiment.1
3 Il spusalizi na dat betg il dretg da purtar plant vers in spus che na vul betg maridar.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Schliaziun dal spusalizi
I. Regals
1 En cas ch’il spusalizi vegn schlià pon ils spus pretender ch’ils regals, ch’els han fatg in a l’auter, vegnian restituids cun excepziun dals regals occasiunals normals, nun ch’il spusalizi vegnia schlià tras la mort.
2 Sch’ils regals n’èn betg pli avant maun, sa drizza la restituziun tenor las disposiziuns davart l’enritgiment nungiustifitgà.
II. Contribuziuns
Sch’in dals spus ha fatg spesas en buna fai en vista a la maridaglia, po el – en cas ch’il spusalizi vegn schlià – pretender da l’auter spus ina indemnisaziun adequata, sche quai na para betg dad esser malgist en vista a tut las circumstanzas.
III. Surannaziun
Las pretensiuns che resultan dal spusalizi suranneschan 1 onn suenter la schliaziun.
A. Abilitad da maridar
1 Per pudair maridar ston ils spus avair cumplenì il 18avel onn da vegliadetgna ed esser abels da giuditgar.
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Impediments per la lètg
I. Parentella1
1 La maridaglia tranter parents en lingia directa sco er tranter fragliuns u mezs fragliuns è scumandada, e quai independentamain dal fatg sch’els èn parents in cun l’auter tras derivanza u tras adopziun.2
2 L’adopziun n’annullescha betg l’impediment per la lètg da la parentella tranter l’uffant adoptà e sia descendenza d’ina vart e tranter sia famiglia natirala da l’autra vart.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 8 da l’agiunta da la Lescha da partenadi dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 8 da l’agiunta da la Lescha da partenadi dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
II. Lètg precedenta
Tgi che vul maridar danovamain sto cumprovar che sia lètg precedenta saja vegnida declerada sco nunvalaivla u saja vegnida schliada.
A. Princips
1 La lètg vegn concludida davant il funcziunari da stadi civil suenter la procedura da preparaziun.
2 Ils spus pon maridar en il circul da stadi civil da lur tscherna.
3 Ina maridaglia religiusa na dastga betg vegnir fatga avant la maridaglia civila.
Abis. Guntgida dal dretg da persunas estras
1 Il funcziunari da stadi civil n’entra betg en la dumonda, sch’ils spus na vulan evidentamain betg fundar ina communitad da vita, mabain vulan guntgir las disposiziuns davart l’admissiun e davart la dimora da persunas estras.
2 Il funcziunari da stadi civil taidla ils spus e po procurar per infurmaziuns tar autras autoritads u tar terzas persunas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra II 4 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 davart las persunas estras, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 5437; BBl 2002 3709).
B. Procedura da preparaziun
I. Dumonda
1 Ils spus fan la dumonda per manar tras la procedura da preparaziun tar l’uffizi da stadi civil dal lieu da domicil da la spusa u dal spus.
2 Els ston cumparair persunalmain. Sch’els cumprovan che quai na po evidentamain betg vegnir pretendì dad els, vegni permess da realisar la procedura da preparaziun en scrit.
3 Els ston cumprovar lur persunalias cun documents e ston declerar persunalmain tar l’uffizi da stadi civil ch’els adempleschian las premissas per la lètg; els preschentan ils consentiments necessaris.
4 Spus che n’èn betg burgais svizzers ston cumprovar durant la procedura da preparaziun che lur dimora en Svizra saja legala.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 12 da zer. 2009 (impedir lètgs en cas da dimora illegala), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 3057; BBl 2008 2467 2481).
II. Realisaziun e terminaziun da la procedura da preparaziun
1 L’uffizi da stadi civil examinescha, sche:
2 Sche questas pretensiuns èn ademplidas, communitgescha el als spus la terminaziun da la procedura da preparaziun sco er il termin legal per la maridaglia.2
3 En enclegientscha cun ils spus fixescha el il termin da la maridaglia en il rom da las prescripziuns chantunalas u emetta sin dumonda in’autorisaziun per maridar en in auter circul da stadi civil.
4 L’uffizi da stadi civil communitgescha a l’autoritad cumpetenta l’identitad da spus che n’han betg cumprovà che lur dimora en Svizra saja legala.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2012 davart mesiras cunter maridaglias sfurzadas, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 28 da sett. 2018, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2020 (AS 2019 3813; BBl 2017 6769).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 12 da zer. 2009 (impedir lètgs en cas da dimora illegala), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 3057; BBl 2008 2467 2481).
III. Termins
La maridaglia po avair lieu entaifer 3 mais suenter che la terminaziun da la procedura da preparaziun è vegnida communitgada.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 28 da sett. 2018, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2020 (AS 2019 3813; BBl 2017 6769).
C. Maridaglia
I. Lieu
1 La maridaglia vegn celebrada en il local da maridaglia dal circul da stadi civil ch’ils spus han tschernì.
2 Sche la procedura da preparaziun è vegnida fatga en in auter circul da stadi civil, ston ils spus preschentar in’autorisaziun da maridaglia.
3 Sch’ils spus cumprovan ch’i na po evidentamain betg vegnir pretendì dad els da sa render en il local da maridaglia, po la maridaglia vegnir celebrada en in auter lieu.
II. Furma
1 La maridaglia vegn celebrada publicamain ed en preschientscha da duas perditgas maiorennas ed ablas da giuditgar.1
2 Il funcziunari da stadi civil dumonda separadamain la spusa ed il spus, sch’els veglian s’unir tras il liom da la lètg.
3 Sch’ils spus dattan ina resposta affirmativa, declera il funcziunari da stadi civil che la lètg saja concludida en virtid dal consentiment vicendaivel.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
D. Disposiziuns executivas
Il Cussegl federal ed – en il rom da lur cumpetenzas – ils chantuns decreteschan las disposiziuns executivas necessarias.
A. Princip
La lètg ch’è vegnida concludida davant il funcziunari da stadi civil po mo vegnir declerada sco nunvalaivla per in dals motivs ch’èn numnads en quest chapitel.
B. Nunvalaivladad illimitada
I. Motivs
In motiv da nunvalaivladad è avant maun, sche:
1 I sa tracta d’ina noziun giuridica fixa che cumpiglia persunas da tuttas duas schlattainas (cuntrari a noziuns sco «um» e «dunna»).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 8 da l’agiunta da la Lescha da partenadi dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2006 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
3 Integrà tras la cifra II 4 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 davart las persunas estras, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 5437; BBl 2002 3709).
4 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2012 davart mesiras cunter maridaglias sfurzadas, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
5 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2012 davart mesiras cunter maridaglias sfurzadas, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
II. Plant
1 Il plant sto vegnir purtà d’uffizi da l’autoritad chantunala cumpetenta al lieu da domicil dals consorts; ultra da quai po mintgin purtar plant che ha in interess londervi. Uschenavant che quai è cumpatibel cun lur incumbensas, annunzian las autoritads federalas e chantunalas a l’autoritad ch’è cumpetenta per il plant, sch’ellas han motivs da supponer ch’igl existia in motiv da nunvalaivladad.1
2 Suenter la schliaziun da la lètg na vegn sia nunvalaivladad betg pli persequitada d’uffizi; dentant po mintgin che ha in interess londervi pretender la decleraziun da nunvalaivladad.
3 Quest plant po vegnir inoltrà da tut temp.
1 Integrà l’ultima frasa tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2012 davart mesiras cunter maridaglias sfurzadas, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
C. Nunvalaivladad limitada
I. Motivs
In consort po pretender che la lètg vegnia declerada sco nunvalaivla, sch’el:
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2012 davart mesiras cunter maridaglias sfurzadas, cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
II. Plant
1 Il plant da nunvalaivladad sto vegnir inoltrà entaifer 6 mais dapi ch’il motiv da nunvalaivladad è vegnì enconuschent u dapi che l’influenza da la smanatscha è crudada davent, en mintga cas dentant avant la scadenza da 5 onns dapi la celebraziun da la maridaglia.
2 Il dretg da purtar plant na vegn betg transferì als ertavels; in ertavel po dentant cuntinuar cun il plant ch’è gia vegnì inoltrà.
D. Consequenzas da la sentenzia
1 Ina lètg daventa nunvalaivla pir suenter ch’il derschader ha pronunzià la decleraziun da nunvalaivladad; fin che questa sentenzia n’è betg pronunziada, ha la lètg – cun excepziun da las pretensiuns dal dretg d’ierta ch’il consort survivent perda en mintga cas – tut ils effects d’ina lètg valaivla.
2 Per las consequenzas da la decleraziun da nunvalaivladad giudiziala per ils consorts e per ils uffants valan tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart il divorzi.
3 La presumziun da paternitad dal consort scada, sche la lètg è vegnida declerada sco nunvalaivla, perquai ch’ella era vegnida serrada per guntgir las disposiziuns davart l’admissiun e davart la dimora da persunas estras.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra II 4 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 davart las persunas estras, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 5437; BBl 2002 3709).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Divorzi sin dumonda cuminaivla
I. Cunvegna cumpletta
1 Sch’ils consorts dumondan cuminaivlamain il divorzi e sch’els inoltreschan ina cunvegna cumpletta davart las consequenzas dal divorzi, inclusiv ils mussaments necessaris e lur propostas cuminaivlas concernent ils uffants, als taidla il derschader separadamain ed ensemen. L’audiziun po cumpigliar pliras sesidas.
2 Sch’il derschader è sa persvadì ch’els hajan inoltrà la dumonda da divorzi e fatg ina cunvegna da libra voluntad e suenter madira reflexiun e che la cunvegna cun lur propostas concernent ils uffants possia vegnir approvada, pronunzia il derschader il divorzi.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 25 da sett. 2009 (temp da reflexiun en la procedura da divorzi sin dumonda cuminaivla), en vigur dapi il 1. da favr. 2010 (AS 2010 281; BBl 2008 1959 1975).
II. Cunvegna parziala
1 Ils consorts pon dumandar cuminaivlamain il divorzi e declerar ch’els laschian giuditgar il derschader las consequenzas dal divorzi, tar las qualas els n’èn betg perina.
2 Il derschader als taidla – sco tar la cunvegna cumpletta – davart la dumonda da divorzi, davart las consequenzas dal divorzi, tar las qualas els èn perina, sco er davart la decleraziun da laschar giuditgar il derschader las ulteriuras consequenzas.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Divorzi sin basa d’in plant d’in consort
I. Suenter avair vivì separadamain
In consort po dumandar il divorzi, sch’ils consorts han vivì – al cumenzament da la litispendenza dal plant u tar la midada al divorzi sin basa d’in plant – dapi almain 2 onns separadamain.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 (termin da separaziun en il dretg da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2004 (AS 2004 2161; BBl 2003 3927 5825).
II. Insupportabladad
Avant la scadenza dal termin da 2 onns po in consort dumandar il divorzi, sche la cuntinuaziun da la lètg è insupportabla per el per motivs gravants che na pon betg vegnir attribuids ad el.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 (termin da separaziun en il dretg da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2004 (AS 2004 2161; BBl 2003 3927 5825).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Premissas e procedura
1 Ils consorts pon dumandar la separaziun sut las medemas premissas sco il divorzi.
3 Il dretg da dumandar il divorzi na vegn betg tangà tras la sentenzia da separaziun.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Consequenzas da la separaziun
1 Tras la separaziun cumenza tenor la lescha la separaziun dals bains.
2 Dal rest vegnan applitgadas tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart la protecziun da la cuminanza conjugala.
A. Num
Il consort che ha midà ses num a chaschun da la maridaglia salva quest num suenter il divorzi; el po dentant declerar da tut temp al funcziunari da stadi civil ch’el veglia puspè purtar ses num da nubil.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
B. Dretg dals bains matrimonials e dretg d’ierta
1 Per la liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials valan las disposiziuns davart il dretg dals bains matrimonials.
2 Ils consorts divorziads n’han nagin dretg d’ierta legal in visavi l’auter e na pon far valair nagins dretgs tras disposiziuns per causa da mort ch’els han constituì avant la litispendenza da la procedura da divorzi.
C. Abitaziun da la famiglia
1 Sch’in consort è dependent da l’abitaziun da la famiglia pervia dals uffants u per auters motivs relevants, po il derschader attribuir ad el sulet ils dretgs e las obligaziuns che resultan tras il contract da locaziun, sche quai po vegnir pretendì raschunaivlamain da l’auter consort.
2 Il consort che n’è betg pli locatari stat bun solidaricamain per il tschains da locaziun, fin il mument che la relaziun da locaziun finescha u po vegnir terminada tenor contract u tenor lescha, maximalmain dentant durant 2 onns; sch’el vegn cità davant il derschader per pajar il tschains da locaziun, po el scuntrar l’import pajà cun las contribuziuns da mantegniment ch’el debitescha a l’auter consort, e quai en ratas en l’autezza dal tschains da locaziun mensil.
3 Sche l’abitaziun da la famiglia appartegna ad in consort, po il derschader conceder a l’auter consort – sut las medemas cundiziuns – in dretg d’abitar per ina durada limitada e cunter ina indemnisaziun adequata u tegnend quint da las contribuziuns da mantegniment. Sche novs fatgs relevants pretendan quai, sto il dretg d’abitar vegnir restrenschì u abolì.
D. Prevenziun professiunala
I. Princip
Las pretensiuns da la prevenziun professiunala ch’èn vegnidas acquistadas durant la lètg fin al mument da l’introducziun da la procedura da divorzi, vegnan cumpensadas tar il divorzi.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
II. Cumpensaziun en cas da prestaziuns d’extrada
1 Las prestaziuns d’extrada acquistadas, inclusiv ils dabuns da libra circulaziun e las retratgas anticipadas per proprietad d’abitar, vegnan partidas mez a mez.
2 L’alinea 1 n’è betg applitgabel per pajaments unics da bains propris tenor lescha.
3 Las prestaziuns d’extrada ch’èn da parter vegnan calculadas tenor ils artitgels 15–17 e 22a u 22b da la Lescha dals 17 da december 19932 davart la libra circulaziun.
III. Cumpensaziun en cas da rentas d’invaliditad avant la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta
1 Sch’in consort retira il mument da l’introducziun da la procedura da divorzi ina renta d’invaliditad avant la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta, vala la summa ch’el survegniss tenor l’artitgel 2 alinea 1ter da la Lescha dals 17 da december 19932 davart la libra circulaziun suenter l’aboliziun da la renta d’invaliditad, sco prestaziun d’extrada.
2 Las disposiziuns davart la cumpensaziun en cas da prestaziuns d’extrada valan tenor il senn.
3 Il Cussegl federal regla en tge cas che la summa tenor l’alinea 1 na po betg vegnir utilisada per la cumpensaziun pervia d’ina reducziun da la renta d’invaliditad causa surindemnisaziun.
IV. Cumpensaziun en cas da rentas d’invaliditad suenter la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta ed en cas da rentas da vegliadetgna
1 Sch’in consort retira il mument da l’introducziun da la procedura da divorzi ina renta d’invaliditad suenter la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta u ina renta da vegliadetgna, decida il derschader tenor appreziar davart la partiziun da la renta. En quest connex resguarda el en spezial la durada da la lètg ed ils basegns da prevenziun da tuts dus consorts.
2 La part da la renta che vegn attribuida al consort creditur vegn convertida en ina renta per vita duranta. Quella al vegn pajada da l’instituziun da prevenziun dal consort debitur u transferida en sia prevenziun.
3 Il Cussegl federal regla:
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
V. Excepziuns
1 En ina cunvegna davart las consequenzas dal divorzi pon ils consorts divergiar da la partiziun mez a mez u desister da la cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala, sch’ina prevenziun adequata da vegliadetgna e d’invaliditad resta garantida.
2 Il derschader conceda al consort creditur main che la mesadad da la prestaziun d’extrada u refusa dal tuttafatg la partiziun, sch’i èn avant maun motivs relevants. In motiv relevant è en spezial avant maun, sche la partiziun mez a mez fiss malgista:
3 Il derschader po conceder al consort creditur dapli che la mesadad da la prestaziun d’extrada, sche quel ha quità dals uffants cuminaivels suenter il divorzi e sch’il consort debitur dispona er vinavant d’ina prevenziun adequata da vegliadetgna e d’invaliditad.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
VI. Scuntrada da pretensiuns reciprocas
1 Pretensiuns reciprocas dals consorts sin prestaziuns d’extrada u sin parts da rentas vegnan scuntradas. Las pretensiuns sin rentas vegnan scuntradas avant che la part da la renta concedida al consort creditur vegn convertida en ina renta per vita duranta.
2 Las prestaziuns d’extrada pon vegnir scuntradas cun parts da rentas mo, sch’ils consorts e las instituziuns da prevenziun professiunala dattan lur consentiment.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
VII. Insupportabladad
Sch’ina consideraziun dals basegns da prevenziun da tuts dus consorts mussa ch’ina cumpensaziun or dals meds da la prevenziun professiunala n’è betg supportabla, debitescha il consort debitur al consort creditur ina cumpensaziun en chapital.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
VIII. Nunpussaivladad
1 Sch’ina cumpensaziun or dals meds da la prevenziun professiunala n’è betg pussaivla, debitescha il consort debitur al consort creditur ina indemnisaziun adequata en furma d’ina cumpensaziun en chapital u d’ina renta.
2 Ina sentenzia svizra po vegnir midada sin dumonda dal consort debitur, sche pretensiuns da prevenziun existentas a l’exteriur vegnan cumpensadas tras ina indemnisaziun adequata tenor l’alinea 1 e sche questas pretensiuns da prevenziun vegnan lura partidas tras ina decisiun estra lianta per il debitur ester da la prevenziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
E. Mantegniment suenter il divorzi
I. Premissas
1 Sch’i na po betg vegnir pretendì d’in consort ch’el surpiglia sez l’agen mantegniment duì, inclusiv ina prevenziun adequata per la vegliadetgna, al sto l’auter consort pajar ina contribuziun adequata.
2 Per decider, sch’ina contribuziun sto vegnir pajada, e – sche quai è il cas – per fixar l’import e la durada, ston vegnir resguardads en spezial ils suandants puncts:
3 Excepziunalmain po ina contribuziun vegnir refusada u reducida, sch’ella fiss evidentamain malgista, en spezial perquai che la persuna sustegnida:
II. Modalitads da la contribuziun da mantegniment
1 Il derschader determinescha la contribuziun da mantegniment en furma d’ina renta e fixescha il termin, a partir dal qual la contribuziun sto vegnir pajada.
2 Sche circumstanzas spezialas giustifitgeschan quai, po vegnir fixada er ina indemnisaziun empè d’ina renta.
3 Il derschader po colliar tschertas cundiziuns cun la contribuziun da mantegniment.
III. Renta
1. Disposiziuns spezialas
En la cunvegna pon ils consorts disponer che la renta fixada là na possia betg vegnir midada u possia vegnir midada mo per part.
2. Adattaziun a la chareschia
Il derschader po ordinar che la contribuziun da mantegniment s’augmentia u sa reduceschia automaticamain en cas da tschertas midadas dals custs da viver.
3. Midada tras sentenzia
1 Sche las relaziuns sa midan considerablamain u permanentamain, po la renta vegnir reducida, abolida u suspendida per in tschert temp; ina meglieraziun da las relaziuns da la persuna sustegnida sto vegnir resguardada mo, sch’ina renta che cuvra il mantegniment duì ha pudì vegnir fixada en la sentenzia da divorzi.
2 La persuna sustegnida po pretender per l’avegnir che la renta vegnia adattada a la chareschia, sche las entradas dal debitur èn creschidas en moda imprevisa suenter il divorzi.
3 Entaifer 5 onns dapi il divorzi po la persuna sustegnida pretender ch’i vegnia fixada ina renta u che quella vegnia auzada, sch’igl è vegnì menziunà en la sentenzia ch’i na saja betg stà pussaivel da fixar ina renta che basta per cuvrir il mantegniment duì, ma sche la situaziun economica dal debitur è sa meglierada en il fratemp.
4. Extincziun tras lescha
1 L’obligaziun da mantegniment extingua tras la mort da la persuna sustegnida u dal debitur.
2 Cun resalva d’ina autra cunvegna extingua ella er, sche la persuna sustegnida marida puspè.
IV. Execuziun
1. Agid d’incasso
1 Sch’il debitur n’ademplescha betg l’obligaziun da mantegniment, gida in post spezialisà designà dal dretg chantunal adequatamain e per regla gratuitamain il debitur, che dumonda quai, tar l’execuziun da la contribuziun da mantegniment.
2 Il Cussegl federal fixescha las prestaziuns da l’agid d’incasso.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Pajaments anticipads
1 Al dretg public resti resalvà da reglar il pajament d’anticipaziuns, sch’il debitur n’ademplescha betg sia obligaziun da mantegniment.
2 Sche la cuminanza publica procura per il mantegniment da la persuna sustegnida, van las contribuziuns da mantegniment cun tut ils dretgs a la cuminanza publica.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3. Avis als debiturs e garanzia1
1 Sch’il debitur tralascha d’ademplir l’obligaziun da mantegniment, po il derschader avisar ses debiturs da prestar ils pajaments dal tuttafatg u per part a la persuna sustegnida.
2 Sch’il debitur tralascha persistentamain d’ademplir sia obligaziun da mantegniment u sch’i po vegnir supponì ch’el prendia mesiras per fugir u ch’el sfarlattia u laschia svanir sia facultad, al po il derschader obligar da prestar ina garanzia adequata per las contribuziuns da mantegniment futuras.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
F. Uffants
I. Dretgs ed obligaziuns dals geniturs
1 Il derschader regla ils dretgs e las obligaziuns dals geniturs tenor las disposiziuns davart ils effects da la relaziun da figlialanza. En spezial regla el:
2 Il derschader tegna quint da tut las circumstanzas ch’èn relevantas per il bainstar da l’uffant. El resguarda ina proposta cuminaivla dals geniturs ed uschenavant sco pussaivel l’opiniun da l’uffant.
3 El po fixar la contribuziun da mantegniment uschia, ch’ella sto vegnir pajada er suenter che l’uffant ha cuntanschì la maiorennitad.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
II. Midada da las relaziuns
1 Sin giavisch d’in genitur, da l’uffant u da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants sto la repartiziun da la tgira genituriala vegnir reglada da nov, sche midadas essenzialas da las relaziuns pretendan quai per il bainstar da l’uffant.
2 Las premissas per midar ils ulteriurs dretgs e las ulteriuras obligaziuns dals geniturs sa drizzan tenor las disposiziuns davart ils effects da la relaziun da figlialanza.1
3 Sch’ils geniturs èn d’accord, è l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants cumpetenta per reglar da nov la tgira genituriala e la surveglianza da l’uffant sco er per approvar in contract da mantegniment. En ils ulteriurs cas decida il derschader ch’è cumpetent per midar la sentenzia da divorzi.2
4 Sch’il derschader ha da decider davart la midada da la tgira genituriala, da la surveglianza da l’uffant u da la contribuziun da mantegniment per l’uffant minoren, regla el sche necessari er da nov las relaziuns persunalas u la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira da l’uffant; en ils auters cas decida l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants davart la midada da las relaziuns persunalas u davart la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira da l’uffant.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
Abolì
A. Cuminanza conjugala; dretgs ed obligaziuns dals consorts
1 La celebraziun da la maridaglia fundescha la cuminanza conjugala.
2 Ils consorts s’obligheschan da cooperar en armonia al bainstar da la cuminanza e d’avair quità cuminaivlamain dals uffants.
3 Els duain esser fidaivels ed assister in a l’auter.
B. Num
1 Mintga consort salva ses num.
2 Ils spus pon dentant declerar al funcziunari da stadi civil ch’els veglian purtar il num da nubil da la spusa u dal spus sco num da famiglia cuminaivel.
3 Sch’ils spus salvan lur num, fixeschan els, tgenin da lur nums da nubil ch’ils uffants duain purtar. En cas motivads po il funcziunari da stadi civil liberar ils spus da questa obligaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
C. Dretg da burgais
Mintga consort salva ses dretg da burgais chantunal e communal.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
D. Abitaziun conjugala
Ils consorts fixeschan cuminaivlamain l’abitaziun conjugala.
E. Mantegniment da la famiglia
I. En general
1 Ils consorts procuran cuminaivlamain, mintgin tenor sias forzas, per il mantegniment adequat da la famiglia.
2 Els sa cunvegnan davart la contribuziun che mintgin duai prestar, numnadamain tras pajaments en daners, cun far il tegnairchasa, cun tgirar ils uffants u tras l’agid en la professiun u en l’interpresa da l’auter.
3 Faschond quai resguardan els ils basegns da la cuminanza conjugala e lur circumstanzas persunalas.
II. Import a libra disposiziun
1 Il consort che fa il tegnairchasa, che tgira ils uffants ubain che gida l’auter en la professiun u en l’interpresa ha il dretg da survegnir da l’auter in import regular ed adequat a libra disposiziun.
2 Tar la fixaziun da quest import ston vegnir resguardadas las atgnas entradas dal consort che ha il dretg da survegnir quest import ed ina prevenziun plain responsabladad per la famiglia, per la professiun u per l’interpresa.
III. Contribuziuns extraordinarias d’in consort
1 Sch’in consort ha collavurà en la professiun u en l’interpresa da l’auter considerablamain dapli che quai che sia contribuziun al mantegniment da la famiglia pretenda, ha el persuenter il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun adequata.
2 Quai vala er, sch’in consort ha prestà or da sias entradas u or da sia facultad vi dal mantegniment da la famiglia considerablamain dapli che quai ch’el era obligà da far.
3 In consort na po dentant betg pretender ina indemnisaziun, sch’el ha prestà sia contribuziun extraordinaria sin basa d’in contract da lavur, d’in contract d’emprest u d’in contract da societad ubain d’ina autra relaziun giuridica.
F. Represchentanza da la cuminanza conjugala
1 Durant la vita cuminaivla represchenta mintga consort la cuminanza conjugala per ils basegns currents da la famiglia.
2 Per ils auters basegns da la famiglia po in consort represchentar la cuminanza conjugala mo:
3 Mintga consort s’oblighescha persunalmain tras ses acts ed el oblighescha solidaricamain er l’auter consort, uschenavant che ses acts na surpassan betg l’autorisaziun da represchentanza en moda vesaivla per terzas persunas.
G. Professiun ed interpresa dals consorts
Tar la tscherna e tar l’execuziun da sia professiun u da sia interpresa prenda mintga consort resguard da l’auter e dal bainstar da la cuminanza conjugala.
H. Acts giuridics dals consorts
I. En general
Mintga consort po concluder acts giuridics cun l’auter u cun terzas persunas, sche la lescha na dispona betg autramain.
II. Abitaziun da la famiglia
1 Senza il consentiment expressiv da l’auter consort na po in consort ni disdir in contract da locaziun ni vender la chasa u l’abitaziun da la famiglia ni restrenscher ils dretgs vi da quella tras auters acts giuridics.
2 Sch’il consort na po betg cuntanscher quest consentiment u sche quel al vegn refusà senza in motiv plausibel, po el appellar al derschader.
J. Obligaziun da dar infurmaziuns
1 Mintga consort po pretender da l’auter infurmaziuns davart sias entradas, davart sia facultad e davart ses debits.
2 Sin dumonda po il derschader obligar l’auter consort u terzas persunas da dar las infurmaziuns necessarias e da preschentar ils documents necessaris.
3 Resalvà resta il secret professiunal dals advocats, dals notars, dals medis, dals spirituals e da lur persunas auxiliaras.
K. Protecziun da la cuminanza conjugala
I. Posts da cussegliaziun
Ils chantuns procuran ch’ils consorts possian sa drizzar cuminaivlamain u individualmain ad in post da cussegliaziun per dumondas da lètg e da famiglia en cas da difficultads en la lètg.
II. Mesiras giudizialas
1. En general
1 Sch’in consort n’ademplescha betg sias obligaziuns vers la famiglia u sch’ils consorts n’èn betg perina en ina chaussa ch’è relevanta per la cuminanza conjugala, pon els appellar cuminaivlamain u individualmain al derschader per ina intermediaziun.
2 Il derschader admonescha ils consorts d’ademplir lur obligaziuns ed emprova d’als reconciliar; cun lur consentiment po el consultar experts u recumandar als consorts da sa drizzar ad in post da cussegliaziun per dumondas da lètg e da famiglia.
3 Sin giavisch d’in consort prenda il derschader las mesiras ch’èn previsas da la lescha, sche quai è necessari. La disposiziun davart la protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, cunter smanatschas u cunter persecuziuns è applitgabla tenor il senn.1
1 Integrà la segunda frasa tras la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 2006 (protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, cunter smanatschas u cunter persecuziuns), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
2. Durant la vita cuminaivla
a. Prestaziuns en daners
1 Sin dumonda d’in consort fixescha il derschader las prestaziuns en daners per il mantegniment da la famiglia.
2 Medemamain sin dumonda d’in consort fixescha el l’import per quel consort che fa il tegnairchasa, che tgira ils uffants ubain che gida l’auter en la professiun u en l’interpresa.
3 Questas contribuziuns pon vegnir pretendidas per il futur e per l’onn avant l’inoltraziun da la dumonda.
b. Retratga da l’autorisaziun da represchentanza
1 Sch’in consort surpassa sia autorisaziun per la represchentanza da la cuminanza conjugala u sch’el sa mussa dad esser inabel da l’exequir, po il derschader – sin dumonda da l’auter consort – retrair ad el dal tuttafatg u per part l’autorisaziun da represchentanza.
2 Il consort che fa la dumonda dastga communitgar la retratga a terzas persunas mo cun in avis persunal.
3 Vers terzas persunas da buna fai vala la retratga mo, sche quella è vegnida publitgada sin ordinaziun dal derschader.
3. Schliaziun da la chasada cuminaivla
a. Motivs
In consort ha il dretg da schliar la chasada cuminaivla per uschè ditg che sia persunalitad, sia segirezza economica u il bainstar da la famiglia è periclità seriusamain tras la convivenza.
b. Regulaziun da la vita separada
1 Sche la schliaziun da la chasada cuminaivla è giustifitgada, sto il derschader sin dumonda d’in consort:
2 Questa dumonda po in consort er far, sche la convivenza è nunpussaivla, en spezial perquai che l’auter la refusa senza motivs.
3 Sch’ils consorts han uffants minorens, prenda il derschader las mesiras necessarias tenor las disposiziuns davart ils effects da la relaziun da figlialanza.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Execuziun
a. Agid d’incasso e pajaments anticipads
Las disposiziuns davart l’agid d’incasso e davart ils pajaments anticipads en cas da divorzi ed en cas dals effects da la relaziun da figlialanza èn applitgablas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
b. Avis als debiturs1
Sch’in consort n’ademplescha betg sia obligaziun da mantegniment vers la famiglia, po il derschader ordinar a ses debiturs da prestar dal tuttafatg u per part lur pajaments a l’auter consort.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
5. Restricziuns da l’autorisaziun da disponer
1 Uschenavant ch’igl è necessari per segirar la basa economica da la famiglia u per ademplir in’obligaziun da facultad or da la cuminanza conjugala, po il derschader – sin dumonda d’in consort – far depender dal consentiment da quest consort l’autorisaziun da disponer da tschertas valurs da facultad.
2 Il derschader prenda las mesiras segirantas adattadas.
3 Sch’el scumonda ad in consort da disponer d’in bain immobigliar, lascha el inscriver quai d’uffizi en il register funsil.
6. Midada da las relaziuns2
1 Sin dumonda d’in consort adatta il derschader las mesiras, sche las relaziuns sa midan, u abolescha las mesiras, sche lur motivs èn crudads davent. Las disposiziuns davart la midada da las relaziuns en cas da divorzi valan tenor il senn.3
2 Sch’ils consorts cumenzan danovamain a viver ensemen, crodan davent las mesiras ch’èn vegnidas ordinadas per la vita separada, cun excepziun da la separaziun dals bains e da las mesiras per la protecziun dals uffants.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
1 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
A. Urden ordinari dals bains
Ils consorts èn suttamess a las prescripziuns davart la participaziun als acquists, sch’els na fixeschan betg insatge auter cun in contract matrimonial u nun ch’els sajan suttamess a l’urden extraordinari dals bains.
B. Contract matrimonial
I. Cuntegn dal contract
1 In contract matrimonial po vegnir fatg avant u suenter la maridaglia.
2 Ils spus u ils consorts pon tscherner, annullar u midar lur urden dals bains mo entaifer ils limits da la lescha.
II. Abilitad da far in contract
1 Tgi che vul far in contract matrimonial, sto esser abel da giuditgar.
2 Persunas minorennas sco er persunas maiorennas sut ina curatella che cumpiglia la conclusiun d’in contract matrimonial, dovran il consentiment da lur represchentant legal.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Furma dal contract
Il contract matrimonial sto vegnir documentà publicamain e vegnir suttascrit da las persunas contrahentas sco er eventualmain da la represchentanza legala.
C. Urden extraordinari dals bains
I. Sin dumonda d’in consort
1. Ordinaziun
1 La separaziun dals bains vegn ordinada dal derschader sin dumonda d’in consort, sch’in motiv relevant è avant maun.
2 In motiv relevant è avant maun en spezial:
3 Sch’in consort n’è permanentamain betg abel da giuditgar, po ses represchentant legal pretender er per quest motiv d’ordinar la separaziun dals bains.
2. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3. Aboliziun
1 Cun in contract matrimonial pon ils consorts decider da tut temp da reprender l’anteriur urden dals bains u da fixar in auter.
2 Sch’il motiv per la separaziun dals bains è crudà davent, po il derschader ordinar – sin dumonda d’in consort – che l’anteriur urden dals bains vegnia restabilì.
II. En cas da concurs e d’impegnaziun
1. Concurs
Consorts che han ina cuminanza dals bains vegnan suttamess tenor la lescha a la separaziun dals bains, sch’i vegn declerà il concurs dad in dad els.
2. Impegnaziun
a. Ordinaziun
Sch’in consort che viva en cuminanza dals bains è vegnì stumà pervia d’ina agen debit e sche sia part dals bains cuminaivels è vegnida impegnada, po l’autoritad da surveglianza en fatgs da scussiun pretender dal derschader d’ordinar la separaziun dals bains.
b. Dumonda1
1 La dumonda sa drizza cunter tuts dus consorts.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3. Aboliziun
1 Sch’ils crediturs èn cuntentads, po il derschader ordinar – sin dumonda d’in consort – che l’anteriur stadi dals bains vegnia restabilì.
2 Cun in contract matrimonial pon ils consorts fixar la participaziun als acquists.
III. Liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials
En cas d’ina separaziun dals bains valan per la liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials las disposiziuns da l’urden vertent dals bains, sche la lescha na dispona betg autramain.
D. Protecziun dals crediturs
1 Cun stabilir e cun midar l’urden dals bains u cun liquidar ils bains matrimonials tranter ils consorts na dastgan ils crediturs d’in consort u da la cuminanza conjugala betg vegnir restrenschids en lur dretg da vegnir indemnisads or da la facultad dal consort u da la cuminanza conjugala.
2 Sch’ina tala facultad è passada en proprietad d’in consort, ha quel da pajar ils debits. El po però sa deliberar da questa obligaziun, sch’el cumprova che la facultad obtegnida na basta betg per pajar quests debits.
E. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
F. Administraziun da la facultad d’in consort tras l’auter
1 Sch’in consort ha confidà expressivamain u taciturnamain l’administraziun da sia facultad a l’auter, valan las disposiziuns davart il mandat, uschenavant ch’els n’han fixà insatge auter.
2 Las disposiziuns davart il pajament dals debits tranter consorts restan resalvadas.
G. Inventari
1 Mintga consort po pretender da tut temp da l’auter ch’el coopereschia ad inventarisar tras in document public lur valurs da facultad.
2 In tal inventari vegn considerà sco correct, sch’el è vegnì fatg entaifer 1 onn suenter che las valurs da facultad èn vegnidas appurtadas en la lètg.
A. Relaziuns da proprietad
I. Cumposiziun
L’urden dals bains da la participaziun als acquists cumpiglia l’acquist ed ils bains propris da mintga consort.
II. Acquists
1 Acquists èn valurs da facultad ch’in consort acquista cunter pajament durant la durada da l’urden dals bains.
2 L’acquist d’in consort cumpiglia en spezial:
III. Bains propris
1. Tenor lescha
Bains propris èn tenor la lescha:
2. Tenor contract matrimonial
1 Tras contract matrimonial pon ils consorts declerar sco bains propris valurs da facultad acquistadas ch’èn destinadas per exequir ina professiun u per manar ina interpresa.
2 Tras contract matrimonial pon ils consorts ultra da quai fixar ch’ils retgavs dals bains propris na furman betg ina part da l’acquist.
IV. Cumprova
1 Tgi che pretenda ch’ina tscherta valur da facultad saja la proprietad d’in u da l’auter consort, sto cumprovar quai.
2 Sche quai na po betg vegnir cumprovà, vegn presumà che la valur da facultad saja en cumproprietad da tuts dus consorts.
3 Tut la facultad d’in consort vala sco acquist fin ch’igl è cumprovà il cuntrari.
B. Administraziun, giudida e disposiziun
1 Mintga consort administrescha e giauda ses acquist e ses bains propris e dispona da quels entaifer ils limits da la lescha.
2 Sch’ina valur da facultad è proprietad da tuts dus consorts, na po in consort betg disponer da sia part senza il consentiment da l’auter, nun ch’els sajan sa cunvegnids autramain.
C. Responsabladad vers terzas persunas
Mintga consort stat bun per ses debits cun sia entira facultad.
D. Debits tranter consorts
1 L’urden dals bains n’ha nagina influenza sin il termin da pajament dals debits tranter consorts.
2 Sch’il pajament da debits en daners u sche la restituziun da chaussas debitadas chaschuna al consort debitur grondas difficultads che pericliteschan la cuminanza conjugala, po el pretender ch’i al vegnian concedids termins da pajament; sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, sto vegnir prestada ina garanzia.
E. Schliaziun da l’urden dals bains e liquidaziun
I. Mument da la schliaziun
1 L’urden dals bains vegn schlià cun la mort d’in dals consorts u cun la cunvegna d’in auter urden dals bains.
2 En cas da divorzi, da separaziun, d’ina decleraziun da nunvalaivladad da la lètg u d’ina ordinaziun giudiziala da la separaziun dals bains cumenza la schliaziun dals bains retroactivamain il di che la dumonda è vegnida inoltrada.
II. Prender enavos valurs da facultad e regulaziun dals debits
1. En general
1 Mintga consort prenda enavos sias valurs da facultad che sa chattan en possess da l’auter consort.
2 Sch’ina valur da facultad sa chatta en cumproprietad e sch’in consort cumprova in interess predominant, po el pretender ultra da las autras mesiras legalas, che questa valur da facultad vegnia attribuida cumplainamain ad el cunter indemnisaziun da l’auter consort.
3 Ils consorts reglan lur debits vicendaivels.
2. Part da la plivalur dal consort
1 Sch’in consort ha gidà ad acquistar, a meglierar u a mantegnair objects da facultad da l’auter senza cuntraprestaziun correspundenta e sch’igl exista ina plivalur il mument da la liquidaziun, correspunda sia pretensiun a la part da sia contribuziun ed ella vegn calculada tenor la valur actuala dals objects da facultad; sch’i resulta percunter ina valur reducida, correspunda la pretensiun a la contribuziun prestada.
2 Sch’in da quests objects da facultad è vegnì vendì avant, vegn la pretensiun calculada tenor il retgav ch’è vegnì cuntanschì tar la vendita ed ella sto vegnir pajada immediatamain.
3 Cun ina cunvegna en scrit pon ils consorts excluder u midar la part da la plivalur.
III. Calculaziun da l’avanzament da mintga consort
1. Liquidaziun da l’acquist e dals bains propris
1 L’acquist ed ils bains propris da mintga consort vegnan liquidads tenor lur stadi il mument che l’urden dals bains vegn schlià.
2 La prestaziun da chapital ch’in consort ha survegnì d’ina instituziun da prevenziun u pervia d’incapacitad da lavurar, vegn attribuida als bains propris e quai per l’import da la valur chapitalisada da la renta che tutgass al consort tar la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains.
2. Attribuziun als acquists
1 Als acquists vegnan attribuidas:
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
3. Cumpensaziuns tranter acquist e bains propris
1 Sch’i èn vegnids pajads debits da l’acquist or dals bains propris u debits dals bains propris or da l’acquist d’in consort, exista ina pretensiun d’indemnisaziun en cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials.
2 In debit engrevgescha la massa da facultad, cun la quala el stat en in connex real, en cas da dubi engrevgescha el però l’acquist.
3 Sche meds finanzials dad ina massa da facultad han gidà ad acquistar, a meglierar u a mantegnair objects da facultad da l’autra e sch’i resulta da quai ina plivalur u ina valur reducida, correspunda la pretensiun d’indemnisaziun a la part da la contribuziun ed ella vegn calculada tenor la valur dals objects da facultad il mument da la liquidaziun u da l’alienaziun.
4. Avanzament
1 L’avanzament è quai che resta da la valur totala da l’acquist, inclusiv las valurs da facultad e las cumpensaziuns quintadas latiers, suenter la deducziun dals debits che engrevgeschan l’acquist.
2 In deficit na vegn betg resguardà.
IV. Taxaziun
1. Valur commerziala
En cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials ston ils objects da facultad vegnir taxads per lur valur commerziala.
2. Valur da rendita
a. En general
1 In manaschi agricul ch’in consort administrescha persunalmain vinavant sco proprietari u per il qual il consort survivent u in descendent pretenda motivadamain ch’el vegnia attribuì dal tuttafatg ad el, sto vegnir taxà per la valur da rendita tar la calculaziun da la part da la plivalur e da la pretensiun da participaziun.
2 Il proprietari dal manaschi agricul u ses ertavels pon far valair envers l’auter consort sco part da la plivalur u sco pretensiun da participaziun mo l’import ch’els han survegnì, cur ch’il manaschi agricul è vegnì mess a quint per la valur commerziala.
3 Las disposiziuns dal dretg d’ierta davart la valitaziun e davart la part dals cunertavels vi dal gudogn valan tenor il senn.
b. Circumstanzas spezialas
1 La valur imputabla po vegnir augmentada adequatamain, sche circumstanzas spezialas giustifitgeschan quai.
2 Sco circumstanzas spezialas valan en spezial ils basegns da mantegniment dal consort survivent, il pretsch da cumpra dal manaschi agricul inclusiv las investiziuns u las relaziuns da facultad dal consort che posseda il manaschi agricul.
3. Mument decisiv
1 Il mument da la liquidaziun è il mument decisiv per la valur da l’acquist avant maun tar la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains.
2 Per valurs da facultad che vegnan attribuidas a l’acquist è decisiv il mument ch’ellas èn vegnidas alienadas.
V. Participaziun a l’avanzament
1. Tenor lescha
1 Mintga consort u ses ertavels han il dretg da survegnir la mesadad da l’avanzament da l’auter.
2 Las pretensiuns vegnan scuntradas.
2. Tenor contract
a. En general
1 Tras contract matrimonial po vegnir fixada in’autra participaziun a l’avanzament.
2 Talas cunvegnas na dastgan betg pregiuditgar ils dretgs a la part obligatorica dals uffants na cuminaivels e da lur descendents.
b. En cas da divorzi, da separaziun, d’ina decleraziun da nunvalaivladad da la lètg u d’ina separaziun giudiziala dals bains
En cas da divorzi, da separaziun, d’ina decleraziun da nunvalaivladad da la lètg u d’ina ordinaziun giudiziala da la separaziun dals bains valan cunvegnas davart la midada da la participaziun legala a l’avanzament mo, sch’il contract matrimonial prevesa quai expressivamain.
VI. Pajament da la pretensiun da participaziun e da la part da la plivalur
1. Suspensiun dal pajament
1 Sch’il consort debitur vegn en grondas difficultads da stuair pajar immediatamain la pretensiun da participaziun e da la part da la plivalur, po el pretender ch’i al vegnian concedids termins da pajament.
2 Las pretensiuns da participaziun e la part da la plivalur ston vegnir tschainsidas a partir da la finiziun da la liquidaziun, nun che las partidas fixeschan insatge auter, ed ellas ston esser garantidas, sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai.
2. Abitaziun e rauba da chasa
1 Per ch’il consort survivent possia mantegnair sia moda da viver da fin ussa, al vegn concedì sin sia dumonda in dretg da giudida u in dretg d’abitar vi da la chasa u vi da l’abitaziun, nua ch’ils consorts han vivì e che appartegneva al consort mort, e quai cun l’imputaziun sin sia pretensiun da participaziun; resalvada resta in’autra cunvegna en il contract matrimonial.
2 Sut las medemas premissas po el pretender che la rauba da chasa al vegnia attribuida sco proprietad.
3 Nua che las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, po vegnir concedida – sin dumonda dal consort survivent u dals auters ertavels legals dal defunct – la proprietad da la chasa u da l’abitaziun empè da la giudida u dal dretg d’abitar.
4 Il consort survivent na po betg far valair ses dretgs vi da localitads, nua ch’il defunct ha exequì ina professiun u nua ch’el ha manà ina interpresa e ch’in da ses descendents dovra per cuntinuar cun la professiun u cun l’interpresa dal defunct; las prescripziuns dal dretg d’ierta puril restan resalvadas.
3. Plant cunter terzas persunas
1 Sche la facultad dal consort debitur u sche sia ierta na cuvra betg la pretensiun da participaziun en cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials, pon il consort creditur u ses ertavels pretender da terzas persunas favurisadas da restituir las donaziuns imputablas a l’acquist, e quai fin a l’autezza da l’import mancant.
2 Il dretg da purtar plant scada 1 onn suenter ch’il consort u ses ertavels han survegnì enconuschientscha da la violaziun da lur dretgs, en mintga cas dentant 10 onns suenter la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains.
3 Dal rest valan las disposiziuns davart il plant da reducziun dal dretg d’ierta tenor il senn.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
A. Relaziuns da proprietad
I. Cumposiziun
L’urden dals bains da la cuminanza dals bains cumpiglia ils bains cuminaivels ed ils bains propris da mintga consort.
II. Bains cuminaivels
1. Cuminanza generala
1 La cuminanza dals bains generala reunescha la facultad e las entradas dals consorts ad ina suletta facultad, cun excepziun dals objects che appartegnan tenor la lescha als bains propris.
2 Ils bains cuminaivels appartegnan nundivididamain a tuts dus consorts.
3 Nagin dals consorts na po disponer da sia part dals bains cuminaivels.
2. Cuminanza limitada dals bains
a. Cuminanza d’acquist
1 Tras contract matrimonial pon ils consorts limitar la cuminanza sin l’acquist.
2 Ils retgavs dals bains propris vegnan assegnads als bains cuminaivels.
b. Autras cuminanzas dals bains
1 Tras contract matrimonial pon ils consorts excluder da la cuminanza tschertas valurs da facultad u tscherts geners da valurs da facultad, sco bains immobigliars, l’acquist tras la lavur d’in consort u valurs da facultad, cun las qualas quel pratitgescha ina professiun u maina ina interpresa.
2 Ils retgavs da questas valurs da facultad na vegnan betg assegnads als bains cuminaivels, sch’i n’è betg fixà insatge auter.
III. Bains propris
1 Bains propris sa constitueschan tras contract matrimonial, tras donaziuns da terzas persunas u tenor la lescha.
2 Tenor la lescha cumpiglian ils bains propris da mintga consort ils objects che servan ad in consort exclusivamain per il diever persunal, sco er las pretensiuns da satisfacziun morala.
3 Quai ch’in consort po pretender sco part obligatorica d’ierta na pon ses parents betg al consegnar sco bains propris, sch’il contract matrimonial prevesa che questas valurs da facultad sajan bains cuminaivels.
IV. Cumprova
Tut las valurs da facultad valan sco bains cuminaivels, uschè ditg ch’i n’è betg cumprovà ch’els èn bains propris d’in consort.
B. Administraziun e disposiziun
I. Bains cuminaivels
1. Administraziun ordinaria
1 Ils consorts administreschan ils bains cuminaivels en l’interess da la cuminanza conjugala.
2 En ils limits da l’administraziun ordinaria po mintga consort obligar la cuminanza e disponer dals bains cuminaivels.
2. Administraziun extraordinaria
1 Cun excepziun da l’administraziun ordinaria pon ils consorts obligar la cuminanza e disponer dals bains cuminaivels mo cuminaivlamain u l’in mo cun il consentiment da l’auter.
2 Terzas persunas dastgan premetter quest consentiment, uschenavant ch’ellas na san betg u na duain betg savair ch’el manca.
3 Las disposiziuns davart la represchentanza da la cuminanza conjugala restan resalvadas.
3. Professiun u interpresa da la cuminanza
Sch’in dals consorts pratitgescha sulet ina professiun u maina sulet ina interpresa cun il consentiment da l’auter e cun meds finanzials dals bains cuminaivels, po el ademplir tut ils acts giuridics ch’èn colliads cun questas activitads.
4. Refusa ed acceptaziun dad iertas
1 Senza il consentiment da l’auter na po in consort ni refusar ina ierta che vegniss assegnada als bains cuminaivels ni acceptar ina ierta surchargiada cun debits.
2 Sch’il consort na po betg cuntanscher quest consentiment u sche quel al vegn refusà senza in motiv plausibel, po el appellar al derschader.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
5. Responsabladad e custs administrativs
1 Per acziuns che pertutgan ils bains cuminaivels è mintga consort responsabel tar la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains a medema moda sco in mandatari.
2 Ils custs da l’administraziun van a quint dals bains cuminaivels.
II. Bains propris
1 Mintga consort administrescha ses bains propris e dispona da quels entaifer ils limits da la lescha.
2 Sch’ils retgavs vegnan assegnads als bains propris, han quels da surpigliar ils custs da l’administraziun.
C. Responsabladad vers terzas persunas
I. Debits integrals
Mintga consort stat bun cun ses bains propris e cun ils bains cuminaivels:
II. Agens debits
1 Per tut ils auters debits stat in consort mo bun cun ses bains propris e cun la mesadad da la valur dals bains cuminaivels.
2 Resalvadas restan las pretensiuns pervia d’enritgiment da la cuminanza.
D. Debits tranter consorts
1 L’urden dals bains n’ha nagina influenza sin il termin da pajament dals debits tranter consorts.
2 Sch’il pajament da debits en daners u sche la restituziun da chaussas debitadas chaschuna al consort debitur grondas difficultads che pericliteschan la cuminanza conjugala, po el pretender ch’i al vegnian concedids termins da pajament; sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, sto vegnir prestada ina garanzia.
E. Schliaziun da l’urden dals bains e liquidaziun
I. Mument da la schliaziun
1 L’urden dals bains vegn schlià cun la mort d’in dals consorts, cun la cunvegna d’in auter urden dals bains u cun la decleraziun dal concurs d’in dals consorts.
2 En cas da divorzi, da separaziun, d’ina decleraziun da nunvalaivladad da la lètg u d’ina ordinaziun giudiziala da la separaziun dals bains cumenza la schliaziun dals bains retroactivamain il di che la dumonda è vegnida inoltrada.
3 Per la cumposiziun dals bains cuminaivels e dals bains propris è decisiv il mument da la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains.
II. Attribuziun als bains propris
La prestaziun da chapital ch’in consort ha survegnì d’ina instituziun da prevenziun u pervia d’incapacitad da lavurar e ch’è daventada bain cuminaivel, vegn attribuida als bains propris e quai per l’import da la valur chapitalisada da la renta che tutgass al consort tar la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains.
III. Cumpensaziuns tranter bains cuminaivels e bains propris
1 En cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials existan tranter ils bains cuminaivels ed ils bains propris da mintga consort pretensiuns da cumpensaziun, sche debits ch’engrevgeschan la massa da facultad èn vegnids pajads cun meds finanzials da l’autra facultad.
2 In debit engrevgescha la massa da facultad, cun la quala el stat en connex, en cas da dubi engrevgescha el però ils bains cuminaivels.
IV. Part da la plivalur
Sch’ils bains propris d’in consort u sch’ils bains cuminaivels han gidà ad acquistar, a meglierar u a mantegnair in object da facultad d’ina autra massa da facultad, valan tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart la part da la plivalur tar la participaziun als acquists.
V. Determinaziun da la valur
Il mument da la liquidaziun è il mument decisiv per la valur dals bains cuminaivels avant maun tar la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains.
VI. Partiziun
1. En cas da mort u en cas da cunvegna d’in auter urden dals bains
1 Sche la cuminanza dals bains vegn schliada tras la mort d’in dals consorts u tras la cunvegna d’in auter urden dals bains, han mintga consort u ses ertavels il dretg da survegnir la mesadad dals bains cuminaivels.
2 Tras contract matrimonial po vegnir fixada in’autra partiziun.
3 Talas cunvegnas na dastgan betg pregiuditgar ils dretgs a la part obligatorica dals descendents.
2. En ils auters cas
1 En cas da divorzi, da separaziun, d’ina decleraziun da nunvalaivladad da la lètg u per cas che la separaziun legala u giudiziala dals bains va en vigur, prenda mintga consort enavos dals bains cuminaivels quai che fiss stà ses bains propris en l’urden dals bains da la participaziun als acquists.
2 Il rest dal bains cuminaivels survegnan ils consorts mintgamai per la mesadad.
3 Cunvegnas concernent la midada da la partiziun legala valan mo, sch’il contract matrimonial prevesa quai expressivamain.
VII. Realisaziun da la partiziun
1. Bains propris
Sche la cuminanza dals bains vegn schliada tras la mort d’in consort, po il consort survivent pretender ch’ils bains, che fissan stads ses bains propris en l’urden dals bains da la participaziun als acquists, al vegnian attribuids cun als quintar tar sia part.
2. Abitaziun e rauba da chasa
1 Sche la chasa u sche l’abitaziun, nua ch’ils consorts han vivì, u sche objects da la rauba da chasa appartegnan als bains cuminaivels, po il consort survivent pretender che quests bains al vegnian attribuids cun als quintar tar sia part.
2 Nua che las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, po vegnir concedida – sin dumonda dal consort survivent u dals auters ertavels legals dal defunct – la giudida u il dretg d’abitar empè da la proprietad.
3 Sche la cuminanza dals bains na vegn betg schliada tras la mort, po mintga consort far questas dumondas, sch’el cumprova d’avair in interess predominant.
3. Autras valurs da facultad
Sch’in consort cumprova d’avair in interess predominant, po el pretender che er autras valurs da facultad al vegnian attribuidas cun las quintar tar sia part.
4. Autras prescripziuns da partiziun
Dal rest valan las disposiziuns davart la partiziun da cumproprietad e la realisaziun da la partiziun d’ierta tenor il senn.
A. Administraziun, giudida e disposiziun
I. En general
Mintga consort administrescha e giauda sia facultad e dispona da quella entaifer ils limits da la lescha.
II. Cumprova
1 Tgi che pretenda ch’ina tscherta valur da facultad saja la proprietad d’in u da l’auter consort, sto cumprovar quai.
2 Sche quai na po betg vegnir cumprovà, vegn presumà che la valur da facultad saja en cumproprietad da tuts dus consorts.
B. Responsabladad vers terzas persunas
Mintga consort stat bun per ses debits cun sia entira facultad.
C. Debits tranter consorts
1 L’urden dals bains n’ha nagina influenza sin il termin da pajament dals debits tranter consorts.
2 Sch’il pajament da debits en daners u sche la restituziun da chaussas debitadas chaschuna al consort debitur grondas difficultads che pericliteschan la cuminanza conjugala, po el pretender ch’i al vegnian concedids termins da pajament; sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, sto vegnir prestada ina garanzia.
D. Attribuziun en cas da cumproprietad
Sch’ina valur da facultad sa chatta en cumproprietad e sch’in consort cumprova in interess predominant, po el pretender – en cas da la schliaziun da l’urden dals bains – ultra da las autras mesiras legalas, che questa valur da facultad al vegnia attribuida cumplainamain cunter indemnisaziun da l’auter consort.
A. Cumenzament da la relaziun da figlialanza en general
1 La relaziun da figlialanza tranter la mamma e l’uffant vegn stabilida cun la naschientscha.
2 Tranter l’uffant ed il bab vegn ella fundada sin fundament da la lètg da la mamma u tras renconuschientscha ubain constatada tras il derschader.
3 Ultra da quai vegn la relaziun da figlialanza stabilida tras l’adopziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
B. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Presumziun
1 Sch’in uffant è naschì durant la lètg, vala il consort sco bab da l’uffant.
2 Sch’il consort mora, vala el sco bab da l’uffant, sche l’uffant nascha entaifer 300 dis suenter sia mort u – en cas ch’el nascha pli tard – sch’el è vegnì schendrà cumprovadamain avant la mort dal consort.
3 Sch’il consort vegn declerà sco sparì, vala el sco bab, sche l’uffant è naschì entaifer 300 dis suenter il termin dal privel da mort u da l’ultima novitad.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
B. Contestaziun
I. Dretg da purtar plant
1 La presumziun da paternitad po vegnir contestada davant il derschader:
2 Il plant dal consort sa drizza cunter l’uffant e cunter la mamma, il plant da l’uffant cunter il consort e cunter la mamma.
3 Il consort na po betg purtar plant, sch’el ha consentì a la schendrada tras in terz. Per il dretg da contestar da l’uffant resta resalvada la Lescha dals 18 da december 19983 davart la medischina da reproducziun.4
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 SR 810.11
4 Versiun tenor la cifra 39 da la LF dals 18 da dec. 1998 davart la medischina da reproducziun, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 3055; BBl 1996 III 205).
II. Motiv dal plant
1. Schendrada durant la lètg
1 Sch’in uffant è vegnì schendrà durant la lètg, ha l’accusader da cumprovar ch’il consort n’è betg il bab.
2 Sche l’uffant è naschì il pli baud 180 dis suenter la maridaglia ed il pli tard 300 dis suenter la schliaziun da la lètg tras mort, vegnì presumà ch’el saja vegnì schendrà durant la lètg.2
2. Schendrada avant la lètg u durant la schliaziun da la chasada cuminaivla
1 Sch’in uffant è vegnì schendrà avant la maridaglia u sch’el è vegnì schendrà durant in temp che la chasada cuminaivla era schliada, na sto la contestaziun betg vegnir motivada pli lunsch.
2 La paternitad dal consort vegn dentant er presumada en quest cas, sch’i vegn fatg valair vardaivlamain ch’el haja gì relaziuns sexualas cun la mamma da l’uffant il temp da la concepziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Termin per purtar plant
1 Il consort sto inoltrar il plant entaifer 1 onn dapi ch’el ha survegnì enconuschientscha da la naschientscha e dal fatg, ch’el n’è betg il bab u ch’in terz ha gì relaziuns sexualas cun la mamma da l’uffant il temp da la concepziun, en mintga cas dentant avant la scadenza da 5 onns dapi la naschientscha.
2 Il plant da l’uffant sto vegnir inoltrà il pli tard 1 onn suenter ch’el ha cuntanschì la maiorennitad.2
3 Sche quest termin è scadì, vegn admessa ina contestaziun, sch’i pon vegnir fatgs valair motivs relevants per il retard.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
C. Coincidenza da duas presumziuns
1 Sch’in uffant è naschì avant ch’i èn passads 300 dis dapi la schliaziun da la lètg tras mort e sche la mamma ha entant maridà da nov, vala il segund consort sco bab da l’uffant.2
2 Sche questa presumziun vegn eliminada, vala l’emprim consort sco bab da l’uffant.
D. Plant dals geniturs
1 Sch’il consort è mort u sch’el è daventà inabel da giuditgar avant la scadenza dal termin per purtar plant, po il plant da contestaziun vegnir inoltrà da ses bab u da sia mamma.
2 Las disposiziuns davart la contestaziun tras il consort vegnan applitgadas correspundentamain.
3 Il termin per purtar plant dad 1 onn cumenza il pli baud cun l’enconuschientscha da la mort u da l’inabilitad da giuditgar dal consort.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
E. Maridaglia dals geniturs
1 Sch’ils geniturs maridan in l’auter, vegnan las disposiziuns davart l’uffant ch’è naschì durant la lètg applitgadas correspundentamain per l’uffant ch’è naschì avant la lètg, uschespert che la paternitad dal consort è constatada tras ina renconuschientscha u tras ina sentenzia.
2 La renconuschientscha po vegnir contestada:
3 Las prescripziuns davart la contestaziun da la renconuschientscha vegnan applitgadas correspundentamain.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Renconuschientscha
I. Cundiziuns e furma
1 Sche la relaziun da figlialanza exista mo cun la mamma, po il bab renconuscher l’uffant.
2 Sch’il renconuschider è minoren, sch’el stat sut curatella cumplessiva u sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ha pronunzià in’ordinaziun correspundenta, sto ses represchentant legal dar il consentiment.2
3 La renconuschientscha vegn fatga tras ina decleraziun davant il funcziunari da stadi civil u tras testament u, sch’igl è pendent in plant per constatar la paternitad, davant il derschader.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. Contestaziun
1. Dretg da purtar plant
1 Mintgin che ha in interess po contestar la renconuschientscha tar il derschader, en spezial la mamma, l’uffant e suenter sia mort ses descendents sco er la vischnanca d’origin u da domicil dal renconuschider.
2 Il renconuschider po purtar quest plant mo, sch’el ha renconuschì l’uffant sut influenza d’ina smanatscha d’in privel grond ed imminent per la vita, per la sanadad, per l’onur u per la facultad da sasez u d’ina persuna che stat datiers ad el u sch’el era en errur concernent sia paternitad.
3 Il plant sa drizza cunter il renconuschider e cunter l’uffant, uschenavant che quels na portan betg sezs il plant.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2. Motiv dal plant
1 L’accusader ha da cumprovar ch’il renconuschider n’è betg il bab da l’uffant.
2 La mamma e l’uffant han da prestar questa cumprova mo, sch’il renconuschider fa valair vardaivlamain ch’el haja gì relaziuns sexualas cun la mamma da l’uffant il temp da la concepziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
3. Termin per purtar plant
1 Il plant sto vegnir inoltrà entaifer 1 onn dapi che l’accusader ha survegnì enconuschientscha da la renconuschientscha e dal fatg ch’il renconuschider n’è betg il bab u ch’in terz ha gì relaziuns sexualas cun la mamma da l’uffant il temp da la concepziun u dapi ch’el ha scuvrì l’errur u dapi che la smanatscha è crudada davent, en mintga cas dentant avant la scadenza da 5 onns dapi la renconuschientscha.
2 Il plant da l’uffant po vegnir inoltrà en mintga cas fin ch’igl è passà 1 onn suenter che l’uffant ha cuntanschì la maiorennitad.2
3 Sche quest termin è scadì, vegn admessa ina contestaziun, sch’i pon vegnir fatgs valair motivs relevants per il retard.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Plant da paternitad
I. Dretg da purtar plant
1 Tant la mamma sco er l’uffant pon purtar plant per laschar constatar la relaziun da figlialanza tranter l’uffant ed il bab.
2 Il plant sa drizza cunter il bab u, sche quel è mort – en questa successiun – cunter ses descendents, cunter ses geniturs u cunter ses fragliuns u, sche tals mancan, cunter l’autoritad cumpetenta da ses ultim domicil.
3 Sch’il bab è mort, communitgescha il derschader a sia consorta ch’il plant saja vegnì inoltrà, per ch’ella possia defender ses interess.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Presumziun
1 Sche l’accusà ha gì relaziuns sexualas cun la mamma da l’uffant tranter il 300avel ed il 180avel di avant la naschientscha da l’uffant, vegn presumada sia paternitad.
2 Questa presumziun vala er, sche l’uffant è vegnì schendrà avant il 300avel u suenter il 180avel di avant la naschientscha e sche l’accusà ha gì relaziuns sexualas cun la mamma da l’uffant il temp da la concepziun.
3 La presumziun croda davent, sche l’accusà cumprova che sia paternitad saja exclusa u main probabla che quella d’in terz.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Termin per purtar plant
1 Il plant po vegnir purtà avant u suenter la naschientscha da l’uffant, dentant il pli tard:
2 Sch’igl exista gia ina relaziun da figlialanza cun in auter um, po il plant vegnir purtà en mintga cas entaifer 1 onn dapi il di che questa relaziun è vegnida schliada.
3 Cur che quest termin è scadì, vegn admess in plant, sch’i pon vegnir fatgs valair motivs relevants per il retard.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Adopziun da persunas minorennas
I. Premissas generalas
1 In uffant minoren dastga vegnir adoptà, sche las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant han procurà durant almain 1 onn per la tgira e per l’educaziun da quest uffant e sch’igl è da spetgar tenor tuttas circumstanzas che la stabilisaziun d’ina relaziun da figlialanza servia al bainstar da l’uffant, senza pregiuditgar en moda nunraschunaivla ils interess d’auters uffants da questas persunas.
2 In’adopziun è mo pussaivla, sche las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant pon – sin fundament da lur vegliadetgna e da lur relaziuns persunalas – previsiblamain procurar per l’uffant fin a sia maiorennitad.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
II. Adopziun cuminaivla
1 Consorts dastgan adoptar cuminaivlamain in uffant, sch’els mainan dapi almain 3 onns ina chasada cuminaivla e sch’els han tuts dus almain 28 onns.
2 Divergenzas da la vegliadetgna minimala èn pussaivlas, sche quai è necessari per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant. Ils consorts ston motivar la divergenza.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
III. Adopziun tras ina persuna suletta
1 Ina persuna che n’è betg maridada e che na viva betg en in partenadi registrà dastga adoptar suletta in uffant, sch’ella ha almain 28 onns.
2 Ina persuna maridada che ha almain 28 onns dastga adoptar suletta in uffant, sch’il consort è permanentamain inabel da giuditgar u sch’el è absent dapi passa 2 onns cun dimora nunenconuschenta u sche la lètg è separada giudizialmain dapi passa 3 onns.
3 Ina persuna che viva en in partenadi registrà e che ha almain 28 onns dastga adoptar suletta in uffant, sche ses partenari registrà è permanentamain inabel da giuditgar u sch’el è absent dapi passa 2 onns cun dimora nunenconuschenta.
4 Divergenzas da la vegliadetgna minimala èn pussaivlas, sche quai è necessari per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant. La persuna che vul adoptar in uffant sto motivar la divergenza.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
IV. Adopziun dal figliaster
1 Ina persuna dastga adoptar l’uffant:
2 Il pèr sto manar dapi almain 3 onns ina chasada cuminaivla.
3 Persunas che mainan facticamain ina communitad da vita ina cun l’autra na dastgan betg esser maridadas e betg esser liadas tras in partenadi registrà.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
V. Differenza da vegliadetgna
1 La differenza da vegliadetgna tranter l’uffant e las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant na dastga betg esser pli pitschna che 16 onns e betg pli gronda che 45 onns.
2 Divergenzas da questas vegliadetgnas èn pussaivlas, sche quai è necessari per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant. Las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant ston motivar la divergenza.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
VI. Consentiment da l’uffant e da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants
1 Sche l’uffant è abel da giuditgar, dovra l’adopziun ses consentiment.
2 Sch’el è sut avugà u sut curatella, è l’adopziun mo pussaivla cun il consentiment da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants, e quai er, sche l’uffant è abel da giuditgar.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
VII. Consentiment dals geniturs2
1. Furma
1 L’adopziun dovra il consentiment dal bab e da la mamma da l’uffant.
2 Il consentiment sto vegnir dà a bucca u en scrit a l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants al lieu da domicil u da dimora dals geniturs u da l’uffant e sto vegnir remartgà en il protocol.
3 Il consentiment è valaivel, er sche las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant n’èn betg numnadas u betg anc fixadas.3
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
2. Termin
1 Il consentiment na dastga betg vegnir dà avant ch’i èn passadas 6 emnas dapi la naschientscha da l’uffant.
2 El po vegnir revocà entaifer 6 emnas dapi ch’el è vegnì pronunzià.
3 Sch’il consentiment vegn renovà suenter ina revocaziun, è el definitiv.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
3. Desister dal consentiment
a. Premissas
Dal consentiment d’in genitur poi vegnir desistì, sch’el è nunenconuschent, sch’el è absent pli ditg cun dimora nunenconuschenta u sch’el è permanentamain inabel da giuditgar.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
b. Decisiun
1 Sche l’uffant vegn confidà – en vista ad in’adopziun posteriura – a persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant e sch’il consentiment d’in genitur manca, decida l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants al lieu da domicil da l’uffant, sin dumonda da la persuna incaricada cun l’avugadia u cun la curatella, d’in post d’intermediaziun u da las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant, e per regla avant che l’uffant vegn confidà, sch’i po vegnir desistì da quest consentiment.2
2 En ils auters cas stoi vegnir decidì en chaussa a chaschun da l’adopziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
B. Adopziun da persunas maiorennas
1 Ina persuna maiorenna dastga vegnir adoptada:
2 Dal rest èn applitgablas las disposiziuns davart l’adopziun da persunas minorennas tenor il senn, cun excepziun da la disposiziun davart il consentiment dals geniturs.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
C. Effects
I. En general
1 L’uffant adoptiv survegn la posiziun giuridica d’in uffant da las persunas adoptantas.
2 La relaziun da figlialanza vertenta s’extingua.
3 La relaziun da figlialanza na s’extingua betg tar il genitur che:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
II. Num
1 Tar l’adopziun cuminaivla e tar l’adopziun tras ina persuna suletta poi vegnir dà in nov prenum a l’uffant minoren, sch’i existan motivs respectabels. Avant vegn l’uffant tadlà persunalmain en moda adattada da l’autoritad cumpetenta u d’ina terza persuna incumbensada, premess che sia vegliadetgna u auters motivs impurtants na s’opponian betg a quai. Sche l’uffant ha almain 12 onns, dovra la midada ses consentiment.
2 Il num da l’uffant sa drizza tenor las disposiziuns davart ils effects da la relaziun da figlialanza. Quels valan tenor il senn, sche l’uffant vegn adoptà da la partenaria registrada da sia mamma u dal partenari registrà da ses bab.
3 Sch’ina persuna maiorenna vegn adoptada, po l’autoritad cumpetenta la permetter da salvar vinavant ses num vertent, sch’i existan motivs respectabels.
4 La midada dal num d’ina persuna maiorenna che vegn adoptada n’ha nagins effects sin il num da persunas, il qual deriva dal num vertent da la persuna che vegn adoptada, nun ch’ellas dettian lur consentiment explicit ad ina midada dal num.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
III. Dretg da burgais
Il dretg da burgais da l’uffant minoren sa drizza tenor las disposiziuns davart ils effects da la relaziun da figlialanza.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
D. Procedura
I. En general
1 L’adopziun vegn pronunziada da l’autoritad chantunala cumpetenta al lieu da domicil dals geniturs adoptivs.
2 Las premissas da l’adopziun ston esser ademplidas gia il mument che la dumonda vegn inoltrada.2
3 Cur che la dumonda d’adopziun è inoltrada, na vegn l’adopziun betg impedida tras la mort u tras l’inabilitad da giuditgar da la persunas adoptantas, uschenavant che las autras premissas èn vinavant ademplidas.3
4 Sche l’uffant vegn maioren suenter che la dumonda è vegnida inoltrada, restan applitgablas las disposiziuns davart l’adopziun da persunas minorennas, sche las premissas correspundentas eran ademplidas avant.4
5 La decisiun d’adopziun cuntegna tut las indicaziuns necessarias per inscriver il prenum, il num ed il dretg da burgais da la persuna adoptada en il register da stadi civil.5
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
4 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
5 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
II. Examinaziun
1 L’adopziun dastga vegnir pronunziada pir suenter che tuttas circumstanzas essenzialas èn vegnidas examinadas cumplettamain, sche necessari suenter la consultaziun d’experts.
2 L’examinaziun sto sclerir en spezial la persunalitad e la sanadad da las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant e da l’uffant, lur relaziun vicendaivla, la qualificaziun per l’educaziun, la situaziun economica, ils motivs e las relaziuns famigliaras da las persunas che vulan adoptar l’uffant sco er il svilup da la relaziun da tgira.2
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
III. Audiziun da l’uffant
1 L’uffant vegn tadlà persunalmain en moda adattada da l’autoritad chantunala cumpetenta per la procedura d’adopziun u d’ina terza persuna incumbensada, premess che sia vegliadetgna u auters motivs impurtants na s’opponian betg a quai.
2 L’audiziun sto vegnir protocollada.
3 L’uffant ch’è abel da giuditgar po far recurs cunter la refusa da l’audiziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
IV. Represchentanza da l’uffant
1 L’autoritad chantunala cumpetenta per la procedura d’adopziun ordinescha sche necessari la represchentanza da l’uffant e designescha sco represchentanza ina persuna che ha experientscha en dumondas da provediment e da dretg.
2 Sche l’uffant ch’è abel da giuditgar fa la dumonda d’ina represchentanza, sto quella vegnir ordinada.
3 L’uffant ch’è abel da giuditgar po far recurs cunter la nunordinaziun da la represchentanza.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
V. Consideraziun da l’opiniun da confamigliars
1 Sche las persunas che vulan adoptar in uffant han descendents, sto vegnir considerada lur opiniun davart l’adopziun.
2 Avant l’adopziun d’ina persuna maiorenna sto vegnir considerada supplementarmain l’opiniun:
3 La decisiun d’adopziun sto sche pussaivel vegnir communitgada a questas persunas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dbis. Secret d’adopziun
1 L’uffant adoptiv ed ils geniturs adoptivs han il dretg sin l’observaziun dal secret d’adopziun.
2 Infurmaziuns che permettan d’identifitgar l’uffant minoren u ses geniturs adoptivs dastgan vegnir communitgadas als geniturs biologics mo, sche l’uffant è abel da giuditgar e sch’ils geniturs adoptivs sco er l’uffant han dà lur consentiment a questa communicaziun.
3 Infurmaziuns che permettan d’identifitgar l’uffant maioren dastgan vegnir communitgadas als geniturs biologics sco er a lur descendents directs, sche l’uffant ha dà ses consentiment a questa communicaziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dter. Infurmaziun davart l’adopziun, davart ils geniturs biologics e davart lur descendents
1 Ils geniturs adoptivs ston infurmar l’uffant davart il fatg ch’el è vegnì adoptà, tegnend quint da sia vegliadetgna e da sia madirezza.
2 L’uffant minoren ha il dretg da vegnir infurmà davart ses geniturs biologics, uschenavant che las infurmaziuns na permettan betg da trair conclusiuns a lur identitad. Infurmaziuns che permettan d’identifitgar ils geniturs survegn el mo, sch’el po cumprovar in interess degn da vegnir protegì.
3 L’uffant maioren po pretender da tut temp che las persunalias da ses geniturs biologics ed ulteriuras infurmaziuns davart tals al vegnian communitgadas. Ultra da quai po el pretender infurmaziuns davart descendents directs da ses geniturs biologics, sch’ils descendents èn maiorens ed han dà lur consentiment a questa communicaziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 22 da zer. 2001 tar la Convenziun da Den Haag davart las adopziuns e davart las mesiras per proteger l’uffant en adopziuns internaziunalas (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dquater. Post d’infurmaziun chantunal e servetschs da retschertga
1 Las infurmaziuns davart ils geniturs biologics, davart lur descendents directs sco er davart l’uffant vegnan communitgadas da l’autoritad chantunala cumpetenta per la procedura d’adopziun.
2 L’autoritad infurmescha la persuna pertutgada ch’ella haja survegnì ina dumonda d’infurmaziun e dumonda – en cas da basegn – sch’ella è d’accord d’avair contact cun la persuna petenta. Ella po delegar questas incumbensas ad in servetsch da retschertga spezialisà.
3 Sche la persuna che ha survegnì la dumonda d’infurmaziun refusa il contact persunal, infurmescha l’autoritad u il servetsch da retschertga incaricà la persuna petenta en chaussa e la renda attent als dretgs persunals da la persuna che ha survegnì la dumonda d’infurmaziun.
4 Ils chantuns designeschan in post che cusseglia sin giavisch ils geniturs biologics, lur descendents directs sco er l’uffant.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dquinquies. Relaziuns persunalas cun ils geniturs biologics
1 Ils geniturs adoptivs ed ils geniturs biologics pon concluder ch’i vegnia concedì als geniturs biologics in dretg da mantegnair relaziuns persunalas adequatas cun l’uffant minoren. Questa cunvegna sco er sia midada ston vegnir suttamessas a l’approvaziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants al domicil da l’uffant. Avant la decisiun vegn l’uffant tadlà persunalmain en moda adattada da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants u d’ina terza persuna incumbensada, premess che sia vegliadetgna u auters motivs impurtants na s’opponian betg a quai. Sche l’uffant è abel da giuditgar, dovra la cunvegna ses consentiment.
2 Sch’il bainstar da l’uffant è periclità u sch’i dat differenzas areguard la realisaziun da la cunvegna, decida l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.
3 L’uffant po refusar da tut temp il contact cun ils geniturs biologics. Cunter sia voluntad na dastgan ils geniturs adoptivs er furnir naginas infurmaziuns als geniturs biologics.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
E. Contestaziun
I. Motivs
1. Mancanza dal consentiment
1 Sch’il consentiment n’è betg vegnì dumandà senza motivs legals, pon las persunas ch’èn autorisadas da dar il consentiment contestar l’adopziun tar il derschader, uschenavant ch’il bainstar da l’uffant na vegn betg pregiuditgà seriusamain tras quai.
2 Ils geniturs n’han dentant betg il dretg da purtar quest plant, sch’els pon recurrer cunter la decisiun tar il Tribunal federal.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2. Autras mancanzas
1 Sch’i sa mussan autras mancanzas gravantas concernent l’adopziun, po mintgin che ha in interess contestar l’adopziun, en spezial er la vischnanca d’origin u da domicil.
2 La contestaziun è dentant exclusa, sche la mancanza è vegnida eliminada en il fratemp u sch’ella pertutga exclusivamain prescripziuns da procedura.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
II. Termin per purtar plant
Il plant sto vegnir purtà entaifer 6 mais dapi ch’il motiv da contestaziun è vegnì scuvrì ed en mintga cas entaifer 2 onns dapi l’adopziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
F. Intermediaziun d’uffants adoptivs
1 La Confederaziun surveglia l’intermediaziun d’uffants adoptivs.
2 Tgi che exequescha questa intermediaziun professiunalmain u en connex cun sia professiun, dovra ina permissiun; l’intermediaziun tras l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants resta resalvada.2
3 Il Cussegl federal decretescha las disposiziuns executivas e regla – en connex cun il scleriment concernent las premissas per la permissiun ed en connex cun la surveglianza – la cooperaziun da las autoritads chantunalas ch’èn cumpetentas per plazzar uffants cun l’intent d’ina adopziun posteriura.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 22 da zer. 2001 tar la Convenziun da Den Haag davart las adopziuns e davart las mesiras per proteger l’uffant en adopziuns internaziunalas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2003 (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Abolì tras la cifra 15 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2005 davart il TAF, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2007 (AS 2006 2197; BBl 2001 4202).
A. Num
I. Uffant da geniturs maridads
1 Sch’ils geniturs èn maridads in cun l’auter e portan differents nums, survegn l’uffant quel da lur nums da nubil, ch’els han fixà a chaschun da la maridaglia sco num da lur uffants cuminaivels.
2 Entaifer 1 onn dapi la naschientscha da l’emprim uffant pon ils geniturs pretender che l’uffant portia il num da nubil da l’auter genitur.
3 Sch’ils geniturs portan in num da famiglia cuminaivel, survegn l’uffant quest num.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
II. Uffant da geniturs betg maridads
1 Sch’in genitur ha la tgira genituriala, survegn l’uffant il num da nubil da quest genitur. Sch’ils geniturs han cuminaivlamain la tgira genituriala, decidan els, tgenin da lur nums da nubil che lur uffants duain purtar.
2 Sche la tgira genituriala cuminaivla vegn instituida suenter la naschientscha da l’emprim uffant, pon ils geniturs declerar envers il funcziunari da stadi civil entaifer 1 onn dapi questa instituziun, che l’uffant portia il num da nubil da l’auter genitur. Questa decleraziun vala per tut ils uffants cuminaivels, independentamain da l’attribuziun da la tgira genituriala.
3 Sche ni in ni l’auter genitur n’ha la tgira genituriala, survegn l’uffant il num da nubil da la mamma.
4 Midadas tar l’attribuziun da la tgira genituriala n’han naginas consequenzas sin il num. Resalvadas restan las disposiziuns davart la midada dal num.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais; AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
III. Consentiment da l’uffant
Sche l’uffant ha cumplenì 12 onns, po ses num vegnir midà mo cun ses consentiment.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
B. Dretg da burgais
1 L’uffant survegn il dretg da burgais chantunal e communal da quel genitur, dal qual el porta il num.
2 Sche l’uffant acquista durant sia minorennitad il num da l’auter genitur, survegn el il dretg da burgais chantunal e communal da quest genitur e perda ses dretg da burgais vertent.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
C. Obligaziuns vicendaivlas
Ils geniturs ed ils uffants debiteschan vicendaivlamain tut agid, tut resguard e tut respect ch’è necessari per il bainstar da la cuminanza.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
D. Relaziuns persunalas
I. Geniturs ed uffants
1. Princip
1 Ils geniturs che n’han betg la pussanza u la tgira genituriala, e l’uffant minoren han vicendaivlamain il dretg da mantegnair ina relaziun persunala adequata.2
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants po admonir ils geniturs, ils geniturs da tgira u l’uffant e dar instrucziuns ad els, sch’il pratitgar u il nunpratitgar la relaziun persunala ha consequenzas negativas per l’uffant ubain sch’ina admoniziun u ina instrucziun s’impona per auters motivs.
3 Il bab u la mamma pon pretender ch’il dretg da mantegnair ina relaziun persunala vegnia reglà.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Limits
1 Il bab e la mamma han da tralaschar tut quai che donnegescha la relaziun da l’uffant cun l’auter genitur u che renda pli difficila l’incumbensa da l’educatur.2
2 Sch’il bainstar da l’uffant vegn donnegià tras la relaziun persunala, sch’ils geniturs pratitgeschan quella relaziun violond lur obligaziuns, sch’els n’èn betg s’occupads seriusamain da l’uffant u sche auters motivs relevants èn avant maun, als po il dretg da mantegnair ina relaziun persunala vegnir refusà u retratg.
3 Sch’ils geniturs han consentì a l’adopziun u sch’i po vegnir desistì da lur consentiment, extingua lur dretg da mantegnair ina relaziun persunala, uschespert che l’uffant è plazzà cun l’intent d’ina adopziun posteriura.
II. Terzas persunas
1 Sche circumstanzas extraordinarias èn avant maun, po il dretg da mantegnair ina relaziun persunala er vegnir concedì ad autras persunas, en spezial a parents, uschenavant che quai serva al bainstar da l’uffant.
2 Ils limits dal dretg da visita, fixads per ils geniturs, valan tenor il senn.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Cumpetenza
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants dal lieu da domicil da l’uffant è cumpetenta per ordinar mesiras concernent las relaziuns persunalas; la medema cumpetenza ha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants dal lieu da dimora da l’uffant, sche l’emprima autoritad ha prendì u prenda mesiras per la protecziun da l’uffant.
2 Sch’il derschader regla la tgira genituriala, la surveglianza dals uffants u la contribuziun da mantegniment tenor las disposiziuns davart il divorzi e davart la protecziun da la cuminanza conjugala, regla el er las relaziuns persunalas.2
3 Sch’i n’existan anc naginas ordinaziuns davart il dretg dal bab u da la mamma concernent il mantegniment d’ina relaziun persunala, na po quella betg vegnir pratitgada cunter la voluntad da la persuna che ha il dretg da la pussanza u da la tgira genituriala.
E. Infurmaziun e scleriment
1 Geniturs che n’han betg la tgira genituriala duain vegnir infurmads davart eveniments spezials en la vita da l’uffant e duain vegnir tadlads avant decisiuns ch’èn relevantas per il svilup da l’uffant.
2 Da medema maniera sco il titular da la tgira genituriala pon els dumandar infurmaziuns davart il stadi e davart il svilup da l’uffant tar terzas persunas che contribueschan lur part vi da la tgira da l’uffant sco en spezial persunas d’instrucziun e medis.
3 Las disposiziuns davart ils limits da las relaziuns persunalas e davart la cumpetenza valan tenor il senn.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
A. En general
I. Object e dimensiun2
1 Il mantegniment consista da tgira, d’educaziun e da pajament en daners.3
2 Ils geniturs procuran cuminaivlamain, mintga genitur tenor sias forzas, per in mantegniment duì da l’uffant e surpiglian en spezial ils custs da la tgira, da l’educaziun, da la scolaziun e da las mesiras da protecziun da l’uffant.4
3 Ils geniturs èn deliberads da l'obligaziun da mantegniment, uschenavant ch'ins po pretender da l'uffant ch'el paja ses mantegniment ord l'acquist tras sia lavur u cun auters meds finanzials.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
4 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
II. Precedenza da l’obligaziun da mantegniment envers in uffant minoren
1 L’obligaziun da mantegniment envers l’uffant minoren ha la precedenza envers las autras obligaziuns da mantegniment dal dretg da famiglia.
2 En cas motivads po il derschader divergiar da questa regla, en spezial per evitar in dischavantatg per l’uffant maioren che ha il dretg da mantegniment.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
B. Durada
1 L’obligaziun da mantegniment dals geniturs dura fin a la maiorennitad da l’uffant.2
2 Sch’el n’ha alura betg anc ina scolaziun adequata, han ils geniturs, uschenavant che quai po vegnir pretendì dad els tenor tuttas circumstanzas, da procurar er vinavant per ses mantegniment, fin ch’ina tala scolaziun po vegnir concludida en moda regulara.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 7 d’oct. 1994, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
C. Geniturs maridads
1 Durant la lètg portan ils geniturs ils custs dal mantegniment tenor las disposiziuns dal dretg matrimonial.
2 Mintga consort è obligà da sustegnair l’auter en moda adequata tar l’adempliment da las obligaziuns da mantegniment vers uffants ch’èn naschids avant la maridaglia.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
D. Plant
I. Dretg da purtar plant2
1 L’uffant po purtar plant cunter il bab u cunter la mamma ubain cunter tuts dus per pretender dad els il mantegniment per il futur e per l’onn che preceda l’inoltraziun dal plant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
II. e III. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
IV. Fixaziun da la contribuziun da mantegniment
1. Contribuziun dals geniturs
1 La contribuziun da mantegniment duai correspunder als basegns da l’uffant sco er a la situaziun sociala ed a la capacitad finanziala dals geniturs; en quest connex ston vegnir resguardadas la facultad e las entradas da l’uffant.
2 La contribuziun da mantegniment serva er a garantir la tgira da l’uffant tras ils geniturs u tras terzas persunas.
3 Ella sto vegnir pajada ordavant. Il derschader fixescha ils termins da pajament.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Autras prestaziuns destinadas al mantegniment da l’uffant
1 Supplements da famiglia che vegnan pajads al genitur che ha l’obligaziun da mantegniment, ston vegnir pajads supplementarmain a la contribuziun da mantegniment.
2 Rentas d’assicuranza sociala e prestaziuns sumegliantas destinadas al mantegniment da l’uffant, che tutgan al genitur che ha l’obligaziun da mantegniment, ston vegnir pajadas supplementarmain a la contribuziun da mantegniment, nun ch’il derschader decidia autramain.
3 Sch’il genitur che ha l’obligaziun da mantegniment survegn pli tard – pervia da vegliadetgna u pervia d’invaliditad – rentas d’assicuranza sociala u prestaziuns sumegliantas destinadas al mantegniment da l’uffant, che remplazzan las entradas da gudogn, ha el da pajar quests imports a l’uffant; la contribuziun da mantegniment vertenta vegn reducida tenor lescha en la dimensiun da questas novas prestaziuns.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
V. Midada da las relaziuns
1. En general2
1 Il derschader po ordinar che la contribuziun da mantegniment vegnia senz’auter augmentada u reducida en cas da tschertas midadas dals basegns da l’uffant u da la capacitad finanziala dals geniturs u dals custs da viver.
2 En cas che las relaziuns sa midan considerablamain fixescha il derschader danovamain ina contribuziun da mantegniment sin proposta d’in genitur u da l’uffant ubain annullescha quella.
3 En cas da basegns spezials imprevis da l’uffant po il derschader obligar ils geniturs da pajar ina contribuziun speziala.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2. Cas da mancanza
1 Sch’igl è vegnì constatà en in contract da mantegniment approvà u en ina decisiun ch’i n’è betg stà pussaivel da fixar ina contribuziun da mantegniment che avess permess da cuvrir il mantegniment adequat da l’uffant e sche las relaziuns dal genitur che ha l’obligaziun da mantegniment èn sa meglieradas extraordinariamain dapi lura, ha l’uffant il dretg da far pajar quest genitur ils imports che mancavan per cuvrir il mantegniment duì durant ils ultims 5 onns che la contribuziun da mantegniment vegniva debitada.
2 La pretensiun sto vegnir fatga valair entaifer 1 onn dapi l’enconuschientscha da la meglieraziun extraordinaria.
3 Questa pretensiun va cun tut ses dretgs sin l’auter genitur u sin la communitad, uschenavant che quest genitur u la communitad ha surpiglià la part mancanta dal mantegniment duì.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
E. Contracts davart l’obligaziun da mantegniment
I. Prestaziuns periodicas
1 Contracts da mantegniment daventan obligants per l’uffant pir cun l’approvaziun tras l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.
2 Contribuziuns da mantegniment fixadas tras contract pon vegnir midadas, uschenavant che quai n’è betg vegnì exclus cun l’approvaziun tras l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.
3 Sch’il contract vegn fatg en ina procedura giudiziala, è il derschader cumpetent per l’approvaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Cuntegn dal contract da mantegniment
Sch’i vegnan fixadas contribuziuns da mantegniment en il contract da mantegniment, stoi vegnir inditgà:
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
III. Indemnisaziun en daners2
1 Sche l’interess da l’uffant giustifitgescha quai, po vegnir fixada ina indemnisaziun en daners per il mantegniment da l’uffant.
2 La cunvegna daventa pir obliganta per l’uffant:
F. Adempliment
I. Creditur
1 Il dretg sin contribuziuns da mantegniment tutga a l’uffant e vegn ademplì – uscheditg che l’uffant è minoren – cun il pajament al represchentant legal da l’uffant u al titular da la tgira genituriala, nun ch’il derschader decidia autramain.2
2 Sche la cuminanza publica procura però per il mantegniment da l’uffant, van las contribuziuns da mantegniment cun tuts dretgs a la cuminanza publica.
II. Execuziun
1. Agid d’incasso
1 Sch’il bab u la mamma n’ademplescha betg l’obligaziun da mantegniment, gida in post spezialisà designà dal dretg chantunal adequatamain e gratuitamain l’uffant, che dumonda quai, tar l’execuziun da la pretensiun da mantegniment.
2 Il Cussegl federal fixescha las prestaziuns da l’agid d’incasso.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Avis als debiturs
Sch’ils geniturs tralaschan il quità per l’uffant, po il derschader avisar lur debiturs da prestar ils pajaments dal tuttafatg u per part al represchentant legal da l’uffant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Garanzia
Sch’ils geniturs tralaschan persistentamain d’ademplir lur obligaziun da mantegniment u sch’i po vegnir supponì ch’els prendian mesiras per fugir u ch’els sfarlattian u laschian svanir lur facultad, als po il derschader obligar da prestar ina garanzia adequata per las contribuziuns da mantegniment futuras.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
G. Dretg public
1 Il dretg public fixescha, cun resalva da l’obligaziun da sustegn dals parents, tgi che ha da purtar ils custs dal mantegniment, sche ni ils geniturs ni l’uffant n’èn en cas da surpigliar quels.
2 Il dretg public regla ultra da quai il pajament anticipà per il mantegniment da l’uffant, sch’ils geniturs n’adempleschan betg lur obligaziun da mantegniment.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
H. Geniturs da tgira
1 Ils geniturs da tgira han il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun adequata sco daners da tgira, uschenavant ch’i n’è betg vegnì fixà insatge auter u sche quai na resulta betg cleramain tras las circumstanzas.
2 Ina tgira gratuita po vegnir supponida, sch’i sa tracta d’uffants da proxims parents u d’uffants ch’èn vegnids plazzads cun l’intent d’ina adopziun posteriura.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
J. Dretgs da la mamma betg maridada
1 La mamma po purtar plant cunter il bab u cunter ses ertavels fin il pli tard 1 onn suenter la naschientscha sin indemnisaziun:2
2 Er sche la gravidanza va a fin prematuramain, po il derschader – per motivs da giustia – decider che questas indemnisaziuns vegnian restituidas per part u dal tuttafatg.
3 Prestaziuns da terzas persunas, sin las qualas la mamma ha il dretg tenor lescha u tenor contract, ston vegnir messas a quint, uschenavant che las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai.
A. Princips
1 La tgira genituriala serva al bainstar da l’uffant.
2 Uschè ditg ch’ils uffants èn minorens, èn els suttamess a la tgira genituriala cuminaivla dal bab e da la mamma.
3 Geniturs minorens sco er geniturs sut curatella cumplessiva n’han nagina tgira genituriala. Cur ch’ils geniturs daventan maiorens, survegnan els la tgira genituriala. Sche la curatella cumplessiva vegn abolida, decida l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants davart l’attribuziun da la tgira genituriala resguardond il bainstar da l’uffant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
Abis. Mort d’in genitur
1 Sch’ils geniturs han cuminaivlamain la tgira genituriala e sch’in genitur mora, ha il genitur survivent la tgira genituriala.
2 Sch’il genitur che aveva la tgira genituriala exclusiva mora, attribuescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants la tgira genituriala al genitur survivent u nominescha in avugà per l’uffant, tut tenor quai ch’è adattà meglier per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
Ater. Divorzi ed autras proceduras matrimonialas
1 En ina procedura da divorzi u en ina procedura per la protecziun da la lètg attribuescha il derschader la tgira genituriala exclusiva ad in genitur, sche quai è necessari per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant.
2 El po er sa restrenscher a reglar la surveglianza da l’uffant, las relaziuns persunalas u la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira da l’uffant, sch’i na dat naginas schanzas ch’ils geniturs chattian ina cunvegna en quest reguard.
2bis Per la decisiun davart la surveglianza da l’uffant, davart las relaziuns persunalas u davart la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira resguarda el il dretg da l’uffant d’avair relaziuns persunalas regularas cun tuts dus geniturs.2
2ter En cas d’ina tgira genituriala cuminaivla examinescha el la pussaivladad d’ina tgira alternanta en il senn dal bainstar da l’uffant, sch’in genitur u l’uffant pretenda quai.3
3 El supplitgescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants da nominar in avugà per l’uffant, sche ni la mamma ni il bab na vegn en dumonda per surpigliar la tgira genituriala.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
Aquater. Renconuschientscha e sentenzia da paternitad
I. Decleraziun cuminaivla dals geniturs
1 Sch’ils geniturs n’èn betg maridads in cun l’auter ed il bab renconuscha l’uffant u sche la relaziun da figlialanza vegn constatada tras ina sentenzia e la tgira genituriala cuminaivla na vegn betg gia disponida il mument da la sentenzia, vegn la tgira genituriala cuminaivla instituida sin basa d’ina decleraziun cuminaivla.
2 En la decleraziun conferman ils geniturs:
3 Ensemen cun la decisiun davart la tgira genituriala regla l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants ils ulteriurs puncts dispitaivels.
4 Sch’ils geniturs fan la decleraziun ensemen cun la renconuschientscha, surdattan els quella a l’uffizi da stadi civil. Ina decleraziun posteriura ston els inoltrar a l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants al domicil da l’uffant.
5 Fin che la decleraziun è avant maun, ha la mamma la tgira genituriala exclusiva.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
II. Decisiun da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants
1 Sch’in genitur refusa da far la decleraziun davart la tgira genituriala cuminaivla, po l’auter genitur appellar a l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants al domicil da l’uffant.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants dispona la tgira genituriala cuminaivla, nun ch’il bainstar da l’uffant pretendia che la mamma haja vinavant la tgira genituriala exclusiva u che la tgira genituriala exclusiva vegnia attribuida al bab.
3 Ensemen cun la decisiun davart la tgira genituriala regla l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants ils ulteriurs puncts dispitaivels. Resalvà resta il plant sin prestaziun dal mantegniment davant il derschader cumpetent; en quest cas decida il derschader er davart la tgira genituriala sco er davart las ulteriuras dumondas concernent ils uffants.2
3bis Per la decisiun davart la surveglianza da l’uffant, davart las relaziuns persunalas u davart la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira resguarda l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants il dretg da l’uffant d’avair relaziuns persunalas regularas cun tuts dus geniturs.3
3ter En cas d’ina tgira genituriala cuminaivla examinescha ella la pussaivladad d’ina tgira alternanta en il senn dal bainstar da l’uffant, sch’in genitur u l’uffant pretenda quai.4
4 Sche la mamma è minorenna u sch’ella stat sut curatella cumplessiva, attribuescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants la tgira genituriala al bab u numna in avugà per l’uffant, tut tenor quai ch’è adattà meglier per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Versiun da la segunda frasa tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
4 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
III. Plant da paternitad
Sch’il derschader approvescha in plant da paternitad, dispona el la tgira genituriala cuminaivla, nun ch’il bainstar da l’uffant pretendia che la mamma haja vinavant la tgira genituriala exclusiva u che la tgira genituriala exclusiva vegnia attribuida al bab.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
IV. Midada da las relaziuns
1 Sin giavisch d’in genitur u da l’uffant u d’uffizi regla l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants da nov l’attribuziun da la tgira genituriala, sche quai è necessari pervia da midadas essenzialas da las relaziuns per mantegnair il bainstar da l’uffant.
2 Ella po sa restrenscher a reglar la surveglianza da l’uffant, las relaziuns persunalas u la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira da l’uffant.
3 Resalvà resta il plant sin midada da la contribuziun da mantegniment davant il derschader cumpetent; en quest cas regla il derschader en cas da basegn da nov la tgira genituriala sco er las ulteriuras dumondas concernent ils uffants.2
Aquinquies. Midada da las relaziuns suenter l’adopziun da figliasters en communitads da vita facticas
Sch’ina persuna ha adoptà l’uffant da la persuna, cun la quala ella maina facticamain ina communitad da vita, e sch’i resulta ina midada essenziala da las relaziuns, è applitgabla tenor il senn la disposiziun davart la midada da las relaziuns en cas da renconuschientscha e da sentenzia da paternitad.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Asexies. Madrastra u padraster2
Mintga consort ha da gidar e da represchentar l’auter en moda adequata tar l’execuziun da la tgira genituriala vers ils uffants da l’auter, sche las circumstanzas pretendan quai.
Asepties. Geniturs da tgira2
1 Sch’in uffant vegn confidà a terzas persunas per la tgira, represchentan ellas, cun resalva d’ordinaziuns divergentas, ils geniturs concernent l’execuziun da la tgira genituriala, uschenavant che quai è inditgà per ademplir correctamain lur incumbensa.
2 Ils geniturs da tgira duain vegnir consultads avant che prender decisiuns relevantas.
B. Cuntegn
I. En general
1 Ils geniturs èn responsabels per la tgira e per l’educaziun en vista al bainstar da l’uffant e prendan las decisiuns necessarias cun resalva da l’abilitad d’agir da l’uffant sez.
1bis Il genitur che assista l’uffant po decider sulet, sche:
2 L’uffant sto obedir als geniturs; ils geniturs concedan a l’uffant tenor sia madirezza la libertad correspundenta per furmar sia vita, ed en fatgs relevants resguardan els sia opiniun tant sco pussaivel.
3 L’uffant na dastga betg bandunar la cuminanza famigliara senza il consentiment dals geniturs; l’uffant na dastga er betg vegnir prendì davent als geniturs senza in motiv legitim.
4 Ils geniturs dattan il prenum a l’uffant.
II. Determinaziun dal lieu da dimora
1 La tgira genituriala includa il dretg da determinar il lieu da dimora da l’uffant.
2 Sch’ils geniturs han cuminaivlamain la tgira genituriala e sch’in genitur vul midar il lieu da dimora da l’uffant, dovra quai il consentiment da l’auter genitur ubain ina decisiun dal derschader u da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants, sche:
3 Sch’in genitur ha la tgira genituriala exclusiva e vul midar il lieu da dimora da l’uffant, sto el infurmar a temp l’auter genitur.
4 La medema obligaziun d’infurmaziun ha il genitur che vul midar ses agen domicil.
5 Sche necessari e mantegnend il bainstar da l’uffant sa cunvegnan ils geniturs davart in’adattaziun da la regulaziun da la tgira genituriala, da la surveglianza da l’uffant, da las relaziuns persunalas e da la participaziun da mintga genitur a la tgira da l’uffant. Sch’els na chattan nagina cunvegna, decida il derschader u l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
III. Educaziun2
1 Ils geniturs han d’educar l’uffant tenor lur relaziuns sco er da promover e da proteger ses svilup corporal, spiertal e moral.
2 Els han da procurar per l’uffant, particularmain er per l’uffant cun impediments corporals u spiertals ina scolaziun generala e professiunala adequata, che correspunda uschenavant sco pussaivel a sias abilitads ed a sias preferenzas.
3 Per quest intent duain els collavurar en moda adattada cun la scola e – nua che las circumstanzas pretendan quai – cun las instituziuns publicas e d’utilitad publica da l’agid per la giuventetgna.
IV. Educaziun religiusa2
1 Ils geniturs decidan davart l’educaziun religiusa da l’uffant.
2 In contract che limitescha questa cumpetenza è nunvalaivel.
3 L’uffant che ha cumplenì il 16avel onn da vegliadetgna ha il dretg da decider sez davart sia confessiun.
V. Represchentanza
1. Vers terzas persunas
a. En general2
1 Tenor la lescha represchentan ils geniturs l’uffant vers terzas persunas entaifer ils limits da lur tgira genituriala.3
2 Sche tuts dus geniturs èn titulars da la tgira genituriala dastgan terzas persunas da buna fai premetter che mintga genitur ageschia en enclegientscha cun l’auter.4
3 Represchentond l’uffant na dastgan ils geniturs surpigliar naginas cauziuns, constituir naginas fundaziuns e far naginas donaziuns, cun excepziun dals regals occasiunals usitads.5
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
4 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
5 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Posiziun giuridica da l’uffant2
1 L’uffant ch’è abel da giuditgar e ch’è suttamess a la tgira genituriala po surpigliar dretgs ed obligaziuns ed exercitar dretgs persunals inalienabels tras agens acts en il rom dal dretg da persunas.3
2 La facultad da l’uffants stat buna per sias obligaziuns, senza resguardar ils dretgs dals geniturs sin questa facultad.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Entaifer la cuminanza famigliara
1 Sch’els èn abels da giuditgar, pon uffants sut tgira genituriala agir – cun il consentiment dals geniturs – per la cuminanza famigliara; en quest cas n’obligheschan els betg sasezs, mabain ils geniturs.2
2 Sch’ils geniturs èn impedids d’agir u sch’els han en in affar interess che s’opponan a quels da l’uffant, nominescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants in procuratur u regla sezza quest affar.3
3 En cas d’ina collisiun d’interess croda la cumpetenza dals geniturs en l’affar correspundent tenor la lescha.4
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
C. Protecziun dals uffants
I. Mesiras adattadas
1 Sch’il bainstar da l’uffant è periclità e sch’ils geniturs na procuran betg sezs per remedura u sch’els n’èn betg en cas da far quai, prenda l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants las mesiras necessarias per la protecziun da l’uffant.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants è obligada da far quai er per uffants ch’èn confidads a geniturs da tgira u che vivan uschiglio insanua ordaifer la cuminanza famigliara dals geniturs.
3 Ella po admonir en spezial ils geniturs, ils geniturs da tgira u l’uffant ed als dar tschertas instrucziuns per la tgira, per l’educaziun u per la scolaziun e designar ina persuna u in post adattà che ha il dretg da prender invista e da survegnir infurmaziuns.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Curatella2
1 Sche las relaziuns pretendan quai, numna l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants in procuratur per l’uffant che sustegna ils geniturs cun pled e fatg en lur tgira per l’uffant.
2 Ella po surdar al procuratur cumpetenzas spezialas, cunzunt da represchentar l’uffant per laschar constatar la paternitad, per far valair ses dretgs da mantegniment ed auters dretgs e da survegliar las relaziuns persunalas.3
3 La tgira genituriala po vegnir limitada correspundentamain.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
1 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
III. Aboliziun dal dretg da decider davart il lieu da dimora2
1 Sche la periclitaziun da l’uffant na po betg vegnir evitada autramain, sto l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants prender davent l’uffant dals geniturs u da terzas persunas, sch’el sa chatta tar talas, e plazzar l’uffant en moda adequata.
2 Las medemas mesiras prenda l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants sin dumonda dals geniturs u da l’uffant, sche la relaziun è disturbada talmain, che la convivenza en la chasada cuminaivla na po betg pli vegnir pretendida da l’uffant e sch’i n’è tenor las circumstanzas betg pussaivel da gidar en autra moda.
3 Sch’in uffant ha vivì in temp pli lung tar geniturs da tgira, po l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants scumandar als geniturs da prender enavos l’uffant, sch’igl exista ina smanatscha che pudess periclitar seriusamain il svilup da l’uffant.
IV. Retratga da la tgira genituriala
1. D’uffizi2
1 Sche autras mesiras per la protecziun dals uffants n’han gì nagin success u sch’ellas paran dad esser insuffizientas da bel principi, retira l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants la tgira genituriala:3
2 Sche tuts dus geniturs vegnan privads da la tgira genituriala, survegnan ils uffants in avugà.
3 Cun resalva da disposiziuns expressivamain cuntrarias vala la retratga da la tgira genituriala per tut ils uffants, er per quels ch’èn naschids suenter la retratga.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2. Cun il consentiment dals geniturs2
L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants retira la tgira genituriala:3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
V. Midada da las relaziuns
1 Sche las relaziuns sa midan, ston las mesiras per la protecziun dals uffants vegnir adattadas a la nova situaziun.
2 La tgira genituriala na dastga en nagin cas vegnir restabilida avant ch’igl è passà 1 onn dapi sia retratga.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
VI. Procedura
1. En general
1 Las disposiziuns davart la procedura davant l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids èn applitgablas tenor il senn.
2 En cas adattads po il derschader intimar ils geniturs d’empruvar ina mediaziun extragiudiziala.
3 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants installescha ina curatella, fixescha ella en il dispositiv da la decisiun las incumbensas dal procuratur ed eventualas restricziuns da la tgira genituriala.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Audiziun da l’uffant
1 L’uffant vegn tadlà persunalmain en moda adattada da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants u d’ina terza persuna incumbensada, nun che sia vegliadetgna u auters motivs relevants s’opponian a quai.
2 En il protocol da l’audiziun vegnan menziunads mo ils resultats ch’èn essenzials per la decisiun. Ils geniturs vegnan infurmads davart quests resultats.
3 L’uffant ch’è abel da giuditgar po far recurs cunter la refusa da l’audiziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra II da la LF dals 6 d’oct. 1978 (AS 1980 31; BBl 1977 III 1). Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3. Represchentanza da l’uffant
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants ordinescha sche necessari la represchentanza da l’uffant e designescha sco procuratur ina persuna che ha experientscha en dumondas da provediment e da dretg.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants examinescha, sch’ella duai ordinar la represchentanza, en spezial:
3 Il procuratur da l’uffant po far propostas ed applitgar meds legals.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Plazzament en in institut serrà u en ina clinica psichiatrica
1 Sche l’uffant sto vegnir plazzà en in institut serrà u en ina clinica psichiatrica, èn applitgablas las disposiziuns da la protecziun da creschids davart il plazzament per motivs da provediment tenor il senn.
2 Sche l’uffant è abel da giuditgar, po el appellar sez al derschader.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
5. Dretgs d’annunzia
1 Mintga persuna po far in’annunzia a l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants, sche l’integritad corporala, psichica u sexuala d’in uffant para dad esser periclitada.
2 Sch’ina annunzia è en l’interess da l’uffant, han er persunas ch’èn suttamessas al secret professiunal tenor il Cudesch penal svizzer2 il dretg da far in’annunzia. Questa disposiziun na vala betg per las persunas auxiliaras ch’èn suttamessas al secret professiunal tenor il Cudesch penal svizzer.
6. Obligaziuns d’annunzia
1 Uschenavant ch’ellas n’èn betg suttamessas al secret professiunal tenor il Cudesch penal svizzer2, èn las suandantas persunas obligadas da far in’annunzia, sch’i existan indizis concrets che l’integritad corporala, psichica u sexuala d’in uffant saja periclitada e sch’ellas na pon betg eliminar la periclitaziun en il rom da lur activitad:
2 Tgi che fa l’annunzia a sia persuna superiura, ademplescha medemamain l’obligaziun d’annunzia.
3 Ils chantuns pon prevair ulteriuras obligaziuns d’annunzia.
7. Cooperaziun ed agid uffizial
1 Las persunas participadas a la procedura e terzas persunas èn obligadas da cooperar tar l’examinaziun dals fatgs. L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants prenda las mesiras ch’èn necessarias per proteger ils interess degns da vegnir protegids. Sche necessari ordinescha ella la realisaziun obligatorica da l’obligaziun da cooperar.
2 Las persunas ch’èn suttamessas al secret professiunal tenor il Cudesch penal svizzer2 han il dretg da cooperar, senza ch’ellas stoppian l’emprim sa laschar liberar dal secret professiunal. Questa disposiziun na vala betg per las persunas auxiliaras ch’èn suttamessas al secret professiunal tenor il Cudesch penal svizzer.
3 Las persunas ch’èn suttamessas al secret professiunal tenor il Cudesch penal svizzer èn obligadas da cooperar, sche la persuna cun dretg a secretezza las ha autorisadas da far quai u sche l’autoritad da surveglianza las ha liberadas dal secret professiunal sin dumonda da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants. L’artitgel 13 da la Lescha dals 23 da zercladur 20003 davart las advocatas ed ils advocats resta resalvada.
4 Las autoritads administrativas e las dretgiras consegnan las actas necessarias, fan rapports e dattan infurmaziuns, nun che interess degns da vegnir protegids s’opponian a quai.
VII. Cumpetenza
1. En general2
1 Las mesiras per la protecziun dals uffants vegnan ordinadas da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants al domicil da l’uffant.3
2 Sche l’uffant viva tar geniturs da tgira u uschiglio ordaifer la cuminanza famigliara dals geniturs u sch’i nascha in privel dal retard, èn cumpetentas er las autoritads dal lieu, nua che l’uffant sa trategna.
3 Sche l’autoritad al lieu da dimora da l’uffant prenda ina mesira per la protecziun da l’uffant, infurmescha ella l’autoritad dal lieu da domicil da l’uffant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. En proceduras da dretg matrimonial
a. Cumpetenza dal derschader
1 Sch’il derschader, ch’è cumpetent per il divorzi u per la protecziun da la cuminanza conjugala, sto concepir las relaziuns dals geniturs cun ils uffants, prenda el er las mesiras necessarias per la protecziun dals uffants ed incumbensescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants cun l’execuziun.2
2 Mesiras existentas per la protecziun dals uffants po er il derschader adattar a las novas relaziuns.
3 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants salva dentant il dretg:3
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1). Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Midadas d’ordinaziuns giudizialas
1 Per midar ordinaziuns giudizialas davart l’attribuziun dals uffants e davart la protecziun dals uffants è cumpetent il derschader:
2 En ils auters cas è cumpetenta l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.2
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
VIII. Surveglianza dals uffants confidads
1 Tgi che prenda si uffants confidads, basegna ina permissiun da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants u d’in auter post designà dal dretg chantunal dal lieu da domicil e suttastat a sia surveglianza.
1bis Sch’in uffant confidà vegn recepì cun l’intent d’ina adopziun posteriura, è cumpetenta in’unica autoritad chantunala.2
2 Il Cussegl federal decretescha las prescripziuns executivas.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Integrà tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 22 da zer. 2001 tar la Convenziun da Den Haag davart las adopziuns e davart las mesiras per proteger l’uffant en adopziuns internaziunalas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2003 (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795).
IX. Collavuraziun en la protecziun da la giuventetgna
Cun prescripziuns adattadas garanteschan ils chantuns la collavuraziun correspundenta da las autoritads e dals posts en il sectur da la protecziun dals uffants tenor il dretg civil, dal dretg penal per giuvenils e da l’ulteriura protecziun da la giuventetgna.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
A. Administraziun
1 Ils geniturs han il dretg e l’obligaziun d’administrar la facultad da l’uffant uschè ditg ch’els disponan da la tgira genituriala.
2 Sch’in genitur mora, sto il genitur survivent inoltrar a l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants in inventari davart la facultad da l’uffant.2
3 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants è da l’avis che quai saja inditgà tenor il gener e tenor la grondezza da la facultad da l’uffant sco er tenor las relaziuns persunalas dals geniturs, ordinescha ella l’inventarisaziun u la preschentaziun periodica d’in rendaquint e d’in rapport.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Utilisaziun dals retgavs
1 Ils geniturs dastgan duvrar ils retgavs da la facultad da l’uffant per il mantegniment, per l’educaziun e per la scolaziun da l’uffant ed – uschenavant che quai è giustifitgà – er per ils basegns da la chasada.
2 In surpli va a la facultad da l’uffant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
C. Consumaziun parziala da la facultad da l’uffant
1 Indemnisaziuns en daners indemnisaziuns da donns e prestaziuns sumegliantas dastgan vegnir duvradas en ratas per il mantegniment da l’uffant tenor ils basegns currents.
2 Sche quai è necessari per cuvrir ils custs dal mantegniment, da l’educaziun u da la scolaziun da l’uffant, po l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants er permetter als geniturs da duvrar imports determinads da l’ulteriura facultad da l’uffant.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
D. Facultad libra da l’uffant
I. Donaziuns
1 Ils geniturs na dastgan betg duvrar retgavs da la facultad da l’uffant, sch’i sa tracta da donaziuns fatgas als uffants cun questa cundiziun expressiva u cun la cundiziun ch’ils daners stoppian vegnir plazzads uschia ch’els portan tschains en lur favur u sco daners da respargn.
2 L’administraziun tras ils geniturs è exclusa mo, sche quai è vegni fixà expressivamain tar la donaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Part obligatorica
1 Tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort po la part obligatorica da l’uffant er vegnir exclusa da l’administraziun tras ils geniturs.
2 Sch’il testader surdat l’administraziun ad ina terza persuna, po l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants obligar quella da preschentar periodicamain in rendaquint ed in rapport.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Acquist tras la lavur, facultad commerziala
1 Ils uffants administreschan e giaudan quai ch’els gudognan cun lur atgna lavur e quai ch’els obtegnan da lur geniturs da lur facultad per exequir ina professiun u in agen mastergn.
2 Sch’ils uffants vivan en cuminanza famigliara cun lur geniturs, pon ils geniturs pretender ch’els prestian ina contribuziun adequata per lur mantegniment.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
E. Protecziun da la facultad da l’uffant
I. Mesiras adattadas
1 Sche l’administraziun conscienziusa n’è betg garantida suffizientamain, prenda l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants las mesiras adattadas per proteger la facultad da l’uffant.
2 En spezial po ella dar directivas per l’administraziun e, sche la preschentaziun periodica dal rendaquint e dal rapport na basta betg, ordinar in deposit u la prestaziun da garanzias.
3 Las disposiziuns davart la protecziun dals uffants vegnan applitgadas correspundentamain per la procedura e per la cumpetenza.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Retratga da l’administraziun
1 Sch’i na dat betg in’autra pussaivladad d’impedir che la facultad da l’uffant vegnia messa en privel, surdat l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants l’administraziun ad in procuratur.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants prenda la medema mesira, sche la facultad da l’uffant, che na vegn betg administrada dals geniturs, è periclitada.
3 Sch’ins sto temair ch’ils retgavs u ch’ils imports da la facultad da l’uffant ch’èn vegnids dads libers u ch’èn destinads al consum na vegnian betg duvrads tenor l’intent, po l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants surdar er l’administraziun da quels ad in procuratur.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
F. Fin da l’administraziun
I. Restituziun
Cur che la tgira genituriala u l’administraziun dals geniturs va a fin, han els da surdar la facultad da l’uffant sin fundament d’in rendaquint als uffants maiorens ubain a lur represchentant legal.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. Responsabladad
1 Ils geniturs èn responsabels per la restituziun, sco sch’els fissan mandataris.
2 Da quai ch’els han alienà da buna fai han els da restituir il retgav.
3 Els n’han betg d’indemnisar ils imports ch’els han duvrà entaifer ils limits da lur dretg per ils uffants u per la chasada.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
A. Princip
Per in uffant che n’è betg sut tgira genituriala nominescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants in avugà.
B. Posiziun giuridica
I. Da l’uffant
L’uffant sut avugà ha la medema posiziun giuridica sco l’uffant sut tgira genituriala.
II. Da l’avugà
1 L’avugà ha ils medems dretgs sco ils geniturs.
2 Las disposiziuns da la protecziun da creschids, en spezial quellas davart la nominaziun dal procuratur, davart l’execuziun da la curatella e davart la cooperaziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, èn applitgablas tenor il senn.
3 Sche l’uffant sto vegnir plazzà en in institut serrà u en ina clinica psichiatrica, èn applitgablas las disposiziuns da la protecziun da creschids davart il plazzament per motivs da provediment per motivs da provediment tenor il senn.
A. Persunas che han in’obligaziun da sustegn
1 Tgi che viva en relaziuns finanzialas favuraivlas è obligà da sustegnair parents en lingia ascendenta e descendenta che vegnissan en miseria senza quest sustegn.
2 L’obligaziun da mantegniment dals geniturs, dal consort u dal partenari registrà resta resalvada.2
B. Dimensiun e far valair il sustegn1
1 Il dretg da survegnir sustegn sto vegnir fatg valair vers las persunas obligadas tenor lur successiun en il dretg d’ierta; a la persuna basegnusa sto vegnir prestà quai ch’è necessari per ses mantegniment e che correspunda a las relaziuns da las persunas ch’èn obligadas a quest sustegn.
1bis In dretg da survegnir sustegn na po betg vegnir fatg valair, sche la situaziun d’urgenza è resultada pervia d’ina reducziun da l’activitad da gudogn per tgirar ils agens uffants.2
2 Sch’i para – per circumstanzas particularas – dad esser malgist da pretender prestaziuns d’ina persuna ch’è obligada a quest sustegn, po il derschader reducir u abolir l’obligaziun da sustegn.3
3 Las disposiziuns concernent il plant da mantegniment da l’uffant e concernent il transferiment da ses dretg da mantegniment sin la cuminanza publica vegnan applitgadas correspundentamain.4
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
4 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
C. Mantegniment d’uffants chattads
1 Uffants chattads vegnan mantegnids da la vischnanca, en la quala els han survegnì il dretg da burgais.
2 Sche la derivanza d’in uffant chattà vegn constatada, po questa vischnanca obligar ils parents ch’èn obligads d’al sustegnair ed en ultima lingia la cuminanza publica ch’è obligada d’al sustegnair da cumpensar las expensas ch’il mantegniment da l’uffant ha chaschunà.
A. Premissa
1 Sche persunas che vivan en ina chasada cuminaivla han tenor las prescripziuns da la lescha u tenor cunvegnientscha ubain tenor isanza in chau da la famiglia, ha quel l’autoritad da chasa.
2 L’autoritad da chasa s’extenda sin tuttas persunas che vivan en la chasada cuminaivla sco parents1 e quinads u sin fundament d’in contract sco lavurant u en ina posiziun sumeglianta.2
B. Effect
I. Urden da chasa e provediment
1 L’urden, al qual ils cussedents èn suttamess ha da prender adequatamain resguard dals interess da tut ils participads.
2 Als cussedents duai en spezial vegnir concedida la libertad ch’è necessaria per lur scolaziun, per lur lavur professiunala e per ils basegns religius.
3 Il chau da la famiglia ha da tegnair en salv las chaussas appurtadas dals cussedents e las ha da segirar cunter donns cun il medem quità sco sias atgnas.
II. Responsabladad
1 Sch’in cussedent ch’è minoren u che ha in impediment spiertal, che stat sut curatella cumplessiva u che patescha d’in disturbi psichic chaschuna in donn, è il chau da la famiglia responsabel per quai, nun ch’el possia cumprovar d’avair exequì la surveglianza en moda usitada e cun l’attenziun che vegn pretendida tenor las circumstanzas.1
2 Il chau da la famiglia è obligà da procurar ch’in cussedent che ha in impediment spiertal u che patescha d’in disturbi psichic na chaschunia betg in privel u in donn per el sez u per auters.2
3 En cas da basegn duai el sa drizzar a l’autoritad cumpetenta, per che las mesiras necessarias possian vegnir prendidas.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Pretensiun dals uffants e dals biadis
1. Premissas
1 Uffants u biadis maiorens che vivan en la medema chasada cun lur geniturs u cun lur tattas e cun lur tats e che han sustegnì la cuminanza cun lur lavur u cun lur entradas, pon pretender per quai ina indemnisaziun adequata.2
2 En cas da dispita decida il derschader davart l’autezza da l’indemnisaziun, davart sia garanzia e davart la moda e maniera dal pajament.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 6 d’oct. 1972, en vigur dapi ils 15 da favr. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 II 737).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Far valair il dretg
1 L’indemnisaziun che tutga als uffants u als biadis po vegnir fatga valair cun la mort dal debitur.
2 Ella po vegnir fatga valair gia dal temp da vita dal debitur, sch’ina impegnaziun u sch’in concurs vegn declerà cunter el, sche la chasada cuminaivla vegn schliada u sch’il manaschi va en auters mauns.
3 Ella n’è betg suttamessa ad ina surannaziun; ella sto dentant vegnir fatga valair il pli tard tar la partiziun da l’ierta dal debitur.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 6 d’oct. 1972, en vigur dapi ils 15 da favr. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
A. Fundaziuns da famiglia
1 Ina facultad po vegnir deditgada als interess d’ina famiglia tras quai ch’i vegn installada ina fundaziun da famiglia tenor las reglas dal dretg da persunas u dal dretg d’ierta; l’intent da questa fundaziun da famiglia è quel da cuvrir ils custs d’educaziun, da dotaziun u da sustegniment dals confamigliars u d’autras finamiras sumegliantas.
2 L’installaziun da novs fideicommis da famiglia n’è betg pli permessa.
B. Indivisiuns
I. Constituziun
1. Cundiziuns
Ina facultad po vegnir deditgada als interess d’ina famiglia tras quai che parents creeschan ina indivisiun cun l’intent da laschar ina ierta nundividida, e quai dal tuttafatg u parzialmain, u tras quai ch’els furman ina indivisiun or d’ina autra facultad.
2. Furma
Per esser valaivel basegna il contract davart la constituziun d’ina indivisiun ina documentaziun publica ch’è suttascritta da tut ils commembers u da tut lur represchentants.
II. Durada
1 L’indivisiun po vegnir concludida per in temp limità u per in temp illimità.
2 Sch’ella è vegnida concludida per in temp illimità, po mintga commember disdir ella, observond in termin da disditga da 6 mais.
3 Sch’i sa tracta d’in manaschi agricul, è ina disditga mo admessa sin ils termins da primavaira u d’atun tenor l’isanza locala.
III. Effect
1. Spezia d’indivisiun
1 L’indivisiun oblighescha ses commembers ad in’activitad economica cuminaivla.
2 Tut ils commembers han ils medems dretgs vi da l’indivisiun, nun ch’i saja vegnì fixà insatge auter.
3 Uschè ditg che l’indivisiun exista, na pon els ni pretender ina partiziun da la facultad ni disponer da lur atgna part.
2. Direcziun e represchentanza
a. En general
1 Ils affars da l’indivisiun vegnan administrads cuminaivlamain da tut ils commembers.
2 Mintgin dad els po far acts administrativs ordinaris senza la cooperaziun dals auters.
b. Cumpetenza dal parsura
1 Ils commembers pon designar in dad els sco parsura da l’indivisiun.
2 Quel represchenta l’indivisiun en tut ils fatgs che la pertutgan e dirigia sia activitad economica.
3 Vers terzas persunas da buna fai valan dentant ils auters commembers mo sco exclus da la represchentanza, sch’il represchentant è inscrit sco tal en il register da commerzi.
3. Bains cuminaivels e facultad persunala
1 Las valurs da facultad cumpigliadas da l’indivisiun èn la proprietad cuminaivla da tut ils commembers.
2 Per ils debits stattan els buns solidaricamain.
3 Sch’i n’è fixà nagut auter, appartegna a la facultad persunala da mintga commember tut quai ch’el posseda ordaifer ils bains cuminaivels u s’acquista gratuitamain per sasez durant l’indivisiun, saja quai tras ierta u en in’autra moda.
IV. Dissoluziun
1. Motivs
L’indivisiun vegn dissolvida:
2. Disditga, insolvenza, maridaglia
1 Sche l’indivisiun vegn disditga d’in commember u sch’in tal ha fatg concurs u sche la part impegnada d’in dad els vegn realisada, pon ils auters commembers cuntinuar ensemen cun l’indivisiun cun indemnisar l’extrant u ses crediturs.
2 Sch’in commember marida, po el pretender da vegnir indemnisà, e quai senza disditga precedenta.
3. Mort d’in commember
1 Sch’in commember mora, pon ses ertavels che na fan betg part da l’indivisiun, mo pretender l’indemnisaziun en daners.
2 Sch’el ha descendents cun dretg d’ierta, pon quels – cun il consentiment dals auters commembers – entrar en l’indivisiun empè dal defunct.
4. Moda da parter
1 La partiziun dals bains cuminaivels u l’indemnisaziun en daners d’in commember extrant ha lieu tenor la situaziun finanziala ch’era avant maun il mument ch’il motiv da la dissoluziun da l’indivisiun è sa preschentà.
2 Sia execuziun na dastga betg vegnir pretendida d’in temp nunadattà.
V. Indivisiun cun participaziun al gudogn
1. Cuntegn
1 Ils commembers pon surdar ad in sulet dad els l’administraziun dals bains cuminaivels e la represchentanza da l’indivisiun, cun la cundiziun che quel haja da sbursar annualmain als auters ina part dal gudogn net.
2 Sch’i n’è fixà nagut auter, vegn questa part fixada en moda adequata, uschia ch’ella tegna quint da las prestaziuns dal surpigliader e correspunda a la rendita ch’il bain cuminaivel ha gì en media durant ina perioda adequata pli lunga.
2. Motivs spezials da dissoluziun
1 Sch’il surpigliader n’administrescha betg en urden ils bains cuminaivels u sch’el n’ademplescha betg sias obligaziuns vers ils auters commembers, pon quels pretender che l’indivisiun vegnia dissolvida.
2 Per motivs relevants e resguardond las prescripziuns davart la partiziun tenor il dretg d’ierta po il derschader ordinar sin dumonda d’in commember che quel possia sa participar a l’administraziun da l’indivisiun.
3 Dal rest è l’indivisiun cun participaziun al gudogn suttamessa a las reglas che valan per l’indivisiun cun in’administraziun cuminaivla.
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da favr. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
A. Princip
1 Ina persuna abla d’agir (mandant) po incumbensar ina persuna natirala u giuridica (mandatari) da surpigliar la tgira da sia persuna u da sia facultad u da la represchentar en la correspundenza giuridica, en cas ch’ella daventa inabla da giuditgar.
2 Il mandant sto definir las incumbensas ch’el vul attribuir al mandatari e po dar directivas per l’adempliment da las incumbensas.
3 En cas ch’il mandatari n’è betg adattà per las incumbensas, n’accepta betg l’incarica u disdi tala, po il mandant prender disposiziuns substitutivas.
B. Constituziun e revocaziun
I. Constituziun
1 Il mandat preventiv sto vegnir constituì a maun en scrit u sto vegnir documentà publicamain.
2 Il mandat preventiv constituì a maun sto vegnir scrit dal mandant dal cumenzament fin a la fin a maun, ed il mandant sto datar e suttascriver quest mandat.
3 Sin dumonda dal mandant inscriva l’uffizi da stadi civil la constituziun dal mandat preventiv ed il lieu da deposit en la banca da datas centrala. Il Cussegl federal decretescha las disposiziuns necessarias, en spezial davart l’access a las datas.
II. Revocaziun
1 Il mandant po revocar da tut temp ses mandat preventiv en ina da las furmas prescrittas per la constituziun.
2 Il mandant po er revocar ses mandat preventiv cun destruir il document.
3 Sch’il mandant constituescha in nov mandat preventiv senza abolir explicitamain in mandat anteriur, remplazza il nov mandat il mandat anteriur, nun che quel saja senza dubi mo ina cumplettaziun.
C. Constataziun da la valaivladad ed acceptaziun
1 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids vegn a savair ch’ina persuna è daventada inabla da giuditgar e sch’ella na sa betg, sch’igl exista in mandat preventiv, s’infurmescha ella tar l’uffizi da stadi civil.
2 Sch’igl exista in mandat preventiv, controllescha l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids:
3 Sch’il mandatari accepta il mandat preventiv, al renda l’autoritad attent a sias obligaziuns tenor las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1 davart il mandat ed al surdat in document che cuntegna sias cumpetenzas.
1 SR 220
D. Interpretaziun e cumplettaziun
Il mandatari po dumandar l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids d’interpretar il mandat preventiv e da cumplettar quel en puncts secundars.
E. Adempliment
1 Il mandatari represchenta il mandant en il rom dal mandat preventiv ed ademplescha conscienziusamain sias incumbensas tenor las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1 davart il mandat.
2 Sch’il mandatari sto liquidar affars che n’èn betg cuntegnids en il mandat preventiv u sch’el ha – en in affar – auters interess che quels dal mandatari, infurmescha el immediatamain l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
3 En cas d’ina collisiun d’interess croda la cumpetenza dal mandatari tenor la lescha.
1 SR 220
F. Indemnisaziun e spesas
1 Sch’il mandat preventiv na cuntegna naginas disposiziuns davart l’indemnisaziun dal mandatari, fixescha l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ina indemnisaziun commensurada, sche quai para dad esser giustifitgà areguard la dimensiun da las incumbensas u sche las prestaziuns dal mandatari vegnan per il solit indemnisadas.
2 L’indemnisaziun e las spesas necessarias van a quint dal mandant.
G. Disditga
1 Il mandatari po disdir da tut temp il mandat preventiv tras ina communicaziun en scrit a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, observond in termin da disditga da 2 mais.
2 Per motivs relevants po el disdir immediatamain il mandat.
H. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 Sch’ils interess dal mandant èn periclitads u betg pli garantids, prenda l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids las mesiras necessarias d’uffizi u sin dumonda d’ina persuna da confidenza.
2 En spezial po ella dar directivas al mandatari, obligar il mandatari d’inoltrar periodicamain inventaris e rapports u retrair per part u dal tuttafatg sias cumpetenzas.
I. Recuperaziun da l’abilitad da giuditgar
1 Sch’il mandant daventa puspè abel da giuditgar, extingua il mandat preventiv tenor la lescha.
2 Sch’ils interess dal mandant vegnan periclitads tras quest fatg, è il mandatari obligà da cuntinuar uschè ditg cun las incumbensas attribuidas, fin ch’il mandant po defender sez ses interess.
3 Il mandant vegn obligà tras affars ch’il mandatari fa avant ch’el vegn a savair da l’extincziun da ses mandat, sco sch’il mandat fiss anc adina valaivel.
A. Princip
1 En ina disposiziun dal pazient po ina persuna abla da giuditgar fixar las mesiras medicalas ch’ella accepta u refusa, en cas ch’ella daventa inabla da giuditgar.
2 Ella po er numnar ina persuna natirala che duai discutar cun il medi responsabel las mesiras medicalas e decider en ses num, en cas ch’ella è inabla da giuditgar. Ella po dar directivas a la persuna numnada.
3 En cas che la persuna numnada n’è betg adattada per las incumbensas, n’accepta betg l’incarica u disdi tala, po ella prender disposiziuns substitutivas.
B. Constituziun e revocaziun
1 La disposiziun dal pazient sto vegnir constituida en scrit, sto vegnir datada e suttascritta.
2 Tgi che constituescha ina disposiziun dal pazient, po laschar inscriver la constituziun ed il lieu da deposit sin la carta d’assicuranza. Il Cussegl federal decretescha las disposiziuns necessarias, en spezial davart l’access a las datas.
3 La disposiziun davart la revocaziun dal mandat preventiv è applitgabla tenor il senn.
C. Cumenzament da l’inabilitad da giuditgar
1 Sch’il pazient è inabel da giuditgar e sch’ins na sa betg, sch’igl exista ina disposiziun dal pazient, s’infurmescha il medi responsabel en chaussa cun consultar la carta d’assicuranza. Resalvads restan cas urgents.
2 Il medi ademplescha la disposiziun dal pazient, sche quella na violescha betg prescripziuns legalas u sch’i n’existan betg dubis motivads ch’ella exprimia la libra voluntad u correspundia a la voluntad probabla dal pazient.
3 En il dossier dal pazient menziunescha il medi ils motivs, per ils quals la disposiziun dal pazient na vegn betg ademplida.
D. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 Mintga persuna da confidenza dal pazient po appellar en scrit a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids e far valair:
2 Las disposiziuns davart l’intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids en cas dal mandat preventiv èn applitgablas tenor il senn.
A. Premissas e dimensiun dal dretg da represchentanza
1 Il consort u il partenari registrà che maina ina chasada cuminaivla cun ina persuna che daventa inabla da giuditgar, u che assista regularmain e persunalmain questa persuna, ha in dretg da represchentanza tenor la lescha, sch’i n’exista ni in mandat preventiv ni ina curatella correspundenta.
2 Il dretg da represchentanza cumpiglia:
3 Per acts giuridics en il rom da l’administraziun extraordinaria da la facultad dovra il consort u il partenari registrà il consentiment da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
B. Execuziun dal dretg da represchentanza
Per exequir il dretg da represchentanza èn applitgablas las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1 davart il mandat tenor il senn.
1 SR 220
C. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 Sch’i existan dubis davart l’adempliment da las premissas per ina represchentanza, decida l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids davart il dretg da represchentanza e consegna eventualmain al consort u al partenari registrà in document che cuntegna las cumpetenzas.
2 Sch’ils interess da la persuna inabla da giuditgar èn periclitads u betg pli garantids, retira l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids – sin dumonda d’ina persuna da confidenza u d’uffizi – per part u dal tuttafatg al consort u al partenari registrà las cumpetenzas da represchentanza u constituescha ina curatella.
A. Plan da tractament
1 Sch’ina persuna inabla da giuditgar n’è betg s’exprimida davart ses tractament en ina disposiziun dal pazient, planisescha il medi responsabel – en cas da mesiras medicalas – il tractament necessari ensemen cun la persuna ch’è autorisada da represchentar la persuna inabla da giuditgar.
2 Il medi infurmescha la persuna cun dretg da represchentanza davart tut las circumstanzas ch’èn relevantas en vista a las mesiras medicalas previsas, en spezial davart ils motivs, l’intent, la moda e maniera, las modalitads, las ristgas, ils effects secundars ed ils custs da talas, davart las consequenzas, sch’il tractament vegn tralaschà, sco er davart eventualas pussaivladads da tractament alternativas.
3 Uschenavant sco pussaivel vegn er la persuna inabla da giuditgar integrada en il process da decisiun.
4 Il plan da tractament vegn adattà al svilup current.
B. Persuna cun dretg da represchentanza
1 Las suandantas persunas èn – en questa successiun – autorisadas da represchentar la persuna inabla da giuditgar e d’acceptar u da refusar las mesiras ambulantas u staziunaras previsas:
2 Sche pliras persunas han il dretg da represchentanza, dastga il medi premetter da buna fai che mintgina ageschia cun il consentiment da l’autra.
3 Sche la disposiziun dal pazient na cuntegna naginas directivas, decida la persuna cun dretg da represchentanza tenor la voluntad probabla e tenor ils interess da la persuna inabla da giuditgar.
C. Cas urgents
En cas urgents prenda il medi las mesiras medicalas tenor la voluntad probabla e tenor ils interess da la persuna inabla da giuditgar.
D. Tractament d’in disturbi psichic
Il tractament d’in disturbi psichic d’ina persuna inabla da giuditgar en ina clinica psichiatrica sa drizza tenor las disposiziuns davart il plazzament per motivs da provediment.
E. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids constituescha ina curatella da represchentanza, sch’i n’ha naginas persunas cun dretg da represchentanza u sche quellas na vulan betg exequir il dretg da represchentanza.
2 Ella nominescha la persuna cun dretg da represchentanza u constituescha ina curatella da represchentanza:
3 Ella agescha sin dumonda dal medi u d’ina autra persuna da confidenza u d’uffizi.
A. Contract d’assistenza
1 Sch’ina persuna inabla da giuditgar vegn assistida durant in temp pli lung en in institut da dimora u da tgira, stoi vegnir fixà en scrit en in contract d’assistenza tge prestaziuns che l’institut furnescha e quant che quellas custan.
2 Fixond las prestaziuns che l’institut ha da furnir, vegnan ils giavischs da la persuna pertutgada resguardads tant sco pussaivel.
3 La cumpetenza da represchentar la persuna inabla da giuditgar a chaschun da la conclusiun, da la midada u da l’aboliziun dal contract d’assistenza sa drizza tenor il senn tenor las disposiziuns davart la represchentanza en cas da mesiras medicalas.
B. Restricziun da la libertad da sa mover
I. Premissas
1 L’institut da dimora u da tgira dastga mo restrenscher la libertad da sa mover da la persuna inabla da giuditgar, sche mesiras main rigurusas na bastan betg u paran da bel principi dad esser insuffizientas e sche la mesira serva:
2 Avant che restrenscher la libertad da sa mover vegn declerà a la persuna pertutgada, tge che capita, pertge che la mesira è vegnida ordinada, quant ditg che la mesira dura probablamain e tgi che s’occupa durant quest temp da la persuna pertutgada. Resalvadas restan situaziuns d’urgenza.
3 La restricziun da la libertad da sa mover vegn abolida uschè prest sco pussaivel; en mintga cas vegni controllà regularmain, sche la restricziun è anc giustifitgada.
II. Protocollaziun ed infurmaziun
1 Mintga mesira che restrenscha la libertad da sa mover vegn protocollada. Il protocol cuntegna en spezial il num dal disponent, l’intent, il gener e la durada da la mesira.
2 La persuna ch’è autorisada da represchentar la persuna inabla da giuditgar en cas da mesiras medicalas vegn infurmada davart la mesira che restrenscha la libertad da sa mover; ella po prender invista dal protocol da tut temp.
3 In dretg da prender invista han er las persunas che surveglian l’institut da dimora u da tgira.
III. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 Cunter ina mesira che restrenscha la libertad da sa mover po la persuna pertutgada u ina da sias persunas da confidenza appellar da tut temp en scrit a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids a la sedia da l’institut.
2 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids constatescha che la mesira na correspunda betg a las prescripziuns legalas, mida u abolescha ella la mesira u ordinescha ina mesira uffiziala da la protecziun da creschids. Sche necessari infurmescha ella l’autoritad da surveglianza da l’institut.
3 Mintga dumonda che pretenda in giudicament tras l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids vegn tramessa vinavant immediatamain a quella.
C. Protecziun da la persunalitad
1 L’institut da dimora u da tgira protegia la persunalitad da la persuna inabla da giuditgar e promova uschenavant sco pussaivel contacts cun persunas ordaifer l’institut.
2 Sche nagin d’ordaifer l’institut s’occupa da la persuna pertutgada, infurmescha l’institut da dimora u da tgira l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
3 La libra tscherna dal medi è garantida, nun che motivs relevants s’opponian a quai.
D. Surveglianza dals instituts da dimora e da tgira
Ils instituts da dimora e da tgira che assistan persunas inablas da giuditgar vegnan suttamess dals chantuns ad ina surveglianza, nun ch’ina surveglianza saja gia garantida tras prescripziuns dal dretg federal.
A. Intent
1 Las mesiras uffizialas da la protecziun da creschids garanteschan il bainstar e la protecziun da persunas basegnusas.
2 Ellas duain mantegnair e promover uschè bain sco pussaivel l’autodeterminaziun da la persuna pertutgada.
B. Subsidiaritad e commensurabladad
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ordinescha ina mesira, sche:
2 Mintga mesira uffiziala sto esser necessaria ed adattada.
A. Premissas
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids installescha ina curatella, sch’ina persuna maiorenna:
2 La grevezza e la protecziun dals confamigliars e da terzas persunas ston vegnir resguardadas.
3 La curatella vegn installada sin dumonda da la persuna pertutgada u d’ina persuna da confidenza ubain d’uffizi.
B. Champs d’incumbensa
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids circumscriva ils champs d’incumbensas da la curatella correspundentamain als basegns da la persuna pertutgada.
2 Ils champs d’incumbensas pertutgan la tgira da persunas, la tgira da la facultad u la correspundenza giuridica.
3 Senza il consentiment da la persuna pertutgada dastga il procuratur avrir la posta da tala u metter pe en l’abitaziun da quella mo, sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ha autorisà quai explicitamain.
C. Renunzia ad ina curatella
Sche l’installaziun d’ina curatella para dad esser evidentamain sproporziunada pervia da la dimensiun da las incumbensas, po l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids:
A. Curatella accumpagnada
1 Ina curatella accumpagnada vegn installada cun il consentiment da la persuna basegnusa, sche quella dovra in sustegn accumpagnà per liquidar tscherts affars.
2 La curatella accumpagnada na restrenscha betg l’abilitad d’agir da la persuna pertutgada.
B. Curatella da represchentanza
I. En general
1 Ina curatella da represchentanza vegn installada, sche la persuna basegnusa na po betg liquidar tscherts affars e sto perquai vegnir represchentada.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids po restrenscher correspundentamain l’abilitad d’agir da la persuna pertutgada.
3 Er sche l’abilitad d’agir n’è betg restrenschida, sto la persuna pertutgada acceptar las acziuns dal procuratur.
II. Administraziun da facultad
1 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids installescha ina curatella da represchentanza per administrar la facultad, determinescha ella las valurs da facultad che duain vegnir administradas dal procuratur. Ella po suttametter a l’administraziun parts da las entradas u da la facultad, tut las entradas u tut la facultad ubain tut las entradas e tut la facultad.
2 La cumpetenza d’administrar dal procuratur cumpiglia er ils respargns da las entradas administradas u ils retgavs da la facultad administrada, nun che l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids prevesia insatge auter.
3 Senza restrenscher l’abilitad d’agir da la persuna pertutgada, la po l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids privar da l’access a singulas valurs da facultad.
4 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids scumonda a la persuna pertutgada da disponer d’in bain immobigliar, lascha ella inscriver quai en il register funsil.
C. Curatella participativa
1 Ina curatella participativa vegn installada, sche tschertas acziuns da la persuna basegnusa ston vegnir approvadas dal procuratur per la proteger uschia.
2 L’abilitad d’agir da la persuna pertutgada vegn restrenschida correspundentamain tenor la lescha.
D. Cumbinaziun da curatellas
La curatella accumpagnada, la curatella da represchentanza e la curatella participativa pon vegnir cumbinadas ina cun l’autra.
E. Curatella cumplessiva
1 Ina curatella cumplessiva vegn installada, sch’ina persuna è spezialmain basegnusa, oravant tut per motivs d’ina inabilitad permanenta da giuditgar.
2 Ella vala per tut ils affars da la tgira da persunas, da la tgira da la facultad e da la correspundenza giuridica.
3 L’abilitad d’agir da la persuna pertutgada croda davent tenor la lescha.
1 Tenor la lescha finescha la curatella cun la mort da la persuna pertutgada.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids annullescha ina curatella sin dumonda da la persuna pertutgada u d’ina persuna da confidenza u d’uffizi, sch’i na dat nagin motiv pli per la cuntinuar.
A. Nominaziun
I. Premissas generalas
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids nominescha sco procuratur ina persuna natirala ch’è adattada per questa incumbensa per motivs persunals e professiunals, che po investir il temp necessari per quai e che ademplescha sezza questa incumbensa. En cas da circumstanzas spezialas pon vegnir nominadas pliras persunas.
2 La persuna dastga vegnir nominada mo cun ses consentiment.1
3 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids procura ch’il procuratur survegn l’instrucziun, la cussegliaziun ed il sustegn necessari.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 29 da sett. 2017, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 2801; BBl 2017 1811 3205).
II. Giavischs da la persuna pertutgada u da persunas da sia confidenza
1 Sche la persuna pertutgada propona ina persuna da confidenza sco procuratur, ademplescha l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids quest giavisch, sche la persuna proponida è adattada per la curatella ed è pronta da la surpigliar.
2 Ella resguarda, sche pussaivel, ils giavischs dals confamigliars u d’autras persunas da confidenza.
3 Sche la persuna pertutgada refusa ina tscherta persuna sco procuratur, respecta l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids quest giavisch, sche pussaivel.
III. Surdada da l’uffizi a pliras persunas
1 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids surdat ina curatella a pliras persunas, fixescha ella, sche l’uffizi duai vegnir exequì cuminaivlamain u tgi ch’è responsabel per tge incumbensa.
2 Ina curatella cuminaivla vegn surdada a pliras persunas mo cun lur consentiment.
B. Impediment e collisiun d’interess
1 Sch’il procuratur è impedì d’agir u sch’ils interess dal procuratur collideschan tar in affar cun quels da la persuna pertutgada, nominescha l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids in procuratur substitut u regla sezza quest affar.
2 En cas d’ina collisiun d’interess croda tenor la lescha la cumpetenza dal procuratur en l’affar correspundent.
C. Indemnisaziun e spesas
1 Il procuratur ha il dretg d’ina indemnisaziun adequata e d’ina cumpensaziun da las spesas necessarias, pajadas or da la facultad da la persuna pertutgada. Sch’il procuratur è in procuratur professiunal, van l’indemnisaziun e la cumpensaziun da las spesas al patrun.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids fixescha l’autezza da l’indemnisaziun. En quest connex resguarda ella spezialmain la dimensiun e la cumplexitad da las incumbensas surdadas al procuratur.
3 Ils chantuns decreteschan disposiziuns executivas e reglan l’indemnisaziun e la cumpensaziun da las spesas, sche quellas na pon betg vegnir pajadas da la facultad da la persuna pertutgada.
A. Surpigliada da l’uffizi
1 Il procuratur s’acquista las enconuschientschas ch’èn necessarias per ademplir las incumbensas e contactescha persunalmain la persuna pertutgada.
2 Sche la curatella cumpiglia l’administraziun da la facultad, fa il procuratur en collavuraziun cun l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids immediatamain in inventari da las valurs da facultad che ston vegnir administradas.
3 Sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, po l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids decretar ina inventarisaziun publica. Per ils crediturs ha quella il medem effect sco l’inventari public dal dretg d’ierta.
4 Terzas persunas èn obligadas da dar tut las infurmaziuns necessarias per l’inventarisaziun.
B. Relaziun cun la persuna pertutgada
1 Il procuratur ademplescha las incumbensas en l’interess da la persuna pertutgada, prenda, sche pussaivel, resguard da l’opiniun da tala e resguarda sia voluntad da concepir sia vita tenor agens giavischs ed ideas en correspundenza cun sias abilitads.
2 Il procuratur sa stenta da stabilir ina relaziun da confidenza cun la persuna pertutgada e da levgiar sia flaivlezza u d’impedir in pegiurament.
C. Agen agir da la persuna pertutgada
La persuna pertutgada abla da giuditgar po, er sch’ella è vegnida privada da l’abilitad d’agir, fundar – en il rom dal dretg da persunas – dretgs ed obligaziuns tras l’agen agir ed exequir dretgs persunals inalienabels.
D. Administraziun da la facultad
I. Incumbensas
1 Il procuratur administrescha las valurs da facultad cun quità e fa tut ils acts giuridics che han in connex cun l’administraziun.
2 Particularmain po il procuratur:
3 Il Cussegl federal decretescha las disposiziuns davart l’investiziun e davart il deposit da la facultad.
II. Imports a libra disposiziun
Il procuratur dat a la persuna pertutgada imports adequats a libra disposiziun che derivan da la facultad da tala.
III. Quint
1 Il procuratur maina il quint ed al suttametta a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids per l’approvaziun a las periodas fixadas d’ella, almain però mintga 2 onns.
2 Il procuratur declera a la persuna pertutgada il quint e dat ad ella ina copia sin giavisch.
E. Rapport
1 Il procuratur rapporta a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids uschè savens sco necessari, almain però mintga 2 onns, davart la situaziun da la persuna pertutgada e davart l’execuziun da la curatella.
2 Cun formular il rapport consultescha il procuratur sche pussaivel la persuna pertutgada e dat ad ella ina copia sin giavisch.
F. Affars particulars
1 Represchentond la persuna pertutgada na dastga il procuratur surpigliar naginas garanzias, fundar naginas fundaziuns e far naginas donaziuns, cun excepziun dals regals occasiunals usitads.
2 Valurs da facultad che han ina valur speziala per la persuna pertutgada u per sia famiglia na vegnan, sche pussaivel, betg alienadas.
G. Duair da diligenza ed obligaziun da discreziun
1 Ademplind sias incumbensas ha il procuratur il medem duair da diligenza sco ina persuna mandataria tenor las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1.
2 Il procuratur è obligà da mantegnair discreziun, nun che quai cuntrafetschia ad interess predominants.
3 Terzas persunas ston vegnir orientadas davart la curatella, uschenavant che quai è necessari per il procuratur per ademplir duidamain las incumbensas.
1 SR 220
H. Midada da las relaziuns
Il procuratur infurmescha immediatamain l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids davart circumstanzas che pretendan ina midada da las mesiras u che pussibiliteschan in’aboliziun da la curatella.
A. Revisiun dal quint ed examinaziun dal rapport
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids reveda il quint e conceda u refusa l’approvaziun; sche necessari, pretenda ella ina rectificaziun.
2 Ella examinescha il rapport e pretenda, sche necessari, che quel vegnia cumplettà.
3 En cas da basegn prenda ella las mesiras ch’èn inditgadas per proteger ils interess da la persuna pertutgada.
B. Affars che dovran in consentiment
I. Tenor la lescha
1 Per ils suandants affars, ch’il procuratur liquidescha sco represchentant da la persuna pertutgada, è necessari il consentiment da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids:
2 Il consentiment da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids n’è betg necessari, sche la persuna pertutgada abla da giuditgar è perencletga e sche sia abilitad d’agir n’è betg restrenschida tras la curatella.
3 Contracts tranter il procuratur e la persuna pertutgada dovran adina il consentiment da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, nun che la persuna pertutgada concedia in mandat gratuit.
II. Sin prescripziun
L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids po decretar per motivs relevants che ulteriurs affars vegnian suttamess ad ella per l’approvaziun.
III. Mancanza dal consentiment
Sch’in affar è vegnì concludì senza il consentiment necessari da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, ha el per la persuna pertutgada mo l’effect ch’è previs tenor las disposiziuns dal dretg da persunas davart la mancanza da l’approvaziun dal represchentant legal.
Cunter acziuns u omissiuns dal procuratur sco er d’ina terza persuna u d’in post, al qual l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ha dà in mandat po la persuna pertutgada u ina persuna da sia confidenza e mintga persuna che ha in interess legitim appellar a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
Sch’il consort, il partenari registrà, ils geniturs, in descendent, in fragliun, il partenari da vita factic da la persuna pertutgada vegnan installads sco procuratur, po l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids dispensar els per part u dal tuttafatg da l’obligaziun da far in inventari, da l’obligaziun da rapportar periodicamain e da far in rendaquint e da l’obligaziun da dumandar il consentiment per tscherts affars, sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai.
A. Tenor la lescha
L’uffizi da procuratur finescha tenor la lescha:
B. Relaschada
I. Sin dumonda dal procuratur
1 Il pli baud suenter ina perioda d’uffizi da 4 onns ha il procuratur il dretg da vegnir relaschà.
2 Avant po il procuratur dumandar sia relaschada per motivs relevants.
II. Ulteriurs cas
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids relascha il procuratur:
2 La relaschada po vegnir dumandada da la persuna pertutgada u d’ina persuna da sia confidenza.
C. Cuntinuaziun dals affars
Il procuratur è obligà da manar vinavant affars betg suspensibels fin ch’il successur surpiglia l’uffizi, nun che l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids decreteschia insatge auter. Questa disposiziun na vala betg per il procuratur professiunal.
D. Rapport final e quint final
1 Sche l’uffizi va a fin, surdat il procuratur il rapport final a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ed inoltrescha eventualmain il quint final. L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids po liberar il procuratur professiunal da questa obligaziun, cur che la relaziun da lavur va a fin.
2 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids controllescha ed approvescha il rapport final ed il quint final da medema maniera sco ils rapports ed ils quints periodics.
3 Ella surdat il rapport final ed il quint final a la persuna pertutgada u a ses ertavels ed eventualmain al nov procuratur e renda il medem mument attentas questas persunas a las disposiziuns davart la responsabladad.
4 Ultra da quai communitgescha ella a questas persunas, sch’ella ha distgargià il procuratur u sch’ella ha refusà d’approvar il rapport final u il quint final.
A. Las mesiras
I. Plazzament per il tractament u per l’assistenza
1 Ina persuna che patescha d’in disturbi psichic u d’in impediment spiertal u ch’è grevamain negligida dastga vegnir plazzada en in institut adattà, sch’il tractament necessari u l’assistenza na po betg vegnir realisà en autra moda.
2 La grevezza e la protecziun dals confamigliars e da terzas persunas ston vegnir resguardadas.
3 La persuna pertutgada vegn relaschada, uschespert che las premissas per ses plazzament n’èn betg pli ademplidas.
4 La persuna pertutgada u ina persuna da sia confidenza po dumandar da tut temp la relaschada. Davart questa dumonda stoi vegnir decidì senza retardar.
II. Retenziun da persunas entradas voluntarmain
1 Sch’ina persuna che patescha d’in disturbi psichic e ch’è entrada voluntarmain en in institut vul puspè bandunar quest institut, po ella vegnir retegnida da la direcziun medicala da l’institut per maximalmain 3 dis, sch’ella:
2 Sche quest termin è scadì, po la persuna pertutgada bandunar l’institut, nun ch’i saja avant maun ina decisiun da plazzament uffiziala.
3 La persuna pertutgada vegn rendida attenta en scrit ch’ella possia appellar a la dretgira.
B. Cumpetenza per il plazzament e per la relaschada
I. Autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 Per ordinar il plazzament e la relaschada è cumpetenta l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
2 En il cas singul po ella surdar la cumpetenza per la relaschada a l’institut.
II. Medis
1. Cumpetenza
1 Ils chantuns pon designar medis che dastgan – ultra da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids – decretar in plazzament per ina tscherta durada fixada en il dretg chantunal. Il plazzament dastga durar maximalmain 6 emnas.
2 Il plazzament tras il medi scroda il pli tard, cur che la durada fixada è scadida, nun ch’i saja avant maun ina decisiun da plazzament uffiziala da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
3 Davart la relaschada decida l’institut.
2. Procedura
1 Il medi visitescha persunalmain la persuna pertutgada e taidla tge ch’ella di.
2 La decisiun da plazzament cuntegna almain las suandantas indicaziuns:
3 Il med legal n’ha betg in effect suspensiv, premess ch’il medi u il derschader responsabel na disponia betg insatge auter.
4 In exemplar da la decisiun da plazzament vegn surdà a la persuna pertutgada; in ulteriur exemplar vegn preschentà a l’institut tar la recepziun da la persuna pertutgada.
5 Il medi infurmescha sche pussaivel ina persuna da confidenza da la persuna pertutgada en scrit davart il plazzament e davart l’autorisaziun d’appellar a la dretgira.
C. Examinaziun periodica
1 Il pli tard 6 mais suenter il cumenzament dal plazzament examinescha l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, sche las premissas èn anc ademplidas e sche l’institut è anc adina adattà.
2 Entaifer ulteriurs 6 mais fa ella ina segunda examinaziun. Alura fa ella questa examinaziun uschè savens sco necessari, almain però ina giada per onn.
D. Persuna da confidenza
Mintga persuna che vegn plazzada en in institut po consultar ina persuna da sia confidenza che la sustegna durant la dimora e fin che tut las proceduras, ch’èn colliadas cun il plazzament, èn terminadas.
E. Mesiras medicalas en cas d’in disturbi psichic
I. Plan da tractament
1 Sch’ina persuna vegn plazzada en in institut per tractar in disturbi psichic, fa il medi responsabel – ensemen cun la persuna pertutgada ed eventualmain cun la persuna da confidenza da tala – in plan da tractament en scrit.
2 Il medi infurmescha la persuna pertutgada e sia persuna da confidenza davart tut las circumstanzas ch’èn relevantas en vista a las mesiras medicalas prendidas en mira, en spezial davart ils motivs, l’intent, la moda e maniera, las modalitads, las ristgas ed ils effects secundars da talas, davart las consequenzas, sch’il tractament vegn tralaschà, sco er davart eventualas pussaivladads da tractament alternativas.
3 Il plan da tractament vegn suttamess a la persuna pertutgada per l’approvaziun. Sche la persuna pertutgada è incapabla da giuditgar, sto vegnir resguardada in’eventuala disposiziun dal pazient.
4 Il plan da tractament vegn adattà al svilup current.
II. Tractament senza consentiment
1 Sch’i manca il consentiment da la persuna pertutgada, po il schefmedi da la partiziun decretar en scrit las mesiras medicalas previsas en il plan da tractament:
2 Il decret vegn communitgà en scrit a la persuna pertutgada ed a sia persuna da confidenza ensemen cun ina indicaziun dals meds legals.
III. Cas d’urgenza
1 En ina situaziun d’urgenza pon las mesiras medicalas indispensablas per la protecziun da la persuna pertutgada u da terzas persunas vegnir prendidas immediatamain.
2 Sche l’institut sa, co che la persuna pertutgada vul vegnir tractada, resguarda ella sia voluntad.
IV. Discurs d’extrada
1 Sch’igl exista in privel da recidiva, emprova il medi responsabel da fixar avant la relaschada princips da tractament cun la persuna pertutgada per il cas ch’ella sto puspè vegnir plazzada en l’institut.
2 Il discurs d’extrada sto vegnir documentà.
V. Dretg chantunal
1 Ils chantuns reglan l’assistenza posteriura.
2 Els pon prevair mesiras ambulantas.
F. Mesiras per restrenscher la libertad da sa mover
Per mesiras che restrenschan la libertad da la persuna pertutgada da sa mover en l’institut èn applitgablas las disposiziuns davart la restricziun da la libertad da sa mover en instituts da dimora u da tgira tenor il senn. Resalvada resta l’appellaziun a la dretgira.
G. Appellaziun a la dretgira
1 La persuna pertutgada u ina persuna da sia confidenza po appellar en scrit a la dretgira responsabla en ils suandants cas:
2 Il termin per appellar a la dretgira importa 10 dis a partir da la communicaziun da la decisiun. En cas da mesiras per restrenscher la libertad da sa mover po la dretgira vegnir appellada da tut temp.
3 La procedura sa drizza analogamain tenor las disposiziuns davart la procedura davant l’instanza giudiziala da recurs.
4 Mintga dumonda per in giudicat giudizial sto vegnir tramessa immediatamain a la dretgira responsabla.
A. Autoritad per la protecziun da creschids
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids è in’autoritad spezialisada. Ella vegn designada dals chantuns.
2 Ella prenda sias decisiuns cun almain trais commembers. Ils chantuns pon prevair excepziuns per tscherts affars.
3 Ella ademplescha er las incumbensas da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants.
B. Autoritad da surveglianza
1 Ils chantuns designeschan las autoritads da surveglianza.
2 Il Cussegl federal po decretar disposiziuns davart la surveglianza.
C. Cumpetenza locala
1 Cumpetenta è l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids al domicil da la persuna pertutgada. Sch’ina procedura è pendenta, resta la cumpetenza mantegnida en mintga cas fin che la procedura è terminada.
2 Sch’in privel nascha dal retard, è cumpetenta er l’autoritad al lieu, nua che la persuna pertutgada sa trategna. Sche questa autoritad prenda ina mesira, infurmescha ella l’autoritad dal domicil.
3 Areguard ina curatella installada pervia d’absenza da la persuna pertutgada è er cumpetenta l’autoritad dal lieu, nua che la part principala da la facultad è vegnida administrada u è pervegnida a la persuna pertutgada.
4 Ils chantuns èn autorisads da declerar per lur burgais, che han lur domicil en il chantun, l’autoritad dal lieu d’origin sco cumpetenta empè da l’autoritad dal lieu da domicil, sche er il sustegn da persunas basegnusas è dal tuttafatg u per part chaussa da la vischnanca burgaisa.
5 Sch’ina persuna, per la quala è vegnida decretada ina mesira, mida ses domicil, surpiglia l’autoritad dal nov domicil senza retardar la mesira, nun che motivs relevants s’opponian a quai.
A. Dretgs ed obligaziuns d’annunzia
1 Mintga persuna po annunziar a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, sch’ina persuna para dad esser basegnusa. Resalvadas restan las disposiziuns davart il secret professiunal.
2 Tgi che vegn a savair d’ina tala persuna en il rom da sia activitad uffiziala e na pon betg eliminar la basegnusadad en il rom da sia activitad, è obligà da far in’annunzia. Resalvadas restan las disposiziuns davart il secret professiunal.1
3 Ils chantuns pon prevair ulteriuras obligaziuns d’annunzia.2
B. Examinaziun da la cumpetenza
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids examinescha d’uffizi sia cumpetenza.
2 Sch’ella chatta ch’ella na saja betg cumpetenta, transferescha ella la chaussa immediatamain a l’autoritad ch’ella resguarda sco cumpetenta.
3 Sch’ella ha dubis davart sia cumpetenza, tschertga ella in barat d’opiniuns cun l’autoritad, che vegn en dumonda dad esser cumpetenta.
4 Sch’i na po betg vegnir cuntanschì in consentiment malgrà il barat d’opiniuns, suttametta l’autoritad ch’è sa fatschentada l’emprim cun la chaussa la dumonda davart sia cumpetenza a l’instanza giudiziala da recurs.
C. Mesiras preventivas
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids prenda sin dumonda d’ina persuna participada a la procedura u d’uffizi tut las mesiras preventivas ch’èn necessarias per la durada da la procedura. En spezial po ella ordinar preventivamain ina mesira da la protecziun da creschids.
2 Sche quai è spezialmain urgent, po ella prender subit mesiras preventivas senza consultar las persunas participadas a la procedura. Il medem mument dat ella a quellas la pussaivladad da prender posiziun; alura decida ella da nov.
3 Cunter decisiuns davart mesiras preventivas po vegnir recurrì entaifer 10 dis suenter lur communicaziun.
D. Princips da procedura
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids eruescha d’uffizi ils fatgs.
2 Ella fa las retschertgas indispensablas e registrescha las cumprovas necessarias. Ella po incumbensar ina persuna adattada u in post adattà da far scleriments. Sche necessari ordinescha ella l’expertisa d’in expert.
3 Ella n’è betg liada vi da las pretensiuns da las persunas participadas a la procedura.
4 Ella applitgescha d’uffizi il dretg.
E. Audiziun
1 La persuna pertutgada vegn tadlada persunalmain, nun che quai paria dad esser sproporziunà.
2 En cas d’in plazzament per motivs da provediment taidla l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, per regla reunida sco collegi, la persuna pertutgada.
F. Obligaziun da cooperar ed agid uffizial
1 Las persunas participadas a la procedura e terzas persunas èn obligadas da cooperar tar l’examinaziun dals fatgs. L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids prenda las mesiras ch’èn necessarias per proteger ils interess degns da vegnir protegids. Sche necessari ordinescha ella da sfurzar da realisar l’obligaziun da cooperar.
2 Medis, dentists, apotechers, spendreras e tgirunzs da spendrada, chiropratichers, psicologs sco er lur persunas auxiliaras èn obligads da cooperar mo, sche la persuna cun dretg a secretezza als ha autorisads da far quai u sche l’autoritad superiura u l’autoritad da surveglianza als ha liberads dal secret professiunal sin atgna dumonda u sin dumonda da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.1
3 Spirituals, advocats, defensurs, mediaturs sco er anteriurs procuraturs ch’èn vegnids nominads per la procedura, n’èn betg obligads da cooperar.
4 Las autoritads administrativas e las dretgiras consegnan las actas necessarias, fan rapports e dattan infurmaziuns, nun che interess degns da vegnir protegids s’opponian a quai.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017 (protecziun d’uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
G. Expertisa en in institut
1 Sch’ina expertisa psiciatrica è indispensabla e sche quella na po betg vegnir fatga en moda ambulanta, trametta l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids la persuna pertutgada per l’expertisa en in institut adattà.
2 Las disposiziuns davart la procedura en cas d’in plazzament per motivs da provediment èn applitgablas tenor il senn.
H. Ordinaziun d’ina represchentanza
L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids ordinescha sche necessari la represchentanza da la persuna pertutgada e designescha sco procuratur ina persuna che ha experientscha en dumondas dal provediment e dal dretg.
I. Invista da las actas
1 Las persunas ch’èn participadas a la procedura han il dretg da survegnir invista da las actas, nun che interess predominants s’opponian a quai.
2 Sche l’invista d’ina da las actas vegn refusada ad ina persuna participada a la procedura, vegni sa basà sin questa acta mo, sche l’autoritad ha orientà la persuna pertutgada a bucca u en scrit dal cuntegn ch’è essenzial per la chaussa en dumonda.
J. Obligaziun d’annunzia
L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids annunzia a l’uffizi da stadi civil:
A. Object dal recurs e cumpetenza da far recurs
1 Cunter decisiuns da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids poi vegnir recurrì tar la dretgira cumpetenta.
2 Il dretg da recurrer han:
3 Il recurs sto vegnir inoltrà a la dretgira en scrit e cun ina motivaziun.
B. Motivs da recurs
1 Cun il recurs pon vegnir contestads:
2 Plinavant poi vegnir recurrì pervia da la snegaziun da dretg e pervia da la retardada da dretg.
C. Termin da recurs
1 Il termin da recurs importa 30 dis dapi la communicaziun. Quest termin vala er per persunas cun dretg da far recurs, a las qualas la decisiun na sto betg vegnir communitgada.
2 En cas d’ina decisiun sin il champ dal plazzament per motivs da provediment importa il termin da recurs 10 dis dapi la communicaziun da la decisiun.
3 Cunter la snegaziun da dretg e cunter la retardada da dretg poi da tut temp vegnir fatg recurs.
D. Effect suspensiv
Il recurs ha in effect suspensiv, nun che l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids u l’instanza giudiziala da recurs disponia insatge auter.
E. Consultaziun da l’instanza precedenta e reponderaziun
1 L’instanza giudiziala da recurs dat a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids l’occasiun da prender posiziun.
2 Empè da prender posiziun po l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids reponderar sia decisiun.
F. Disposiziuns spezialas en cas d’in plazzament per motivs da provediment
1 Il recurs cunter ina decisiun sin il champ dal plazzament per motivs da provediment na sto betg vegnir motivà.
2 Il recurs n’ha betg in effect suspensiv, nun che l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids u l’instanza giudiziala da recurs disponia insatge auter.
3 En cas da disturbis psichics sto vegnir prendida la decisiun sin basa da l’expertisa d’in expert.
4 L’instanza giudiziala da recurs, per regla reunida sco collegi, taidla la persuna pertutgada. Ella ordinescha sche necessari la represchentanza e designescha sco procuratur ina persuna che ha experientscha en dumondas dal provediment e dal dretg.
5 Per regla decida ella entaifer 5 dis da lavur dapi l’inoltraziun dal recurs.
Dal rest èn applitgablas las disposiziuns dal Cudesch da procedura civila tenor il senn, nun ch’ils chantuns fixeschian insatge auter.
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids exequescha las decisiuns sin dumonda u d’uffizi.
2 Sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids u l’instanza giudiziala da recurs ha gia ordinà mesiras d’execuziun en sia decisiun, po quella vegnir exequida directamain.
3 La persuna incumbensada cun l’execuziun po sche necessari dumandar agid poliziar. Mesiras obligatoricas immediatas ston per regla vegnir smanatschadas ordavant.
A. Obligaziun da discreziun ed infurmaziun
1 L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids è obligada da mantegnair discreziun, nun che quai cuntrafetschia ad interess predominants.
2 Tgi che cumprova in interess, po pretender da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids infurmaziuns davart l’existenza e davart l’effect d’ina mesira da la protecziun da creschids.
B. Effect da las mesiras envers terzas persunas
1 Ina mesira da la protecziun da creschids po vegnir fatga valair envers terzas persunas, er sch’ellas èn da buna fai.
2 Sche la curatella restrenscha l’abilitad d’agir da la persuna pertutgada, sto vegnir communitgà als debiturs che lur prestaziun haja mo in effect liberant, sch’ella vegn furnida al procuratur. Avant na po la curatella betg vegnir fatga valair envers debiturs da buna fai.
3 Sch’ina persuna suttamessa ad ina mesira da la protecziun da creschids ha per sbagl laschà crair auters ch’ella haja l’abilitad d’agir cumplaina, porta ella la responsabladad per il donn ch’ella ha chaschunà uschia a questas persunas.
C. Obligaziun da collavurar
1 Sch’igl exista il privel serius ch’ina persuna basegnusa sa periclitescha sezza u commetta in crim u in delict, cun il qual ella donnegescha grevamain insatgi corporalmain, psichicamain u materialmain, collavuran l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, ils posts pertutgads e la polizia.
2 Persunas che suttastattan al secret d’uffizi u al secret professiunal, han il dretg en in tal cas d’infurmar l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids.
A. Princip
1 Tgi che vegn violà en il rom da las mesiras uffizialas da la protecziun da creschids tras in’acziun u tras in’omissiun illegala, ha il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun ed – en cas che la grevezza da la violaziun giustifitgescha quai – ina bunificaziun.
2 Il medem dretg exista, sche l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids u l’autoritad da surveglianza è sa cumportada en moda illegala en ils auters secturs da la protecziun da creschids.
3 Star bun sto il chantun; cunter la persuna che ha chaschunà il donn na po la persuna donnegiada betg far valair in dretg d’indemnisaziun.
4 Per il regress dal chantun sin quella persuna che ha chaschunà il donn è decisiv il dretg chantunal.
B. Surannaziun
1 Il dretg d’indemnisaziun u da satisfacziun surannescha tenor las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1 davart ils acts illegals.2
2 Sche la persuna che ha chaschunà il donn ha commess in malfatg tras ses cumportament, surannescha il dretg d’indemnisaziun u da satisfacziun il pli baud cun l’entrada da la surannaziun da la persecuziun penala. Sche la surannaziun da la persecuziun penala n’entra betg pli en consequenza d’ina sentenzia penala da l’emprima instanza, surannescha il dretg il pli baud 3 onns suenter la communicaziun da la sentenzia.3
3 Sche la violaziun sa basa sin in decret u sin ina realisaziun d’ina mesira permanenta, na cumenza la surannaziun dal dretg envers il chantun betg avant che la mesira permanenta è crudada davent u ch’ella vegn cuntinuada d’in auter chantun.
1 SR 220
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 3 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2018 (revisiun dal dretg da surannaziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra 3 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2018 (revisiun dal dretg da surannaziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
C. Responsabladad tenor il dretg da mandat
La responsabladad da la persuna incumbensada da prevenziun sco er quella dal consort, dal partenari registrà d’ina persuna inabla da giuditgar u dal represchentant en cas da mesiras medicalas, uschenavant ch’i na sa tracta betg dal procuratur, sa drizza tenor las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1 davart il mandat.
1 SR 220
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).3 Versiun dal tschintgavel titel tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191). Guardar er ils art. 8–8b dal titel final qua sutvart.4 Versiun dal sisavel titel tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191). Guardar er ils art. 9–11a dal titel final qua sutvart.5 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).6 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).7 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).8 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).9 Oriundamain terz chapitel.10 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).11 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).12 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).13 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1). Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 da zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).14 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).15 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).16 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Ertavels parents1
I. Descendents
1 Ils proxims ertavels d’in testader èn ses descendents.
2 Ils uffants ertan parts egualas.
3 Ils uffants predefuncts vegnan represchentads da lur descendents, e quai en tut ils grads tenor tscheps.
1 Versiun da quest pled tenor la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
II. Tschep dals geniturs
1 Sch’il testader n’ha nagins descendents, va l’ierta al tschep dals geniturs.
2 Il bab e la mamma ertan parts egualas.
3 Il bab predefunct u la mamma predefuncta vegn represchentà da ses descendents, e quai en tut ils grads tenor tscheps.
4 Sch’ina vart n’ha nagins descendents, va l’entira ierta als ertavels da l’autra vart.
III. Tschep dals tats
1 Sch’il testader n’ha ni descendents ni ertavels dal tschep dals geniturs, va l’ierta al tschep dals tats.
2 Sch’ils tats da la vart paterna e materna survivan il testader, ertan tuttas duas varts parts egualas.
3 Il tat predefunct u la tatta predefuncta vegn represchentà da ses descendents, e quai en tut ils grads tenor tscheps.
4 Sch’il tat u sche la tatta da la vart paterna u materna è gia mort e n’ha nagins descendents, va l’entira mesadad als auters ertavels existents da la medema vart.
5 Sche la vart paterna u materna n’ha nagins ertavels, va l’entira ierta als ertavels da l’autra vart.
IV. Ultims ertavels
Cun il tschep dals tats finescha il dretg d’ierta dals parents.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
B. Consort survivent e partenari registrà survivent
Il consort survivent ed il partenari registrà survivent obtegnan:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 8 da l’agiunta da la Lescha da partenadi dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122; BBl 1979 II 1191).
C. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, cun effect dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200) guardar er l’art. 12a dal titel final qua sutvart.
D. Chantun e vischnanca
Sch’il testader n’ha nagins ertavels, va l’ierta al chantun, nua ch’il testader ha gì ses ultim domicil, ubain a la vischnanca che la legislaziun da quest chantun designescha sco ertavla.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
A. Disposiziun testamentara
Tgi ch’è abel da giuditgar ed ha cumplenì 18 onns, po disponer da sia facultad tras in testament, observond las limitas e las furmas da la lescha.
B. Contract d’ierta
1 Tgi ch’è abel da giuditgar ed ha cumplenì 18 onns, po sco testader far in contract d’ierta.
2 Persunas sut ina curatella che cumpiglia la transacziun d’in contract d’ierta dovran il consentiment da lur represchentant legal.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
C. Disposiziuns manglusas
1 Disposiziuns ch’il testader ha fatg sut l’influenza d’errur, d’engion malign, da smanatscha u da sforz èn nunvalaivlas.
2 Ellas daventan dentant valaivlas, sch’il testader na las abolescha betg entaifer 1 onn, suenter ch’el ha survegnì enconuschientscha da l’errur u da l’engion ubain suenter che l’influenza da smanatscha u da sforz è crudada davent.
3 Sch’ina disposiziun cuntegna in’errur evidenta areguard las persunas u areguard las chaussas, sto la disposiziun vegnir curregida en il senn da la vaira voluntad dal testader, sche quella sa lascha constatar cun tschertezza.
A. Part disponibla
I. Dimensiun da la cumpetenza da disponer
1 Tgi che lascha enavos descendents, geniturs, ses consort u ses partenari registrà sco ertavels ils pli proxims, po disponer da sia facultad per causa da mort fin a la part obligatorica dals ertavels.1
2 Tgi che na lascha enavos nagins da quests ertavels, po disponer da tut sia facultad per causa da mort.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 8 da l’agiunta da la Lescha da partenadi dals 18 da zer. 2004, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
II. Part obligatorica
La part obligatorica importa:
III. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122; BBl 1979 II 1191).
IV. Favurisaziun dal consort survivent
1 Tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort po il testader surlaschar al consort survivent la giudida da l’entira part da l’ierta che tutgass als descendents cuminaivels.1
2 Questa giudida remplazza il dretg d’ierta che la lescha attribuescha al consort survivent en concurrenza cun quests descendents. Ultra da questa giudida importa la part disponibla in quart da l’ierta.2
3 Sch’il consort survivent marida puspè, croda la giudida da quella part da l’ierta che n’avess betg pudì vegnir engrevgiada cun la giudida il mument da la successiun d’ierta tenor las disposiziuns ordinarias davart la part obligatorica dals descendents.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 5 da d’oct. 2001, en vigur dapi il 1. da mars 2002 (AS 2002 269; BBl 2001 1121 2011 2111).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 5 da d’oct. 2001, en vigur dapi il 1. da mars 2002 (AS 2002 269; BBl 2001 1121 2011 2111).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
V. Calculaziun da la part disponibla
1. Deducziun dals debits
1 La part disponibla vegn calculada tenor il stadi da la facultad dal testader il mument da sia mort.
2 Ils debits dal testader, las expensas per la sepultura, per la sigillaziun e per l’inventarisaziun da l’ierta sco er il mantegniment dals cussedents durant in mais ston vegnir deducids da l’ierta.
2. Donaziuns tranter vivs
Las donaziuns tranter vivs vegnan calculadas tar la facultad, uschenavant ch’ellas èn suttamessas al plant da reducziun.
3. Pretensiuns d’assicuranzas
Sch’ina pretensiun d’assicuranza, fatga sin la mort dal testader, è vegnida constituida a favur d’ina terza persuna tras ina disposiziun tranter vivs u tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort, u sch’ella è vegnida cedida gratuitamain ad ina terza persuna durant ch’il testader era anc en vita, vegn la pretensiun d’assicuranza quintada tar la facultad dal testader per la valur da recumpra il mument da sia mort.
B. Dischertaziun
I. Motivs
Tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort po il testader retrair la part obligatorica d’in ertavel:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
II. Effect
1 Il dischertà na po betg sa participar a l’ierta e betg far valair il plant da reducziun.
2 Sch’il testader n’ha disponì nagut auter, va la part dal dischertà als ertavels legals dal testader, sco sch’il dischertà n’avess betg survivì il testader.
3 Ils descendents dal dischertà salvan il dretg sin lur part obligatorica, sco sch’il dischertà n’avess betg survivì il testader.
III. Chargia da cumprova
1 Ina dischertaziun è valaivla mo, sch’il testader ha inditgà il motiv da tala en sia disposiziun.
2 Sch’il dischertà contesta la dischertaziun pervia d’incorrectadad dal motiv, sto l’ertavel u il legatari che ha in avantatg da la dischertaziun cumprovar la correctadad.
3 Sche questa cumprova na po betg vegnir furnida u sch’il motiv da la dischertaziun n’è betg inditgà, vegn la voluntad dal testader mantegnida, uschenavant che quai sa cumporta cun la part obligatorica dal dischertà, nun ch’il testader haja fatg sia disposiziun en in’errur evidenta davart il motiv da la dischertaziun.
IV. Dischertaziun d’ina persuna insolventa
1 Il testader po retrair la mesadad da la part obligatorica d’in descendent, cunter il qual i existan attests da perdita, sut la cundiziun ch’el surlaschia questa mesadad als uffants naschids u betg anc naschids da quest descendent.
2 Questa dischertaziun vegn dentant abolida sin dumonda dal dischertà, sch’i n’existan nagins attests da perdita pli il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta u sche la summa totala dals attests da perdita na surpassa betg in quart da la part d’ierta.
A. En general
1 Entaifer las limitas da la part disponibla po il testader disponer dal tuttafatg u per part da sia facultad tras ina disposiziun testamentara u tras in contract d’ierta.
2 La part, da la quala il testader n’ha betg disponì, va als ertavels legals.
B. Cundiziuns e pretensiuns
1 Il testader po colliar sias disposiziuns cun cundiziuns e cun pretensiuns, las qualas mintga persuna interessada po laschar exequir, uschespert che la disposiziun sezza è vegnida realisada.
2 Tras cundiziuns e tras pretensiuns immoralas u illegalas daventa la disposiziun nunvalaivla.
3 Cundiziuns e pretensiuns che n’han nagin senn u ch’èn mo mulestusas per autras persunas vegnan consideradas sco inexistentas.
4 Sch’ina donaziun per causa da mort vegn surlaschada ad in animal, vala la disposiziun correspundenta sco cundiziun da procurar per la tgira adequata da l’animal.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
C. Instituziun dals ertavels
1 Il testader po instituir in u plirs ertavels per l’entira ierta u per ina part da tala.
2 Sco instituziun dals ertavels vegn considerada mintga disposiziun, tenor la quala ina persuna duai survegnir l’entira ierta u ina part da tala.
D. Legat
I. Cuntegn
1 Il testader po far ina donaziun ad ina persuna sut il titel d’in legat, senza l’instituir sco ertavel.
2 El po assegnar a questa persuna ina singula chaussa da l’ierta, la giudida da l’entira ierta u d’ina part da tala ubain incumbensar ils ertavels u ils legataris da furnir prestaziuns per ella or da la valur da l’ierta u da deliberar ella d’obligaziuns.
3 Sch’il testader assegna ina tscherta chaussa che na tutga betg tar l’ierta, è il debitur deliberà, nun che la disposiziun cuntegnia in’autra voluntad dal testader.
II. Obligaziun dal debitur
1 La chaussa sto vegnir surdada al legatari en quel stadi ed en quella qualitad, sco ch’ella sa preschenta il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta, cun donns e cun creschaments, libra u engrevgiada.
2 Per expensas ch’il debitur ha fatg per la chaussa dapi l’avertura da la successiun d’ierta sco er per pegiuraments ch’igl ha dà dapi lura, ha el ils dretgs e las obligaziuns d’in administratur senza mandat.
III. Relaziun cun l’ierta
1 Sch’ils legats surpassan l’import da l’ierta u da la donaziun al debitur ubain la part disponibla, poi vegnir pretendì ch’els vegnian reducids proporziunalmain.
2 Sch’ils debiturs moran avant il testader, sch’els n’èn betg degns d’ertar u sch’els refusan l’ierta, restan ils legats tuttina en vigur.
3 In ertavel legal u instituì po pretender il legat ch’il testader ha fatg a sia favur er, sch’el refusa l’ierta.
E. Disposiziun substitutiva
En sia disposiziun po il testader designar ina u pliras persunas che duain survegnir l’ierta u il legat, en cas che l’ertavel u ch’il legatari mora avant il testader u refusa l’ierta u il legat.
F. Instituziun d’ertavels posteriurs
I. Designaziun da l’ertavel posteriur
1 En sia disposiziun po il testader obligar l’ertavel instituì sco emprim ertavel da surdar l’ierta ad in’autra persuna sco ertavel posteriur.
2 L’ertavel posteriur na po betg vegnir obligà da far il medem.
3 Las medemas disposiziuns valan per il legat.
II. Mument da la surdada
1 Sco mument da la surdada sto vegnir considerada la mort da l’emprim ertavel, nun che la disposiziun fixeschia insatge auter.
2 Sch’i vegn numnà in auter mument che n’è betg anc entrà, cur che l’emprim ertavel mora, va l’ierta – cunter ina garanzia – als ertavels da l’emprim ertavel.
3 Sch’il mument na po betg pli entrar per in motiv u l’auter, va l’ierta definitivamain als ertavels da l’emprim ertavel.
III. Garanzias
1 En tut ils cas da l’instituziun d’ertavels posteriurs sto l’autoritad cumpetenta ordinar ina inventarisaziun.
2 L’ierta vegn surdada a l’emprim ertavel mo cunter ina garanzia, nun ch’il testader l’haja deliberà expressivamain da questa obligaziun; en cas da bains immobigliars po questa garanzia vegnir prestada tras in’annotaziun da l’obligaziun da surdada en il register funsil.
3 Sche l’emprim ertavel n’è betg en cas da prestar questa garanzia u sch’el periclitescha las aspectativas da l’ertavel posteriur, sto vegnir ordinada l’administraziun da l’ierta.
IV. Posiziun giuridica
1. Da l’emprim ertavel
1 L’emprim ertavel acquista l’ierta sco in auter ertavel instituì.
2 El daventa proprietari da l’ierta cun l’obligaziun da surdar quella.
2. Da l’ertavel posteriur
1 L’ertavel posteriur acquista l’ierta dal testader, sch’el viva, cur che la surdada è previsa.
2 Sch’el mora avant quest mument, resta l’ierta tar l’emprim ertavel, nun ch’il testader haja disponì insatge auter.
3 Sche l’emprim ertavel mora avant il testader, sch’el n’è betg degn d’ertar u sch’el refusa l’ierta, va l’ierta a l’ertavel posteriur.
V. Descendents inabels da giuditgar
1 Sch’in descendent è permanentamain inabel da giuditgar e sch’el na relascha ni descendents ni in consort, po il testader ordinar l’instituziun d’ertavels secundars per la restanza da l’ierta.
2 L’instituziun d’ertavels secundars croda tenor la lescha, sch’il descendent daventa cunter tuttas aspectativas abel da giuditgar.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
G. Fundaziuns
1 Il testader po destinar la part disponibla da sia facultad dal tuttafatg u per part ad ina fundaziun.
2 La fundaziun è dentant mo valaivla, sch’ella correspunda a las prescripziuns legalas.
H. Contracts d’ierta
I. Instituziun dals ertavels e legat
1 Tras in contract d’ierta po il testader s’obligar da surlaschar sia ierta u ses legat a la cuntrapart u ad ina terza persuna.
2 El po disponer libramain da sia facultad.
3 Las disposiziuns per causa da mort u las donaziuns ch’èn incumpatiblas cun las obligaziuns or dal contract d’ierta na pon dentant betg vegnir contestadas.
II. Renunzia a l’ierta
1. Impurtanza
1 Il testader po far in contract da renunzia a l’ierta cun in ertavel.
2 Il renunziader na vegn betg pli considerà sco ertavel tar la successiun d’ierta.
3 Nua ch’il contract n’ordinescha nagut auter, vala la renunzia a l’ierta er per ils descendents dal renunziader.
2. Crudada da la renunzia
1 Sche tscherts ertavels èn instituids en il contract d’ierta empè dal renunziader, croda la renunzia, sche quels n’acquistan betg l’ierta per in motiv u l’auter.
2 Sche la renunzia ha gì lieu a favur da cunertavels, vegni supponì ch’ella valia mo per ils ertavels dal tschep che deriva dal perdavant cuminaivel il pli proxim e ch’ella n’existia betg per ils ertavels pli lontans.
3. Dretgs dals crediturs d’ierta
Sch’il testader è insolvent il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta e sche ses ertavels na pajan betg ils debits, poi vegnir recurrì al renunziader ed a ses ertavels, uschenavant ch’els han survegnì or da la facultad dal testader ina cuntraprestaziun per la renunzia a l’ierta entaifer ils ultims 5 onns avant sia mort ed uschenavant ch’els èn anc enritgids qua tras il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta.
A. Disposiziuns testamentaras
I. Constituziun
1. En general
Ina disposiziun testamentara po vegnir constituida ubain tras ina documentaziun publica ubain cun agen maun en scrit ubain tras ina decleraziun a bucca.
2. Disposiziun publica
a. Furma da disponer
La disposiziun testamentara publica vegn fatga cun la cooperaziun da duas perditgas davant il funcziunari, davant il notar u davant in’autra persuna ch’è incumbensada tenor il dretg chantunal cun quests affars.
b. Cooperaziun dal funcziunari
1 Il testader sto communitgar la voluntad al funcziunari; quel redigia u lascha rediger il document ed al dat alura a leger al testader.
2 Il testader sto suttascriver il document.
3 Il funcziunari sto datar e suttascriver il document.
c. Cooperaziun da las perditgas
1 Uschespert ch’il document è datà e suttascrit, declera il testader a las duas perditgas, en preschientscha dal funcziunari, ch’el haja legì il document e che quel cuntegnia sia ultima voluntad.
2 Mettend lur suttascripziun sin il document, conferman las perditgas ch’il testader haja fatg questa decleraziun davant ellas e ch’el saja – tenor lur giuditgar – stà abel da disponer.
3 I n’è betg necessari che las perditgas survegnian enconuschientscha dal cuntegn dal document.
d. Disponer senza leger e suttascriver il document
1 Sch’il testader ni legia ni suttascriva sez il document, sto il funcziunari preleger quel ad el en preschientscha da las duas perditgas, ed il testader sto alura declerar ch’il document cuntegnia sia ultima voluntad.
2 Mettend lur suttascripziun sin il document, na ston las perditgas betg mo confermar ch’il testader haja fatg questa decleraziun davant ellas e ch’el saja – tenor lur giuditgar – stà abel da disponer, mabain er ch’il funcziunari haja prelegì il document al testader en lur preschientscha.
e. Persunas che coopereschan
1 Persunas che n’èn betg ablas d’agir, che n’han betg ils dretgs civics e politics1 pervia d’ina sentenzia penala u che na san betg leger e scriver, ils parents2 en lingia directa, ils fragliuns dal testader e lur consorts sco er il consort dal testader sez na pon cooperar a la constituziun da la disposiziun publica ni sco funcziunari documentant ni sco perditgas.
2 Il document na dastga cuntegnair naginas disposiziuns a favur dal funcziunari documentant e da las perditgas sco er dals parents en lingia directa e dals fragliuns u dals consorts da questas persunas.
1 La sistida dals dretgs civics e politics pervia d’ina sentenzia da la dretgira penala è abolida (guardar AS 1971 777; BBl 1965 I 561 ed AS 1974 55; BBl 1974 I 1457).
2 Versiun da quest pled tenor la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
f. Tegnair en salv la disposiziun
Ils chantuns han da procurar ch’ils funcziunaris documentants tegnian sezs en salv las disposiziuns sco original u sco copia, ubain surdettian quellas ad in uffizi per las laschar tegnair en salv.
3. Disposiziun scritta a maun
1 La disposiziun testamentara scritta a maun sto vegnir scritta dal testader dal cumenzament fin a la fin a maun, ed il testader sto datar e suttascriver questa disposiziun testamentara; la data sto cuntegnair l’onn, il mais ed il di che la disposiziun è vegnida scritta.1
2 Ils chantuns han da procurar che talas disposiziuns possian vegnir surdadas avertas u serradas ad in uffizi per las laschar tegnair en salv.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 1995, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 4882; BBl 1994 III 516, V 607).
4. Disposiziun a bucca
a. Disposiziun
1 La disposiziun testamentara po vegnir fatga a bucca, sch’il testader è impedì da sa servir da las autras furmas da disponer en consequenza da circumstanzas extraordinarias sco privel da mort imminent, interrupziun dal traffic, epidemias u eveniments da guerra.
2 Per quest intent sto el declerar sia ultima voluntad davant duas perditgas ed incumbensar quellas da procurar che sia disposiziun vegnia documentada.
3 Per las perditgas valan las medemas prescripziuns d’exclusiun sco en cas da la disposiziun publica.
b. Documentaziun
1 Ina da las perditgas metta immediatamain en scrit la disposiziun a bucca cun inditgar il lieu, l’onn, il mais ed il di che la disposiziun è vegnida fatga. La disposiziun vegn suttascritta da tuttas duas perditgas e vegn deponida senza retardar tar in’autoritad giudiziala, cun la decleraziun ch’il testader saja stà abel da disponer ed haja communitgà ad ellas questa sia ultima voluntad sut las circumstanzas spezialas ch’eran avant maun.
2 Empè da quai pon las duas perditgas laschar protocollar la disposiziun cun la medema decleraziun tar in’autoritad giudiziala.
3 Sch’il testader fa la disposiziun a bucca en il servetsch militar, po in uffizier cun il grad da chapitani u cun in grad pli aut remplazzar l’autoritad giudiziala.
c. Perdita da la vigur
La disposiziun a bucca perda sia vigur suenter 14 dis quintads a partir dal mument ch’il testader è puspè daventà abel da sa servir d’ina da las autras furmas da disponer.
II. Revocaziun e destrucziun
1. Revocaziun
1 Il testader po revocar da tut temp sia disposiziun testamentara en ina da las furmas da disponer prescrittas.
2 La disposiziun po vegnir revocada dal tuttafatg u per part.
2. Destrucziun
1 Il testader po revocar sia disposiziun testamentara cun destruir il document.
2 Sch’il document vegn destruì per casualitad u per culpa da terzas persunas e sche ses cuntegn na po betg vegnir eruì exactamain e cumplettamain, perda la disposiziun medemamain sia vigur; resalvads restan ils dretgs d’indemnisaziun.
3. Disposiziun posteriura
1 Sch’il testader fa ina nova disposiziun testamentara senza revocar expressivamain ina disposiziun anteriura, remplazza ella la disposiziun anteriura, nun ch’i resultia senza dubi ch’ella saja mo ina cumplettaziun da la disposiziun anteriura.
2 Ina disposiziun testamentara davart ina tscherta chaussa vegn er revocada, sch’il testader dispona posteriuramain da la chaussa en ina moda che n’è betg cumpatibla cun l’emprima disposiziun.
B. Contract d’ierta
I. Constituziun
1 Per esser valaivel sto il contract d’ierta vegnir fatg en furma da la disposiziun testamentara publica.
2 Las parts contrahentas ston declerar a medem temp lur voluntad al funcziunari e suttascriver il document davant el e davant las duas perditgas.
II. Aboliziun
1. Tranter vivs
a. Tras contract e tras disposiziun testamentara
1 Las parts contrahentas pon abolir da tut temp il contract d’ierta tras ina cunvegna en scrit.
2 Il testader po abolir unilateralmain in contract d’instituziun dals ertavels u in contract da legat, sche l’ertavel u sch’il legatari sa fa – suenter la conclusiun dal contract – culpabel envers il testader d’in cumportament che signifitga in motiv da dischertaziun.
3 L’aboliziun unilaterala sto avair lieu en ina da las furmas ch’èn prescrittas per la disposiziun testamentara.
b. Tras retratga dal contract
Tgi che ha il dretg da pretender prestaziuns tranter vivs sin basa d’in contract d’ierta, po sa retrair dal contract tenor las disposiziuns dal Dretg d’obligaziuns1, sche questas prestaziuns na vegnan betg ademplidas u garantidas tenor il contract.
1 SR 220
2. L’ertavel mora avant il testader
1 Sche l’ertavel u sch’il legatari mora avant il testader, scroda il contract.
2 Sch’il testader è enritgì tras il contract, cur che l’ertavel mora, pon ils ertavels dal defunct pretender che l’enritgiment vegnia restituì, nun ch’igl existia ina disposiziun cuntraria.
C. Restricziun dal dretg da disponer
Sche la libertad da disponer dal testader vegn restrenschida, suenter ch’el ha fatg ina disposiziun per causa da mort, na vegn la disposiziun betg abolida; ella vegn dentant suttamessa al plant da reducziun.
A. Surdada da l’incumbensa
1 En ina disposiziun testamentara po il testader incumbensar ina u pliras persunas ch’èn ablas d’agir d’exequir sia ultima voluntad.
2 Questa incumbensa sto vegnir communitgada ad ellas d’uffizi, ed ellas ston declerar entaifer 14 dis a partir da questa communicaziun, sch’ellas acceptan l’incumbensa; sch’ellas taschan, vala quai sco acceptaziun.
3 Ellas han il dretg da vegnir indemnisadas adequatamain per lur activitad.
B. Cuntegn da l’incumbensa
1 Ils executurs dal testament han ils dretgs e las obligaziuns da l’administratur d’ierta uffizial, nun ch’il testader haja disponì autramain.
2 Els ston represchentar la voluntad dal testader ed han en spezial l’incumbensa d’administrar l’ierta, da pajar ils debits dal testader, da surdar ils legats e da far la partiziun tenor las ordinaziuns dal testader u tenor la prescripziun da la lescha.
3 Sch’i èn vegnids nominads plirs executurs dal testament, exequeschan els cuminaivlamain lur uffizi, nun ch’il testader haja disponì autramain.
A. Plant da nunvalaivladad
I. Inabilitad da disponer, voluntad manglusa, illegalitad u immoralitad
1 Sin basa d’in plant vegn ina disposiziun per causa da mort declerada sco nunvalaivla:
2 Il plant da nunvalaivladad po vegnir inoltrà da mintgin che ha, sco ertavel u sco legatari, in interess che la disposiziun vegnia declerada sco nunvalaivla.
II. Mancanzas formalas
1. En general1
1 Sche la disposiziun cuntegna ina mancanza formala, vegn ella declerada sco nunvalaivla sin basa d’in plant.
2 Sche la mancanza formala resulta dal fatg che la disposiziun surlascha insatge a persunas che han cooperà a la disposiziun ubain a lur confamigliars, vegnan mo quellas donaziuns decleradas sco nunvalaivlas.
3 Per il dretg da purtar plant valan las medemas prescripziuns sco en cas da l’inabilitad da disponer.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 1995, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 4882; BBl 1994 III 516, V 607).
2. En cas d’ina disposiziun testamentara scritta a maun
Sche la mancanza d’ina disposiziun testamentara scritta a maun è quella che l’onn, il mais u il di n’è betg inditgà correctamain, po ella vegnir declerada sco nunvalaivla mo, sche las indicaziuns dal temp necessarias na pon betg vegnir constatadas autramain e sche la data è necessaria per giuditgar l’abilitad da disponer, la successiun da pliras disposiziuns u in’autra dumonda che concerna la valaivladad da la disposiziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 23 da zer. 1995, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 4882; BBl 1994 III 516, V 607).
III. Surannaziun
1 Il plant da nunvalaivladad surannescha 1 onn suenter il di che l’accusader ha survegnì enconuschientscha da la disposiziun e dal motiv da nunvalaivladad ed en mintga cas 10 onns suenter il di che la disposiziun è vegnida averta.
2 Sch’il testader n’è betg abel da disponer u en cas d’illegalitad u d’immoralitad surannescha il plant da nunvalaivladad envers in legatari da mala fai sut tut las circumstanzas pir suenter 30 onns.
3 La nunvalaivladad d’ina disposiziun po vegnir fatga valair da tut temp sin via d’objecziun.
B. Plant da reducziun
I. Premissas
1. En general
1 Sch’il testader ha surpassà sia cumpetenza da disponer, pon ils ertavels che na survegnan betg lur part obligatorica pretender che la disposiziun vegnia reducida sin la quota admissibla.
2 Sche la disposiziun cuntegna prescripziuns davart las parts dals ertavels legals, valan quellas mo sco simplas prescripziuns per parter l’ierta, nun che la disposiziun cuntegnia in’autra voluntad dal testader.
2. Favurisaziun da l’ertavel cun dretg sin la part obligatorica
Sch’ina disposiziun per causa da mort cuntegna donaziuns a favur da plirs ertavels cun dretg sin la part obligatorica e sche la cumpetenza da disponer è vegnida surpassada, vegnan questas donaziuns reducidas tranter ils cunertavels en la proporziun dals imports che surpassan lur part obligatorica.
3. Dretgs dals crediturs
1 Uschenavant che quai è necessari per cuvrir lur dabuns, pon l’administraziun dal concurs d’in ertavel ubain ses crediturs, che possedan attests da perdita il mument da la successiun d’ierta, pretender la reducziun entaifer il termin fixà per l’ertavel, sch’il testader ha surpassà la part disponibla a disfavur da l’ertavel e sche l’ertavel na porta betg sez il plant da reducziun sin proposta dals crediturs.
2 Il medem dretg exista er envers ina dischertaziun che na vegn betg contestada dal dischertà.
II. Effect
1. Reducziun en general
1 La reducziun ha lieu per tut ils ertavels e legataris instituids en la medema proporziun, nun che la disposiziun cuntegnia in’autra voluntad dal testader.
2 Sche la donaziun ad in legatari, ch’è a medem temp debitur da legats, vegn reducida, po quel pretender cun la medema resalva che er quests legats vegnian reducids proporziunalmain.
2. Legat d’ina chaussa singula
Sch’il legat d’ina chaussa singula che na po betg vegnir partida senza sminuir sia valur vegn suttamess a la reducziun, po il legatari ubain pretender che la chaussa sezza al vegnia surdada cunter indemnisaziun da l’import supplementar ubain far pajar empè da la chaussa l’import disponibel.
3. Disposiziuns tranter vivs
a. Cas
A la reducziun èn suttamessas sco las disposiziuns per causa da mort:
b. Restituziun
1 Tgi ch’è da buna fai, è obligà da restituir mo la valur, per la quala el è enritgì tras l’act giuridic cun il testader il mument da la successiun d’ierta.
2 Sch’il legatari d’in contract d’ierta sto tolerar ina reducziun, ha el il dretg da pretender enavos in import correspundent da la cuntraprestaziun fatga al testader.
4. Pretensiuns d’assicuranzas
Pretensiuns d’assicuranza, fatgas sin la mort dal testader, ch’èn vegnidas constituidas a favur d’ina terza persuna tras ina disposiziun tranter vivs u tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort, u ch’èn vegnidas cedidas gratuitamain ad ina terza persuna durant ch’il testader era anc en vita, èn suttamessas a la reducziun per lur valur da recumpra.
5. Giudida e rentas
Sch’il testader ha engrevgià talmain sia ierta cun dretgs da giudida e cun rentas, che la valur chapitalisada da l’ierta surpassa – tenor la durada presumtiva da quests dretgs – la part disponibla da l’ierta, pon ils ertavels pretender che quests dretgs vegnian reducids proporziunalmain ubain ch’els vegnian deliberads da quests dretgs, surlaschond la part disponibla da l’ierta als legataris.
6. Instituziun posteriura d’ertavels
Ina instituziun posteriura d’ertavels è nunvalaivla envers in ertavel cun dretg sin la part obligatorica, sche la part obligatorica vegn reducida qua tras; resalvada resta la disposiziun davart descendents inabels da giuditgar.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Realisaziun
A la reducziun èn suttamessas en emprima lingia las disposiziuns per causa da mort ed alura las assegnaziuns tranter vivs, e quai da maniera che las posteriuras vegnan reducidas avant las anteriuras, fin che la part obligatorica è restabilida.
IV. Surannaziun
1 Il plant da reducziun surannescha 1 onn suenter il di ch’ils ertavels han survegnì enconuschientscha da la violaziun da lur dretgs ed en mintga cas suenter 10 onns, quintads a partir dal mument da l’avertura en cas da las disposiziuns testamentaras ed a partir da la mort dal testader en cas da las autras donaziuns.
2 Sch’ina disposiziun anteriura è daventada valaivla, perquai ch’ina disposiziun posteriura è vegnida declerada sco nunvalaivla, cumenzan ils termins il mument da la decleraziun da nunvalaivladad.
3 La reducziun po vegnir pretendida da tut temp sin via d’objecziun.
A. Transferiment tranter vivs
1 Sch’il testader è anc en vita e transferescha sia facultad sin l’ertavel contractual, po quel laschar far in inventari public.
2 Sch’il testader n’ha betg transferì tut sia facultad u ha acquistà facultad suenter il transferiment, sa referescha il contract mo a la facultad transferida, nun ch’i saja vegnì disponì insatge auter.
3 Uschenavant che la facultad è vegnida transferida durant ch’il testader era anc en vita, van ils dretgs e las obligaziuns als ertavels da l’ertavel instituì, nun ch’i saja vegnì disponì insatge auter.
B. Gulivaziun en cas da renunzia a l’ierta
I. Reducziun
1 Sch’il testader ha fatg prestaziuns a l’ertavel renunziant durant ch’el era anc en vita e sche questas prestaziuns surpassan la part disponibla da sia ierta, pon ils cunertavels pretender la reducziun.
2 La disposiziun è dentant suttamessa a la reducziun mo per l’import, per il qual ella surpassa la part obligatorica dal renunziader.
3 Las prestaziuns vegnan messas a quint tenor las prescripziuns che valan per la gulivaziun.
II. Restituziun
Sch’il renunziader vegn obligà da far in restituziun a l’ierta sin basa da la reducziun, po el ubain sa suttametter a questa restituziun ubain metter l’entira prestaziun en la partiziun e sa participar a quella, sco sch’el n’avess betg renunzià.
A. Premissa da vart dal testader
1 La successiun d’ierta vegn averta cun la mort dal testader.
2 Uschenavant che las donaziuns e las partiziuns, fatgas durant ch’il testader era anc en vita, èn d’impurtanza per il dretg d’ierta, vegnan ellas resguardadas tenor il stadi, en il qual l’ierta sa chatta il mument da la mort dal testader.
B. Lieu da l’avertura1
1 La successiun d’ierta vegn averta per l’entira facultad a l’ultim domicil dal testader.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
C. Premissas da vart da l’ertavel
I. Abilitad d’ertar
1. Capacitad giuridica
1 Mintgin che n’è – tenor las prescripziuns da la lescha – betg exclus d’ertar è abel dad esser ertavel e d’acquistar facultad or d’ina disposiziun per causa da mort.
2 Las donaziuns fatgas per in intent determinà ad ina pluralitad da persunas che na posseda betg la persunalitad giuridica, vegnan acquistadas da las singulas persunas individualmain cun la grevezza da vegnir applitgadas per la finamira prescritta dal testader, u valan, nua che quai n’è betg pussaivel, sco fundaziun.
2. Indignitad d’ertar
a. Motivs
1 Indegn dad esser ertavel u d’acquistar insatge or d’ina disposiziun per causa da mort è:
2 Sch’il testader perduna a l’indegn d’ertar, finescha l’indignitad d’ertar.
b. Effect per ils descendents
1 L’inabilitad d’ertar exista mo per la persuna indegna d’ertar sezza.
2 Ils descendents da quella ertan dal testader, sco sche la persuna indegna d’ertar fiss morta avant il testader.
II. Surviver la successiun d’ierta
1. Sco ertavel
1 Per pudair acquistar l’ierta, sto l’ertavel esser en vita ed abel d’ertar il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta.
2 Sch’in ertavel mora suenter l’avertura da la successiun d’ierta, van ses dretgs vi da l’ierta vi sin ses ertavels.
2. Sco legatari
1 Il legatari acquista il dretg vi dal legat, sch’el è en vita ed abel d’ertar il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta.
2 Sch’el mora avant il testader, croda ses legat davent a favur da quel che al dueva pajar ora, nun che la disposiziun laschia cumprovar ina voluntad cuntraria.
3. L’uffant concepì
1 L’uffant concepì è abel d’ertar cun resalva ch’el naschia viv.
1bis Sche la protecziun da ses interess pretenda quai, installescha l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants ina curatella.1
2 Sche l’uffant nascha mort, na vegn el betg en consideraziun per la successiun d’ierta.2
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Ertavels posteriurs
1 Sur l’instituziun posteriura d’ertavels u da legataris po l’ierta u ina chaussa or da l’ierta vegnir testada ad ina persuna che na viva anc betg il mument da la successiun d’ierta.
2 Sch’in preertavel n’è betg numnà, valan ils ertavels legals sco preertavels.
D. Spariziun
I. Ertar d’ina persuna sparida
1. Successiun d’ierta cunter garanzia
1 Sch’insatgi vegn declerà sco sparì, vegn sia ierta consegnada als ertavels u als legataris pir suenter che quels han garantì tras ina segirezza da restituir en cas da basegn la facultad al sparì sez u ad autras persunas che han in meglier dretg da l’ierta.
2 Questa segirezza sto vegnir prestada per 5 onns dapi la spariziun en grond privel da mort e per 15 onns dapi l’absenza senza avair novas dal sparì, dentant en nagin cas pli ditg che fin al di ch’il sparì avess cumplenì 100 onns.
3 Ils 5 onns curran a partir da la consegna da l’ierta ed ils 15 onns davent da l’ultima nova da vita dal sparì.
2. Annullaziun da la spariziun e restituziun da la facultad
1 Sch’il sparì returna u sch’insatgi auter fa valair megliers dretgs, sto la persuna che ha obtegnì l’ierta restituir quella tenor las normas dal possess.
2 A terzas persunas che possedan megliers dretgs sto ella, sch’ella è da buna fai, far la restituziun mo entaifer il termin dal plant d’ierta.
II. Dretg d’ertar dal sparì
1 Sch’in ertavel è sparì senza ch’ins possia eruir, sch’el saja en vita u gia mort il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta, vegn sia part da l’ierta messa sut administraziun uffiziala.
2 Tgi che ertass en cas da spariziun da questa persuna, po – 1 onn suenter che quella è sparida en grond privel da mort u 5 onns suenter ch’ella ha dà l’ultima nova da vita – pretender dal derschader ch’el decleria la spariziun e ch’el consegnia la part da l’ierta suenter che quella decleraziun è vegnida decretada.
3 La consegna da la part da l’ierta vegn fatga tenor las prescripziuns davart la consegna da l’ierta als ertavels d’ina persuna sparida.
III. Relaziun tranter ils dus cas
1 Sch’ils ertavels d’ina persuna sparida han gia cuntanschì che la facultad da quella è vegnida dada en lur mauns, pon ses cunertavels sa referir a quai, sch’ina ierta croda a la persuna sparida, e pretender che la facultad vegnia consegnada ad els senza ch’i stoppia vegnir decretada ina nova decleraziun da spariziun.
2 Medemamain pon ils ertavels dal sparì sa referir a la decleraziun da spariziun ch’è vegnida decretada sin dumonda da ses cunertavels.
IV. Procedura d’uffizi
1 Suenter che la facultad u la part da l’ierta d’ina persuna sparida è stada 10 onns sut administraziun uffiziala u sche questa persuna avess cumplenì 100 onns, vegn – sin dumonda da l’autoritad cumpetenta – la decleraziun da spariziun decretada d’uffizi.
2 Sche nagin n’annunzia ses dretgs entaifer il termin inditgà, croda l’ierta a la cuminanza cun il dretg d’ertar u, sch’il sparì n’ha mai abità en Svizra, al chantun d’origin.
3 La cuminanza è obligada da restituir la facultad al sparì sez u a tals che possedan megliers dretgs, gist sco che quai è il cas tar in ertavel che ha obtegnì l’ierta d’ina persuna sparida.
A. En general
1 L’autoritad cumpetenta da l’ultim domicil dal testader sto prender d’uffizi las mesiras ch’èn necessarias per segirar la successiun d’ierta.1
2 Questas mesiras cumpiglian en spezial – en quels cas ch’èn previs da la lescha – la sigillaziun da l’ierta, l’inventarisaziun, l’ordinaziun d’ina administraziun uffiziala da l’ierta e l’avertura dals testaments.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2 Abolì tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
B. Sigillaziun da l’ierta
L’ierta vegn sigillada en ils cas ch’èn previs dal dretg chantunal.
C. Inventari
1 Ina inventarisaziun vegn ordinada:
2 L’inventari duai vegnir fatg tenor las prescripziuns dal dretg chantunal e duai per regla esser terminà entaifer 2 mais dapi la mort dal testader.
3 La legislaziun chantunala po prescriver da far in inventari er en ulteriurs cas.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
D. Administraziun da l’ierta
I. En general
1 L’administraziun da l’ierta vegn ordinada:
2 Sch’il testader ha designà in executur dal testament, sto l’administraziun vegnir surdada a quel.
3 Sch’il defunct steva sut ina curatella che cumpiglia l’administraziun da la facultad, alura è er l’administraziun da l’ierta chaussa dal procuratur, nun ch’i vegnia ordinà insatge auter.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. En cas d’ertavels nunenconuschents
1 Sche l’autoritad è en dubi, ch’il testader haja ertavels u betg ubain che tut ils ertavels sajan enconuschents ad ella, decretescha ella en moda adequata in clom public per envidar tut tgi che ha in dretg da l’ierta, da s’annunziar entaifer 1 onn.
2 Sche nagin na s’annunzia entaifer quest termin e sche l’autoritad n’ha betg enconuschientscha d’ertavels, croda l’ierta, cun resalva dal plant d’ierta, a la cuminanza che ha il dretg d’ertar en tals cas.
E. Avertura dal testament
I. Obligaziun da consegna
1 Sch’ins chatta in testament suenter la mort d’ina persuna, sto quel vegnir consegnà immediatamain a l’autoritad, e quai er, sch’el para dad esser nunvalaivel.
2 Il funcziunari, tar il qual il testament è protocollà u deponì, sco er tut tgi che ha obtegnì in testament per al tegnair en salv u ha chattà in tal tranter las chaussas dal testader, è obligà sut atgna responsabladad da consegnar quel a l’autoritad, uschespert ch’el è vegnì a savair da la mort dal testader.
3 Suenter avair retschavì il testament e sche pussaivel suenter avair laschà vegnir a pled ils participads, surdat l’autoritad l’ierta ad interim als ertavels legals u ordinescha l’administraziun uffiziala da l’ierta.
II. Avertura
1 Il testament sto vegnir avert da l’autoritad cumpetenta entaifer 1 mais, dapi ch’el è vegnì consegnà ad ella.
2 Ils ertavels enconuschents a l’autoritad vegnan envidads da quella a l’avertura dal testament.
3 Sch’il testader ha relaschà plirs testaments, ston tuts vegnir consegnads a l’autoritad e vegnir averts da quella.
III. Communicaziun als participads
1 Tut ils participads a l’ierta survegnan – sin donn e cust da quella – ina copia da la disposiziun testamentara, uschenavant ch’ella als pertutga.
2 Als legataris cun domicil nunenconuschent vegn fatga la communicaziun cun in clom public en moda adequata.
IV. Consegna da l’ierta
1 1 mais suenter che la communicaziun è vegnida fatga als participads, pon ils ertavels instituids dumandar da l’autoritad in attest ch’els sajan renconuschids sco ertavels, cun resalva dal plant da nunvalaivladad e dal plant d’ierta e sche lur dretgs n’èn betg vegnids contestads expressivamain tras ils ertavels legals u tras persunas ch’èn vegnidas favurisadas en in’anteriura disposiziun.
2 Sch’i fa da basegn vegn l’administratur d’ierta avisà a medem temp d’als consegnar l’ierta.
A. Acquist
I. Ertavels
1 Tenor lescha acquistan ils ertavels l’universalitad da l’ierta il mument da la mort dal testader.
2 Cun resalva da las excepziuns legalas van las pretensiuns, la proprietad, ils dretgs reals limitads ed il possess dal testader vi sin ils ertavels ed ils debits dal testader daventan ils debits persunals dals ertavels.
3 Per ils ertavels instituids cumenzan ils effects da l’ierta il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta, ed ils ertavels legals als han d’extrader l’ierta tenor las reglas dal possess.
II. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. Legataris
1. Acquist dal legat
1 Ils legataris han in dretg persunal cunter ils debiturs dal legat u, sche tals n’èn betg numnads expressivamain, cunter ils ertavels legals u cunter ils ertavels instituids.
2 Sch’i na resorta betg insatge auter da la disposiziun, po quest dretg vegnir fatg valair uschespert che la persuna engrevgiada cun il legat ha acceptà l’ierta u na po betg pli la refusar.
3 Sch’ils ertavels n’adempleschan betg lur obligaziun vers il legatari, pon els vegnir obligads d’al consegnar las chaussas legadas u da pajar ina indemnisaziun en cas ch’il legat consistiva en l’obligaziun d’exequir in act u l’auter.
2. Object dal legat
1 Sch’i n’è betg disponì autramain, èn ils legats da giudida, da rentas u d’autras prestaziuns periodicas suttamess a las prescripziuns dals dretgs reals e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns.
2 Sch’il legat consista d’ina assicuranza fatga sin la mort dal testader, po il legatari far valair directamain ses dretgs.
3. Relaziun tranter creditur e legatari
1 Ils dretgs dals crediturs dal testader vegnan resguardads avant quels dals legataris.
2 Ils crediturs da l’ertavel che ha acceptà l’ierta senza resalvas han ils medems dretgs sco ils ertavels dal testader.
4. Reducziun
1 Sch’ils ertavels pajan, suenter avair pajà or ils legats, debits da l’ierta, dals quals els n’avevan betg enconuschientscha avant, pon els pretender ch’ils legataris restitueschian proporziunalmain la valur, per la quala els avessan pudì far reducir ils legats.
2 Ils legataris pon dentant vegnir obligads da restituir sin il pli anc la part, per la quala els èn stads enritgids il mument che la restituziun vegn pretendida.
B. Refusa
I. Decleraziun
1. Dretg da refusar
1 Ils ertavels legals ed ils ertavels instituids han il dretg da refusar ina ierta che croda ad els.
2 L’ierta vala sco refusada, sch’igl è evident u sch’igl è vegnì constatà uffizialmain ch’il testader era insolvent il mument da sia mort.
2. Limitaziun temporala
a. En general
1 Il termin per refusar l’ierta importa 3 mais.
2 El cumenza per ils ertavels legals il mument ch’els han survegnì enconuschientscha da la mort dal testader, nun ch’els possian cumprovar d’avair udì pir pli tard che l’ierta saja crudada ad els; per ils ertavels instituids curra il termin a partir dal mument ch’els han survegnì la communicaziun uffiziala da la disposiziun ch’il testader ha fatg a lur favur.
b. En cas d’ina inventarisaziun
Sch’in inventari è vegnì fatg sco mesira per segirar l’ierta, curra il termin da refusa per tut ils ertavels a partir dal di da la communicaziun uffiziala che l’inventarisaziun saja finida.
3. Transiziun dal dretg da refusar
1 Sch’in ertavel mora avant che refusar u avant che acceptar l’ierta, va il dretg da refusar vi sin ses ertavels.
2 En quest cas cumenza il termin da refusa il mument ch’ils ertavels survegnan enconuschientscha che l’ierta saja crudada a lur testader e scada il pli baud il mument ch’è fixà per els da refusar l’ierta che deriva da lur agen testader.
3 Sch’ina ierta vegn refusada e sch’ella croda alura ad auters ertavels che n’avevan avant betg il dretg da quella, cumenza il termin per quels il mument ch’els survegnan enconuschientscha da la refusa.
4. Furma
1 La refusa sto vegnir declerada da l’ertavel a l’autoritad cumpetenta, saja quai a bucca u en scrit.
2 Ella sto vegnir fatga senza cundiziuns e senza resalvas.
3 L’autoritad ha da far in protocol da las refusas.
II. Perdita dal dretg da refusar
1 Sche l’ertavel na refusa betg l’ierta entaifer il termin fixà, acquista el quella senza cundiziuns.
2 In ertavel perda il dretg da refusar l’ierta, sch’el intervegn en ils fatgs da l’ierta avant la scadenza dal termin u sch’el commetta acts che n’èn betg necessaris per simplamain administrar quella u per cuntinuar cun ils affars currents dal testader ubain sch’el sa patruna u zuppenta chaussas da l’ierta.
III. Refusa d’in cunertavel
1 Sch’il testader n’ha betg relaschà ina disposiziun per causa da mort e sch’in da plirs ertavels refusa l’ierta, va sia part a quella persuna che ertass dad el, sch’el fiss mort avant che la successiun d’ierta è vegnida averta.
2 Sch’il testader ha relaschà ina disposiziun per causa da mort, va la part ch’in ertavel instituì ha refusà als ertavels legals ils pli proxims dal testader, nun che la disposiziun exprimia in’autra voluntad dal testader.
IV. Refusa tras tut ils ertavels ils pli proxims
1. En general
1 Sch’ina ierta vegn refusada tras tut ils ertavels legals ils pli proxims, vegn ella liquidada da l’uffizi da concurs.
2 Quai che resta da la liquidaziun suenter ch’ils debits èn pajads, vegn surdà a quels che han il dretg da l’ierta, sco sche quella na fiss betg vegnida refusada.
2. Dretg dal consort survivent
Sche l’ierta vegn refusada dals descendents, infurmescha l’autoritad il consort survivent, e quel po alura declerar entaifer 1 mais d’acceptar l’ierta.
3. Refusa a favur d’ertavels pli allontanads
1 Refusond l’ierta pon ils ertavels pretender che l’autoritad dumondia – avant che liquidar l’ierta – ils ertavels che suondan els directamain.
2 En quest cas infurmescha l’autoritad ils ertavels pli allontanads ch’ils ertavels ils pli proxims hajan refusà l’ierta, e sch’els na decleran betg entaifer 1 mais da l’acceptar, vala l’ierta er sco refusada dad els.
V. Prolungaziun dal termin
Per motivs relevants po l’autoritad cumpetenta prolungar il termin per ils ertavels legals u per ils ertavels instituids u als conceder in nov termin.
VI. Refusa d’in legat
Sch’in legatari refusa in legat, croda quel davent a favur da la persuna engrevgiada, nun che la disposiziun exprimia in’autra voluntad dal testader.
VII. Protecziun dals dretgs dals crediturs da l’ertavel
1 Sch’in ertavel insolvent refusa l’ierta cun l’intent da betg laschar vegnir quella en ils mauns da ses crediturs, pon quels u l’administraziun da concurs contestar la refusa entaifer 6 mais, sche lur dretgs na vegnan betg garantids.
2 Sche lur contestaziun vegn approvada, vegn l’ierta liquidada uffizialmain.
3 In surpli activ vegn duvrà en emprima lingia per cuntentar ils crediturs che han contestà la refusa e croda, suenter che er ils auters debits èn pajads, als ertavels a favur dals quals la refusa è vegnida fatga.
VIII. Responsabladad en cas da la refusa
1 Sch’ils ertavels d’in testader insolvent refusan l’ierta, ston els tuttina star buns vers ils crediturs, uschenavant ch’els han survegnì dal testader entaifer ils ultims 5 onns avant sia mort valurs da facultad da quel, ch’els stuessan metter a disposiziun per gulivar la partiziun da l’ierta.
2 Questa obligaziun n’exista betg per la dotaziun usitada en cas d’ina maridaglia ed er betg concernent ils custs d’educaziun e da scolaziun.
3 Ertavels da buna fai ston mo star buns, uschenavant ch’els èn anc enritgids.
A. Premissa
1 Mintga ertavel che ha il dretg da refusar l’ierta po pretender in inventari public.
2 La dumonda sto vegnir fatga entaifer 1 mais tar l’autoritad cumpetenta ed en la medema furma sco la refusa da l’ierta.
3 La dumonda ch’è vegnida fatga d’in dals ertavels vala er per ils auters ertavels.
B. Procedura
I. Inventari
1 L’inventari public vegn fatg da l’autoritad cumpetenta tenor las prescripziuns dal dretg chantunal; el consista d’in register da las valurs da facultad e dals debits da l’ierta cun l’indicaziun da la valur stimada da mintga object da l’inventari.
2 Tgi che po dar scleriment davart la situaziun finanziala dal testader è obligà en atgna responsabladad da dar a l’autoritad tut las infurmaziuns che vegnan giavischadas da quella.
3 Spezialmain ston ils ertavels communitgar a l’autoritad ils debits dal testader ch’èn enconuschents ad els.
II. Clom da quints
1 Faschond l’inventari publitgescha l’autoritad en moda adequata in clom da quints per envidar ils crediturs ed ils debiturs dal testader, inclus ils crediturs sin garanzia, d’annunziar lur pretensiuns e lur debits entaifer in tschert termin.
2 Il clom da quints duai render attent ils crediturs a las consequenzas d’ina annunzia tralaschada.
3 Il termin sto vegnir fixà sin almain 1 mais, quintà a partir dal di da l’emprima publicaziun.
III. Inscripziun d’uffizi
1 En l’inventari public ston vegnir inscrits d’uffizi las pretensiuns ed ils debits che resortan da cudeschs publics u dals documents dal testader.
2 Questa inscripziun en l’inventari vegn communitgada als crediturs ed als debiturs.
IV. Resultat
1 Suenter ch’il termin dal clom da quints è scadì, vegn l’inventari serrà ed exponì almain durant 1 mais, per ch’ils participads possian prender invista.
2 Ils custs per l’inventari vegnan adossads a l’ierta, e sche quella na basta betg, als ertavels che han pretendì l’inventari.
C. Relaziun dals ertavels durant l’inventarisaziun
I. Administraziun
1 Durant l’inventarisaziun dastgan vegnir fatgs mo ils acts ch’èn necessaris per l’administraziun.
2 Sche l’autoritad permetta ad in ertavel da cuntinuar cun l’affar dal testader, pon ils cunertavels pretender ina garanzia.
II. Scussiun, process, surannaziun
1 Durant l’inventarisaziun è suspendida mintga scussiun pervia dals debits dal testader.
3 Cun excepziun da cas urgents na pon process ni vegnir iniziads ni vegnir cuntinuads.
1 Abolì tras la cifra 3 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2018 (revisiun dal dretg da surannaziun), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
D. Effects
I. Termin per far la decleraziun
1 Suenter la finiziun da l’inventarisaziun vegn mintga ertavel envidà da declerar entaifer 1 mais, sch’el accepta l’ierta u betg.
2 Nua che las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, po l’autoritad cumpetenta conceder in nov termin per laschar far stimaziuns, per liquidar pretensiuns dispitaivlas u per auters motivs sumegliants.
II. Decleraziun
1 Entaifer il termin fixà po l’ertavel refusar l’ierta u pretender ch’ella vegnia liquidada uffizialmain u acceptar ella senza cundiziuns u cun pretender in inventari public.
2 Sch’el na dat nagina decleraziun, ha el acceptà l’ierta cun l’inventari public.
III. Consequenzas da l’acceptaziun cun l’inventari public
1. Responsabladad tenor l’inventari
1 Sche l’ertavel surpiglia l’ierta cun l’inventari public, van ils debits dal testader ch’èn registrads en l’inventari e las valurs da facultad vi ad el.
2 Ils effects da l’acquist da l’ierta cun ses dretgs e cun sias obligaziuns cumenzan il mument da l’avertura da la successiun d’ierta.
3 L’ertavel sto star bun per ils debits ch’èn registrads en l’inventari tant cun l’ierta sco er cun sia atgna facultad.
2. Responsabladad sur l’inventari ora
1 Ils ertavels na ston star buns ni persunalmain ni cun l’ierta vers ils crediturs dal testader che n’èn betg registrads en l’inventari, perquai ch’els n’èn betg s’annunziads u perquai ch’els han fatg quai memia tard.
2 Sch’ils crediturs han tralaschà l’annunzia senza atgna culpa u sche lur pretensiuns n’èn betg vegnidas registradas en l’inventari malgrà l’annunzia, è l’ertavel responsabel, uschenavant ch’el è s’enritgì tras l’ierta.
3 En mintga cas pon ils crediturs far valair lur pretensiuns, uschenavant che quellas èn segiradas tras dretgs da pegn sin chaussas da l’ierta.
E. Responsabladad pervia da cauziuns
Las cauziuns ch’il testader aveva surpiglià vegnan registradas separadamain en l’inventari, e l’ertavel na sto, er suenter avair acceptà l’ierta, betg pajar dapli per tals debits che quai che tutgass a quels, sche l’ierta vegniss liquidada sin via dal concurs.
F. Acquist a favur da la communitad
Il clom da quints vegn decretà d’uffizi per mintga ierta che croda a la communitad; quella sto dentant star buna per ils debits da l’ierta mo uschenavant che la facultad acquistada or da l’ierta basta per quest intent.
A. Premissa
I. Dumonda d’in ertavel
1 Mintga ertavel ha il dretg da pretender la liquidaziun uffiziala empè da refusar l’ierta u d’acceptar quella cun l’inventari public.
2 A sia dumonda na poi dentant betg vegnir consentì, uschè ditg ch’in dals ertavels declera d’acceptar l’ierta.
3 En cas da la liquidaziun uffiziala n’èn ils ertavels betg responsabels per ils debits da l’ierta.
II. Dumonda dals crediturs dal testader
1 Sch’ils crediturs dal testader han cun raschun tema che lur pretensiuns na vegnian betg pajadas, pon els pretender entaifer 3 mais dapi la mort dal testader u dapi l’avertura dal testament la liquidaziun uffiziala da l’ierta, nun ch’els hajan survegnì pajaments u garanzias en il fratemp.
2 Sut las medemas circumstanzas pon ils legataris pretender ch’i vegnian ordinadas las mesiras preventivas per segirar lur dretgs.
B. Procedura
I. Administraziun
1 La liquidaziun uffiziala vegn exequida tras l’autoritad cumpetenta u – per incumbensa da quella – tras in u tras plirs administraturs d’ierta.
2 Ella cumenza cun l’inventarisaziun ch’è colliada cun in clom da quints.
3 L’administratur d’ierta è suttamess a la surveglianza da l’autoritad; ils ertavels pon recurrer tar quella cunter las decisiuns che l’administratur ha prendì u ha l’intenziun da prender.
II. Liquidaziun ordinaria
1 La liquidaziun uffiziala vegn fatga uschia ch’ils affars currents dal testader vegnan finids sias obligaziuns ademplidas sias pretensiuns incassadas, ils legats exequids uschenavant che quai è necessari, ils dretgs e las obligaziuns dal testader stabilids giudizialmain e sia facultad realisada.
2 La vendita da bains immobigliars dal testader vegn fatga tras in ingiant public; sin via privata dastga quai vegnir fatg mo, sche tut ils ertavels èn perencletgs.
3 Ils ertavels pon pretender che objects e daners che n’èn betg necessaris per la liquidaziun da l’ierta vegnian surdads dal tuttafatg u mo per part en lur mauns gia durant la liquidaziun.
III. Liquidaziun tras l’uffizi da concurs
L’ierta insolventa vegn liquidada da l’uffizi da concurs tenor las prescripziuns dal dretg da concurs.
A. Premissa
1 Tgi che crai d’avair sco ertavel legal u sco ertavel instituì megliers dretgs sin l’ierta u sin chaussas or da quella ch’il possessur actual, po far valair ses dretgs cun il plant d’ierta.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Effect
1 Sch’il plant vegn approvà, sto il possessur ceder l’ierta u ils objects da quella a l’accusader, e quai tenor las reglas dal possess.
2 L’accusà na po betg far l’objecziun vers il plant d’ierta d’avair acquistà objects d’ierta tras giudida.
C. Surannaziun
1 Il plant d’ierta surannescha vers in accusà da buna fai cun la scadenza dad 1 onn dapi che l’accusader ha survegnì enconuschientscha dal possess da l’accusà e da la prevalenza da ses agens dretgs, en mintga cas dentant suenter la scadenza da 10 onns dapi la mort dal testader u da l’avertura dal testament.
2 Cunter in accusà da mala fai surannescha il plant adina pir suenter 30 onns.
D. Plant dal legatari
Il plant dal legatari surannescha suenter 10 onns dapi ch’el ha survegnì la communicaziun dal legat; sche l’execuziun dal legat po vegnir pretendida pir pli tard, cumenza il termin cun il di ch’il legat daventa exequibel.
A. Effects da la successiun d’ierta
I. Cuminanza dals ertavels
1 Sch’il testader ha plirs ertavels, nascha tranter quels cun sia mort ina cuminanza che cumpiglia tut ils dretgs e tut las obligaziuns da l’ierta e che dura fin che quella vegn partida.
2 Ils ertavels daventan proprietaris cuminaivels dals objects da l’ierta e disponan cuminaivlamain dals dretgs da l’ierta cun resalva da las cumpetenzas da represchentar e d’administrar che vegnan regladas en contracts u en leschas.
3 Sin dumonda d’in cunertavel po l’autoritad cumpetenta nominar ina represchentanza per la cuminanza dals ertavels fin che l’ierta vegn partida.
II. Responsabladad dals ertavels
1 Ils ertavels ston star buns solidaricamain per ils debits dal testader.
2 L’indemnisaziun adequata, che vegn debitada als uffants u als biadis per las prestaziuns fatgas per il tegnairchasa cuminaivel cun il testader, sto vegnir quintada tar ils debits da l’ierta, nun ch’i resultia qua tras ina surdebitaziun da l’ierta.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 6 d’oct. 1972, en vigur dapi ils 15 da favr. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
B. Dretg da partiziun
1 Mintga cunertavel ha il dretg da dumandar da tut temp la partiziun da l’ierta, nun ch’el saja obligà tenor il contract u tenor la lescha da restar en la cuminanza.
2 Sin dumonda d’in ertavel po il derschader decretar temporarmain che la partiziun da l’ierta u da singulas chaussas da quella vegnia suspendida, sche la valur da l’ierta vegniss reducida considerablamain en cas d’ina partiziun immediata.
3 Ils cunertavels d’in ertavel insolvent pon dumandar ch’i vegnian ordinadas mesiras preventivas per segirar lur dretgs, uschespert che la successiun è averta.
C. Suspensiun da la partiziun
1 Sch’i sto vegnir prendì resguard sin ils dretgs d’in uffant anc betg naschì, sto la partiziun da l’ierta vegnir suspendida fin al mument da sia naschientscha.
2 Durant quest temp ha la mamma il dretg da giudida da la facultad cuminaivel, uschenavant che quai è necessari per ses mantegniment.
D. Dretgs dals cussedents
Ils ertavels ch’èn vegnids mantegnids dal testader en sia chasada fin a sia mort, pon dumandar da vegnir mantegnids anc 1 mais suenter la mort dal testader sin donn e cust da l’ierta.
A. En general
1 Ils ertavels legals ston parter tranter els sco er cun ertavels instituids tenor ils medems princips.
2 Sch’i n’è betg disponì autramain, pon els sa cunvegnir libramain co parter.
3 Ils cunertavels che possedan chaussas da l’ierta u che debiteschan insatge al testader, ston dar detagliadamain scleriment en chaussa tar la partiziun.
B. Reglas da parter
I. Disposiziun dal testader
1 Tras ina disposiziun per causa da mort po il testader prescriver, co ses ertavels duain parter e furmar lur parts.
2 Questas prescripziuns èn liantas per ils ertavels cun resalva d’ina gulivaziun en cas d’ina inegualitad da las parts ch’il testader n’aveva betg intenziunà.
3 L’attribuziun d’ina chaussa or da l’ierta ad in ertavel vala sco simpla regla da parter e betg sco legat, nun che la disposiziun exprimia in’autra voluntad dal testader.
II. Cooperaziun da l’autoritad
1 Sin dumonda d’in creditur che ha acquistà u impegnà l’ierta ch’in ertavel ha survegnì u che posseda attests da perdita cunter quel, sto l’autoritad cooperar a la partiziun empè da quest ertavel.
2 Igl è resalvà al dretg chantunal da prescriver la cooperaziun uffiziala anc per ulteriurs cas da partiziun.
C. Realisaziun da la partiziun
I. Egualitad dals ertavels
1 Sch’i n’è betg prescrit insatge auter, han tut ils ertavels ils medems dretgs sin las chaussas da l’ierta.
2 Els ston far a savair in a l’auter la relaziun ch’els han gì cun il testader; questas infurmaziuns vegnan resguardadas per far ina partiziun da l’ierta gulivada e gista.
3 Mintga cunertavel po dumandar ch’ils debits dal testader vegnian pajads avant che parter l’ierta u ch’i vegnia dà ina garanzia persuenter.
II. Furmaziun da parts
1 Or da las chaussas da l’ierta furman ils ertavels tantas parts u sorts sco quai ch’i èn avant maun ertavels u tscheps d’ertavels.
2 Sch’els na pon betg sa cunvegnir, sto l’autoritad cumpetenta furmar las sorts sin dumonda d’in dals ertavels e resguardond l’isanza locala, las relaziuns persunalas u ils giavischs da la maioritad dals cunertavels.
3 Las parts vegnan repartidas tranter ils ertavels tenor cunvegna u cun trair la sort.
III. Attribuziun e vendita da singulas chaussas
1 Chaussas da l’ierta che na pon betg vegnir partidas senza ch’ellas perdian considerablamain valur, duain vegnir attribuidas cumplainamain ad in dals ertavels.
2 Sch’ils ertavels na pon betg sa cunvegnir co parter u a tgi attribuir ina chaussa, vegn quella vendida ed il retgav repartì.
3 Sin dumonda d’in dals ertavels sto la vendita avair lieu sco ingiant; sch’ils ertavels na sa cunvegnan betg, decida l’autoritad cumpetenta, sche l’ingiant duai avair lieu publicamain u mo tranter ils ertavels.
IV. Attribuziun da l’abitaziun e da la rauba da chasa al consort survivent
1 Sche la chasa u sche l’abitaziun, nua ch’ils consorts han vivì, u sche objects da la rauba da chasa appartegnan a l’ierta, po il consort survivent pretender che la proprietad da quests bains al vegnia attribuida cun la quintar tar sia part.
2 Nua che las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, po vegnir concedida – sin dumonda dal consort survivent u dals auters ertavels legals dal defunct – la giudida u il dretg d’abitar empè da la proprietad.
3 Il consort survivent na po betg far valair ses dretgs vi da localitads, nua ch’il defunct ha exequì ina professiun u nua ch’el ha manà ina interpresa e ch’in da ses descendents dovra per cuntinuar cun la professiun u cun l’interpresa dal defunct; las prescripziuns dal dretg d’ierta puril restan resalvadas.
4 Per il partenadi registrà vala la medema regulaziun tenor il senn.2
D. Objects spezials
I. Chaussas che tutgan ensemen, scrittiras da la famiglia
1 Chaussas che furman tenor lur natira in’unitad na duain betg vegnir separadas, sch’in dals ertavels s’oppona a la separaziun.
2 Scrittiras da famiglia ed objects che muntan per la famiglia ina regurdientscha speziala na duain betg vegnir alienads, sch’in dals ertavels fa opposiziun.
3 Sch’ils ertavels na pon betg sa cunvegnir, decida l’autoritad cumpetenta, co che quests objects duain vegnir alienads u a tgi ch’els èn d’attribuir e sch’els ston vegnir mess a quint a quel u betg; ella fa quai, resguardond l’isanza locala e – sch’ina tala n’exista betg – resguardond las relaziuns persunalas dals ertavels.
I.bis Inventari agricul
Sch’in fittadin d’in manaschi agricul mora ed in da ses ertavels maina vinavant sulet la fittanza, po quel pretender che l’entir inventari (muvel, iseglia, reservas e.u.v.) al vegnia attribuì per la valur d’utilisaziun cun metter a quint tal a sia part da l’ierta.
1 Integrà tras l’art. 92 cifra 1 da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart il dretg funsil puril, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
II. Pretensiuns dal testader vers l’ertavel
Pretensiuns ch’il testader ha gì vers in dals ertavels ston vegnir messas a quint a quel tar la partiziun.
III. Chaussas da l’ierta impegnadas
Sch’in ertavel survegn or da la partiziun ina chaussa da l’ierta impegnada per debits dal testader, vegn er quest debit adossà a quel.
1 Abolì tras l’art. 92 cifra 1 da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart il dretg funsil puril, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
IV. Bains immobigliars
1. Surpigliada
a. Valur imputabla
Ils bains immobigliars vegnan mess a quint als ertavels per la valur ch’els han il mument da la partiziun.
1 Versiun tenor l’art. 92 cifra 1 da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart il dretg funsil puril, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
b. Procedura da stimaziun
1 Sch’ils ertavels na pon betg sa cunvegnir per quant ch’in bain immobigliar stoppia vegnir mess a quint, vegn la valur stimada tras experts uffizials.1
V. Manaschis agriculs e bains immobigliars agriculs
Per surpigliar e per metter a quint manaschis agriculs e bains immobigliars agriculs vala la Lescha federala dals 4 d’october 19912 davart il dretg funsil puril.
1 Abolì tras l’art. 92 cifra 1 da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart il dretg funsil puril, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
A. Obligaziun da gulivar
1 Ils ertavels legals èn obligads vicendaivlamain da laschar gulivar tar la partiziun tut quai ch’il testader als ha dà durant sia vita cun l’intenziun che quai vegnia quintà tar lur part d’ierta.
2 Sch’il defunct n’ha betg disponì expressivamain il cuntrari, ston ses descendents metter en la gulivaziun tut quai che quel ha dà sco dota, sco dotaziun u sco cessiun dals bains, sco relasch dals debits e sco avantatgs sumegliants.
B. Gulivaziun en cas ch’ertavels crodan davent
1 Sch’in ertavel croda davent avant u suenter che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta, passa sia obligaziun da metter en la gulivaziun vi sin ils ertavels che remplazzan quel.
2 Ils descendents d’in ertavel èn obligads da laschar gulivar las donaziuns che quel ha survegnì, er sche quellas n’èn betg passadas ad els.
C. Moda da calculaziun
I. Bittar en u metter a quint
1 Ils ertavels pon eleger, sch’els vulan laschar gulivar tras bittar en las chaussas survegnidas en natira u tras metter a quint lur valur, e quai er, sche las donaziuns surpassan l’import da lur part d’ierta.
2 Resalvadas restan las disposiziuns divergentas dal testader sco er ils dretgs dals cunertavels da dumandar la reducziun da las donaziuns.
II. Donaziuns che surpassan la part d’ierta
1 Sch’in ertavel, che ha survegnì ordavant donaziuns che surpassan sia part d’ierta, po cumprovar ch’il testader haja vulì favurisar el qua tras, na sto el betg laschar gulivar il surpli; ils cunertavels salvan dentant il dretg da far il plant da reducziun.
2 Ina tala favurisaziun vegn presumada tar dotaziuns ch’èn vegnidas fatgas als descendents en la dimensiun usitada a chaschun da lur maridaglia.
III. Moda da calcular
1 La gulivaziun vegn fatga tenor la valur che las donaziuns han il mument che la successiun d’ierta vegn averta u tenor il pretsch da vendita, sche la chaussa è vegnida alienada.
2 Areguard expensas ed areguard donns sco er areguard fritgs retratgs valan tranter ils ertavels las reglas davart il possess.
D. Custs d’educaziun
1 Las expensas dal testader per l’educaziun e per la scolaziun da singuls uffants èn suttamessas a l’obligaziun da gulivar mo uschenavant ch’ellas surpassan la dimensiun usitada, nun ch’i possia vegnir cumprovada in’autra voluntad dal testader.
2 Ad uffants ch’èn mendus u ch’èn anc en scolaziun sto vegnir concedida tar la partiziun ina prelevaziun commensurada.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
E. Regals occasiunals
Regals occasiunals usitads n’èn betg suttamess a la gulivaziun.
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 6 d’oct. 1972, cun effect dapi ils 15 da favr. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
A. Conclusiun dal contract
I. Contract da partiziun
1 La partiziun daventa lianta per ils ertavels uschespert ch’els han furmà e surpiglià lur parts u uschespert ch’els han fatg ils contracts da partiziun.
2 Per esser valaivel sto il contract da partiziun vegnir concludì en scrit.
II. Contract davart parts d’ierta
1 Contracts tranter cunertavels davart la cessiun da lur parts d’ierta ston vegnir concludids en scrit per esser valaivels.1
2 Sche tals contracts vegnan concludids tranter in ertavel ed ina terza persuna, na dattan quels betg il dretg a quella persuna da cooperar a la partiziun, mabain mo da pretender la part d’ierta che vegn attribuida a l’ertavel.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. Contracts avant la successiun d’ierta
1 Contracts davart ina ierta anc betg crudada che cunertavels concludan tranter els u cun ina terza persuna senza la cooperaziun e senza il consentiment dal testader n’èn betg liants.
2 Las prestaziuns ch’èn vegnidas fatgas sin fundament da tals contracts pon vegnir pretendidas enavos.
B. Responsabladad dals ertavels tranter els
I. Garanzia per las parts
1 Suenter che la partiziun è terminada, stattan ils ertavels buns vicendaivlamain per las chaussas da l’ierta sco vendiders e cumpraders.
2 Els ston garantir in a l’auter l’existenza da las pretensiuns che als vegnan attribuidas a chaschun da la partiziun da l’ierta e stattan buns in a l’auter – en cas d’insolvenza d’in debitur – sco garants simpels per l’import da pretensiun mess a quint, nun ch’i sa tractia da vaglias che vegnan quotadas a la bursa.
3 Il plant da garanzia surannescha 1 onn suenter la partiziun; sche las pretensiuns ston vegnir pajadas fin in termin pli tard, surannescha el 1 onn suenter quel.
II. Contestaziun da la partiziun
Il contract da partiziun po vegnir contestà tenor las prescripziuns davart la contestaziun da contracts en general.
C. Responsabladad vers terzas persunas
I. Responsabladad solidarica
1 Er suenter la partiziun ston ils ertavels star buns solidaricamain e cun tut lur facultad per ils debits dal testader, uschè ditg ch’ils crediturs n’han betg dà expressivamain u tacitamain lur consentiment che quels vegnian repartids tranter ils cunertavels u surpigliads da quels.
2 La responsabladad solidarica dals cunertavels surannescha 5 onns suenter la partiziun; sche las pretensiuns ston vegnir pajadas fin in termin pli tard, surannescha ella 5 onns suenter quel.
II. Regress sin ils cunertavels
1 In ertavel po prender regress sin ses cunertavels, sch’el ha pajà in debit dal testader che n’è betg vegnì attribuì ad el tar la partiziun u sch’el ha pajà dapli d’in debit che quai ch’el ha surpiglià.
2 Quest regress sa drizza en emprima lingia cunter l’ertavel che ha surpiglià tar la partiziun il debit pajà.
3 Dal rest ston ils ertavels surpigliar ils debits en la proporziun da lur parts d’ierta, nun ch’els hajan fixà insatge auter.
A. Cuntegn dal dretg da proprietad
I. En general1
1 Tgi ch’è proprietari d’ina chaussa po disponer libramain da quella entaifer ils limits fixads da la lescha.
2 El po pretender la chaussa da mintgin che la retegna senza dretg e dustar da quella mintga influenza nungiustifitgada.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
II. Animals
1 Animals n’èn betg chaussas.
2 Sch’i n’existan naginas regulaziuns spezialas per animals, valan las prescripziuns ch’èn applitgablas per chaussas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
B. Extensiun da la proprietad
I. Parts integralas
1 Tgi ch’è proprietari d’ina chaussa è quai per tut sias parts integralas.
2 Part integrala d’ina chaussa è tut quai che furma – tenor l’isanza dal lieu – in element essenzial da la chaussa e che na po betg vegnir separà da quella senza la destruir, la donnegiar u la midar.
II. Fritgs natirals
1 Tgi ch’è proprietari d’ina chaussa è quai er dals fritgs natirals da quella.
2 Fritgs natirals èn ils products periodics e tut quai che po – tenor l’isanza – vegnir racoltà d’ina chaussa tenor sia destinaziun.
3 Ils fritgs natirals furman ina part integrala da la chaussa uschè ditg ch’els n’èn betg separads da tala.
III. Parts accessoricas
1. Circumscripziun
1 La disposiziun d’ina chaussa s’extenda er sin sias parts accessoricas, nun ch’i saja fixà insatge auter.
2 Las parts accessoricas èn las chaussas moviblas ch’èn tenor l’isanza dal lieu u tenor la clera voluntad dal proprietari da la chaussa principala destinadas permanentamain a l’explotaziun, a la giudida u a la conservaziun da tala e ch’èn unidas, adattadas u messas en autra moda en relaziun cun la chaussa principala, a la quala ellas han da servir.
3 Ina part accessorica resta ina tala, er sch’ella vegn separada da la chaussa principala per in temp.
2. Exclusiun
Betg parts accessoricas èn las chaussas moviblas che vegnan duvradas mo transitoricamain u consumadas dal possessur da la chaussa principala u che na stattan betg en connex cun la particularitad da la chaussa principala, sco er talas che stattan en relaziun cun la chaussa principala mo per vegnir conservadas, vendidas u dadas en locaziun.
C. Proprietad collectiva
I. Cumproprietad
1. Relaziun tranter ils cumproprietaris
1 Sche pliras persunas han proprietad vi d’ina chaussa, mintgina per ina part e senza che la chaussa saja dividida materialmain, èn ellas cumproprietarias.
2 Sch’i n’è betg fixà autramain, èn ellas cumproprietarias da parts egualas.
3 Per sia part ha mintga cumproprietari ils dretgs e las obligaziuns d’in proprietari; el po alienar u impegnar quella e la part po er vegnir impegnada da ses crediturs.
2. Urden d’utilisaziun e d’administraziun
1 Ils cumproprietaris pon far in urden d’utilisaziun e d’administraziun che divergescha da las disposiziuns legalas e fixar en quel ch’el possia vegnir midà cun il consentiment da la maioritad da tut ils cumproprietaris.2
1bis Ina midada da disposiziuns da l’urden d’utilisaziun e d’administraziun concernent l’attribuziun da dretgs d’utilisaziun exclusivs dovra ultra da quai il consentiment dals cumproprietaris pertutgads directamain.3
2 Els na pon betg abolir u limitar las cumpetenzas da mintga cumproprietari:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Acts administrativs ordinaris
1 Mintga cumproprietari è cumpetent da far acts administrativs ordinaris en spezial per far meglieraziuns sco er lavurs da cultivaziun, da racolta, da conservaziun e da surveglianza da curta durada, sco er da far contracts per quest intent e per exequir las cumpetenzas che resultan dals contracts da locaziun, da fittanza e d’execuziun da lavurs, inclusiv il pajament e la retschavida da daners per la cuminanza dals cumproprietaris.
2 La cumpetenza per tals acts administrativs po vegnir reglada autramain cun il consentiment da la maioritad da tut ils cumproprietaris, cun resalva da las disposiziuns da la lescha concernent las mesiras necessarias ed urgentas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
4. Acts administrativs pli impurtants
1 Cun il consentiment da la maioritad da tut ils cumproprietaris che sto represchentar a medem temp la gronda part da la chaussa pon acts administrativs pli impurtants vegnir exequids, en spezial la midada da cultura u d’utilisaziun, la conclusiun e la schliaziun da contracts da locaziun e da fittanza, la participaziun a meglieraziuns dal terren e la nominaziun d’in administratur, dal qual las cumpetenzas n’èn betg limitadas sin acts administrativs ordinaris.
2 Resalvadas restan las disposiziuns davart las mesiras architectonicas necessarias.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
5. Mesiras architectonicas
a. Necessarias
Las lavurs da mantegniment, da reparaziun e da renovaziun ch’èn necessarias per mantegnair la valur e l’utilitad da la chaussa, pon vegnir exequidas cun il consentiment da la maioritad da tut ils cumproprietaris, uschenavant ch’ellas na dastgan betg vegnir fatgas da mintga singul perquai ch’i sa tracta d’acts administrativs ordinaris.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Utilas
1 Las lavurs da renovaziun e da midada ch’èn destinadas per augmentar la valur u per meglierar la rendita u l’utilitad da la chaussa, dovran il consentiment da la maioritad dals cumproprietaris che represchentan a medem temp la gronda part da la chaussa.
2 Midadas che engrevgeschan – en moda considerabla e permanenta – ad in cumproprietari da duvrar u da giudair ina chaussa per l’intent d’enfin ussa u che fan, che quai saja main economic, na pon betg vegnir exequidas senza il consentiment dal cumproprietari pertutgà.
3 Sch’ina midada pretenda d’in cumproprietari expensas che n’èn betg supportablas per el, en spezial perquai che quellas stattan en disproporziun cun la valur da facultad da sia part, po ella vegnir exequida senza ses consentiment mo, sch’ils auters cumproprietaris surpiglian sia part dals custs, uschenavant che quella surpassa l’import supportabel per el.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
c. Che servan a l’embelliment ed a la cumadaivladad
1 Lavurs da construcziun che servan mo ad embellir, a meglierar l’aspect da la chaussa u a la cumadaivladad per il diever, dastgan vegnir exequidas mo cun il consentiment da tut ils cumproprietaris.
2 Sche talas lavurs vegnan ordinadas cun il consentiment da la maioritad da tut ils cumproprietaris la quala represchenta a medem temp la gronda part da la chaussa, pon ellas er vegnir exequidas cunter la voluntad dad in cumproprietari che na dat betg ses consentiment, uschenavant che quel n’è betg pregiuditgà permanentamain en ses dretgs da giudida e da diever, ed ils auters cumproprietaris al prestan ina indemnisaziun per il disturbi transitoric e surpiglian sia part dals custs.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
6. Disponer da la chaussa
1 Mintga cumproprietari ha il dretg da represchentar, da duvrar e da giudair la chaussa, uschenavant che quai sa cumporta cun ils dretgs dals auters.
2 Per alienar u per engrevgiar la chaussa sco er per midar sia destinaziun dovri il consentiment da tut ils cumproprietaris, nun che quels hajan fixà unanimamain in’autra regulaziun.
3 Sche parts da la cumproprietad èn engrevgiadas cun dretgs da pegn funsil u cun grevezzas funsilas na pon ils cumproprietaris betg pli engrevgiar la chaussa sezza cun tals dretgs.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
7. Purtar ils custs e las grevezzas
1 Ils custs da l’administraziun, las taglias ed autras grevezzas che resultan da la cumproprietad u che sa basan sin la chaussa cuminaivla, vegnan purtads dals cumproprietaris tenor la proporziun da lur parts, nun ch’i saja fixà autramain.
2 Sch’in cumproprietari ha pajà pli che sia part vi da questas expensas, po el pretender dals auters ina indemnisaziun tenor la medema proporziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
8. Obligaziun da regulaziuns e remartga en il register funsil2
1 L’urden d’utilisaziun e d’administraziun fixà dals cumproprietaris e lur decisiuns administrativas sco er las sentenzias e las disposiziuns giudizialas èn er liants per il successur legal d’in cumproprietari e per l’acquistader d’in dretg real vi d’ina part d’ina cumproprietad.
2 Els pon vegnir remartgads en il register funsil en cas da parts d’ina cumproprietad vi da bains immobigliars.3
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
9. Exclusiun da la cuminanza
a. Cumproprietaris
1 Il cumproprietari po vegnir exclus da la cuminanza tras ina sentenzia giudiziala, sche tras ses cumportament u sche tras il cumportament da persunas, a las qualas el ha cedì il diever da la chaussa u per las qualas el è responsabel, obligaziuns vers tut ils cumproprietaris u vers singuls cumproprietaris èn vegnidas violadas uschè grevamain, ch’ins na po betg pretender da quels da restar en la cuminanza.
2 Sche la cuminanza cumpiglia mo dus cumproprietaris, ha mintgin dad els il dretg da purtar plant; en ils auters cas, e sch’i n’è betg vegnì fixà insatge auter, dovri – per purtar plant – l’autorisaziun da la maioritad da tut ils cumproprietaris cun excepziun da l’accusà.
3 Il derschader che pronunzia l’exclusiun condemna l’accusà d’alienar sia part ed ordinescha, per il cas che l’alienaziun na vegn betg fatga entaifer il termin fixà, l’ingiant public tenor las prescripziuns davart l’utilisaziun sfurzada da bains immobigliars cun excepziun da quellas concernent la schliaziun da la cumproprietad.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Possessurs d’auters dretgs
Las disposiziuns davart l’exclusiun d’in cumproprietari èn applitgablas tenor il senn per il giudider e per il possessur d’auters dretgs da giudida reals u persunals ch’èn prenotads en il register funsil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
10. Schliaziun
a. Dretg da partiziun
1 Mintga cumproprietari po pretender che la cumproprietad vegnia schliada, nun che quai saja exclus tras in act giuridic, tras ina partiziun en proprietad da condomini u tras la destinaziun da la chaussa ad in intent permanent.
2 La schliaziun po vegnir exclusa tras ina cunvegna per maximalmain 50 onns; ella sto, sch’i sa tracta da bains immobigliars, vegnir fatga tras in act public e prenotada en il register funsil per esser valaivla.2
3 La schliaziun na dastga betg vegnir pretendida d’in temp maladattà.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Maniera da parter
1 La schliaziun vegn fatga tras la partiziun corporala, tras la vendita sin via privata u sin in ingiant cun la repartiziun dal retgav ubain uschia che in u che plirs cumproprietaris surpiglian l’entira chaussa e pajan ora ils auters.
2 Sch’ils cumproprietaris n’arrivan betg a sa cunvegnir davart la moda, co che la chaussa duai vegnir schliada, vegn quella partida en parts corporalas tenor la disposiziun dal derschader u, sche quai n’è betg pussaivel senza svalitar la chaussa considerablamain, ingiantada publicamain u mo tranter ils cumproprietaris.
3 Sche la chaussa po mo vegnir partida corporalmain en parts inegualas, vegn la differenza gulivada cun daners.
c. Animals da chasa
1 En cas d’animals che vegnan tegnids en il sectur chasan e che na vegnan betg tegnids per intents da facultad u per intents da gudogn, attribuescha il derschader – en cas da dispita – la proprietad exclusiva a quella partida che garantescha a l’animal il meglier plazzament or dal puntg da vista da la protecziun dals animals.
2 Il derschader po obligar la persuna, a la quala l’animal vegn attribuì, da pajar ina indemnisaziun adequata a la cuntrapartida; el fixescha la summa tenor liber appreziar.
3 El prenda las mesiras preventivas necessarias, en spezial areguard il plazzament provisoric da l’animal.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
II. Proprietad cuminaivla
1. Premissa
Sche pliras persunas furman tenor la lescha u tenor il contract ina cuminanza e possedan sin basa da quella la proprietad d’ina chaussa, èn ellas proprietarias cuminaivlas ed il dretg da mintgin dad els s’extenda sin l’entira chaussa.
2. Effect
1 Ils dretgs e las obligaziuns dals proprietaris cuminaivels sa drizzan tenor las reglas stabilidas da la lescha u tenor contract e ch’èn liantas per la cuminanza.
2 Nun ch’i saja disponì autramain, dovri in conclus unanim da tut ils proprietaris cuminaivels per far diever da la proprietad e surtut per disponer da la chaussa.
3 Uschè ditg che la cuminanza exista, na po nagin dals proprietaris cuminaivels pretender la partiziun da la chaussa u disponer dad ina part da la chaussa.
3. Schliaziun
1 La schliaziun vegn fatga cun l’alienaziun da la chaussa u cun la fin da la cuminanza.
2 La partiziun vegn fatga tenor las prescripziuns davart la cumproprietad, nun ch’i saja disponì autramain.
III. Proprietad collectiva vi da manaschis agriculs e vi da bains immobigliars agriculs
Per schliar ina proprietad collectiva vi da manaschis agriculs e vi da bains immobigliars agriculs vala ultra da quai la Lescha federala dals 4 d’october 19912 davart il dretg funsil puril.
A. Object
I. Bains immobigliars 2
1 L’object da la proprietad funsila èn ils bains immobigliars.
2 Bains immobigliars en il senn da questa lescha èn:
3 Sco dretg independent e permanent po ina servitut vi d’in bain immobigliar vegnir inscritta en il register funsil, sch’ella:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Proprietad dependenta
1 In bain immobigliar po vegnir collià cun in auter bain immobigliar en quella moda ch’il proprietari respectiv dal bain immobigliar principal è mintgamai er il proprietari dal bain immobigliar collià cun quel. Quel parta il destin giuridic dal bain immobigliar principal e na po betg vegnir alienà, impegnà u engrevgià separadamain.
2 Sche la colliaziun vegn fatga per in intent duraivel, na pon il dretg da precumpra tenor lescha dals cumproprietaris ed il dretg d’abolir la cumproprietad betg vegnir fatgs valair.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Acquist
I. Inscripziun
1 Per acquistar proprietad funsila dovri l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 Tgi che acquista proprietad funsila tras appropriaziun, tras successiun d’ierta, tras expropriaziun, tras execuziun sfurzada u tras sentenzia giudiziala daventa ses proprietari gia avant l’inscripziun, el po dentant disponer da sia proprietad en il register funsil pir cur che l’inscripziun è vegnida fatga.
II. Modas d’acquistar
1. Transferiment
1 Il contract concernent il transferiment da proprietad funsila basegna ina documentaziun publica per esser liant.
2 La disposiziun per causa da mort ed il contract matrimonial ston vegnir fatgs tenor las furmas che vegnan prescrittas en il dretg d’ierta ed en il dretg dals bains matrimonials.
2. Appropriaziun
1 In bain immobigliar inscrit en il register funsil po vegnir acquistà tras appropriaziun mo, sch’i resulta dal register funsil ch’el saja senza patrun.
2 L’appropriaziun da terren betg inscrit en il register funsil è suttamessa a las disposiziuns davart las chaussas senza patrun.
3. Furmaziun da nov terren
1 Terren nov utilisabel che sa furma sin intschess senza patrun tras alluviuns, tras emplenidas e tras spustaments da terren, tras midadas dal curs u dal nivel d’ina aua publica u sin in’autra moda, appartegna al chantun territorial.
2 Ils chantuns èn libers da ceder tals terrens als proprietaris cunfinants.
3 Tgi che po cumprovar che parts dal terren èn vegnidas stgarpadas davent da sia proprietad, po reprender quellas entaifer in termin adequat.
4. Spustament da terren
a. En general1
1 Spustaments da terren d’in bain immobigliar sin in auter na chaschunan betg ina midada dals cunfins.
2 Parts da terren ed auters objects ch’èn vegnids transportads uschia d’in bain immobigliar sin in auter, èn suttamess a las disposiziuns davart las chaussas manadas natiers u davart l’uniun da las chaussas.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
b. Spustaments permanents
1 Il princip, tenor il qual spustaments da terren na chaschunan betg ina midada dals cunfins, na vala betg per territoris cun spustaments permanents da terren, sche quests territoris èn vegnids designads uschia dal chantun.
2 Designond ils territoris sto vegnir resguardada la cumposiziun dals bains immobigliars pertutgads.
3 L’appartegnientscha d’in bain immobigliar ad in tal territori sto vegnir communitgada en moda adattada a las persunas participadas ed inscritta en il register funsil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
c. Nova determinaziun dals cunfins
1 Sch’in cunfin daventa inadattà pervia d’in spustament da terren, po mintga proprietari d’in bain immobigliar pertutgà pretender ch’el vegnia determinà da nov.
2 Ina plivalur u ina valur reducida sto vegnir gulivada.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
5. Acquist tras giudida
a. Acquist tras giudida ordinari
Sch’insatgi è vegnì inscrit nungiustifitgadamain en il register funsil sco proprietari, na po sia proprietad betg pli vegnir contestada, suenter ch’el ha possedì il bain immobigliar durant 10 onns da buna fai, senza interrupziun e senza esser vegnì contestà.
b. Acquist tras giudida extraordinari
1 Tgi che posseda incontestadamain e nuninterruttamain in bain immobigliar betg inscrit en il register funsil durant 30 onns sco sia proprietad, po pretender da vegnir inscrit sco proprietari da quel.
2 Sut las medemas premissas ha quest dretg er in possessur d’in bain immobigliar, sch’il proprietari da quest bain immobigliar na po betg vegnir eruì or dal register funsil u era mort u vegnì declerà sco sparì al cumenzament dal termin da l’acquist tras giudida da 30 onns.
3 L’inscripziun dastga dentant mo vegnir fatga sin l’ordinaziun dal derschader e mo sch’i n’è betg vegnida fatga ina protesta entaifer in termin ch’è vegnì fixà tras ina publicaziun uffiziala u sche la protesta inoltrada è vegnida refusada.
c. Termins
Per calcular ils termins, l’interrupziun e la sistida da l’acquist tras giudida vegnan applitgadas correspundentamain las prescripziuns davart la surannaziun da pretensiuns.
6. Chaussas senza patrun e chaussas publicas
1 Las chaussas senza patrun e las chaussas publicas èn suttamessas a la suveranitad dal stadi, en il territori dal qual ellas sa chattan.
2 Cun resalva da mussaments cuntraris n’exista nagina proprietad privata vi da las auas publicas, vi dal terren nuncultivabel sco grippa, gondas, naiv perpetna e glatschers e vi da las funtaunas che naschan da quels.
3 Il dretg chantunal decretescha las disposiziuns necessarias concernent l’appropriaziun da terren senza patrun, concernent l’explotaziun e concernent il diever general da las chaussas publicas sco vias e plazzas, auas e letgs da flums.
III. Dretg sin l’inscripziun
1 Il motiv d’acquist dat il dretg a l’acquistader da pretender ch’il proprietari fetschia far l’inscripziun en il register funsil; sche quel refusa quai, po l’acquistader dumandar il derschader che la proprietad vegnia attribuida ad el.
2 L’acquistader po laschar far da sai anor l’inscripziun en cas d’ina appropriaziun, d’ina successiun d’ierta, d’ina expropriaziun, d’ina execuziun sfurzada u d’ina sentenzia dal derschader.
3 Las midadas vi da la proprietad funsila che resultan sin fundament da la lescha tras cuminanza dals bains u tras la schliaziun da quels, vegnan inscrittas en il register funsil sin dumonda d’in consort.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
C. Perdita
1 La proprietad funsila prenda ina fin cun l’extincziun da l’inscripziun sco er cun la perdita totala dal bain immobigliar.
2 Per il cas d’ina expropriaziun fixeschan las leschas respectivas da la confederaziun e dals chantuns il mument, cur che la proprietad prenda ina fin.
D. Mesiras giudizialas
I. Proprietari nunchattabel
3 La dumonda d’ordinar mesiras po far:
4 L’ordinaziun da mesiras n’interrumpa betg il termin per in acquist tras giudida extraordinari.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Absenza dals organs prescrits
Sch’ina persuna giuridica u in auter subject giuridic inscrit en il register funsil sco proprietari na dispona betg pli dals organs prescrits, po mintga persuna che ha in interess degn da vegnir protegì u l’uffizi dal register funsil al lieu dal bain immobigliar dumandar il derschader d’ordinar las mesiras necessarias areguard il bain immobigliar.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Cuntegn
I. Dimensiun
1 La proprietad vi da funs e vi da terren s’extenda ensi vers il spazi d’aria ed engiu en il terren uschè lunsch ch’igl exista in interess d’exequir la proprietad.
2 Ella cumpiglia – cun resalva da las restricziuns legalas – tut las construcziuns, tut las plantas sco er tut las funtaunas.
II. Cunfinaziun
1. Moda da marcar ils cunfins
1 Ils cunfins vegnan inditgads tras ils plans dal register funsil e tras ils terms sin il bain immobigliar.
2 Sch’ils terms e sch’ils plans dal register funsil sa cuntradin, vegni presumà ch’ils plans dal register funsil inditgeschian ils cunfins corrects.
3 La presumziun na vala betg per ils territoris cun spustaments da terren ch’èn designads dal chantun.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
2. Obligaziun da metter terms
Sin dumonda da ses vischin è mintga proprietari d’in bain immobigliar obligà da cooperar per fixar in cunfin intschert, saja quai per rectifitgar ils plans u per metter terms.
3. Cumproprietad vi da terminaziuns
Sche mirs, saivs vivas, saivs u autras terminaziuns per separar bains immobigliars cunfinants stattan sin il cunfin, vegni presumà ch’els sajan cumproprietad dals dus vischins.
III. Construcziuns sin il bain immobigliar
1. Funs e material
a. Relaziun da proprietad
1 Sch’insatgi dovra material ester per construir sin ses bain immobigliar u sch’el dovra agen material per construir sin in bain immobigliar ester, daventa il material ina part integrala dal bain immobigliar.
2 Sch’il material è vegnì duvrà senza la permissiun da ses proprietari, ha quel il dretg da pretender ch’il material vegnia zavrà e restituì sin donn e cust dal proprietari dal bain immobigliar, uschenavant che quai sa lascha far senza chaschunar in donn sproporziunà.
3 Sut la medema premissa po il proprietari dal bain immobigliar pretender ch’il material ester, ch’è vegnì duvrà senza ses consentiment, vegnia allontanà sin donn e cust dal construider.
b. Indemnisaziun
1 Sche la zavrada dal material na vegn betg fatga, ha il proprietari dal bain immobigliar da prestar ina indemnisaziun adequata per il material.
2 Sch’il proprietari dal bain immobigliar ha construì da mala fai cun material ester, po el vegnir sentenzià da reparar cumplainamain il donn.
3 Sch’il proprietari dal material era en mala fai cur ch’el ha construì sin in bain immobigliar ester, po l’indemnisaziun vegnir limitada a la valur minimala che la construcziun ha per il proprietari dal bain immobigliar.
c. Attribuziun da la proprietad funsila
Sche la construcziun vala evidentamain dapli ch’il sulom, po quel che sa chatta en buna fai pretender che la proprietad vi da la construcziun e vi dal sulom vegnia attribuida al proprietari dal material cunter ina indemnisaziun adequata.
2. Construcziuns che tanschan sin in bain immobigliar vischin
1 Construcziuns ed auters indrizs che tanschan sin in bain immobigliar vischin, restan ina part integrala dal bain immobigliar, sin il qual els èn construids, sch’il proprietari dal bain immobigliar posseda in dretg real sin lur existenza.
2 Il dretg da construir talas parts che tanschan sin in bain immobigliar vischin po vegnir inscrit sco servitut en il register funsil.
3 Sche las parts che tanschan sin in bain immobigliar vischin èn vegnidas construidas senza dretg e sch’il vischin donnegià n’ha betg fatg protesta a temp, schebain ch’el ha gì enconuschientscha da quest fatg, po il derschader attribuir al construider – sch’el è da buna fai e sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai – u in dretg real sin questas parts u la proprietad dal sulom, e quai cunter ina indemnisaziun adequata.
3. Dretg da construcziun
1 Ovras da construcziun ed auters indrizs ch’èn chavads en u ch’èn mirads si sin il sulom ester u ch’èn uschiglio colliads permanentamain cun quel, saja quai sur terra u sut terra, pon avair in agen proprietari, sch’els èn inscrits en il register funsil sco servituts.
2 In tal dretg da construcziun na po betg vegnir concedì a singuls plauns d’in edifizi.
4. Conducts
1 Conducts dal provediment e da l’allontanament che sa chattan ordaifer il bain immobigliar, al qual els servan, tutgan al proprietari da l’ovra ed a l’ovra, da la quala els vegnan u a la quala els mainan, nun che quai saja reglà autramain.1
2 Uschenavant ch’i na vegn betg applitgà il dretg da vischinanza, vegn il bain immobigliar ester engrevgià cun tals conducts cun constituir ina servitut.
3 La servitut nascha cun la construcziun dal conduct, sche quel è perceptibel da l’exteriur. Cas cuntrari nascha ella cun l’inscripziun en il register funsil.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
5. Construcziuns moviblas
1 Chamonas, buttegas, baraccas e construcziuns sumegliantas mantegnan lur agen proprietari, sch’ellas n’èn betg construidas cun l’intent da las integrar durablamain sin terren ester.
2 Ellas na vegnan betg inscrittas en il register funsil.
IV. Plantaziuns sin il bain immobigliar
1 Sch’insatgi metta plantas estras en ses agen bain immobigliar u atgnas plantas en in bain immobigliar ester, naschan ils medems dretgs e las medemas obligaziuns sco tar l’utilisaziun da material da construcziun u sco tar las construcziuns moviblas.
2 Ina servitut che correspunda al dretg da construcziun per singulas plantas e per plantaziuns po vegnir constituida per almain 10 onns e per maximalmain 100 onns.1
3 Avant la scadenza da la durada fixada po il proprietari engrevgià pretender che la servitut vegnia substituida, sch’el ha fatg cun il giudider da la servitut in contract da fittanza concernent l’utilisaziun dal terren e sche quest contract vegn schlià. Il derschader regla las consequenzas patrimonialas, considerond tut las circumstanzas.2
V. Responsabladad dal proprietari d’in bain immobigliar
1. En cas ch’il dretg da proprietad vegn surduvrà1
1 Tgi che vegn donnegià u periclità, perquai ch’in proprietari d’in bain immobigliar surdovra ses dretg da proprietad, po pretender da quel – ultra da l’indemnisaziun dal donn – ch’el dismettia il donn u prendia mesiras per prevegnir al donn smanatschant.
2 Sch’in edifizi u in indriz privescha in bain immobigliar vischin da tschertas qualitads, existan las pretensiuns menziunadas en l’alinea 1 mo, sche las prescripziuns che valevan il mument, che l’edifizi u l’indriz è vegnì construì, n’èn betg vegnidas observadas.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. En cas d’ina cultivaziun legala dal bain immobigliar
Sch’in proprietari da bains immobigliars chaschuna tar la cultivaziun legala da ses bain immobigliar, en spezial tar lavurs da construcziun, ad in vischin temporarmain dischavantatgs sproporziunads ed inevitabels e chaschuna el quatras in donn, po il vischin dal proprietari da quest bain immobigliar mo pretender l’indemnisaziun dal donn.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Restricziuns
I. En general
1 Las restricziuns legalas da la proprietad existan senza esser inscrittas en il register funsil.
2 Per las abolir u per las midar tras in act giuridic dovri ina documentaziun publica ed ina inscripziun en il register funsil, per che quai saja valaivel.
3 Las restricziuns da la proprietad ch’èn vegnidas stabilidas en l’interess public na pon betg vegnir abolidas u midadas.
II. Restricziuns dal dretg d’alienar; dretgs da precumpra legals
1. Princips
1 Ils dretgs da precumpra legals pon er vegnir exequids tar l’ingiant sfurzà, dentant mo a l’ingiant sez e per las cundiziuns, per las qualas il bain immobigliar vegn attribuì a l’offerent; dal rest pon ils dretgs da precumpra legals vegnir fatgs valair sut las premissas che valan per ils dretgs da precumpra contractuals.
2 Il dretg da precumpra croda, sch’il bain immobigliar vegn alienà ad ina persuna che ha in dretg da precumpra dal medem rang u d’in rang superiur.
3 Ils dretgs da precumpra legals na pon ni vegnir ertads ni cedids. Els precedan ils dretgs da precumpra contractuals.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
2. Diever
1 Il vendider sto infurmar ils titulars dal dretg da precumpra davart la conclusiun e davart il cuntegn dal contract da cumpra.
2 Sch’il titular dal dretg da precumpra vul far diever da quest dretg, sto el far valair quel entaifer 3 mais dapi l’enconuschientscha da la conclusiun e dal cuntegn dal contract. Suenter ch’i èn passads 2 onns dapi l’inscripziun dal nov proprietari en il register funsil na po il dretg betg pli vegnir fatg valair.
3 Entaifer quests termins po il titular dal dretg da precumpra far valair ses dretg vers mintga proprietari d’in bain immobigliar.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Midada, renunzia
1 La cunvegna, cun la quala in dretg da precumpra legal vegn exclus u midà, basegna ina documentaziun publica per esser valaivla. Ella po vegnir prenotada en il register funsil, sch’il proprietari respectiv d’in auter bain immobigliar ha il dretg da precumpra.
2 Suenter ch’il cas da precumpra è entrà, po il titular dal dretg da precumpra legal renunziar en scrit a l’execuziun da quest dretg.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
4. En cas da cumproprietad ed en cas da dretg da construcziun2
1 Cumproprietaris han in dretg da precumpra vers tuttas terzas persunas che acquistan ina part dal bain immobigliar. Sche plirs cumproprietaris fan valair lur dretg da precumpra, als vegn attribuida lur part en la proporziun da lur parts da cumproprietad da fin ussa.3
2 Il proprietari d’in bain immobigliar ch’è engrevgià cun in dretg da construcziun independent e permanent ha er il dretg da precumpra vers mintga acquistader da quest dretg ed il possessur da quest dretg ha il medem dretg vi dal bain immobigliar engrevgià, uschenavant che quest bain immobigliar serva a l’execuziun da ses dretg da construcziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
4 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
5. Dretg da precumpra vi da manaschis agriculs e vi da bains immobigliars agriculs
Per il dretg da precumpra vi da manaschis agriculs e vi da bains immobigliars agriculs vala ultra da quai la Lescha federala dals 4 d’october 19912 davart il dretg funsil puril.
1 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
III. Dretg da vischinanza
1. Immissiuns exageradas1
1 Faschond diever da sia proprietad ed en spezial manond ina interpresa u pratitgond in mastergn sin ses agen bain immobigliar è mintgin obligà d’evitar tut las immissiuns memia grondas sin la proprietad dal vischin.
2 Scumandadas èn en spezial tut las immissiuns nuschaivlas e betg giustifitgadas tenor la situaziun e tenor la qualitad dals bains immobigliars u tenor l’isanza locala tras impestaziun da l’aria, spizza, canera, sun, vibraziun, radiaziun ubain privaziun dal sulegl u da la glisch.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Chavar e construir
a. Regla
1 Cun chavar e cun construir na dastga il proprietari betg far donn al bain immobigliar vischinant muventond ses terren u mettend quel en privel u faschond donn ad indrizs existents.
2 Per construcziuns che cuntrafan a las prescripziuns dal dretg da vischinanza, vegnan applitgadas las disposiziuns concernent las construcziuns surpassantas.
b. Prescripziuns chantunalas
1 Ils chantuns han il dretg da fixar las distanzas che ston vegnir observadas tar stgavaments e tar construcziuns.
2 Els pon fixar ulteriuras prescripziuns da construcziun.
3. Plantas
a. Regla
1 Mintgin po tschuncar e salvar per sasez la roma che sa stenda en sia proprietad e las ragischs che penetreschan en ses terren, sche quella roma u sche questas ragischs fan donn a sia proprietad e na vegnan betg allontanadas entaifer in termin adequat suenter sia reclamaziun.
2 Sch’in proprietari d’in bain immobigliar tolerescha che roma sa stendia sur ses terren cultivà u surbajegià, ha el il dretg dals fritgs che creschan vi da questa roma.
3 Questas prescripziuns na vegnan betg applitgadas per guauds che sa cunfinan.
b. Prescripziuns chantunalas
Ils chantuns han il dretg da prescriver en tge distanza dal bain immobigliar vischinant ch’i dastgan vegnir fatgas plantaziuns prendend resguard da la qualitad dal funs e da las plantas; els pon er obligar ils proprietaris dals bains immobigliars da tolerar che roma u ragischs da bostgs da fritga tanschian vi en lur proprietad ed els dastgan reglar u abolir en quests cas il dretg da far diever da quests fritgs.
4. Deflussiun da l’aua
1 Mintga proprietari d’in bain immobigliar è obligà d’acceptar sin ses bain immobigliar l’aua che curra sin quel en moda natirala giu dal bain immobigliar sura, en spezial aua da plievgia, aua da naiv ed aua da funtaunas betg tschiffadas.
2 Nagin proprietari d’in bain immobigliar na dastga far donn al vischin cun midar il curs natiral da l’aua.
3 L’aua ch’è necessaria per il bain immobigliar sutvart dastga vegnir retegnida per il bain immobigliar survart mo uschenavant ch’ella è indispensabla per quel.
5. Drenaschas
1 Il proprietari dal bain immobigliar sutvart è obligà d’acceptar senza indemnisaziun las auas da drenaschas dal bain immobigliar survart, uschenavant che quellas èn curridas en moda natirala gia avant sin ses bain immobigliar.
2 Sch’el patescha in donn tras questa drenascha, po el pretender dal proprietari sura ch’el fetschia sin agens custs in conduct tras il bain immobigliar sutvart.
6. Conducts
a. Obligaziun da tolerar
1 Mintga proprietari da bains immobigliars è obligà da permetter cunter indemnisaziun cumplaina che bischens e conducts per il provediment e per l’allontanament vegnian mess en ses bain immobigliar, sch’in auter bain immobigliar na po uschiglio betg vegnir rendì accessibel u po vegnir rendì accessibel mo cun custs sproporziunads.1
2 La pretensiun da manar tals conducts tras bains immobigliars ester na po betg vegnir fundada sin il dretg da vischinanza en ils cas, per ils quals il dretg chantunal u federal renviescha a la via d’expropriaziun.
3 Sch’il proprietari autorisà u il proprietari engrevgià pretenda quai, vegnan ils conducts che traversan in bain immobigliar inscrits en il register funsil sco servitut. Ils custs da l’inscripziun paja il proprietari autorisà. Envers in cumprader da buna fai po il dretg da metter conducts er vegnir fatg valair senza inscripziun.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Protecziun dals interess dal proprietari engrevgià
1 Il proprietari d’in bain immobigliar che sto tolerar il conduct, po pretender ch’i vegnia prendì adequatamain resguard da ses interess.
2 Sche circumstanzas extraordinarias giustifitgeschan quai, po el pretender che quel toc terren, che vegn pertutgà dal conduct sur terra, vegnia cumprà en ina dimensiun adequata e per in pretsch che l’indemnisescha cumplainamain.
c. Midada da las relaziuns
1 Sche las relaziuns sa midan, po il proprietari d’in bain immobigliar pretender ch’il conduct vegnia dischlocà tenor ses interess.
2 Ils custs da la dischlocaziun porta per regla il giudider.
3 Nua che circumstanzas spezialas giustifitgeschan quai, po ina part adequata da quests custs vegnir adossada al proprietari dal bain immobigliar.
7. Dretgs da passadi
a. Passadi necessari
1 Sch’il proprietari d’in bain immobigliar n’ha betg ina via suffizienta per arrivar da ses bain immobigliar sin ina via publica, po el pretender dals vischins ch’els al concedian in passadi necessari cunter pajament cumplain.
2 Questa pretensiun sa drizza en emprima lingia vers il vischin, dal qual il passadi necessari po vegnir pretendì il pli tgunsch, resguardond en quest connex las relaziuns anteriuras da proprietad e da vias, ed en segunda lingia vers il proprietari, al qual la via fa il main donn.
3 Fixond il passadi necessari, ston vegnir resguardads ils interess da tuttas duas varts.
b. Auters dretgs da passadi
Ils chantuns pon decretar prescripziuns detagliadas che concernan il dretg dal proprietari d’in bain immobigliar da passar sin il bain immobigliar vischinant per pudair cultivar e meglierar ses agen bain immobigliar u construir sin quel; els pon er reglar il dretg da far diever dal bain immobigliar vischinant per arar, per bavrar, per traversar quel l’enviern, per trair u per runar laina e per chaussas sumegliantas.
c. Remartga en il register funsil
1 Ils dretgs da passadi che vegnan stabilids directamain tras la lescha na ston betg vegnir inscrits en il register funsil.
2 Els vegnan dentant remartgads en il register, sch’els èn da natira permanenta.
8. Far saiv
1 Mintga proprietari paja sez ils custs per far saiv enturn ses bain immobigliar, cun resalva da las disposiziuns davart la cumproprietad vi d’indrizs da cunfin cuminaivels.
2 Ils chantuns mantegnan il dretg da reglar l’obligaziun e la maniera da far saiv.
9. Obligaziun da mantegniment
Ils proprietaris da bains immobigliars han – en la proporziun da lur interess – da contribuir vi dals custs dals indrizs ch’èn necessaris per exequir ils dretgs da vischinanza.
IV. Dretg d’access e da defensiun
1. Access
1 Entaifer ils terms da l’isanza locala èsi permess a mintgin dad ir per guauds e per pastgiras sco er da tschertgar pumaraida selvadia, bulieus u fritgs selvadis sumegliants, uschenavant che l’autoritad cumpetenta n’ha betg decretà scumonds limitads sin territoris determinads, e quai en l’interess da las culturas.
2 Il dretg chantunal po fixar prescripziuns detagliadas concernent l’access a bains immobigliars esters per exequir la chatscha e la pestga.
2. Allontanament da chaussas e d’animals
1 Il proprietari d’in bain immobigliar sto permetter a quel che ha il dretg da tschertgar e d’allontanar las chaussas transportadas sin ses bain immobigliar tras auas, tras suffel, tras lavinas u tras autras forzas da la natira u per pura casualitad, ed er animals ch’èn vegnids sin ses bain immobigliar sco muvel grond e manidel, pievels d’avieuls, giaglinom e peschs.
2 El po pretender ina indemnisaziun per il donn chaschunà ed ha in dretg da retenziun vi dals objects crudads en ses mauns.
3. Defensiun cunter privels e cunter donns
1 Sch’insatgi po preservar sasez u auters d’in donn smanatschant u d’in privel preschent mo cun intervegnir en la proprietad funsila d’ina terza persuna, è quella obligada da tolerar quai, uschenavant ch’il privel u il donn che sto vegnir parà è considerablamain pli grond ch’il donn che vegn chaschunà al proprietari tras l’intervenziun en sia proprietad.
2 Per il donn che resulta qua tras sto vegnir prestada ina indemnisaziun adequata.
V. Restricziuns da dretg public
1. En general
En l’interess general èsi reservà a la confederaziun, als chantuns ed a las vischnancas il dretg da fixar anc autras restricziuns da la proprietad funsila, sco en spezial concernent la polizia da construcziun, da fieu e da sanadad, concernent ils guauds e las vias, las vias da runar navs, il metter terms e la fixaziun da puncts trigonometrics, concernent las meglieraziuns e la parcellaziun dal funs, l’arrundaziun da cultiras ruralas e da terren da construcziun, concernent il mantegniment d’antiquitads e da monuments da la natira, concernent la protecziun da cuntradas e da puncts panoramics e concernent la protecziun da funtaunas mineralas.
2. Meglieraziuns dal terren
1 Sche meglieraziuns dal terren sco correcziuns da las auas, drenaschas, indrizs per sauar, plantaziuns da guaud, vias, arrundaziuns dal terren e chaussas sumegliantas na pon betg vegnir realisadas tras ina interpresa cuminaivla e sche la maioritad dals proprietaris dals bains immobigliars participads, als quals appartegna a medem temp pli che la mesadad dal terren pertutgà, han dà lur consentiment a l’interpresa, èn ils proprietaris dals ulteriurs bains immobigliars obligads da sa participar a quella. Ils proprietaris dals bains immobigliars che na fan betg part da la decisiun, valan sco vuschs affirmativas. La participaziun sto vegnir remartgada en il register funsil.
2 Ils chantuns reglan la procedura. Els han da decretar in urden detaglià en spezial per las arrundaziuns dal terren.
3 La legislaziun chantunala po facilitar anc pli fitg l’execuziun da talas meglieraziuns dal terren e declerar che las prescripziuns correspundentas stoppian vegnir applitgadas per territoris da construcziun e per territoris cun spustaments permanents dal terren.2
1 Versiun tenor ll’art. 121 da la Lescha d’agricultura, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1954 (AS 1953 1073; BBl 1951 I 130).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
C. Funtaunas e bigls
I. Proprietad e dretgs vi da funtaunas
1 Las funtaunas èn parts integralas dals bains immobigliars e pon vegnir acquistadas sco proprietad mo ensemen cun il terren, or dal qual ellas naschan.
2 Il dretg vi da funtaunas che naschan sin terren ester vegn fundà sco servitut tras l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
3 Auas sutterranas han il medem status sco las funtaunas.
II. Deviaziun da funtaunas
1 En l’interess general po il dretg chantunal reglar, restrenscher u scumandar la deviaziun da funtaunas.
2 Davart dispitas che naschan qua tras tranter chantuns decida il Cussegl federal definitivamain.
III. Funtaunas tagliadas giu
1. Indemnisaziun
1 Sch’il proprietari u l’usufructuari d’in bigl u d’ina funtauna che vegn duvrada savens u ch’è vegnida tschiffada per l’utilisaziun, patescha donn, perquai ch’insatgi taglia giu, sminuescha u tartogna l’aua tras construcziuns, tras stabiliments u tras autras mesiras, po el pretender ina indemnisaziun per quai.
2 Sch’il donn n’è betg vegnì chaschunà intenziunadamain u per negligientscha ubain sch’il donnegià è sez la culpa, decida il derschader tenor ses appreziar, sch’i sto vegnir pajada ina indemnisaziun, e fixescha la maniera e la dimensiun da quella.
2. Restabiliment
1 Sche funtaunas e bigls indispensabels per cultivar u per abitar in bain immobigliar u per spisgentar in conduct d’aua da baiver vegnan tagliads giu u tartagnads, poi vegnir pretendi da metter quels en il stadi anteriur, uschenavant che quai è insumma pussaivel.
2 En ils auters cas po il restabiliment vegnir pretendi mo, sche circumstanzas spezialas giustifitgeschan quai.
IV. Funtaunas cuminaivlas
1 Sche pliras funtaunas vischinantas, che appartegnan a differents proprietaris, vegnan spisgentadas or dal medem ravugl d’auas sutterranas e furman uschia ina suletta gruppa, po mintga proprietari pretender che las auas vegnian tschiffadas da cuminanza e distribuidas tranter tut ils proprietaris autorisads en la proporziun da la fermezza da las funtaunas da fin ussa.
2 Ils custs dal stabiliment cuminaivel vegnan pajads dals participads tenor la proporziun da lur interess.
3 Sch’in dals proprietaris autorisads fa opposiziun, po mintgin dad els tschiffar e manar natiers sia funtauna en moda regulara, e quai er alura, sche las funtaunas dals auters proprietaris vegnan pregiuditgadas qua tras; el ha da pajar ina indemnisaziun per quai mo uschenavant che sia funtauna è vegnida rinforzada tras ils novs indrizs.
V. Utilisaziun da funtaunas
Igl è resalvà al dretg chantunal da stabilir, quant enavant che vischins u autras persunas pon far diever da funtaunas, da dutgs e d’auals en proprietad privata per ir per aua, per bavrar e per intents sumegliants.
VI. Funtaunas necessarias
1 Sch’i manca ad in proprietari d’in bain immobigliar l’aua necessaria per la chasa e per la curt e sche quella na sa lascha betg procurar d’insanua auter senza fadias e senza custs sproporziunads, po el pretender dal vischin che quel laschia far diever da ses bigl u da sia funtauna cunter ina indemnisaziun cumplaina, uschenavant ch’el na basegna betg tut l’aua per sasez.
2 Fixond las modalitads, stoi vegnir prendì spezialmain resguard dals interess da la persuna che sto ceder l’aua.
3 Sche las circumstanzas sa midan, poi vegnir pretendi che l’urden stabilì vegnia modifitgà.
VII. Obligaziun da ceder
1. Aua
1 Sche funtaunas, bigls u auals portan a lur proprietari nagin u mo in pitschen niz cumpareglià cun quel ch’ins pudess trair da quai, poi vegnir pretendì dal proprietari ch’el cedia – cunter ina indemnisaziun cumplaina – il dretg da l’aua per provediments cun aua da baiver, per implants d’idrants u per autras interpresas d’interess general.
2 Questa indemnisaziun al proprietari po consister d’ina concessiun d’aua dal nov implant.
2. Terren
Ils proprietaris da stabiliments da provediment cun aua da baiver pon far expropriar il terren en ils conturns da las funtaunas che als furneschan l’aua, uschenavant che quai è necessari per proteger las funtaunas cunter contaminaziuns.
A. Cuntegn ed object
I. Cuntegn
1 La proprietad en condomini è la part da cumproprietad vi d’in bain immobigliar che dat al cumproprietari il dretg spezial da duvrar exclusivamain tschertas parts d’in edifizi e da las renovar a l’intern.
2 Il proprietari en condomini ha il dretg d’administrar e da duvrar libramain sias atgnas localitads sco er da concepir l’architectura da quellas; el na dastga dentant betg engrevgiar als auters cumproprietaris d’exequir il medem dretg ed el na dastga er insumma betg donnegiar las parts da l’edifizi, ils stabiliments ed ils indrizs cuminaivels u disturbar lur funcziun e lur parita exteriura.
3 El è obligà da mantegnair sias localitads sco quai ch’igl è necessari per garantir in stadi irreproschabel ed ina buna cumparsa da l’edifizi.
II. Object
1 Objects dal dretg spezial pon esser singuls plauns u parts da singuls plauns che ston furmar in’unitad sco abitaziun, sco localitad da fatschenta u sco localitad che serva ad auters intents e che ha in agen access; els pon dentant cumpigliar localitads accessoricas separadas.
2 Objects dal dretg spezial na pon betg esser:
3 En l’act da constituziun ed en la medema furma er tras cunvegnas posteriuras pon ils proprietaris en condomini declerar autras parts da l’edifizi sco cuminaivlas; sche quai n’è betg vegnì fatg, vegni presumà ch’ellas fetschian part dal dretg spezial.
III. Disposiziun
1 Tenor la lescha n’ha il proprietari en condomini betg il dretg da precumpra envers terzas persunas che acquistan ina part; in tal dretg da precumpra po dentant vegnir constituì en l’act da constituziun u en ina cunvegna posteriura ed inscrit en il register funsil.
2 Da medema maniera poi vegnir determinà che l’alienaziun d’in plaun ch’è engrevgià cun ina giudida u cun in dretg d’abitar e che l’affittaziun èn mo giuridicamain valaivlas, sch’ils ulteriurs proprietaris en condomini n’han betg fatg protesta cunter quai sin fundament d’in conclus ch’els han prendì, e quai entaifer 14 dis dapi ch’els han survegnì la communicaziun.
3 La protesta n’ha nagina vigur, sch’ella è vegnida fatga senza motivs relevants.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta I da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Constituziun e fin
I. Act da constituziun
1 La proprietad en condomini vegn constituida cun l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 L’inscripziun po vegnir pretendida:
3 Per esser valaivel basegna l’act giuridic la documentaziun publica; sch’i sa tracta d’ina disposiziun per causa da mort u d’in contract d’assegnaziun da l’ierta basegna el la furma prescritta en il dretg d’ierta.
II. Repartiziun da las localitads e quotas da valur1
1 En l’act da constituziun ston la repartiziun da las localitads e la quota da mintga plaun vi da la valur da l’immobiglia u dal dretg da construcziun vegnir inditgadas en parts cun in numnader cuminaivel.2
2 Midadas da las quotas da valur dovran il consentiment da tut las parts participadas directamain e l’approvaziun da la radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini; mintga proprietari en condomini ha dentant il dretg da pretender ina rectificaziun, sche sia quota è vegnida fixada per sbagl incorrectamain u sche quella è daventada incorrecta pervia da midadas vi da la construcziun da l’edifizi u vi da ses conturns.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Fin
1 La proprietad en condomini terminescha cun la fin da l’immobiglia u dal dretg da construcziun e cun l’extincziun or dal register funsil.
2 L’extincziun po vegnir pretendida sin fundament d’in contract d’annullaziun e – sch’in tal manca – dad in dals proprietaris en condomini che unescha tut las parts en ses mauns; ella dovra dentant il consentiment da las persunas che possedan dretgs reals vi dals singuls plauns che na pon betg vegnir transferids senza dischavantatg sin l’entir bain immobigliar.
3 L’annullaziun po vegnir pretendida da mintga proprietari en condomini, sche l’edifizi:
4 Ils proprietaris en condomini che vulan cuntinuar cun la cuminanza pon evitar l’annullaziun cun indemnisar ils auters.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
C. Administraziun ed utilisaziun
I. Disposiziuns applitgablas
1 Concernent la cumpetenza per acts administrativs e per mesiras da construcziun valan las disposiziuns davart la cumproprietad.
2 Uschenavant che questas disposiziuns n’excludan betg sezzas quai, pon ellas vegnir remplazzadas d’in auter urden, dentant mo en l’act da constituziun u cun il conclus unanim da tut ils proprietaris en condomini.
3 Dal rest po mintga proprietari en condomini pretender ch’i vegnia fatg in reglament davart l’administraziun e davart il diever e che quel vegnia inscrit en il register funsil; quel dovra per esser valaivel l’approvaziun da la maioritad dals proprietaris en condomini che ston a medem temp disponer da dapli che la mesadad da las parts; questa maioritad po er midar quest reglament, er sch’el è vegnì stabilì en l’act da constituziun.
4 Ina midada da la repartiziun reglamentarica dals dretgs exclusivs d’utilisaziun dovra ultra da quai il consentiment dals proprietaris en condomini pertutgads directamain.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Expensas e grevezzas cuminaivlas
1. Definiziun e repartiziun
1 Ils proprietaris en condomini ston prestar contribuziuns en la proporziun da lur quotas da valur vi da las grevezzas da la proprietad cuminaivla e vi dals custs da l’administraziun cuminaivla.
2 Talas grevezzas ed expensas èn spezialmain:
3 Sche tschertas parts da la construcziun, tscherts stabiliments u tscherts indrizs servan mo fitg pauc u nagut dal tut a singuls cumproprietaris, sto quai vegnir resguardà tar la repartiziun dals custs.
2. Garanzia da las contribuziuns
a. Dretg da pegn legal
1 Per segirar ses dretg sin las contribuziuns dals ultims 3 onns, ha la cuminanza il dretg da pretender la constituziun d’in dretg da pegn legal sin la quota da mintga cumproprietari.
2 L’inscripziun dal dretg da pegn po vegnir pretendida da l’administratur u – en mancanza d’in tal – da mintga cumproprietari ch’è autorisà tras in conclus da la maioritad dals cumproprietaris u dal derschader sco er dal creditur, a favur dal qual il credit per contribuziuns è vegnì impegnà.
3 Dal rest èn applitgablas tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart la constituziun d’in dretg da pegn da mastergnants da construcziun.
b. Dretg da retenziun
Per segirar ses dretg sin las contribuziuns dals ultims 3 onns, ha la cuminanza il dretg da retenziun sco in locatur vi da las chaussas moviblas che sa chattan en las localitads d’in proprietari en condomini e che appartegnan a l’indriz da quellas u che servan al diever dals proprietaris.
III. Abilitad d’agir da la cuminanza
1 La cuminanza acquista sut ses agen num la facultad che resulta da sia activitad administrativa, en spezial las contribuziuns dals cumproprietaris ed ils meds finanzials avant maun che vegnan realisads tras quellas, sco il fond da renovaziun.
2 La cuminanza dals proprietaris en condomini po purtar plant e stumar en ses num sco er vegnir accusada e stumada.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
D. Organisaziun
I. Radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini
1. Cumpetenza e stadi giuridic
1 Ultra da las cumpetenzas numnadas en autras disposiziuns ha la radunanza dals cumproprietaris spezialmain las suandantas cumpetenzas:
2 Uschenavant che la lescha na cuntegna betg disposiziuns spezialas, vegnan las prescripziuns davart ils organs da las uniuns e davart la contestaziun da conclus d’uniuns applitgadas per la radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini e per la cumissiun.
2. Convocaziun e presidi
1 La radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini vegn convocada e presidiada da l’administratur, nun ch’ella haja decidì autramain.
2 Ils conclus ston vegnir protocollads e l’administratur u il cumproprietari che ha manà la radunanza sto tegnair en salv il protocol.
3. Execuziun dal dretg da votar
1 Pliras persunas che possedan cuminaivlamain in plaun han mo ina vusch che vegn exprimida d’in represchentant.
2 Medemamain ston il proprietari ed il giudider d’in plaun sa cunvegnir davart l’execuziun dal dretg da votar; cas cuntrari ha il giudider il dretg da votar davart tut las dumondas concernent l’administraziun, cun excepziun da las mesiras da construcziun ch’èn mo nizzaivlas u che servan mo per embellir e per render pli cumadaivlas las localitads.
4. Abilitad da decider
1 La radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini è abla da decider, sche la mesadad da tut ils cumproprietaris che posseda a medem temp la mesadad da las parts, dentant sche almain dus proprietaris en condomini èn preschents u represchentads.
2 Sche la participaziun è insuffizienta, sto vegnir convocada ina segunda radunanza che na dastga betg avair lieu pli baud che 10 dis suenter l’emprima radunanza.
3 La segunda radunanza è abla da decider, sche la terza part, dentant sche almain dus da tut ils proprietaris en condomini èn preschents u represchentads.
II. L’administratur
1. Nominaziun
1 Sche la radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini na reussescha betg da nominar l’administratur, po mintga proprietari en condomini pretender ch’il derschader nomineschia l’administratur.
2 Il medem dretg ha er quel che ha in interess giustifitgà vi da quai, sco il creditur e l’assicurader.
2. Revocaziun
1 La radunanza dals cumproprietaris po revocar l’administratur da tut temp, cun resalva d’eventualas pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun.
2 Sche la radunanza refusa da revocar l’administratur senza resguardar motivs relevants, po mintga proprietari en condomini pretender entaifer 1 mais la revocaziun tras il derschader.
3 In administratur ch’è vegnì installà dal derschader na po – senza il consentiment da quel – betg vegnir revocà avant il termin ch’è vegnì fixà per ses engaschament.
3. Incumbensas
a. Execuziun da las disposiziuns e dals conclus davart l’administraziun e davart il diever
1 L’administratur exequescha tut ils affars da l’administraziun cuminaivla tenor las prescripziuns da la lescha e dal reglament sco er tenor ils conclus da la radunanza dals cumproprietaris e prenda da sai anor las mesiras urgentas per evitar u per reparar in donn.
2 El reparta las expensas e las grevezzas cuminaivlas sin ils singuls proprietaris en condomini, als dat il quint, incassescha lur contribuziuns, fa l’administraziun e dovra ils meds finanzials ch’èn avant maun tenor lur destinaziun.
3 El surveglia che las prescripziuns da la lescha, dal reglament e da l’urden da chasa vegnian observadas tar l’execuziun dals dretgs spezials e tar il diever da las parts cuminaivlas dal bain immobigliar e da l’edifizi sco er dals indrizs cuminaivels.
b. Represchentanza vers anor
1 L’administratur represchenta vers anor tant la cuminanza sco er ils proprietaris en condomini en tut ils affars da l’administraziun cuminaivla che tutgan tar sias incumbensas legalas.
2 Per manar in process civil, saja quai sco accusader u sco defensur, dovra l’administratur l’autorisaziun precedenta da la radunanza dals proprietaris en condomini, cun excepziun da la procedura summarica e cun resalva da cas urgents, per ils quals l’autorisaziun po vegnir dumandada posteriuramain.
3 Decleraziuns, pretensiuns, sentenzias e decisiuns ch’èn drizzadas a tut ils proprietaris en condomini pon vegnir communitgadas valaivlamain tras consegna a l’administratur en ses lieu da domicil u en il lieu, nua che la chaussa sa chatta.
A. Object
Objects da la proprietad mobigliara èn las chaussas corporalas transportablas sco er las forzas da la natira, uschenavant ch’igl è pussaivel d’acquistar dretgs vi da talas e ch’ellas n’appartegnan betg als bains immobigliars.
B. Modas d’acquistar
I. Transferiment
1. Transiziun da la proprietad
1 Per transferir la proprietad mobigliara èsi necessari da transponer quella en il possess da l’acquistader.
2 Tgi che survegn en buna fai ina chaussa movibla en proprietad, daventa il proprietari da quella chaussa, er sche l’alienader n’è betg autorisà da transferir la proprietad, cun resalva che l’acquistader saja protegì tenor las reglas dal possess.
2. Resalva da la proprietad
a. En general
1 Il patg, tras il qual l’alienader resalva la proprietad d’ina chaussa movibla ch’è vegnida transferida a l’acquistader, vala mo, sch’el vegn inscrit da l’uffizi da scussiun en il register public dal domicil respectiv actual da l’acquistader.
2 La resalva da la proprietad en cas dal commerzi da muvel è exclusa.
b. En cas da pajaments en ratas
Il proprietari na po betg pretender enavos las chaussas ch’èn vegnidas transferidas cun resalva da la proprietad, nun ch’el restitueschia las ratas pajadas a l’acquistader suenter la deducziun d’in tschains da locaziun adequat e d’ina indemnisaziun per l’isada da las chaussas.
3. Acquisiziun senza possess
1 Sche la chaussa resta en possess da l’alienader sin fundament d’ina relaziun da dretg speziala, n’ha il transferiment nagin effect per terzas persunas, sch’el aveva l’intenziun da chaschunar in dischavantatg per quellas u da guntgir las disposiziuns davart il pegn manual.
2 Il derschader decida en chaussa tenor ses appreziar.
II. Appropriaziun
1. Chaussas senza patrun
La proprietad d’ina chaussa senza patrun vegn acquistada tras quai, ch’insatgi s’appropriescha da quella cun l’intent da daventar ses proprietari.
2. Animals senza patrun
1 Animals pigliads èn senza patrun, sch’els sa delibereschan puspè, nun che lur patrun als persequiteschia immediatamain e nuninterruttamain ed als provia da puspè pigliar.
2 Animals dumestitgads èn senza patrun, uschespert ch’els daventan puspè selvadis e na returnan betg pli tar lur patrun.
3 Pievels d’avieuls n’èn betg senza patrun sch’els sgolan sin terren ester.
III. Chat
1. Publicaziun, retschertga dal proprietari
a. En general1
1 Tgi che chatta ina chaussa persa, sto communitgar quai al proprietari e, sch’el n’enconuscha betg quel, sto el u annunziar il chat a la polizia u publitgar sez il chat en moda adattada a las circumstanzas e far retschertgas per chattar il proprietari.
2 Sche la valur da la chaussa surpassa evidentamain 10 francs, è el obligà d’annunziar il chat a la polizia.
3 Tgi che chatta ina chaussa en ina chasa abitada u en in institut che serva al diever u al traffic public, sto consegnar quella al patrun-chasa, al locatari u a las persunas ch’èn incumbensadas cun la surveglianza.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
b. En cas d’animals
1 Tgi che chatta in animal pers, sto – cun resalva da l’artitgel 720 alinea 3 – communitgar quai al proprietari, e, sch’el n’enconuscha betg quel, annunziar il chat.
2 Ils chantuns designeschan il post, nua ch’il chat sto vegnir annunzià.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806) l’al. 2 vegn mess en vigur per il 1. d’avr. 2004.
2. Conservaziun ed ingiant public
1 La chaussa chattada sto vegnir conservada en moda adequata.
2 Cun il consentiment da l’autoritad cumpetenta e suenter in clom public precedent dastga la chaussa vegnir ingiantada publicamain, sch’ella chaschuna in mantegniment char u sch’ella è en privel d’ir svelt en malura ubain sche la polizia u in’autra instituziun publica l’ha gia conservada pli che in onn.
3 Il retgav che resulta da l’ingiant remplazza la chaussa.
3. Acquisiziun da proprietad, restituziun
1 Tgi che ademplescha sias obligaziuns da chattader, acquista la proprietad da la chaussa, suenter ch’il proprietari n’ha betg pudì vegnir eruì entaifer 5 onns dapi la publicaziun u dapi l’annunzia.
1bis En cas d’animals che vegnan tegnids en il sectur chasan e che na vegnan betg tegnids per intents da facultad u per intents da gudogn, importa il termin 2 mais.1
1ter Sch’il chattader confida l’animal ad ina pensiun d’animals cun la voluntad da renunziar definitivamain a la proprietad da quel, po la pensiun d’animals disponer libramain da l’animal 2 mais suenter che quel è vegnì confidà ad ella.2
2 Sche la chaussa vegn restituida, ha il chattader il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun per tut las expensas sco er ina recumpensa adequata.
3 Sch’ina chaussa vegn chattada en ina chasa abitada u en in institut che serva al diever u al traffic public, vegn il patrun-chasa, il locatari u l’institut resguardà sco chattader, senza ch’els hajan dentant il dretg d’ina recumpensa al chattader.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
4. Stgazi
1 Sch’i vegn chattà in object da valur, dal qual ins sto supponer cun segirtad – tenor las circumstanzas – ch’el saja dapi lung temp stà sutterrà u zuppà e ch’el n’haja betg pli in patrun, vegn quest object resguardà sco stgazi.
2 Cun resalva da la disposiziun davart objects da valur scientifica tutga il stgazi al proprietari dal bain immobigliar u da la chaussa movibla, nua ch’el è vegnì chattà.
3 Il chattader ha il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun adequata che na dastga dentant betg surpassar la mesadad da la valur dal stgazi.
5. Objects da valur scientifica
1 Objects natirals u antiquitads senza patrun d’ina valur scientifica èn proprietad dal chantun, sin il territori dal qual ellas èn vegnidas chattadas.1
1bis Senza la permissiun da l’autoritad chantunala cumpetenta na pon tals objects betg vegnir alienads. Els na pon vegnir acquistads ni tras giudida ni da buna fai. Il dretg da vegnir restituids na surannescha betg.2
2 Il proprietari dal bain immobigliar, nua ch’i vegnan chattads tals objects, è obligà da permetter l’exchavaziun da quels cunter l’indemnisaziun dal donn chaschunà.
3 Il chattader ed en cas dal stgazi er il proprietari han il dretg da survegnir ina indemnisaziun adequata che na duai dentant betg surpassar la valur dals objects.
1 Versiun tenor l’art. 32 cifra 1 da la LF dals 20 da zer. 2003 davart il transferiment da bains culturals, en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
2 Integrà tras l’art. 32 cifra 1 da la LF dals 20 da zer. 2003 davart il transferiment da bains culturals, en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
IV. Chaussas manadas natiers
1 Sch’i vegnan manadas natiers ad insatgi chaussas moviblas tras l’aua, tras il vent, tras lavinas u tras in’autra forza da la natira ubain per casualitad, u sche animals esters crodan en ils mauns d’insatgi, ha quel ils dretgs e las obligaziuns d’in chattader.
2 Sch’in pievel d’avieuls sgola en ina masaina estra populada, croda el al proprietari da quella, senza che quel è obligà da pajar ina indemnisaziun.
V. Elavuraziun
1 Sch’insatgi ha elavurà u transfurmà ina chaussa estra, tutga la nova chaussa a l’elavuratur, sche la lavur vala dapli che la materia, ed en il cas cuntrari al proprietari da la materia.
2 Sche l’elavuratur n’ha betg agì en buna fai, po il derschader attribuir la nova chaussa al proprietari da la materia, er sche la lavur vala dapli.
3 Resalvads restan ils dretgs d’indemnisaziun e d’enritgiment.
VI. Uniun e maschaida
1 Sche chaussas moviblas da differents proprietaris vegnan maschadadas u unidas uschia, ch’ellas na pon betg pli vegnir separadas senza vegnir donnegiadas considerablamain u senza lavurs ed expensas sproporziunadas, daventan las persunas participadas cumproprietarias da la nova chaussa tenor la valur che las singulas parts possedevan il mument che las chaussas èn vegnidas unidas u maschadadas.
2 Sche duas chaussas vegnan maschadadas u unidas uschia, ch’ina para dad esser ina part integrala accessorica da l’autra, tutga l’entira chaussa al proprietari da la part principala.
3 Resalvads restan ils dretgs d’indemnisaziun e d’enritgiment.
VII. Acquist tras giudida
1 Tgi che posseda ina chaussa estra movibla en buna fai, nuninterruttamain ed incontestablamain durant 5 onns, daventa proprietari da quella tras giudida.
1bis En cas d’animals che vegnan tegnids en il sectur chasan e che na vegnan betg tegnids per intents da facultad u per intents da gudogn, importa il termin 2 mais.1
1ter Cun resalva d’excepziuns legalas importa il termin da l’acquist tras giudida per bains culturals en il senn da l’artitgel 2 alinea 1 da la Lescha federala dals 20 da zercladur 20032 davart il transferiment da bains culturals 30 onns.3
2 Ina perdita nunvoluntaria dal possess n’interrumpa betg l’acquist tras giudida, sch’il possessur reacquista la chaussa entaifer 1 onn ubain tras in plant ch’è vegnì inoltrà entaifer quest temp.
3 Per calcular ils termins, per interrumper e per suspender l’acquist tras giudida vegnan applitgadas correspundentamain las prescripziuns davart la surannaziun da pretensiuns.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
2 SR 444.1
3 Integrà tras l’art. 32 cifra 1 da la LF dals 20 da zer. 2003 davart il transferiment da bains culturals, en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
C. Perdita
La proprietad mobigliara na finescha betg cun la perdita dal possess, mabain pir cur ch’il proprietari desista da ses dretg ubain cur ch’in auter acquista la proprietad.
A. Object
1 In bain immobigliar po vegnir engrevgià a favur d’in auter bain immobigliar da maniera che ses proprietari sto tolerar tschertas intervenziuns dal proprietari da quest auter bain immobigliar u desister d’exequir tscherts da ses dretgs da proprietad a favur da quel.
2 In’obligaziun da far insatge po vegnir colliada mo accessoricamain cun la servitut funsila. Per l’acquistader dal bain immobigliar dominant u engrevgià è ina tala obligaziun mo lianta, sch’ella resulta d’ina inscripziun en il register funsil.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Constituziun ed extincziun
I. Constituziun
1. Inscripziun
1 Per constituir ina servitut funsila dovri ina inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 Per l’acquist e per l’inscripziun valan las disposiziuns davart la proprietad funsila, nun che quai saja reglà autramain.
3 L’acquist tras giudida è pussaivel mo sin donn e cust da bains immobigliars, dals quals la proprietad po vegnir acquistada da medema maniera.
2. Act giuridic
1 L’act giuridic per constituir ina servitut funsila è mo valaivel, sch’el è vegnì fatg tras ina documentaziun publica.
2 Sche l’execuziun d’ina servitut sa restrenscha ad ina part dal bain immobigliar, sto il lieu da l’execuziun esser preschentà graficamain en in extract dal plan dal register funsil, sche la situaziun locala n’è betg definida cun ina precisiun suffizienta.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Servitut sin l’agen bain immobigliar
Il proprietari po constituir sin ses bain immobigliar ina servitut a favur d’in auter da ses agens bains immobigliars.
II. Extincziun
1. En general
Mintga servitut funsila extingua tras l’annullaziun da l’inscripziun sco er tras la perdita totala dal bain immobigliar engrevgià u dominant.
2. Reuniun dals bains immobigliars
1 Sch’il bain immobigliar dominant ed il bain immobigliar engrevgià vegnan en ils medems mauns, po il proprietari laschar annullar la servitut.
2 Uschè ditg che la servitut n’è betg annullada, exista ella vinavant sco dretg real.
3. Tras il derschader
1 Sch’ina servitut ha pers tut l’interess per il bain immobigliar dominant, po il proprietari engrevgià pretender ch’ella vegnia annullada.
2 Sch’il giudider ha bain anc in interess, ma sche quest interess è da fitg pitschna impurtanza en cumparegliaziun cun la grevezza, po la servitut vegnir annullada u reducida cunter ina indemnisaziun.
C. Cuntegn
I. Dimensiun
1. En general
1 Il giudider ha il dretg da far tut quai ch’è necessari per mantegnair e per far diever da la servitut.
2 El è dentant obligà da far diever da ses dretg cun il quità il meglier pussaivel.
3 Il proprietari engrevgià na dastga far nagut che impediss u engrevgiass il diever da la servitut.
2. Tenor l’inscripziun
1 Uschenavant ch’ils dretgs e las obligaziuns resultan cleramain da l’inscripziun, è quella decisiva per il cuntegn da la servitut.
2 En il rom da l’inscripziun po il cuntegn da la servitut resultar da ses motiv d’acquist u da la moda e maniera, co ch’igl è vegnì fatg diever da la servitut en buna fai durant in temp pli lung, senza vegnir contestada.
3. En cas da novs basegns
Novs basegns dal bain immobigliar dominant na legitimeschan betg d’augmentar la grevezza da la servitut.
4. Tenor il dretg chantunal e tenor l’isanza locala
Il cuntegn dals dretgs da passadi, sco trutgs, sendas, vias charrablas, vias champestras, vias d’enviern, vias da guaud, plinavant dals dretgs da pasculaziun, da tagliar laina, da bavrar, da sauar e da dretgs sumegliants vegn determinà tras il dretg chantunal e tras l’isanza locala, uschenavant che quests dretgs n’èn betg reglads en il cas singul.
5. En cas da plirs autorisads
1 Sche plirs autorisads èn participads vi d’in indriz cuminaivel sin basa da la medema servitut e sche nagut auter n’é fixà, èn applitgablas tenor il senn las regulaziuns che valan per cumproprietaris.
2 Il dretg da sortir da la cuminanza cun renunziar a la servitut po vegnir exclus per maximalmain 30 onns tras ina cunvegna stabilida en la furma previsa en il contract da servitut. La cunvegna po vegnir prenotada en il register funsil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Grevezza da mantegniment
1 Sch’in indriz è necessari per far diever da la servitut, èsi chaussa dal giudider da mantegnair quest indriz.
2 Sche l’indriz serva er als interess dal proprietari engrevgià, han tuts dus da procurar per il mantegniment en proporziun da lur interess. Ina cunvegna divergenta è lianta per l’acquistader dal bain immobigliar dominant e per l’acquistader dal bain immobigliar engrevgià, sch’ella resulta dals mussaments dal register funsil.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Dischlocaziun da la servitut1
1 Sche mo ina part dal bain immobigliar vegn duvrada per far diever da la servitut funsila, po il proprietari engrevgià pretender – uschenavant ch’el cumprova in interess e surpiglia ils custs – che la servitut vegnia dischlocada en in lieu che n’è betg main adattà per il giudider.
2 El ha il dretg da far quai, er sch’il lieu da la servitut è vegnì determinà en il register funsil.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Partiziun d’in bain immobigliar
1 Sch’il bain immobigliar dominant u il bain immobigliar engrevgià vegn repartì, resta la servitut sin tut las parts.
2 Sche l’execuziun da la servitut sa restrenscha tenor ils mussaments u tenor las circumstanzas sin singulas parts, sto la servitut vegnir annullada per las parts betg pertutgadas.
3 La procedura da rectificaziun sa drizza tenor las prescripziuns davart l’annullaziun e davart la midada da las inscripziuns en il register funsil.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Giudida
I. Object
1 La giudida po vegnir constituida vi da chaussas moviblas, vi da bains immobigliars, vi da dretgs u vi d’ina facultad.
2 Ella surdat al giudider il dretg da giudair cumplainamain la chaussa, nun che quai saja disponì autramain.
3 La giudida d’in bain immobigliar po vegnir limitada ad ina tscherta part d’in edifizi u dal bain immobigliar.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da zer. 2003, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2004 (AS 2003 4121; BBl 2002 4721).
II. Constituziun
1. En general
1 En cas da chaussas moviblas u da pretensiuns vegn ina giudida constituida tras il transferiment a l’acquistader, en cas da bains immobigliars tras l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 Per l’acquist en cas da chaussas moviblas e da bains immobigliars sco er per l’inscripziun valan las disposiziuns davart la proprietad, nun che quai saja reglà autramain.
2. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. Extincziun
1. Motivs
1 La giudida extingua tras l’extincziun cumpletta da sia chaussa ed en cas da bains immobigliars ultra da quai tras l’annullaziun da l’inscripziun ch’è stada necessaria per constituir la giudida.
2 Auters motivs d’extincziun, sco scadenza dal termin, renunzia u mort dal giudider, dattan – en cas da bains immobigliars – al proprietari mo il dretg da laschar annullar l’inscripziun.
3 La giudida legala finescha, cur che ses motiv scroda.
2. Durada
1 La giudida finescha cun la mort dal giudider e per persunas giuridicas cun lur dissoluziun.
2 Per talas po ella dentant durar maximalmain 100 onns.
3. Remplazzament en cas d’extincziun
1 Il proprietari n’è betg obligà da restabilir la chaussa extinguida.
2 Sch’el restabilescha la chaussa, vegn er restabilida la giudida.
3 Sche la chaussa extinguida vegn remplazzada, sco en cas da l’expropriaziun e da l’assicuranza, cuntinuescha la giudida vi da la chaussa remplazzada.
4. Restituziun
a. Obligaziun
Cur che la giudida è a fin, ha il possessur da restituir la chaussa al proprietari.
b. Responsabladad
1 Il giudider è responsabel per l’extincziun e per la valur reducida da la chaussa, nun ch’el cumprovia che quest donn saja entrà senza sia culpa.
2 El sto remplazzar las chaussas ch’el ha consumà senza esser stà autorisà.
3 El na sto betg remplazzar la valur reducida da las chaussas, sche quella è vegnida chaschunada tras il diever normal da la chaussa.
c. Spesas
1 Sch’il giudider ha fatg spesas u renovaziuns senza ch’el fiss stà obligà, po el pretender ina indemnisaziun a chaschun da la restituziun, sco in administratur senza mandat.
2 El po prender davent indrizs ch’el ha installà, sch’il proprietari na vul betg indemnisar quels; el è dentant obligà da restabilir il stadi anteriur.
5. Surannaziun dals dretgs d’indemnisaziun
Ils dretgs dal proprietari da vegnir indemnisà per midadas u per reducziuns da la valur da la chaussa sco er ils dretgs dal giudider da vegnir indemnisà per spesas u da prender davent indrizs, suranneschan in onn suenter il di che la chaussa è vegnida restituida.
IV. Cuntegn
1. Dretgs dal giudider
a. En general
1 Il giudider ha il dretg da posseder, da duvrar e da giudair la chaussa.
2 El procura per l’administraziun da la chaussa.
3 Faschond diever da quest dretg sto el proceder tenor las reglas d’ina buna administraziun.
b. Fritgs natirals
1 Fritgs natirals appartegnan al giudider, sch’els èn vegnids madirs durant il temp da giudida.
2 Tgi che ha cultivà in er, ha il dretg che sias spesas vegnian indemnisadas adequatamain da quel che survegn ils fritgs madirs; l’indemnisaziun na dastga dentant betg surpassar la valur dals fritgs madirs.
3 Parts integralas che n’èn ni products ni fritgs restan tar il proprietari da la chaussa.
c. Tschains
Tschains da chapitals da giudida ed autras prestaziuns periodicas appartegnan al giudider a partir da quel di che ses dretg cumenza, fin a quel di ch’il dretg finescha, er sch’els ston vegnir pajaids pir pli tard.
d. Transferibilitad
1 Il dretg da giudida po vegnir transferì ad ina terza persuna, nun ch’i sa tractia d’in dretg strictamain persunal.
2 Il proprietari ha il dretg da far valair ses dretgs directamain vers la terza persuna.
2. Dretgs dal proprietari
a. Surveglianza
Il proprietari po far protesta cunter mintga diever illegal e cunter mintga diever che na correspunda betg a la natira da la chaussa.
b. Garanzia
1 Il proprietari ha il dretg da pretender ina garanzia dal giudider, uschespert ch’el po cumprovar ina periclitaziun da ses dretgs.
2 Senza questa cumprova e gia avant la surdada da la chaussa po el pretender ina garanzia, sche chaussas consumablas u sche vaglias èn l’object da la giudida.
3 Per garantir las vaglias basti da deponer quellas.
c. Garanzia en cas da donaziuns e da giudida legala
1 Il dretg da garanzia n’exista betg vers quel che ha regalà la chaussa al proprietari cun sa resalvar la giudida da quella.
2 En cas da la giudida legala è il dretg da garanzia suttamess a las disposiziuns spezialas da la relaziun giuridica respectiva.
d. Consequenza da la mancanza da la garanzia
Sch’il giudider na presta betg la garanzia entaifer il termin adequat fixà per quest intent u sch’el na desista betg da far illegalmain diever da la chaussa malgrà la protesta dal proprietari, al sto il derschader retrair ad interim il possess da la chaussa ed ordinar ina curatella.
3. Obligaziun d’inventarisar
Il proprietari ed il giudider han il dretg da pretender da tut temp ch’i vegnia fatg in inventari public da las chaussas da la giudida sin custs cuminaivels.
4. Obligaziuns dal giudider
a. Mantegniment da la chaussa
1 Il giudider ha da mantegnair la substanza da la chaussa ed ha da far da sai anor meglieraziuns e renovaziuns che appartegnan al mantegniment ordinari.
2 Sche lavurs e mesiras pli impurtantas daventan necessarias per mantegnair la chaussa, sto il giudider infurmar il proprietari e tolerar las lavurs e las mesiras.
3 Sch’il proprietari n’interprenda betg il necessari, po il giudider prender sez las mesiras necessarias sin donn e cust dal proprietari.
b. Spesas dal mantegniment e dal diever
1 Las spesas per il mantegniment ordinari e per l’administraziun da la chaussa, ils tschains per ils debits da chapital ch’engrevgeschan la chaussa sco er las taglias e las taxas vegnan surpigliadas dal giudider en proporziun cun la durada da ses dretg.
2 Sche las taglias e las taxas vegnan incassadas tar il proprietari, al sto il giudider indemnisar en la medema dimensiun.
3 Tut las autras grevezzas porta il proprietari; el dastga dentant duvrar chaussas da la giudida per quest intent, sch’il giudider n’al paja betg – sin dumonda – anticipadamain e gratuitamain ils meds finanzials necessaris.
c. Tschains en cas da giudida d’ina facultad
Sch’ina facultad è suttamessa a la giudida, sto il giudider tschainsir ils debits da chapital; sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan dentant quai, po el pretender da vegnir deliberà da questa obligaziun tras quai che la giudida vegn restrenschida sin il surpli da las valurs da facultad che resta suenter avair pajà ils debits.
d. Assicuranza
1 Il giudider sto assicurar la chaussa a favur dal proprietari cunter fieu e cunter auters privels, uschenavant che questa assicuranza vegn quintada – tenor l’isanza locala – tar las obligaziuns d’ina buna administraziun.
2 En quest cas ston las premias d’assicuranza vegnir surpigliadas dal giudider per la durada da sia giudida; quai vala er, sch’ina chaussa gia assicurada vegn suttamessa a la giudida.
V. Cas spezials
1. Bains immobigliars
a. Fritgs
1 Il giudider d’in bain immobigliar sto guardar che la moda e maniera da la giudida n’exploteschia betg il bain immobigliar sur la mesira ordinaria.
2 Ils fritgs ch’èn vegnids racoltads sur questa mesira appartegnan al proprietari.
b. Destinaziun economica
1 Vi da la destinaziun economica dal bain immobigliar na dastga il giudider far naginas midadas che han in dischavantatg considerabel per il proprietari.
2 La chaussa sezza na dastga el ni transfurmar ni midar essenzialmain.
3 Novas chavas da crappa, da marna, da turba e chavas sumegliantas dastga el explotar mo, suenter ch’el ha infurmà il proprietari, e mo sut la premissa che la destinaziun economica dal bain immobigliar na vegnia betg midada essenzialmain qua tras.
c. Guaud
1 Il giudider d’in guaud po giudair quel en il rom d’in plan d’utilisaziun ordinari.
2 Tant il proprietari sco er il giudider pon pretender ch’il guaud vegnia giudì tenor in plan che tegna quint da lur dretgs.
3 Sch’il guaud vegn explotà considerablamain sur la mesira en consequenza da stemprà, da navadas, d’incendi, d’invasiun d’insects u per auters motivs, sto l’explotaziun vegnir reducida per reparar successivamain il donn u sto il plan d’utilisaziun vegnir adattà a las novas relaziuns; il retgav da l’explotaziun sur la mesira sto dentant vegnir investì uschia ch’el porta tschains e serva a gulivar la perdita.
d. Minieras
Las disposiziuns davart la giudida dals guauds vegnan applitgadas analogamain per la giudida da chaussas, da las qualas l’utilisaziun consista en l’explotaziun da parts integralas dal terren, sco en spezial da minieras.
2. Chaussas consumablas e stimadas
1 Il giudider daventa proprietari da chaussas consumablas, nun che quai saja disponì autramain; el sto dentant indemnisar la valur che las chaussas avevan al cumenzament da la giudida.
2 Sche autras chaussas moviblas vegnan surdadas sin basa d’ina stimaziun, po il giudider disponer libramain da talas, nun che quai saja disponì autramain; sch’el fa diever da quest dretg, sto el dentant indemnisar la valur da las chaussas.
3 Installaziuns agriculas, scossas, magasins e chaussas sumegliantas pon vegnir indemnisads tras chaussas da la medema spezia e da la medema qualitad.
3. Pretensiuns
a. Cuntegn
1 Il giudider da pretensiuns po incassar il retgav da quellas.
2 Disditgas al debitur sco er disposiziuns davart vaglias ston vegnir fatgas dal creditur e dal giudider; disditgas dal debitur ston vegnir fatgas vers il creditur e vers il giudider.
3 Il creditur ed il giudider han il dretg da pretender in da l’auter il consentiment a las mesiras che appartegnan ad ina buna administraziun, en cas che la pretensiun è periclitada.
b. Restituziun e reinvestiziun
1 Sch’il debitur n’è betg autorisà da far la restituziun al creditur u al giudider, ha el ubain da pajar a tuts dus cuminaivlamain ubain da deponer la prestaziun.
2 La chaussa da la prestaziun, sco en spezial il chapital restituì, è suttamessa a la giudida.
3 Tant il creditur sco er il giudider pon pretender ch’ils chapitals vegnian investids en moda segira ed uschia ch’els portan tschains.
c. Dretg sin cessiun
1 Entaifer 3 mais suenter il cumenzament da la giudida ha il giudider il dretg da pretender la cessiun da las pretensiuns e da las vaglias ch’èn suttamessas a sia giudida.
2 Sche la cessiun ha lieu, sto el star bun vers il vegl creditur per la valur che las pretensiuns e las vaglias avevan il mument da la cessiun e pajar ina garanzia fin a quest import, nun ch’i vegnia desistì da quai.
3 Sch’i na vegn betg desistì d’ina garanzia, ha il transferiment lieu pir cun la prestaziun da la garanzia.
B. Dretg d’abitar
I. En general
1 Il dretg d’abitar consista da l’autorisaziun d’abitar en in edifizi u en ina part d’in edifizi.
2 El è intransferibel ed inertabel.
3 El è suttamess a las disposiziuns da la giudida, nun che la lescha disponia autramain.
II. Cuntegn dal dretg d’abitar
1 Il dretg d’abitar vegn fixà en general tenor ils basegns persunals dal giudider.
2 Il giudider dastga dentant recepir en l’abitaziun ses confamigliars e ses cunabitants, nun ch’il dretg saja limità expressivamain a sia persuna.
3 Sch’il dretg d’abitar è limità ad ina part d’in edifizi, po il giudider far cundiever dals indrizs ch’èn destinads al diever cuminaivel.
III. Grevezzas
1 Sch’il giudider ha in dretg d’abitar exclusiv, porta el las grevezzas dal mantegniment ordinari.
2 Sch’el ha mo in dretg da cundiever, sto il proprietari purtar ils custs da mantegniment.
C. Dretg da construcziun
I. Object ed inscripziun en il register funsil1
1 In bain immobigliar po vegnir engrevgià cun ina servitut ch’insatgi survegnia il dretg da construir u da mantegnair in edifizi sur u sut terra.
2 Quest dretg è transferibel ed ertabel, nun che quai saja vegnì reglà autramain.
3 Sch’il dretg da construcziun è independent e permanent, po el vegnir inscrit en il register funsil sco bain immobigliar.
1 Versiun da la marginala tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
II. Act giuridic
1 L’act giuridic per constituir in dretg da construcziun è mo valaivel, sch’el è vegnì fatg tras ina documentaziun publica.
2 Sch’il tschains dal dretg da construcziun ed eventualas autras disposiziuns contractualas duain vegnir prenotadas en il register funsil, èn els mo valaivels, sche la prenotaziun è vegnida fatga tras ina documentaziun publica.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969), versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Cuntegn, dimensiun e prenotaziun2
1 Las disposiziuns contractualas davart il cuntegn e davart la dimensiun dal dretg da construcziun, sco en spezial davart la situaziun, davart la structura, davart l’extensiun e davart l’intent dals edifizis sco er davart l’utilisaziun da surfatschas betg surbajegiadas che vegnan duvradas per exequir il dretg da construcziun èn liantas per mintga persuna che acquista il dretg da construcziun ed il bain immobigliar engrevgià.
2 Ulteriuras disposiziuns contractualas pon vegnir prenotadas en il register funsil, sche las partidas fixeschan quai uschia.3
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Consequenzas da la scadenza
1. Return al proprietari
Sch’il dretg da construcziun extingua, van ils edifizis existents al proprietari dal bain immobigliar e daventan parts integralas da quest bain immobigliar.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2. Indemnisaziun
1 Per ils edifizis che returnan ad el, ha il proprietari dal bain immobigliar da prestar ina indemnisaziun adequata al giudider vertent dal dretg da construcziun; questa indemnisaziun è dentant ina garanzia per las pretensiuns existentas dals crediturs, als quals il dretg da construcziun era impegnà; perquai na dastga ella betg vegnir pajada senza lur consentiment al giudider dal dretg da construcziun da fin ussa.
2 Sche l’indemnisaziun na vegn ni pajada ni garantida, po il giudider vertent dal dretg da construcziun u in creditur, al qual il dretg da construcziun era impegnà, pretender ch’i vegnia inscrit – empè dal dretg da construcziun annullà – in dretg da pegn immobigliar dal medem rang per segirar la pretensiun d’indemnisaziun.
3 L’inscripziun sto vegnir fatga il pli tard 3 mais suenter l’extincziun dal dretg da construcziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969). Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
V. Return anticipà al proprietari
1. Premissas
Sch’il giudider vertent dal dretg da construcziun surpassa gravantamain ses dretg real u violescha gravantamain obligaziuns contractualas, po il proprietari dal bain immobigliar procurar per il return anticipà, pretendend ch’il dretg da construcziun vegnia transferì ad el cun tut ils dretgs e cun tut las grevezzas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2. Execuziun dal dretg da return al proprietari
1 Il dretg da return al proprietari po vegnir exequì mo, sch’i vegn prestada ina indemnisaziun adequata per ils edifizis returnants; per calcular questa indemnisaziun po il cumportament culpaivel dal giudider dal dretg da construcziun vegnir resguardà sco motiv da reducziun.
2 Il dretg da construcziun vegn transferì sin il proprietari dal bain immobigliar pir, cur che l’indemnisaziun è pajada u garantida.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
3. Auters cas d’applicaziun
Las prescripziuns davart l’execuziun dal dretg da return al proprietari èn applitgablas per mintga dretg ch’il proprietari dal bain immobigliar ha resalvà per abolir u per retransferir anticipadamain il dretg da construcziun, en cas ch’il giudider dal dretg da construcziun violescha sias obligaziuns.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
VI. Garanzia per il tschains dal dretg da construcziun
1. Dretg da constituir in dretg da pegn
1 Per segirar il tschains dal dretg da construcziun è il proprietari dal bain immobigliar autorisà vers mintga giudider dal dretg da construcziun da constituir in dretg da pegn da maximalmain trais prestaziuns annualas sin il dretg da construcziun inscrit en il register funsil.
2 Sche la cuntraprestaziun n’è betg fixada en prestaziuns annualas egualas, po il dretg da pegn legal vegnir constituì per l’import che represchenta trais prestaziuns annualas, sche la cuntraprestaziun vegniss repartida egualmain.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2. Inscripziun
1 Il dretg da pegn po vegnir inscrit da tut temp uschè ditg ch’il dretg da construcziun exista, ed el na vegn betg annullà en cas d’ina utilisaziun sfurzada.
2 Dal rest èn applitgablas tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart la constituziun d’in dretg da pegn da mastergnants da construcziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
VII. Durada maximala
1 Il dretg da construcziun po vegnir constituì sco dretg independent per ina durada da maximalmain 100 onns.
2 En la furma prescritta per la constituziun po el vegnir prolungà da tut temp per ina nova durada da maximalmain 100 onns; in’obligaziun surpigliada precedentamain per quest intent n’è dentant betg lianta.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da mars 1965, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
D. Dretg da funtauna
1 Il dretg sin ina funtauna d’in bain immobigliar ester engrevgescha quest bain immobigliar cun la servitut da laschar prender e manar davent l’aua da questa funtauna.
2 Quest dretg è transferibel ed ertabel, nun che quai saja vegnì reglà autramain.
3 Sch’il dretg da funtauna è independent e permanent, po el vegnir inscrit en il register funsil sco bain immobigliar.
E. Autras servituts
1 In bain immobigliar po vegnir engrevgià cun servituts d’in auter cuntegn a favur da mintga persuna u communitad, uschenavant che quest bain immobigliar po servir ad insatgi per in tschert diever, sco per exercizis da tir u per passadi.
2 Sch’i n’è betg vegnì reglà autramain, èn questas servituds intransferiblas, e lur cuntegn sa drizza tenor ils basegns ordinaris dals giudiders.
3 Dal rest èn ellas suttamessas a las disposiziuns davart las servituts funsilas.
F. Mesiras giudizialas
Per giudiders d’ina servitut inscrits en il register funsil valan tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart las mesiras giudizialas en cas ch’il proprietari è nunchattabel u sch’i mancan ils organs prescrits d’ina persuna giuridica u d’in auter subject giuridic.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Object
1 La grevezza funsila oblighescha il proprietari actual d’in bain immobigliar da far ina prestaziun a favur d’in giudider; per questa prestaziun sto el star bun sulettamain cun il bain immobigliar.
2 Sco giudider po vegnir designà il proprietari actual d’in auter bain immobigliar.
3 Cun resalva da las grevezzas funsilas da dretg public dastga ina grevezza funsila mo cuntegnair ina prestaziun che resulta da la natira economica dal bain immobigliar engrevgià u ch’è destinada als basegns economics d’in bain immobigliar dominant.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Constituziun ed extincziun
I. Constituziun
1. Inscripziun e moda d’acquist
1 Per constituir ina grevezza funsila dovri ina inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 L’inscripziun sto inditgar in tschert import en munaida naziunala sco sia valur totala; en cas da prestaziuns periodicas correspunda quest import – cun resalva d’ina autra cunvegna – a ventg prestaziuns annualas.
3 Per l’acquist e per l’inscripziun valan las disposiziuns davart la proprietad funsila, nun che quai saja reglà autramain.
2. Grevezzas funsilas da dretg public
Per la constituziun da las grevezzas funsilas da dretg public e per lur effect envers terzas persunas da buna fai èn applitgablas tenor il senn las disposiziuns davart il dretg da pegn legal dal dretg chantunal.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Extincziun
1. En general
1 La grevezza funsila extingua tras l’annullaziun da l’inscripziun sco er tras la perdita totala dal bain immobigliar engrevgià.
2 La renunzia, la deliberaziun u auters motivs d’extincziun dattan al proprietari engrevgià il dretg da pretender dal giudider che l’inscripziun vegnia annullada.
2. Deliberaziun
a. Tras il creditur
1 Il creditur po pretender la deliberaziun da la grevezza funsila sin basa d’ina cunvegna e plinavant:1
2 Sch’il creditur pretenda la deliberaziun pervia da la partiziun dal bain immobigliar, sto el disdir – observond in termin dad 1 onn – la grevezza funsila entaifer 1 mais suenter ch’il spustament ha survegnì vigur legala.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Tras il debitur
1 Il debitur po pretender la deliberaziun sin basa d’ina cunvegna e plinavant:
2 Sche la deliberaziun ha lieu suenter 30 onns, sto ella vegnir disditga en mintga cas 1 onn ordavant.
3 Questa deliberaziun è exclusa, sche la grevezza funsila è colliada cun in’autra servitut funsila da durada perpetna.
c. Pretsch da deliberaziun
La deliberaziun ha lieu per l’import ch’è inscrit en il register funsil sco valur totala da la grevezza funsila, nun ch’i vegnia cumprovà che la grevezza funsila haja en realitad ina valur pli pitschna.
3. Surannaziun
1 La grevezza funsila na surannescha betg.
2 La singula prestaziun è suttamessa a la surannaziun a partir dal mument ch’ella daventa in debit persunal dal proprietari engrevgià.
C. Cuntegn
I. Dretg dal creditur
1 Il creditur da la grevezza funsila n’ha betg ina pretensiun persunala cunter il debitur, mabain mo il dretg da vegnir cuntentà per la valur dal bain immobigliar engrevgià.
2 La singula prestaziun daventa dentant in debit persunal 3 onns suenter ch’ella è scadida, e per quest debit persunal na sto il bain immobigliar betg pli star bun.
II. Obligaziun dal debitur
1 Sch’il bain immobigliar mida proprietari, daventa l’acquistader senz’auter debitur da la grevezza funsila.
2 Sch’il bain immobigliar vegn partì, daventan ils proprietaris da las parts ils debiturs da la grevezza funsila. Il debit vegn repartì sin las parts tenor las disposiziuns davart l’ipoteca.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Premissas
I. Spezias
1 Il pegn immobigliar vegn constituì en furma d’ina ipoteca u d’ina brev ipotecara.1
2 En in’autra furma na po il pegn immobigliar betg vegnir constituì.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Furma da la pretensiun
1. Import
1 Tar la constituziun dal pegn immobigliar sto l’import da la pretensiun vegnir inditgà en mintga cas en munaida naziunala.
2 Sch’i sa tracta d’ina obligaziun da valur nundeterminada, sto vegnir inditgada ina summa maximala, fin a la quala il bain immobigliar sto star bun per tut las pretensiuns dal creditur.
2. Tschains
1 Las partidas pon sa cunvegnir libramain davart il tschains, observond ils limits fixads per cumbatter tschains abusivs.
2 La legislaziun chantunala po fixar il tschains maximal che dastga vegnir stabilì per pretensiuns ch’èn garantidas tras pegns immobigliars.
III. Bain immobigliar
1. Bains impegnabels
1 Il pegn immobigliar po vegnir constituì mo sin bains immobigliars ch’èn inscrits en il register funsil.
2 Ils chantuns pon scumandar u suttametter a prescripziuns spezialas l’impegnaziun da terren e da funs public, d’alps u da pastgiras ch’èn proprietad da corporaziuns sco er ils dretgs da giudida ch’èn colliads cun quai.
2. Designaziun
a. En cas d’in sulet bain immobigliar
1 Il bain immobigliar impegnà sto vegnir designà cleramain tar la constituziun dal pegn immobigliar.
2 Parts d’in bain immobigliar na pon betg vegnir impegnadas avant che sia partiziun è inscritta en il register funsil.
b. En cas da plirs bains immobigliars
1 Plirs bains immobigliars pon vegnir impegnads per la medema pretensiun, sch’els appartegnan al medem proprietari u a cundebiturs solidarics.
2 En tut ils auters cas, nua che plirs bains immobigliars vegnan impegnads per la medema pretensiun, sto mintgin vegnir engrevgià cun ina part determinada da la pretensiun.
3 Questas parts sa drizzan tenor la valur dals singuls bains immobigliars, nun ch’i saja vegnì reglà autramain.
3. Bains immobigliars agriculs
Per impegnar bains immobigliars agriculs vala ultra da quai la Lescha federala dals 4 d’october 19912 davart il dretg funsil puril.
B. Constituziun ed extincziun
I. Constituziun
1. Inscripziun
1 Il pegn immobigliar vegn constituì cun l’inscripziun en il register funsil, cun resalva da las excepziuns fixadas da la lescha.
2 L’act giuridic per constituir in pegn immobigliar è mo valaivel, sch’el è vegnì fatg tras ina documentaziun publica.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. En cas da proprietad cuminaivla
1 Sch’in bain immobigliar è en cumproprietad da plirs, po mintgin da quels impegnar sia part.
2 Sch’in bain immobigliar è en proprietad cuminaivla, po el vegnir impegnà mo en sia totalitad ed en num da tut ils proprietaris.
II. Extincziun
1 Il pegn immobigliar extingua tras l’annullaziun da l’inscripziun sco er tras la perdita totala dal bain immobigliar.
2 La perdita dal bain immobigliar en consequenza d’ina expropriaziun vegn reglada dal dretg d’expropriaziun da la Confederaziun e dals chantuns.
III. En cas d’ina arrundaziun dal terren
1. Transferiment dals dretgs da pegn
1 En cas d’arrundaziuns dal terren che vegnan exequidas en cooperaziun u sut la surveglianza d’autoritads publicas vegnan ils dretgs da pegn immobigliar, ch’existan per ils bains immobigliars che vegnan cedids, transferids sin ils bains immobigliars ch’èn vegnids attribuids da nov senza ch’els midian il rang vertent.
2 Sch’in sulet bain immobigliar remplazza plirs singuls bains immobigliars ch’èn impegnads cun diversas pretensiuns u che n’èn betg impegnads tuts, ston ils dretgs da pegn immobigliar vegnir transferids sin l’entir nov bain immobigliar, mantegnend tant sco pussaivel il rang vertent.
2. Disditga tras il debitur
Il debitur po cumprar ora ils pegns immobigliars ch’èn constituids sin bains immobigliars e ch’èn cumpigliads en in’arrundaziun dal terren; el po far valair quest dretg il mument che questa fatschenta vegn exequida cun in termin da disditga da 3 mais.
3. Indemnisaziun en daners
1 Sch’i vegn pajada ina indemnisaziun per bains immobigliars impegnads, sto l’import vegnir repartì sin ils crediturs tenor lur rang u, sch’els han il medem rang, tenor la grondezza da lur pretensiun.
2 Senza il consentiment dals crediturs na dastga l’indemnisaziun betg vegnir pajada al debitur sez, uschespert ch’ella importa dapli che la ventgavla part da la pretensiun impegnada u uschespert ch’il nov bain immobigliar na porscha betg pli ina garanzia suffizienta.
C. Effect
I. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara
1 Il pegn immobigliar engrevgescha il bain immobigliar cun tut sias parts integralas e cun tut sias parts accessoricas.
2 Las chaussas ch’èn vegnidas designadas expressivamain sco parts accessoricas en l’act d’impegnaziun e ch’èn vegnidas remartgadas sco talas en il register funsil, sco maschinas ed il mobigliar d’in hotel, valan sco parts accessoricas, uschè ditg ch’i na vegn betg cumprovà ch’ellas na possian – tenor lescha – betg posseder questa qualitad.
3 Ils dretgs da terzas persunas vi da las parts accessoricas restan resalvads.
II. Tschains da locaziun e da fittanza
1 Sch’il bain immobigliar impegnà è dà en locaziun u a fittanza, cumpiglia il pegn immobigliar er ils tschains da locaziun e da fittanza ch’èn s’accumulads dapi ch’il debitur ha pretendi la scussiun per realisar il pegn immobigliar u dapi ch’il concurs è vegnì declerà al debitur fin ch’il bain vegn realisà.
2 Quest dretg da pegn immobigliar po vegnir fatg valair vers ils debiturs dal tschains pir a partir dal mument ch’els èn vegnids orientads da la scussiun u ch’il concurs è stà publitgà.
3 Acts giuridics, tras ils quals il proprietari dispona da tschains da locaziun e da fittanza che n’èn anc betg scrudads, sco er l’impegnaziun da tals tras auters crediturs, n’han betg forza e vigur vers il creditur ipotecar che ha – avant ch’ils tschains scrodian – pretendì la scussiun per pudair realisar ses pegn.
III. Surannaziun
Las pretensiuns garantidas tras in pegn immobigliar ed inscrittas en il register funsil na suranneschan betg.
IV. Mesiras da precauziun
1. En cas da reducziuns da la valur
a. Scumond ed agid a sasez
1 Sch’il proprietari reducescha la valur da la chaussa impegnada, po il creditur dumandar dal derschader ch’el dettia il cumond da tralaschar mintga ulteriur act nuschaivel.
2 Il creditur po vegnir autorisà dal derschader da prender las mesiras adequatas; el po prender talas er senza autorisaziun, sch’i nascha in privel dal retard.
3 Per ils custs chaschunads qua tras po el pretender ina indemnisaziun dal proprietari ed el posseda per quai in dretg da pegn vi dal bain immobigliar. Quest dretg da pegn na sto betg vegnir inscrit en il register funsil ed ha la preferenza vers tut las autras grevezzas inscrittas.1
4 Sche l’import dal dretg da pegn surpassa 1000 francs e sche quel na vegn betg inscrit en il register funsil entaifer 4 mais suenter la terminaziun da las mesiras, na po el betg vegnir fatg valair vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Garanzia, restabiliment, pajament en ratas
1 Sche la valur dal bain immobigliar è vegnida reducida, po il creditur pretender dal debitur che ses dretgs vegnian garantids u che la chaussa vegnia restabilida sco ch’ella era.
2 Sch’i smanatscha il privel d’ina reducziun da la valur, po el pretender la garanzia.
3 Sch’i na vegn betg satisfatg a la pretensiun entaifer in termin ch’è vegnì fixà dal derschader, po il creditur pretender in pajament dal debit en ratas ch’è suffizient per satisfar a la garanzia.
2. Reducziun da la valur senza culpa dal proprietari
1 Sche la valur dal bain immobigliar è vegnida reducida senza ch’il proprietari saja la culpa, po il creditur pretender la garanzia u in pajament en ratas mo uschenavant ch’il proprietari è indemnisà per il donn.
2 Il creditur ha dentant il dretg da pretender las mesiras necessarias per eliminar u per impedir la reducziun da la valur. Per ils custs chaschunads na po el betg far star bun il proprietari persunalmain, el ha dentant il dretg d’in pegn immobigliar. Quest dretg da pegn na sto betg vegnir inscrit en il register funsil ed ha la preferenza vers tut las autras grevezzas inscrittas.1
3 Sche l’import dal dretg da pegn surpassa 1000 francs e sche quel na vegn betg inscrit en il register funsil entaifer 4 mais suenter la terminaziun da las mesiras, na po el betg vegnir fatg valair vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Alienaziun da pitschnas parcellas
Sch’il proprietari alienescha ina part dal bain immobigliar, che sto vegnir valità sin main che in ventgavel da la pretensiun impegnada, na po il creditur betg impedir che questa part vegnia deliberada dal pegn, uschespert ch’i vegn fatg in pajament en ratas proporziunal u uschespert ch’il rest dal bain immobigliar porscha anc ina garanzia suffizienta.
V. Ulteriuras grevezzas
1 Il proprietari na po betg desister en moda lianta dal dretg da suttametter il bain immobigliar impegnà ad ulteriuras grevezzas.
2 Sch’i vegn – suenter ch’il pegn immobigliar è constituì – messa ina servitut u ina grevezza immobigliara sin il bain immobigliar, senza ch’il creditur haja dà ses consentiment, ha il pegn immobigliar la preferenza vers la grevezza posteriura, e quella vegn extinguida en il register funsil, sch’ella donnegescha il creditur en cas ch’il bain impegnà vegn realisà.
3 Tgi che ha il dretg da la servitut u da la grevezza immobigliara, po dentant pretender che lur valur vegnia pajada ad el or dal retgav da la realisaziun, avant ch’ins cuntentia crediturs registrads pir suenter.
VI. Post da pegn
1. Effects
1 La garanzia furnida tras il pegn immobigliar è limitada al post da pegn ch’è vegnì inditgà tar l’inscripziun.
2 Ils dretgs da pegn immobigliar pon vegnir constituids en il segund rang u en in auter rang cun la cundiziun che l’inscripziun en il register funsil mantegnia la precedenza per ina summa determinada.
2. Relaziun tranter ils posts da pegn
1 Sch’in bain immobigliar è engrevgià cun pegns immobigliars da differents rangs, na po il creditur ipotecar dal rang suandant betg pretender da pudair s’avanzar al post ch’è daventà liber pervia da l’extincziun dal pegn immobigliar precedent.
2 En il lieu dal pegn extinguì poi vegnir constituì in auter pegn immobigliar.
3 Cunvegnas che dattan il dretg ad in creditur ipotecar da s’avanzar en il post d’in anteriur pegn immobigliar han mo alura in effect real, sch’ellas èn vegnidas prenotadas en il register funsil.
3. Posts da pegn libers
Sch’in pegn immobigliar è vegnì constituì en in rang posteriur senza ch’i saja avant maun in rang precedent, u sch’in debitur n’ha betg disponì d’in titel ipotecar anteriur u sche la pretensiun anteriura n’importa betg la summa registrada, vegn il retgav, che vegn obtegnì tras la realisaziun dal bain immobigliar, attribuì als crediturs effectivs tenor il rang da lur pegn immobigliar senza resguardar ils posts da pegn libers.
VII. Realisaziun dal pegn
1. Moda da la realisaziun
1 Il creditur ha il dretg da vegnir pajà or dal retgav ch’è vegnì realisà per il bain immobigliar, nun ch’el vegnia cuntentà autramain.
2 La cunvegna, tenor la quala il creditur duai daventar proprietari dal bain impegnà, sch’el na survegn betg in pajament, è nunvalaivla.
3 Sche plirs bains immobigliars èn impegnads per la medema pretensiun, sto la scussiun per la realisaziun dal pegn immobigliar sa drizzar a medem temp vers tut ils bains; la realisaziun vegn dentant exequida tenor l’ordinaziun da l’uffizi da scussiun mo uschenavant ch’ella è necessaria.
2. Repartiziun dal retgav
1 Il retgav da la vendita dal bain immobigliar vegn repartì sin ils crediturs ipotecars tenor lur rang.
2 Crediturs dal medem rang han tranter els il dretg d’in pajament proporziunal a lur dabun.
3. Dimensiun da la garanzia
1 Il pegn immobigliar porscha garanzia al creditur:
2 Il tschains ch’è vegnì fixà oriundamain na dastga betg vegnir augmentà sin pli che 5 pertschient, sche quai è a disfavur dals crediturs ipotecars posteriurs.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
4. Garanzia per expensas necessarias
1 Sch’il creditur ha pajà las expensas necessarias per conservar la chaussa impegnada, en spezial las premias d’assicuranza ch’èn debitadas dal proprietari, ha el il dretg d’in pegn immobigliar. Quest dretg da pegn na sto betg vegnir inscrit en il register funsil ed ha la preferenza vers tut las autras grevezzas inscrittas.
2 Sche l’import dal dretg da pegn surpassa 1000 francs e sche quel na vegn betg inscrit en il register funsil entaifer 4 mais suenter la realisaziun da l’act en dumonda, na po el betg vegnir fatg valair vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
VIII. Dretg da pegn per meglieraziuns dal terren
1. Prioritad
1 Sche la valur d’in bain immobigliar rural crescha pervia d’ina meglieraziun dal terren che vegn exequida cun la cooperaziun d’autoritads publicas, po il proprietari constituir – per sia part dals custs vi da quai – a favur da ses creditur in pegn immobigliar che vegn inscrit en il register funsil e che ha la preferenza vers tut las autras grevezzas registradas.
2 Il proprietari dastga constituir in tal pegn immobigliar maximalmain per dus terzs da sia part dals custs, sche la meglieraziun dal terren è vegnida fatga senza subvenziuns dal stadi.
2. Amortisaziun dal debit e fin dal dretg da pegn
1 Sche la meglieraziun dal terren è vegnida fatga senza subvenziuns dal stadi, sto il debit vegnir amortisà tras pajaments annuals d’almain 5 pertschient da la summa da pegn registrada.
2 Il dretg da pegn extingua tant per la pretensiun sco er per ils pajaments annuals suenter 3 onns dapi lur scadenza; ils crediturs posteriurs s’avanzan alura mintgamai tenor lur rang.
IX. Dretg sin la summa d’assicuranza
1 Sch’ina summa d’assicuranza scada, dastga ella vegnir pajada al proprietari dal bain immobigliar assicurà mo cun il consentiment da tut ils crediturs ipotecars.
2 Sch’i vegn dentant dada ina garanzia suffizienta, po la summa vegnir surdada al proprietari, per ch’el possia restabilir il bain immobigliar engrevgià.
3 Dal rest restan resalvadas las prescripziuns dals chantuns concernent l’assicuranza cunter fieu.
X. Creditur nunchattabel
En quels cas che la lescha prevesa ina intervenziun persunala da vart dal creditur da pegn immobigliar e sch’ina tala è urgenta, po la dretgira decretar – sin dumonda dal debitur u d’autras persunas participadas – las mesiras necessarias, sch’ins na po betg identifitgar il creditur u sche ses domicil n’è betg enconuschent.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Intent e natira
1 L’ipoteca po vegnir constituida per garantir ina pretensiun da tge natira ch’i saja, pia tant ina pretensiun preschenta, ina per il futur sco er ina mo eventuala.
2 Il bain immobigliar impegnà na dovra betg esser la proprietad dal debitur.
B. Constituziun e fin
I. Constituziun
1 L’ipoteca obtegna in post da pegn determinà en il register funsil, e quai er en cas da pretensiuns d’ina summa variabla u nundeterminada, ed ella mantegna il rang registrà malgrà la variaziun da la pretensiun garantida.
2 Concernent sia ipoteca po il creditur dumandar in extract dal register funsil; quest extract ha dentant mo la qualitad d’in mussament e betg d’ina vaglia.
3 Quest extract po vegnir remplazzà tras la conferma da l’inscripziun en il contract.
II. Fin
1. Dretg sin extincziun
Sche la pretensiun n’exista betg pli, po il proprietari dal bain immobigliar engrevgià pretender dal creditur ch’el permettia d’extinguer l’inscripziun.
2. Posiziun dal proprietari
1 Il proprietari che na debitescha betg sez la summa ch’è garantida tras il pegn po deliberar ses bain immobigliar da l’ipoteca sut las medemas cundiziuns sco quai ch’il debitur po extinguer ses debit.
2 Sch’el paja il creditur, van ils dretgs da quel vi sin el.
3. Substituziun unilaterala
a. Premissa e procedura
1 Il dretg chantunal po autorisar la persuna che acquista in bain immobigliar, ch’è engrevgià sur mesira cun debits, per ils quals ella na sto betg star buna persunalmain, da substituir las ipotecas avant che la scussiun vegn introducida, cun porscher als crediturs il pretsch da cumpra u – en cas d’ina acquisiziun gratuita – la valur, sin la quala ella valitescha il bain.
2 Questa persuna sto communitgar sia intenziun als crediturs en scrit ed almain 6 mais ordavant.
3 La summa da substituziun vegn repartida tranter ils crediturs tenor lur rang.
b. Ingiant public
1 Entaifer 1 mais suenter che l’acquistader ha communitgà sia intenziun da substituir las ipotecas, pon ils crediturs, pajond ordavant las spesas, pretender ch’il bain immobigliar engrevgià vegnia vendì sin in ingiant public; quel sto vegnir annunzià tras in clom public e sto vegnir exequì entaifer 1 mais, suenter ch’el è vegnì pretendì.
2 Sch’i vegn realisà sin l’ingiant in pretsch pli aut che la summa offrida da l’acquistader, serva quel a cuntentar ils crediturs.
3 Las spesas da l’ingiant vegnan adossadas a l’acquistader, sch’il pretsch realisà è pli aut che sia purschida, cas cuntrari al creditur che ha pretendì l’ingiant.
c. Stimaziun uffiziala
Empè da l’ingiant public po il dretg chantunal prevair ina stimaziun uffiziala che vala sco summa da substituziun per las ipotecas.
4. Disditga
Sch’il proprietari dal bain immobigliar impegnà na debitescha betg sez la summa garantida, sto il creditur disdir la pretensiun tant a quel sco er al debitur per che sia disditga haja effect vers il proprietari.
C. Effect
I. Proprietad ed obligaziun per il debit
1. Alienaziun
1 Sch’il bain immobigliar engrevgià vegn alienà, resta la responsabladad dal pegn immobigliar e dal debitur, nun ch’i saja vegnì reglà autramain.
2 Sch’il nov proprietari ha dentant surpiglià il debit, è l’anteriur debitur deliberà da quel, nun ch’il creditur decleria a quel en scrit entaifer 1 onn da betg vulair desister da ses dretgs vers el.
2. Parcellaziun
1 Sch’i vegn alienà ina part dal bain immobigliar ch’è engrevgià cun in pegn immobigliar u sch’in da plirs bains impegnads dal medem proprietari u sch’il bain engrevgià vegn parcellà, sto la garanzia ipotecara vegnir dividida sin las differentas parts da maniera che mintgina vegn engrevgiada en la proporziun da sia valur, nun ch’i saja avant maun ina cunvegna cuntraria.
2 Il creditur che na vul betg acceptar questa repartiziun po, entaifer 1 mais dapi ch’ella è entrada en vigur, pretender da vegnir rembursà entaifer 1 onn.
3 Sch’ils acquistaders han surpiglià ils debits ch’engrevgeschan lur bains immobigliars, è l’anteriur debitur deliberà da quels, nun ch’il creditur decleria a quel en scrit entaifer 1 onn da betg vulair desister da ses dretgs vers el.
3. Communicaziun al creditur
1 Sche l’acquistader surpiglia il debit, sto l’administratur dal register funsil communitgar quai al creditur.
2 Il termin dad 1 onn, concedì al creditur per dar sia decleraziun, cumenza il mument ch’el ha obtegnì la communicaziun.
II. Transferiment da la pretensiun
Il transferiment dal credit ipotecar na sto betg vegnir inscrit en il register funsil per esser valaivel.
D. Ipotecas legalas
I. Dal dretg chantunal
1 Sch’il dretg chantunal conceda al creditur per pretensiuns che stattan en connex direct cun il bain immobigliar engrevgià il dretg d’in pegn immobigliar, vegn quel constituì tras l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 Dretgs da pegn legals da passa 1000 francs che resultan dal dretg chantunal senza l’inscripziun en il register funsil e che na vegnan betg inscrits en il register funsil entaifer 4 mais suenter la scadenza da la pretensiun respectiva, il pli tard dentant entaifer 2 onns suenter la constituziun da la pretensiun, na pon betg pli vegnir fatgs valair suenter la scadenza dal termin d’inscripziun vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.
3 Regulaziuns pli severas dal dretg chantunal restan resalvadas.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Dal dretg privat federal
1. Cas
1 Il dretg da laschar constituir in dretg da pegn immobigliar legal han:
2 Sch’il debitur da las pretensiuns è in locatari, in fittadin u in’autra persuna che ha in dretg sin il bain immobigliar, han ils mastergnants u ils impressaris il dretg da laschar constituir in dretg da pegn immobigliar legal mo, sch’il proprietari dal bain immobigliar ha dà ses consentiment per realisar las lavurs.
3 Tgi che ha il dretg da pegns immobigliars legals tenor quest artitgel na po betg desister gia ordavant da quels.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Vendider, cunertavels e commembers d’ina indivisiun
Il dretg da pegn dal vendider, dals cunertavels u da commembers d’ina indivisiun sto vegnir inscrit en il register funsil sin il pli tard 3 mais suenter il transferiment da la proprietad.
3. Mastergnants ed impressaris
a. Inscripziun
1 Il dretg da pegn dals mastergnants e dals impressaris po vegnir inscrit en il register funsil a partir dal mument ch’els han surpiglià la lavur.
2 L’inscripziun sto vegnir fatga sin il pli tard 4 mais suenter ch’els han finì lur lavur.
3 Ella dastga mo vegnir fatga, sche la summa da pegn è vegnida renconuschida dal proprietari u constatada dal derschader, ed ella na po betg vegnir pretendida, sch’il proprietari presta ina garanzia suffizienta per la pretensiun annunziada.
4 Sch’il bain immobigliar fa incontestadamain part da la facultad administrativa e sch’il debit dal proprietari na resulta betg d’obligaziuns contractualas, sto quel star bun envers ils mastergnants u ils impressaris per las pretensiuns renconuschidas u constatadas dal derschader, tenor las disposiziuns davart la garanzia simpla; la pretensiun sto dentant esser vegnida fatga valair vers el il pli tard 4 mais suenter la finiziun da la lavur en scrit e rendend attent a la garanzia legala.
5 Sche l’appartegnientscha dal bain immobigliar a la facultad administrativa è contestada, po il mastergnant u l’interprendider pretender l’inscripziun provisorica dal dretg da pegn en il register funsil fin il pli tard 4 mais suenter la terminaziun da sia lavur.
6 Sch’i vegn constatà en ina sentenzia ch’il bain immobigliar fa part da la facultad administrativa, sto l’inscripziun provisorica dal dretg da pegn vegnir stizzada. Percunter vegn constituida la garanzia legala, sche las premissas da l’alinea 4 èn ademplidas. Cun l’inscripziun provisorica dal dretg da pegn vala il termin sco observà.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Rang
Sche plirs dretgs da pegn legals da mastergnants e d’impressaris èn vegnids inscrits, han els tuts il medem dretg da vegnir cuntentads or dal pegn, er sche las inscripziuns èn da datas differentas.
c. Privilegi
1 Sche mastergnants ed impressaris ston acceptar ina perdita tar la realisaziun dal pegn, sto la differenza vegnir cumpensada or dal retgav che resta als crediturs precedents e che resulta da la repartiziun suenter che la valur dal terren è vegnida deducida, uschenavant che quests crediturs pudevan percorscher che lur bains immobigliars sajan vegnids engrevgiads per dischavantatg dals mastergnants e dals impressaris.
2 Sch’il creditur precedent alienescha ses titel ipotecar, sto el star bun vers ils mastergnants e vers ils impressaris per la perdita che vegn chaschunada a quels tras l’alienaziun.
3 Dal mument ch’il cumenzament da las lavurs è menziunada en il register funsil sin dumonda d’ina persuna autorisada, na dastgan vegnir registrads nagins pegns auter che ipotecas fin ch’il termin d’inscripziun è scadì.
A. Prescripziuns generalas
I. Intent; relaziun cun la pretensiun che deriva da la relaziun immobigliara
1 La brev ipotecara è ina pretensiun persunala ch’è garantida tras in pegn immobigliar.
2 Sch’i n’è betg fixà insatge auter, exista la brev ipotecara sper la pretensiun che sto vegnir garantida e che deriva eventualmain da la relaziun immobigliara tranter il creditur ed il debitur.
3 En quai che concerna la pretensiun da la brev ipotecara po il debitur far valair objecziuns persunalas che resultan da la relaziun immobigliara envers il creditur sco er envers ils successurs legals che n’èn betg da buna fai.
II. Geners
La brev ipotecara vegn concepida sco brev ipotecara registrada u sco brev ipotecara sin palpiri.
III. Posiziun dal proprietari
1 Concernent il proprietari dal bain immobigliar impegnà, che n’è betg sez debitur, valan las medemas prescripziuns sco quellas che vegnan applitgadas per l’ipoteca.
2 Il proprietari po far valair tut las objecziuns che cumpetan al debitur.
IV. Alienaziun. Divisiun
Per las consequenzas da l’alienaziun e da la divisiun dal bain immobigliar valan las disposiziuns davart l’ipoteca.
V. Pretensiun da la brev ipotecara e convenziuns accessoricas
1. En general
1 La pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara na dastga ni sa referir a la relaziun immobigliara ni cuntegnair cundiziuns u cuntraprestaziuns.
2 La brev ipotecara po cuntegnair convenziuns accessoricas areguard il tschains, l’amortisaziun e la disditga sco er autras convenziuns accessoricas che pertutgan la pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara. In renviament ad ina cunvegna separada è admess.
2. Disditga
1 Il creditur u il debitur po disdir la brev ipotecara per la fin da mintga mais observond in termin da disditga da 6 mais, nun ch’i saja vegnì fixà insatge auter.
2 Ina tala cunvegna na dastga betg prevair in termin da disditga pli curt che 3 mais per il creditur, nun ch’il debitur saja en retard cun il pajament da las amortisaziuns u dals tschains.
VI. Protecziun da la buna fai
La pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara ed il dretg da pegn existan tenor l’inscripziun per mintga persuna ch’è sa fidada da buna fai sin l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
VII. Objecziuns dal debitur
1 Il creditur po far valair mo objecziuns che resultan da l’inscripziun en il register funsil, ch’el ha persunalmain cunter il creditur che porta plant u che resultan dal titel ipotecar en la brev ipotecara sin palpiri.
2 Cunvegnas che cuntegnan disposiziuns accessoricas davart la pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara pon vegnir fatgas valair envers il cumprader da buna fai da la brev ipotecara mo, sch’ellas èn inscrittas en il register funsil; en il cas da la brev ipotecara sin palpiri ston ellas ultra da quai resultar dal titel.
VIII. Mandatari
1 Tar la constituziun d’ina brev ipotecara po vegnir dà in plainpudair ad ina persuna. Questa persuna sto far ed acceptar pajaments, prender encunter communicaziuns, permetter che bains immobigliars vegnian distgargiads dal pegn e defender generalmain cun tut quità e cun tutta imparzialitad ils interess tant dals crediturs sco er dal debitur e dal proprietari.
2 Il num dal mandatari sto vegnir remartgà en il register funsil sco er sin il titel ipotecar.
3 Sch’il plainpudair extingua e sche las persunas participadas na vegnan betg perina, prenda il derschader las mesiras necessarias.
IX. Lieu da pajament
1 Il debitur sto far tut ils pajaments al domicil dal creditur, nun ch’i saja fixà insatge auter.
2 Sch’il domicil dal creditur n’è betg enconuschent u sch’el è vegnì midà per dischavantatg dal debitur, po quel sa deliberar cun deponer il pajament tar l’autoritad cumpetenta da ses agen domicil u da l’anteriur domicil dal creditur.
X. Modificaziuns en la relaziun giuridica
1 Sche la relaziun giuridica sa mida a favur dal debitur, en spezial sche ses debit vegn pajà, po il debitur pretender dal creditur ch’el dettia ses consentiment d’inscriver la modificaziun en il register funsil.
2 Tar la brev ipotecara sin palpiri remartga l’uffizi dal register funsil questa modificaziun sin il titel.
3 Senza questa inscripziun u questa remartga sin il titel na po l’effect da la modificaziun en la relaziun giuridica betg vegnir fatg valair cunter il cumprader da buna fai da la brev ipotecara.
XI. Pajament
Sche la pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara è pajada, po il debitur pretender dal creditur, che quel:
XII. Fin
1. Mancanza da creditur
1 Sch’i n’exista nagin creditur u sch’il creditur desista da ses dretg da pegn, po il debitur laschar extinguer l’inscripziun u la laschar vinavant en il register funsil.
2 Il debitur ha er il dretg da duvrar vinavant la brev ipotecara.
2. Extincziun
La brev ipotecara sin palpiri na dastga betg vegnir extinguida en il register funsil, avant ch’il titel ipotecar è mess ord vigur u annullà dal derschader.
XIII. Invitaziun al creditur da s’annunziar
1 Sch’il creditur d’ina brev ipotecara è nunenconuschent dapi 10 onns e sch’i n’èn vegnids pretendids nagins tschains durant quest temp, po il proprietari dal bain immobigliar impegnà pretender ch’il creditur vegnia envidà dal derschader tras clom public da vulair s’annunziar entaifer 6 mais.
2 Sch’il creditur na s’annunzia betg entaifer quest termin e sch’i resulta da la retschertga che la pretensiun n’exista fitg probablamain betg pli, vegn tenor la disposiziun dal derschader:
B. Brev ipotecara registrada
I. Constituziun
1 La brev ipotecara registrada vegn constituida cun l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 Ella vegn inscritta sin il num dal creditur u dal proprietari dal bain immobigliar.
II. Transferiment
1 La brev ipotecara registrada vegn transferida tras l’inscripziun dal nov creditur en il register funsil sin fundament d’ina decleraziun en scrit dal creditur vegl.
2 In effect liberant han mo prestaziuns dal debitur a la persuna ch’è inscritta il mument dal pajament sco creditura en il register funsil.
III. Impegnaziun e giudida
1 La brev ipotecara registrada vegn impegnada tras l’inscripziun dal nov creditur da pegn dal bain movibel en il register funsil sin fundament d’ina decleraziun en scrit dal creditur ch’è inscrit en il register funsil.
2 L’impegnaziun vegn fatga tras l’inscripziun da la restricziun dal dretg da disponer en il register funsil.
3 La giudida vegn constituida cun l’inscripziun en il register funsil.
C. Brev ipotecara sin palpiri
I. Constituziun
1. Inscripziun
1 Per mintga brev ipotecara sin palpiri che vegn inscritta en il register funsil vegn adina emess in titel ipotecar.
2 La brev ipotecara sin palpiri po designar sco ses creditur il titular u ina persuna determinada, particularmain il proprietari dal bain immobigliar sez.
3 L’inscripziun posseda tut ses effects gia avant l’emissiun dal titel ipotecar.
2. Titel ipotecar
1 La brev ipotecara sin palpiri vegn emessa da l’uffizi dal register funsil.
2 Per esser valaivla sto ella vegnir suttascritta da l’administratur dal register funsil. Dal rest fixescha il Cussegl federal sia furma.
3 Ella dastga vegnir surdada al creditur u a la persuna incaricada da quel mo cun il consentiment expressiv dal debitur e dal proprietari dal bain immobigliar engrevgià.
II. Protecziun da la buna fai
1 Il titel ipotecar ch’è vegnì emess en furma correcta sco brev ipotecara sin palpiri vala tenor ses cuntegn per mintga persuna ch’è sa fidada da buna fai sin quel.
2 Sch’il cuntegn dal titel ipotecar na correspunda betg a l’inscripziun u sche quella manca, è decisiv il register funsil.
3 Tgi che acquista in tal titel ipotecar da buna fai ha dentant il dretg d’ina indemnisaziun tenor las prescripziuns davart il register funsil.
III. Dretgs dal creditur
1. Far valair
1 La pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara po vegnir alienada, impegnada u insumma fatga valair mo ensemen cun il possess dal titel ipotecar.
2 Resalvà resta il dretg da far valair la pretensiun en ils cas ch’il titel ipotecar vegn annullà u ch’el n’è insumma anc betg vegnì emess.
2. Transferiment
1 Per transferir la pretensiun che resulta da la brev ipotecara èsi necessari da transferir il titel ipotecar a l’acquistader.
2 Sch’il titel ipotecar porta il num d’ina persuna, ston ultra da quai il transferiment ed il num da l’acquistader vegnir menziunads sin il titel.
IV. Annullaziun
1 Sch’in titel ipotecar è ì a perder u è vegnì destruì senza l’intenziun da metter fin a l’obligaziun, po il creditur pretender ch’il derschader annulleschia il titel ipotecar e ch’il debitur vegnia obligà da far il pajament; en cas che la pretensiun n’era anc betg scadida, po el pretender ch’i vegnia emess in nov titel ipotecar.
2 L’annullaziun vegn fatga tenor las prescripziuns davart l’amortisaziun dals titels al possessur, suenter avair decretà in clom public 6 mais ordavant.
3 Da medema maniera po il debitur pretender l’annullaziun, sch’in titel pajà è ì a perder.
Abolì
A. Obligaziuns per emprests cun dretg da pegn immobigliar
Obligaziuns per emprests che sa cloman sin il num dals crediturs u sin il possessur pon vegnir garantidas cun in pegn immobigliar:
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Pegn manual
I. Constituziun
1. Possess dal creditur
1 Cun resalva da las excepziuns previsas da la lescha pon chaussas moviblas vegnir impegnadas mo, sche lur possess vegn transferì sin il creditur.
2 La persuna che retschaiva en buna fai ina chaussa en pegn survegn il dretg da pegn da quella, er sche l’impegnader n’aveva betg il dretg da disponer da la chaussa; ils dretgs da terzas persunas sin questa chaussa che derivan da l’anteriur possess restan resalvads.
3 Il dretg da pegn n’exista betg uschè ditg che l’impegnader mantegna la pussanza exclusiva da la chaussa.
2. Impegnaziun da muvel
1 Per garantir pretensiuns d’instituts da daners e d’associaziuns, ch’èn vegnids autorisads da l’autoritad cumpetenta da lur chantun da domicil da far talas fatschentas, poi vegnir constituì in dretg da pegn vi dal muvel, senza transferir il possess, e quai tras l’inscripziun en in register public e tras in avis a l’uffizi da scussiun.
2 Il Cussegl federal regla, co ch’il register duai vegnir manà.1
3 Per l’inscripziun en il register e per las lavurs ch’èn colliadas cun quai pon ils chantuns pretender taxas; els designeschan ils circuls ed ils funcziunaris ch’èn cumpetents da manar quests registers.2
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Impegnaziun posteriura
Ina chaussa gia dada a pegn po vegnir impegnada da nov tras quai che l’emprim creditur vegn avisà en chaussa en scrit ed envidà da restituir la chaussa al creditur posteriur suenter avair survegnì il pajament ch’el aveva da bun.
4. Impegnaziun tras il creditur
Il creditur po impegnar ad in auter la chaussa survegnida en pegn mo cun il consentiment da l’impegnader.
II. Fin
1. Perdita dal possess
1 Il dretg da pegn va a fin, uschespert ch’il creditur na posseda betg pli la chaussa impegnada e na po er betg pretender enavos quella da terzs possessurs.
2 Il dretg da pegn n’ha nagin effect uschè ditg che la chaussa sa chatta – cun il consentiment dal creditur – en la pussanza exclusiva da l’impegnader.
2. Obligaziun da restituir
1 Sch’il dretg da pegn è ì a fin, saja quai tras pajament da la pretensiun u per auters motivs, sto il creditur restituir la chaussa a quel che ha il dretg da quella.
2 Avant ch’el n’è betg vegnì cuntentà dal tuttafatg, na sto el restituir ni ina part ni l’entira chaussa.
3. Responsabladad dal creditur
1 Il creditur stat bun per il donn che resulta da la reducziun da la valur u da la perdita da la chaussa impegnada, nun ch’el cumprovia ch’il donn è succedì senza sia culpa.
2 Sch’il creditur ha alienà u impegnà vinavant arbitrariamain il pegn, stat el bun per tut il donn che resulta da quai.
III. Effects
1. Dretgs dal creditur
1 Il creditur ha il dretg da vegnir pajà or dal retgav ch’è vegnì realisà per il pegn, nun ch’el vegnia cuntentà autramain.
2 Il dretg da pegn al dat la garanzia per la pretensiun inclusiv ils tschains tenor contract, ils custs da scussiun ed ils tschains da retard.
2. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara
1 Il dretg da pegn engrevgescha la chaussa e sias parts accessoricas.
2 Ils fritgs natirals da la chaussa impegnada sto il creditur restituir al proprietari, uschespert ch’els na furman betg pli ina part integrala da la chaussa, nun ch’i dettia ina cunvegna cuntraria.
3 Fritgs, ch’èn ina part integrala dal pegn il mument che quel vegn realisà, èn suttamess a la garanzia ipotecara.
3. Rang dals dretgs da pegn
1 Sche la medema chaussa è impegnada a plirs crediturs, vegnan quels cuntentads tenor lur rang.
2 Il rang vegn stabilì tenor il mument da la constituziun dals dretgs da pegn.
4. Contract da scadenza
Mintga cunvegna, tenor la quala il creditur duai daventar proprietari dal bain impegnà, sch’el na survegn betg in pajament, è nunvalaivla.
B. Dretg da retenziun
I. Premissas
1 Chaussas moviblas e vaglias ch’èn – cun il consentiment dal debitur – en possess dal creditur, po quel retegnair fin che ses dabun è vegnì pajà, uschenavant ch’il termin da pajar è scadì ed il dabun stat tenor sia natira en in connex cun l’object retegnì.
2 Tranter commerziants exista in tal connex, sch’il possess ed il dabun resultan da lur relaziuns da fatschenta.
3 Il creditur dastga retegnair chaussas retschavidas da buna fai er, sch’ellas n’appartegnan betg al debitur, uschenavant che terzas persunas n’han betg dretgs che derivan da l’anteriur possess.
II. Excepziuns
1 Il dretg da retenziun na po betg vegnir fatg valair per chaussas che na pon betg vegnir realisadas pervia da lur natira.
2 La retenziun è medemamain exclusa, sch’ella na sa cunvegn betg cun in’obligaziun surpigliada dal creditur u cun ina prescripziun fatga dal debitur avant u suenter ch’el ha surdà la chaussa, ubain sch’ella cuntrafa a l’urden public.
III. En cas d’insolvenza
1 En cas d’insolvenza dal debitur ha il creditur in dretg da retenziun er, sch’il termin da scadenza n’è betg scadì.
2 Sche l’insolvenza è resultada u è vegnida enconuschenta al creditur pir suenter che quel ha obtegnì la chaussa, po el far diever da la retenziun, er sch’ella na sa cunvegn betg cun sia obligaziun surpigliada ordavant u cun la prescripziun speziala dal debitur.
IV. Effects
1 Sch’il creditur na survegn ni in pajament ni garanzias suffizientas, dastga el realisar la chaussa retegnida, sco sch’i fiss in pegn manual, suenter avair infurmà precedentamain il debitur.
2 Sche titels nominals èn vegnids retegnids, sto il funcziunari da scussiun u da concurs – sco represchentant dal debitur – far quai ch’è necessari per la realisaziun.
A. En general
1 Pretensiuns ed auters dretgs pon vegnir impegnads, sch’els èn transferibels.
2 Il dretg da pegn vi da quels è suttamess a las disposiziuns davart il pegn manual, nun ch’i saja disponì autramain.
B. Constituziun
I. En cas da pretensiuns cun u senza certificat da debit
1 Per impegnar ina pretensiun, per la quala i n’exista betg in document u mo in certificat da debit, sto il contract da pegn esser fatg en scrit ed il titel avant maun sto eventualmain vegnir consegnà al creditur.
2 Il creditur e l’impegnader pon communitgar al debitur ch’il pegn saja constituì.
3 Per impegnar auters dretgs dovri ultra d’in contract da pegn en scrit la furma previsa per il transferiment.
II. En cas da vaglias
1 Per impegnar titels al possessur basti da surdar quels al creditur.
2 En cas d’autras vaglias sto il document vegnir surdà ensemen cun in indossament u cun ina decleraziun da cessiun.
3 L’impegnaziun da titels contabels sa drizza exclusivamain tenor la Lescha dals 3 d’october 20081 davart ils titels contabels.2
III. En cas da titels che represchentan rauba
1 Cun impegnar vaglias che represchentan rauba, vegn quella rauba sezza dada a pegn.
2 Sch’igl exista ultra d’ina tala vaglia anc in certificat da pegn spezial (warrant), basta l’impegnaziun da quest certificat da pegn per impegnar la rauba, uschenavant che la constituziun dal pegn vegn inditgada sin questa vaglia ensemen cun l’import da la pretensiun e cun il di da la scadenza.
IV. Impegnaziun posteriura
L’impegnaziun posteriura d’ina pretensiun è mo valaivla, sch’il creditur da la pretensiun u sch’il creditur posteriur han communitgà quella en scrit a l’anteriur creditur.
C. Effects
I. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara
1 Sch’ina pretensiun che porta tschains u autras prestaziuns accessoricas periodicas, sco dividendas, vegn impegnada, cumpiglia il pegn mo la prestaziun currenta ed il creditur n’ha betg il dretg sin las prestaziuns scadidas, nun ch’i saja vegnì reglà autramain.
2 Sche talas entradas accessoricas èn represchentadas tras titels spezials e sche quai n’è betg reglà autramain, valan quellas sco cumpigliadas en il pegn, uschenavant che quel è constituì vi dad ellas en furma correcta.
II. Represchentanza dad aczias impegnadas e da quotas da basa da societads cun responsabladad limitada1
1 Aczias impegnadas vegnan represchentadas en la radunanza generala dals acziunaris e betg dals crediturs.
2 Quotas da basa impegnadas d’ina societad cun responsabladad limitada vegnan represchentadas dals associads e betg dals crediturs en la radunanza dals associads.2
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
III. Administraziun e rembursament
1 Sch’ina administraziun conscienziusa pretenda la disditga e l’incassament da la pretensiun impegnada, po il creditur da quella far quai ed il creditur da pegn dastga pretender che quai vegnia fatg.
2 Suenter esser infurmà davart l’impegnaziun na dastga il debitur betg far pajaments ad in da quels dus senza il consentiment da l’auter.
3 Manca in tal consentiment sto el deponer la summa debitada.
A. Institut d’emprest cunter pegn
I. Cumpetenza
1 Tgi che vul exequir la professiun d’emprestar daners cunter pegn, sto avair in’autorisaziun da la regenza chantunala.
2 Ils chantuns pon fixar che questa autorisaziun vegnia dada mo ad instituts publics dal chantun u da las vischnancas sco er ad interpresas d’utilitad publica.
3 Ils chantuns pon pretender taxas dals instituts.
II. Durada
1 L’autorisaziun vegn dada ad instituts privats mo per in tschert temp, po dentant vegnir renovada.
2 Ella po vegnir revocada da tut temp, sche l’institut n’observa betg las disposiziuns, a las qualas el è suttamess.
B. Dretg d’emprest cunter pegn
I. Constituziun
L’emprest cunter pegn vegn constituì cun surdar l’object a l’institut cunter ina retschavida da pegn.
II. Effects
1. Vendita dal pegn
1 Sch’il pegn na vegn betg retratg fin il termin fixà, po l’institut laschar vender l’object d’uffizi, suenter avair envidà il debitur tras clom public da pajar ses debit.
2 L’institut na po betg far valair ina pretensiun persunala cunter l’emprestader.
2. Dretg sin il surpli
1 Sch’i resulta da la vendita in pretsch pli aut che la summa ch’è garantida tras il pegn, sto il surpli vegnir restituì a quel che ha il dretg da quel.
2 Pliras pretensiuns cunter il medem creditur dastgan vegnir adidas per quintar il surpli.
3 Il dretg dal surpli surannescha 5 onns suenter che la chaussa impegnada è vegnida vendida.
III. Retratga dal pegn
1. Dretg da retrair
1 Fin ch’il pegn n’è betg vendì, po el vegnir retratg da la persuna interessada cunter la restituziun da la retschavida da pegn.
2 Sche questa persuna n’è betg en il cas da preschentar la retschavida da pegn, po ella tuttina retrair il pegn suenter ch’il termin fixà per la retratga è scadì, sch’ella è en cas da cumprovar ses dretg.
3 6 mais suenter che quest termin è scadì po il pegn vegnir retratg cunter la cumprova dal dretg er, sche l’institut aveva resalvà expressivamain da restituir il pegn mo cunter la retschavida da pegn.
2. Dretgs da l’institut
1 Sch’il pegn vegn retratg, ha l’institut il dretg da pretender il tschains per l’entir mais current.
2 Sche l’institut ha resalvà expressivamain da dastgar restituir il pegn a mintgin che preschenta la retschavida da pegn, po el far diever da quest dretg, nun ch’el saveva u dueva savair ch’il preschentader da la retschavida haja survegnì quella en possess en moda incorrecta u en moda betg permessa.
C. Cumpra cun il patg da recumpra
La cumpra da pegns cun il patg da recumpra che vegn exequida en moda professiunala è suttamessa a las disposiziuns davart l’emprest cunter pegn.
D. Reglamentaziun chantunala
1 Ils chantuns pon decretar ulteriuras prescripziuns davart la professiun d’emprestar daners cunter pegn.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da favr. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
1 Abolì tras l’art. 52 al. 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1930 davart l’emissiun da brevs da pegn, cun effect dapi il 1. da favr. 1931 (BS 2 747; BBl 1925 III 527).
A. Noziun e geners
I. Noziun
1 Tgi che ha la pussanza effectiva sur d’ina chaussa, è possessur da la chaussa.
2 En cas da servituts funsilas e da grevezzas funsilas ha il diever effectiv dal dretg il medem status sco il possess da chaussas.
II. Possess independent e dependent
1 Sch’in possessur ha surdà la chaussa ad in auter per conceder a quel in dretg real limità u in dretg persunal, èn tuts dus possessurs.
2 Tgi che posseda ina chaussa sco proprietari, è possessur independent, mintga auter è possessur dependent.
III. Interrupziun transitorica
Il possess na va betg a perder, sche ses diever vegn impedì u interrut tras fatgs da natira transitorica.
B. Transferiment
I. Tranter persunas preschentas
1 Il possess vegn transferì cun surdar a l’acquistader la chaussa sezza ubain ils meds che al dattan la pussanza sur da la chaussa.
2 La surdada è exequida, uschespert che l’acquistader è – cun la voluntad dal possessur anteriur – en la situaziun da far diever da la pussanza sur da la chaussa.
II. Tranter persunas absentas
Sche la surdada ha lieu tranter absents, è ella exequida, cur che la chaussa è surdada a l’acquistader u a ses substitut.
III. Senza surdada
1 Il possess sur d’ina chaussa po vegnir acquistà senza surdada, sch’ina terza persuna u sche l’alienader sez resta possessur da la chaussa sin basa d’ina relaziun giuridica speziala.
2 Vers la terza persuna ha questa surdada dal possess in effect pir, cur che l’alienader l’ha infurmà en chaussa.
3 La terza persuna po refusar da surdar la chaussa a l’acquistader per ils medems motivs sco quai ch’ella avess pudì refusar da surdar la chaussa a l’alienader.
IV. Titels che represchentan rauba
1 Sch’i vegnan emess titels che represchentan rauba ch’è consegnada ad in transportader da rauba u ad in magasin, vala la surdada d’in tal document sco surdada da la rauba sezza.
2 Tgi che ha dentant acquistà la rauba da buna fai, ha la precedenza vers quel che ha acquistà ils titels da buna fai.
C. Effects
I. Protecziun dal possess
1. Dretg da defensiun
1 Mintga possessur dastga sa defender cun forza cunter usurpaziuns.
2 Sch’el è vegnì privà da la chaussa tras violenza u en moda clandestina, dastga el sa patrunar immediatamain dal bain immobigliar cun stgatschar l’usurpader e puspè prender davent la chaussa movibla da l’usurpader ch’el ha traplà en flagranti e persequità directamain.
3 El sto dentant s’abstegnair da mintga act da violenza che n’è betg giustifitgà tenor las circumstanzas.
2. Plant pervia da privaziun dal possess
1 Tgi che ha prendì davent ina chaussa d’in auter tras usurpaziun, è obligà da restituir la chaussa, er sch’el pretenda d’avair in meglier dretg sin la chaussa.
2 Sche l’accusà cumprova immediatamain ses meglier dretg e sch’el pudess puspè pretender enavos la chaussa da l’accusader sin basa da quest dretg, po el refusar da restituir la chaussa.
3 Cun il plant duai vegnir cuntanschì che la chaussa vegnia restituida e ch’il donn vegnia indemnisà.
3. Plant pervia da disturbi dal possess
1 Sch’il possessur vegn disturbà en ses possess tras in’usurpaziun, po el purtar plant cunter il disturbader, er sche quel pretenda d’avair in dretg.
2 Cun il plant duai vegnir cuntanschì ch’il disturbi vegnia dismess, che ulteriurs disturbis vegnian tralaschads e ch’il donn vegnia indemnisà.
4. Admissibladad e surannaziun dal plant
1 Il plant pervia d’usurpaziun è mo admissibel, sch’il possessur pretenda la restituziun da la chaussa e la dismessa dal disturbi immediatamain suenter ch’el ha survegnì enconuschientscha da l’usurpaziun e da l’usurpader.
2 Il plant surannescha suenter 1 onn; quest termin cumenza a currer cun l’usurpaziun u cun il disturbi, e quai er sch’il possessur ha survegnì pir pli tard enconuschientscha da l’usurpaziun e da l’usurpader.
II. Protecziun giuridica
1. Presumziun da la proprietad
1 I vegn presumà ch’il possessur d’ina chaussa movibla saja proprietari da tala.
2 Per mintga possessur anteriur exista la presumziun ch’el saja stà proprietari da la chaussa durant il temp che quella era en ses possess.
2. Presumziun en cas da possess dependent
1 Tgi che posseda ina chaussa movibla senza vulair esser ses proprietari, po far valair la presumziun da proprietad da la persuna, da la quala el ha survegnì la chaussa en buna fai.
2 Sch’insatgi posseda ina chaussa movibla sa referind sin in dretg real limità u sin in dretg persunal, vegn presumada l’existenza da quest dretg; vers la persuna, da la quala el ha survegnì la chaussa, na po el dentant betg far valair questa presumziun.
3. Plant cunter il possessur
Vers mintga plant po il possessur d’ina chaussa movibla sa referir a la presumziun che pleda a favur da ses meglier dretg, cun resalva da las disposiziuns davart l’usurpaziun u davart il disturbi dal possess.
4. Dretg da disposiziun e da restituziun
a. Chaussas confidadas
Il possess da quel che survegn en buna fai ina chaussa movibla sut il titel da proprietad u d’in dretg real limità sto vegnir protegì, er sche la chaussa era vegnida confidada a l’alienader senza l’autorisaziun da la transferir.
b. Chaussas persas
1 Il possessur, dal qual ina chaussa movibla è vegnida engulada, è ida a perder u è vegnida prendida davent autramain cunter sia voluntad, la po pretender enavos da mintga acquistader durant 5 onns. L’artitgel 722 resta resalvà.1
1bis Il dretg da pretender enavos in bain cultural en il senn da l’artitgel 2 alinea 1 da la Lescha federala dals 20 da zercladur 20032 davart il transferiment da bains culturals, ch’è vegnì prendì davent cunter la voluntad dal proprietari, surannescha 1 onn suenter ch’il proprietari ha survegnì enconuschientscha dal fatg, nua e tar tgi ch’il bain cultural sa chatta, il pli tard dentant 30 onns suenter ch’el è vegnì prendì davent.3
2 Sche la chaussa è vegnida acquistada sin in ingiant public, sin il martgà u d’in commerziant che martgadescha cun rauba da la medema spezia, po ella vegnir pretendida enavos da l’emprim acquistader e da mintga acquistader posteriur mo cun indemnisar il pretsch ch’el aveva pajà.
3 Dal rest ha la restituziun lieu tenor las prescripziuns davart ils dretgs dal possessur da buna fai.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 2002 (artitgel da princip concernent animals), en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
2 SR 444.1
3 Integrà tras l’art. 32 cifra 1 da la LF dals 20 da zer. 2003 davart il transferiment da bains culturals, en vigur dapi il 1. da zer. 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
c. Daners e titels al purtader
Daners e titels al purtader na pon betg vegnir pretendids enavos da l’acquistader da buna fai, er sch’els èn vegnids prendids davent dal possessur cunter sia voluntad.
d. Mala fai
1 Tgi che n’ha betg acquistà il possess d’ina chaussa movibla en buna fai, po vegnir sfurzà da tut temp dal possessur anteriur da dar enavos la chaussa.
2 Sche er il possessur anteriur n’aveva betg acquistà la chaussa en buna fai, na po el betg pretender enavos la chaussa d’in possessur posteriur.
5. Presumziun en cas da bains immobigliars
1 Areguard ils bains immobigliars inscrits en il register funsil existan ina presumziun dal dretg ed in plant davart il possess mo per la persuna inscritta.
2 Tgi che ha dentant la pussanza effectiva sur dal bain immobigliar, po purtar plant pervia d’usurpaziun u pervia da disturbi dal possess.
III. Responsabladad
1. Possessur da buna fai
a. Giudida
1 Tgi che posseda ina chaussa en buna fai e giauda la chaussa tenor ses dretg presumà, na sto betg indemnisar il creditur.
2 El na sto betg remplazzar quai che va a perder u che vegn donnegià tras questa giudida.
b. Pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun
1 Sch’il creditur pretenda la restituziun da la chaussa, po il possessur da buna fai pretender ina indemnisaziun da las expensas necessarias ed utilas e refusar l’extradiziun, fin ch’el ha survegnì l’indemnisaziun.
2 Per autras expensas na po el betg pretender ina indemnisaziun; sch’ina tala na vegn betg offrida ad el, dastga el dentant, avant che restituir la chaussa, deducir las expensas ch’el ha fatg, uschenavant che quai sa lascha far senza donnegiar la chaussa sezza.
3 Ils fritgs retratgs dal possessur vegnan mess a quint a l’indemnisaziun che po vegnir pretendida per las expensas.
2. Possessur da mala fai
1 Tgi che posseda ina chaussa en mala fai, la sto dar enavos al creditur ed indemnisar tut ils donns chaschunads tras la retenziun sco er ils fritgs racoltads u tralaschads da racoltar.
2 El po pretender ina indemnisaziun mo per quellas expensas che fissan stadas necessarias er per il creditur.
3 Uscheditg ch’il possessur na sa betg, a tgi ch’el duai dar enavos la chaussa, sto el star bun mo per donns chaschunads per sia culpa.
IV. Acquist tras giudida
Il possessur che ha il dretg sin l’acquist tras giudida dastga quintar il possess da ses antecessur tar ses possess, sche er il possess da ses antecessur aveva las qualitads per l’acquist tras giudida.
A. Instituziun
I. Register funsil
1. En general
1 Davart ils dretgs vi dals bains immobigliars vegn manà in register funsil.
2 Il register funsil consista dal register principal e dals documents cumplettants sco plans, sco registers dals bains immobigliars, sco mussaments e sco descripziuns dals bains immobigliars e dal diari.
3 Il register funsil po vegnir manà sin palpiri u cun agid da l’informatica.1
4 En cas ch’il register funsil vegn manà cun agid da l’informatica, survegnan las datas ils effects giuridics, sch’ellas èn arcunadas en urden en il sistem e sch’ils apparats da l’uffizi dal register funsil permettan da las leger – grazia als meds d’agid tecnics – sco texts e sco cifras u en furma da plans.2
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
2 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
2. Inscripziun
a. Object
1 Sco bains immobigliars vegnan inscrits en il register funsil:
2 In’ordinaziun dal Cussegl federal fixescha pli detagliadamain las premissas e la moda e maniera per inscriver ils dretgs independents e permanents, las minieras e las parts da cumproprietad vi dals bains immobigliars en il register funsil.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra III da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Excepziuns
1 Ils bains immobigliars che na sa chattan betg en proprietad privata e quels che servan al diever public vegnan inscrits en il register funsil mo, sch’i existan vidlonder dretgs reals che duain vegnir inscrits u sch’il dretg chantunal prescriva d’als inscriver.
2 Sch’in bain immobigliar inscrit en il register funsil sa mida en in tal che na dovra betg vegnir inscrit, vegn el exclus dal register funsil.
1 Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Registers
a. Register principal
1 Mintga bain immobigliar obtegna in agen fegl ed in agen numer en il register principal.
2 La procedura che sto vegnir observada tar la partiziun d’in bain immobigliar u en cas d’ina reuniun da plirs bains immobigliars, vegn fixada tras in’ordinaziun dal Cussegl federal.
b. Fegl dal register funsil
1 Mintga fegl è dividì en differentas rubricas, nua ch’i vegn inscrit:
2 Sin dumonda dal proprietari vegnan las appartegnientschas inscrittas en il register funsil, e sche quai è capità, pon ellas vegnir stritgadas or dal register funsil mo cun il consentiment da tut las persunas che possedan dretgs confermads en il register.
c. Fegls collectivs
1 Cun il consentiment dal proprietari pon plirs bains immobigliars vegnir inscrits sin il medem fegl, er sch’els na cunfinan betg in cun l’auter.
2 Las inscripziuns fatgas sin quest fegl valan per tut quests bains immobigliars ensemen, cun excepziun da las servituts funsilas.
3 Il proprietari po pretender da tut temp che singuls bains immobigliars vegnian puspè zavrads or dal fegl collectiv, cun resalva dals dretgs ch’existan londervi.
d. Diari, mussaments
1 Las annunzias per l’inscripziun en il register funsil vegnan inscrittas senza retard en il diari tenor l’urden cronologic cun inditgar la persuna che annunzia e l’object ch’ella annunzia.
2 Ils mussaments, sin fundament dals quals las inscripziuns vegnan fatgas, ston vegnir ordinads en moda adequata e ston vegnir tegnids en salv.
3 En ils chantuns che surlaschan la documentaziun publica a l’administratur dal register funsil, pon ils mussaments vegnir remplazzads tras in protocol; las inscripziuns en quel valan sco document public.
4. Ordinaziuns
a. En general1
1 Il Cussegl federal fixescha ils formulars per il register funsil, decretescha las ordinaziuns necessarias e po prescriver da manar registers auxiliars per reglar ils fatgs dal register funsil.
2 Concernent las inscripziuns dals dretgs reals vi da bains immobigliars ch’èn suttamess al dretg chantunal, èn ils chantuns autorisads da decretar disposiziuns spezialas che ston dentant vegnir approvadas da la Confederaziun per esser valaivlas.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
b. Gestiun dal register funsil cun agid da l’informatica
1 In chantun che vul manar il register funsil cun agid da l’informatica basegna in’autorisaziun dal Departament federal da giustia e polizia.
2 Il Cussegl federal regla:
3 Il Departament federal da giustia e polizia sco er il Departament federal da defensiun, protecziun da la populaziun e sport defineschan models da datas ed interfatschas unitaras per il register funsil e per la mesiraziun uffiziala.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars; AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953). Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
4c. Engaschament da persunas privatas per duvrar il register funsil informatisà
1 Ils chantuns che mainan il register funsil cun agid da l’informatica pon engaschar persunas privatas per:
2 Las persunas privatas engaschadas èn suttamessas a la surveglianza dals chantuns ed a la surveglianza suprema da la Confederaziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 2017 (documentaziun publica dal stadi civil e register funsil), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
5. Mesiraziun uffiziala
1 Ils singuls bains immobigliars vegnan inscrits e descrits en il register funsil tenor in plan che sa basa per regla sin ina mesiraziun uffiziala.
2 La Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 2007 davart la geoinfurmaziun2 regla las pretensiuns qualitativas e tecnicas a la mesiraziun uffiziala.
II. Gestiun dal register funsil
1. Circuls
a. Appartegnientscha
1 Per manar ils registers funsils vegnan furmads circuls.
2 Ils bains immobigliars vegnan inscrits en il register funsil dal circul, en il qual els èn situads.
b. Bains immobigliars en plirs circuls
1 In bain immobigliar situà en plirs circuls vegn inscrit en il register funsil da mintgin da quels, renviond al register dals auters circuls.
2 Las annunzias e las inscripziuns che constitueschan dretgs reals ston vegnir fatgas tar il register funsil dal circul, nua ch’è situada la part la pli gronda dal bain immobigliar.
3 L’administratur dal register funsil sto communitgar las inscripziuns en quest register funsil als uffizis dals auters circuls.
2. Uffizis dal register funsil
1 L’instituziun dals uffizis dal register funsil, la furmaziun dals circuls, la nominaziun e la salarisaziun dals funcziunaris sco er la surveglianza èn chaussa dals chantuns.
2 Las prescripziuns chantunalas, cun excepziun da quellas concernent la nominaziun e concernent la salarisaziun dals funcziunaris, ston vegnir approvadas dal Cussegl federal.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun, en vigur dapi il 1. da favr. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
3. Taxas
1 Ils chantuns dastgan pretender taxas per las inscripziuns en il register funsil e per las lavurs da mesiraziun ch’èn colliadas cun questas inscripziuns.
2 I na dastgan betg vegnir pretendidas taxas per las inscripziuns che stattan en connex cun meglieraziuns dal terren u cun in barat da terren per cuntanscher in’arrundaziun da bains agriculs.
III. Responsabladad1
1 Ils chantuns èn responsabels per tut ils donns che naschan dal manar il register funsil.
2 Els pon prender regress sin ils funcziunaris e sin ils emploiads da l’administraziun dal register funsil sco er sin ils organs da la surveglianza directa, uschenavant ch’ina da questas persunas ha ina culpa.
3 Els pon pretender ina garanzia dals funcziunaris e dals emploiads.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Surveglianza administrativa
1 La gestiun dals uffizis dal register funsil è suttamessa a la surveglianza administrativa dals chantuns.
2 La Confederaziun ha la surveglianza suprema.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
V. Protecziun giuridica
1. Dretg da far recurs
1 Cunter ina disposiziun ch’è vegnida decretada da l’uffizi dal register funsil poi vegnir fatg recurs tar l’autoritad designada dal chantun; sco disposiziun vala er la refusa u il retardament nungiustifitgà d’in act uffizial.
2 Il dretg da far recurs han:
3 Cunter ina inscripziun, ina midada u in’extincziun da dretgs reals u da prenotaziuns fatgas en il register principal na poi betg pli vegnir fatg recurs.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Procedura da recurs
1 Il termin per far recurs tar l’instanza chantunala da recurs importa 30 dis.
2 Cunter la refusa u il retardament d’in act uffizial tras l’uffizi dal register funsil poi vegnir fatg recurs da tut temp.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Inscripziun
I. Inscripziuns en il register funsil
1. Proprietad e dretgs reals
En il register funsil vegnan inscrits ils suandants dretgs vi da bains immobigliars:
2. Prenotaziuns:
a. Dretgs persunals
1 Dretgs persunals pon vegnir prenotads en il register funsil, sche quai è previs explicitamain da la lescha, sco en cas dal dretg da precumpra e dal dretg da recumpra, dal dretg da cumpra e dals contracts da fittanza e da locaziun.
2 Cun la prenotaziun en il register funsil survegnan els forza e vigur vers tut ils auters dretgs che vegnan acquistads pli tard.
b. Restricziuns dal dretg da disponer
1 Restricziuns dal dretg da disponer per singuls bains immobigliars pon vegnir prenotadas en il register funsil:
2 Cun la prenotaziun en il register funsil survegnan las restricziuns dal dretg da disponer forza e vigur vers tut ils auters dretgs che vegnan acquistads pli tard.
c. Inscripziun provisorica
1 Inscripziuns provisoricas pon vegnir prenotadas en il register funsil:
2 Questas inscripziuns vegnan fatgas cun il consentiment da tut ils participads u sin prescripziun dal derschader ed han per consequenza ch’il dretg real ha ses effects a partir dal mument ch’el vegn prenotà, per il cas ch’el vegn constatà pli tard.
3 Il derschader decida davart la dumonda e permetta la prenotaziun, suenter ch’il petent ha fatg plausibla l’existenza dal dretg, stabilind exactamain la durada ed ils effects da l’inscripziun e fixond – en cas da basegn – in termin per far valair la pretensiun davant dretgira.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta 1 da la Procedura civila dals 19 da dec. 2008, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
d. Inscripziun da dretgs posteriurs
Ina prenotaziun n’impedescha betg che dretgs d’in grad posteriur vegnian inscrits.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
II. Menziuns
1. Da restricziuns da dretg public
1 La communitad u in auter institut ch’è responsabel per incumbensas publicas sto laschar menziunar en il register funsil las restricziuns da la proprietad dal dretg public disponidas per in bain immobigliar, che limiteschan duraivlamain il dretg d’utilisar u da disponer dal bain immobigliar u che imponan al proprietari in’obligaziun che sa referescha al bain immobigliar.
2 Sche la restricziun da la proprietad extingua, sto la communitad u l’institut ch’è responsabel per incumbensas publicas procurar che la menziun vegnia stizzada dal register funsil. Sche la communitad u l’institut ch’è responsabel per incumbensas publicas resta passiv, po l’uffizi dal register funsil stizzar la menziun d’uffizi.
3 Il Cussegl federal fixescha en tge champs dal dretg chantunal che las restricziuns da la proprietad ston vegnir menziunadas en il register funsil. Ils chantuns pon prevair ulteriuras menziuns. Els fan ina glista da las categorias da menziuns correspundentas e communitgeschan quella a la Confederaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Da represchentanzas
En il register funsil pon vegnir menziunads:
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Premissa da l’inscripziun
1. Annunzias
a. En cas d’inscripziuns
1 Las inscripziuns vegnan fatgas sin fundament d’ina decleraziun en scrit dal proprietari dal bain immobigliar, sin il qual sa referescha la disposiziun.
2 I na dovra betg ina tala decleraziun dal proprietari, sche l’acquistader po sa fundar sin ina prescripziun da la lescha, sin ina sentenzia cun vigur legala u sin in auter document ch’è equivalent a la sentenzia.
3 Ils funcziunaris ch’èn incaricads cun la documentaziun publica pon vegnir incumbensads dals chantuns d’annunziar sez l’inscripziun da las fatschentas ch’els han documentà.
b. En cas d’extincziuns
1 Per extinguer u per modifitgar ina inscripziun dovri ina decleraziun en scrit da las persunas che han il dretg da far quai tenor quella inscripziun.
2 Questa decleraziun po vegnir dada cun la suttascripziun en il diari.
2. Documents da legitimaziun
a. Document valaivel
1 Disposiziuns en il register funsil sco inscripziuns, midadas u extincziuns dastgan en mintga cas vegnir fatgas mo cun preschentar in document da legitimaziun davart il dretg da disponer e davart il motiv giuridic.
2 Il dretg da disponer vegn stabilì cun il mussament ch’il petent saja la persuna legitimada per quai tenor las indicaziuns en il register funsil u haja in plainpudair da questa persuna.
3 Il motiv giuridic vegn stabilì cun il mussament che las furmas prescrittas per sia valaivladad sajan vegnidas ademplidas.
b. Cumplettaziun dal document da legitimaziun
1 Sch’il document da legitimaziun necessari na vegn betg preschentà, vegn refusada l’annunzia per far ina inscripziun en il register funsil.
2 Sch’il motiv giuridic è dentant avant maun e sch’i sa tracta mo da cumplettar il document da legitimaziun davart il dretg da disponer, po vegnir fatga ina inscripziun provisorica cun il consentiment dal proprietari u sin disposiziun dal derschader.
IV. Moda d’inscriver
1. En general
1 Las inscripziuns en il register principal vegnan fatgas tenor la successiun sco che las annunzias vegnan inoltradas u sco che las documentaziuns ubain las decleraziuns vegnan suttascrittas davant l’administratur dal register funsil.
2 Sin giavisch vegni dà als participads in extract davart tut las inscripziuns.
3 La furma da l’inscripziun e da l’extincziun sco er dals extracts vegn fixada tras in’ordinaziun dal Cussegl federal.
2. En cas da servituts
L’inscripziun e l’extincziun da las servituts funsilas vegnan fatgas sin il fegl dal bain immobigliar dominant e sin il fegl dal bain immobigliar engrevgià.
V. Obligaziun d’annunzia
1 L’administratur dal register funsil sto communitgar als participads tut las inscripziuns ch’èn vegnidas fatgas senza lur savair; en spezial communitgescha el a las persunas autorisadas, da las qualas il dretg da precumpra è prenotà en il register funsil u exista tenor la lescha e resorta dal register funsil, l’acquist da la proprietad tras ina terza persuna.1
2 Ils termins ch’èn fixads per contestar talas inscripziuns cumenzan cun la data da la communicaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
C. Publicitad dal register funsil
I. Infurmaziuns ed invista
1 Tgi che cumprova in interess, ha il dretg da prender invista dal register funsil e da survegnir in extract da quel.
2 Senza in tal interess ha mintga persuna il dretg da survegnir infurmaziuns davart las suandantas datas dal register principal:
3 Il Cussegl federal designescha las ulteriuras indicaziuns concernent servituts, grevezzas funsilas ed annotaziuns che dastgan vegnir rendidas publicas senza stuair cumprovar in interess. En quest connex resguarda el la protecziun da la persunalitad.
4 L’objecziun ch’insatgi n’enconuscheva betg ina inscripziun dal register funsil, na vegn betg acceptada.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
II. Publicaziuns
1 Ils chantuns pon prevair la publicaziun da l’acquist da la proprietad vi da bains immobigliars.
2 La cuntraprestaziun en cas d’ina partiziun da l’ierta, en cas d’ina ierta anticipada, en cas d’in contract matrimonial u en cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials na dastga betg vegnir publitgada.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars; AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953). Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2003 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
D. Effects
I. En cas da mancanza d’ina inscripziun
1 Nua ch’igl e prescrit da far l’inscripziun en il register funsil per constituir in dretg real, exista quel sco dretg real mo, sche l’inscripziun è vegnida fatga.
2 En il rom da l’inscripziun po il cuntegn d’in dretg vegnir cumprovà cun ils mussaments u en autra moda.
II. En cas d’ina inscripziun
1. En general
1 Ils dretgs reals naschan e survegnan lur rang e lur data tras l’inscripziun en il register principal.
2 Lur effects cumenzan cun il mument da l’inscripziun en il diari, premess ch’ils mussaments legals sajan vegnids agiuntads a l’annunzia u sajan, en cas d’ina inscripziun provisorica, vegnids preschentads posteriuramain anc ad ura.
3 En ils chantuns, nua che la documentaziun publica è confidada a l’administratur dal register funsil e vegn fatga tras l’inscripziun en in protocol, remplazza quella l’inscripziun en il diari.
2. Vers terzas persunas da buna fai
1 Tgi che ha acquistà proprietad u auters dretgs reals, sa basond en buna fai sin ina inscripziun en il register funsil, sto vegnir protegì en quest acquist.
2 Questa disposiziun na vala betg per cunfins da bains immobigliars en ils territoris ch’èn designads dal chantun sco territoris cun spustaments da terren.1
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 4 d’oct. 1991 davart la revisiun parziala dal Cudesch civil svizzer (dretgs reals immobigliars) e dal Dretg d’obligaziuns (cumpra da bains immobigliars), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Vers terzas persunas da mala fai
1 Sch’in dretg real è inscrit nungiustifitgadamain en il register funsil, na po ina terza persuna betg sa referir a l’inscripziun, sch’ella enconuscha u duess enconuscher la mancanza.
2 Ina inscripziun è nungiustifitgada, sch’ella è vegnida fatga senza in motiv giuridic u sin fundament d’in act giuridic nunliant.
3 Tgi ch’è violà en in dretg real tras ina tala inscripziun, po far valair directamain vers la persuna da mala fai che l’inscripziun saja manglusa.
E. Extincziun e modificaziun da las inscripziuns
I. Rectificaziun
1. En cas da divisiun d’in bain immobigliar
1 Sch’in bain immobigliar vegn dividì, ston vegnir rectifitgadas per mintga parcella las servituts, las prenotaziuns e las menziuns.
2 Il proprietari dal bain immobigliar che vegn dividì sto inditgar a l’uffizi dal register funsil, tge inscripziuns che duain vegnir stizzadas e tgeninas che duain vegnir transferidas sin las parcellas. Cas cuntrari sto la dumonda da divisiun vegnir refusada.
3 Schi resulta dals mussaments u da las circumstanzas ch’ina inscripziun na pertutga betg ina parcella, sto quella vegnir stizzada per questa parcella. La procedura sa drizza tenor las disposiziuns davart l’extincziun d’ina inscripziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. En cas da reuniun da bains immobigliars
1 Plirs bains immobigliars d’in proprietari pon vegnir reunids mo, sch’i na ston betg vegnir transferids dretgs da pegn immobigliar u grevezzas funsilas dals singuls bains immobigliars sin il bain immobigliar reunì u sch’ils crediturs dattan il consentiment per quai.
2 Sch’i èn inscrittas servituts, prenotaziuns u menziuns ch’engrevgeschan ils bains immobigliars, pon quels vegnir reunids mo, sche las persunas autorisadas dattan lur consentiment u sche quellas na vegnan betg restrenschidas en lur dretgs pervia da la natira da las grevezzas.
3 Sche las servituts, las prenotaziuns u las menziuns èn inscrittas a favur dals bains immobigliars, pon quels vegnir reunids mo, sch’ils proprietaris dals bains immobigliars engrevgiads dattan lur consentiment u sche la grevezza na s’augmenta betg tras la reuniun.
4 Las disposiziuns davart la rectificaziun en cas da divisiun d’in bain immobigliar pon vegnir applitgadas tenor il senn.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Inscripziuns nungiustifitgadas1
1 Sch’in dretg real è inscrit nungiustifitgadamain en il register funsil u sch’ina inscripziun correcta è vegnida extinguida u midada nungiustifitgadamain, po mintgin ch’è vegnì violà qua tras en ses dretgs reals pretender che l’inscripziun vegnia extinguida u modifitgada.
2 Resalvads restan ils dretgs reals ch’èn vegnids acquistads da terzas persunas da buna fai sin fundament da l’inscripziun e las pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Extincziun facilitada
1. Inscripziuns senza dubi irrelevantas
L’uffizi dal register funsil po extinguer d’uffizi ina inscripziun, sche quella:
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Autras inscripziuns
a. En general
1 Sch’ina inscripziun n’ha cun gronda probabilitad nagina impurtanza giuridica, en spezial perquai ch’ella na pertutga betg il bain immobigliar tenor ils mussaments u pervia da las circumstanzas, po mintga persuna che vegn engrevgiada tras quella pretender l’extincziun.
2 Sche l’uffizi dal register funsil è da l’avis che la pretensiun saja giustifitgada, communitgescha el a la persuna autorisada ch’el vegnia ad extinguer l’inscripziun, nun ch’ella fetschia entaifer 30 dis protesta cunter l’extincziun tar l’uffizi dal register funsil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. En cas da protesta
1 Sche la persuna autorisada fa protesta, examinescha l’uffizi dal register funsil da nov la pretensiun d’extincziun sin dumonda da la persuna engrevgiada.
2 Sche l’uffizi dal register funsil concluda d’acceptar la pretensiun malgrà la protesta, communitgescha el a la persuna autorisada, ch’el vegnia ad extinguer l’inscripziun en il register funsil, nun ch’ella fetschia enteifer 3 mais recurs tar la dretgira per laschar constatar, sche l’inscripziun haja ina impurtanza giuridica.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Procedura da rectificaziun publica
1 Sche las relaziuns èn sa midadas facticamain u giuridicamain en in territori e sch’in dumber pli grond da servituts, da prenotaziuns u da menziuns è daventà dal tuttafatg u per gronda part obsolet pervia da quai u sche la situaziun n’è betg pli clera, po l’autoritad designada dal chantun decretar la rectificaziun en quest territori.
2 Quest decret sto vegnir menziunà sin ils fegls correspundents dal register funsil.
3 Ils chantuns reglan ils detagls e la procedura. Els pon facilitar anc pli fitg las rectificaziuns u decretar prescripziuns che divergeschan dal dretg federal.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Correcturas1
1 L’administratur dal register funsil na dastga far naginas correcturas senza il consentiment en scrit dals participads, nun ch’i saja avant maun ina disposiziun dal derschader.
2 Empè da curreger ina inscripziun faussa, po quella vegnir extinguida e fatga da nov.
3 Simpels sbagls da scriver vegnan curregids d’uffizi a norma da l’ordinaziun correspundenta dal Cussegl federal.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Integrà tras la cifra II da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).2 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Disposiziuns generalas
I. Princip da la nunretroactivitad da la lescha
1 Ils effects giuridics da fatgs ch’èn capitads avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, vegnan giuditgads er suenter l’entrada en vigur dal Cudesch civil tenor las disposiziuns dal dretg federal e dal dretg chantunal ch’eran valaivlas il mument che quests fatgs en capitads.
2 Per consequenza èn ils acts ch’èn vegnids fatgs avant quest mument suttamess – en quai che concerna lur forza obligatorica e lur effects giuridics – er en l’avegnir a las disposiziuns ch’eran valaivlas dal temp ch’els èn vegnids fatgs.
3 Ils fatgs ch’èn capitads pir suenter l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil ston vegnir giuditgads tenor il dretg nov, nun che la lescha prevesia in’excepziun.
II. Retroactivitad
1. Urden public e morala publica
1 Las disposiziuns dal nov Cudesch civil ch’èn vegnidas fixadas en l’interess da l’urden public e da la morala publica, vegnan applitgadas – uschespert ch’el è entrà en vigur – per tut ils fatgs, nun che la lescha haja previs in’excepziun.
2 A partir da l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil na dastgan per consequenza las prescripziuns dal dretg vegl che cuntradin tenor il dretg nov a l’urden public ed a la morala publica betg pli vegnir applitgadas.
2. Cuntegn da las relaziuns giuridicas stabilidas da la lescha
Relaziuns giuridicas cun in cuntegn ch’è reglà da la lescha independentamain da la voluntad dals participads èn suttamessas al dretg nov a partir dal mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil è entrà en vigur, e quai er sch’ellas èn vegnidas fundadas avant quest termin.
3. Dretgs betg acquistads
Fatgs ch’èn bain capitads sut il domini dal dretg vegl, or dals quals i n’era però betg naschida ina pretensiun protegida dal dretg il mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil è entrà en vigur, èn – en quai che concerna lur effects giuridics – suttamess al dretg nov a partir da quest mument.
B. Dretg da persunas
I. Abilitad d’agir
1 L’abilitad d’agir vegn giuditgada en tut ils cas tenor las disposiziuns dal nov Cudesch civil.
2 Tgi che posseda dentant il mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil entra en vigur l’abilitad d’agir tenor il dretg vegl, ma n’avess betg ella tenor il dretg nov, vegn tuttina renconuschì sco abel d’agir er suenter quest termin.
II. Spariziun
1 La decleraziun da spariziun è suttamessa al nov Cudesch civil suenter ch’el è entrà en vigur.
2 Las decleraziuns da mort u d’absenza ch’èn vegnidas decretadas tenor il dretg vegl possedan suenter l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil ils medems effects sco la decleraziun da spariziun tenor il dretg nov. Las consequenzas giuridicas ch’èn dentant resultadas tenor il dretg vegl avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, sco successiun d’ierta u schliaziun da la lètg, n’èn betg pertutgadas.
3 Sch’ina procedura era pendenta il mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil è entrà en vigur, vegn ella cumenzada danovamain tenor las disposiziuns dal nov Cudesch civil cun quintar il temp gia currì, u ch’ella vegn manada a fin sin dumonda dals pertutgads cun sa tegnair vi da la procedura e vi dals termins dal dretg vegl.
IIa. Banca da datas centrala dal stadi civil
1 Il Cussegl federal regla la midada da la gestiun vertenta dals registers a la gestiun electronica dals registers.
2 La Confederaziun surpiglia ils custs d’investiziun fin a 5 milliuns francs.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2001 (administraziun electronica dal register da stadi civil), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
III. Persunas giuridicas
1. En general2
1 Federaziuns da persunas, instituts u fundaziuns che han acquistà la persunalitad sut il dretg vegl, mantegnan quella sut il dretg nov, er sch’ellas na l’avessan betg acquistada tenor las disposiziuns da quel.
2 Las persunas giuridicas existentas, che dovran – tenor il nov Cudesch civil – l’inscripziun en in register public per sa constituir, ston dentant far questa inscripziun entaifer 5 onns suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, er sche quai n’era betg necessari tenor il dretg vegl; sch’ellas na fan betg quai, na vegnan ellas betg pli renconuschidas sco persunas giuridicas suenter la scadenza da quest termin.
2bisLas fundaziuns ecclesiasticas e las fundaziuns da famiglia che n’èn betg inscrittas en il register da commerzi cur che la midada dals 12 da december 2014 (art. 52 al. 2) entra en vigur, restan renconuschidas sco persunas giuridicas. Ellas ston sa laschar inscriver en il register da commerzi entaifer 5 onns suenter l’entrada en vigur. Fixond las pretensiuns envers l’inscripziun en il register da commerzi resguarda il Cussegl federal las relaziuns particularas da las fundaziuns ecclesiasticas.3
3 Il cuntegn da la persunalitad vegn determinà per tut las persunas giuridicas tenor il nov Cudesch civil, uschespert ch’el è entrà en vigur.
1 Oriundamain art. 6a. Avant art. 7.
2 Versiun tenor la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 12 da dec. 2014 davart la realisaziun da las recumandaziuns dal «Groupe d’action financière», revedidas l’onn 2012, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2016 (AS 2015 1389; BBl 2014 605).
2. Contabilitad e post da revisiun
Las disposiziuns concernent la midada dals 16 da december 20052 davart la contabilitad e davart il post da revisiun valan a partir da l’emprim onn che cumenza cun l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil u suenter.
1 Integrà tras la cifra 1 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 16 da dec. 2005 (dretg da ScRL sco er adattaziuns en il dretg d’aczias, en il dretg d’associaziun, en il dretg dal register da commerzi ed en il dretg da firmas), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969
IV. Protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, smanatschas u persecuziuns
Per proceduras ch’èn pendentas il mument da l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 14 da december 2018 vegn applitgà il dretg nov.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 14 da dec. 2018 davart la meglieraziun da la protecziun da victimas da violenza, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2020 (AS 2019 2273; BBl 2017 7307).
C. Dretg da famiglia
I. Maridaglia
1 Per la maridaglia vala il dretg nov, uschespert che la Lescha federala dals 26 da zercladur 19982 è entrada en vigur.
2 Lètgs, per las qualas igl è avant maun in motiv da nunvalaivladad tenor il dretg vegl, pon, uschespert ch’il dretg nov è entrà en vigur, vegnir decleradas sco nunvalaivlas mo tenor las disposiziuns da tal. Per fixar ils termins vegn dentant mess a quint il temp ch’è scadì avant l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov.
Ibis. Divorzi
1. Princip
1 Per il divorzi vala il dretg nov, uschespert che la Lescha federala dals 26 da zercladur 19982 è entrada en vigur.
2 Divorzis, che han survegnì vigur legala tenor il dretg vegl, restan renconuschids; las novas disposiziuns davart l’execuziun vegnan applitgadas per las rentas u per las indemnisaziuns ch’èn vegnidas fixadas sco cumpensaziun dal mantegniment u sco contribuziun da mantegniment.
3 La midada da la sentenzia da divorzi vegn fatga tenor las prescripziuns dal dretg vegl cun resalva da las disposiziuns davart ils uffants e davart la procedura.
2. Process da divorzi pendents
1 Per process da divorzi ch’èn pendents tar l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 26 da zercladur 19982 e che ston vegnir giuditgads d’ina instanza chantunala vegn applitgà il dretg nov.
2 Novas pretensiuns giuridicas che vegnan iniziadas tras la midada dal dretg applitgabel èn admissiblas; las parts da la sentenzia che na vegnan betg contestadas restan liantas, uschenavant ch’ellas n’èn betg colliadas materialmain en moda uschè stretga cun pretensiuns giuridicas che ston anc vegnir giuditgadas, ch’i sto vegnir fatg raschunaivlamain in giudicament cumplessiv.
3 Il Tribunal federal decida tenor il dretg vegl, sche la decisiun contestada è vegnida pronunziada avant l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 26 da zercladur 1998; quai vala er en cas d’ina eventuala refusa a l’instanza chantunala.
3. Termin da separaziun tar process da divorzi pendents
Per process da divorzi ch’èn pendents tar l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 19 december 20032 e che ston vegnir giuditgads d’ina instanza chantunala vala il termin da separaziun tenor il dretg nov.
4. Prevenziun professiunala
1 Per la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi vala il dretg nov, uschespert che la midada dals 19 da zercladur 2015 è entrada en vigur.
2 Per process da divorzi ch’èn pendents il mument da l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 19 da zercladur 2015 davant ina instanza chantunala vegn applitgà il dretg nov.
3 Il Tribunal federal decida tenor il dretg vegl, sche la decisiun contestada è vegnida pronunziada avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 19 da zercladur 2015; quai vala er en cas d’ina eventuala refusa a l’instanza chantunala.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 19 da zer. 2015 (cumpensaziun da la prevenziun professiunala en cas da divorzi), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
5. Conversiun da rentas existentas
1 Sch’il derschader ha – en cas d’in divorzi tenor il dretg vegl – concedì al consort creditur suenter l’entrada d’in cas da prevenziun ina indemnisaziun en furma d’ina renta che scada pir cun la mort dal consort debitur u creditur, po il consort creditur pretender entaifer 1 onn suenter l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 19 da zercladur 2015 davant il derschader ch’el survegnia empè da quai ina renta per vita duranta tenor l’artitgel 124a, sch’il consort debitur retira ina renta d’invaliditad suenter la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta u ina renta da vegliadetgna.
2 En cas da decisiuns estras sa drizza la cumpetenza tenor l’artitgel 64 da la Lescha federala dals 18 da december 19872 davart il dretg internaziunal privat.
3 La renta tenor il dretg vegl vala sco part da la renta attribuida.
Iter. Effects generals da la lètg
1. Princip
Per ils effects generals da la lètg vala il dretg nov, uschespert che la Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 1984 è entrada en vigur.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 4 da la LF dals 26 zer. 1998, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2. Num
Il consort che ha midà ses num a chaschun da la maridaglia avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 30 da settember 2011 da questa lescha, po declerar da tut temp al funcziunari da stadi civil ch’el veglia puspè purtar ses num da nubil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
3. Dretg da burgais
La Svizra che ha maridà sut il dretg vegl po declerar visavi l’autoritad cumpetenta da ses anteriur chantun d’origin entaifer 1 onn dapi l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov ch’ella reprendia puspè il dretg da burgais ch’ella ha gì sco nubila.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
II. Dretg dals bains matrimonials da las lètgs ch’èn vegnidas serradas avant il 1. da schaner 19122
Per ils effects concernent ils bains matrimonials da lètgs ch’èn vegnidas serradas avant il 1. da schaner 1912 valan las disposiziuns dal Cudesch civil davart l’applicaziun dal dretg vegl e dal dretg nov, ch’èn entradas en vigur quest di.
IIbis. Dretg dals bains matrimonials da las lètgs ch’èn vegnidas serradas suenter il 1. da schaner 19122
1. En general
1 Per lètgs ch’existan il mument che la Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 1984 entra en vigur vala il dretg nov, nun ch’i saja vegnì fixà insatge auter.
2 Per ils effects concernent ils bains matrimonials da lètgs ch’èn vegnidas divorziadas avant l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 1984 vala il dretg vegl.
2. Midada da l’uniun dals bains ad ina participaziun als acquists
a. Midada da las massas da facultad
1 Per consorts ch’èn stads suttamess fin ussa al stadi da l’uniun dals bains, valan – concernent lur relaziuns vicendaivlas e vers terzas persunas – las prescripziuns davart la participaziun als acquists.
2 Las valurs da facultad da mintga consort daventan ses bain propri u ses acquist tenor las prescripziuns davart la participaziun als acquists; ils bains reservads ch’èn fundads tras il contract matrimonial daventan bains propris.
3 La dunna reprenda la proprietad dals bains ch’ella ha appurtà en la lètg e ch’èn passads en la proprietad dal consort u fa valair per quels ina pretensiun d’indemnisaziun.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
b. Privilegi
Las disposiziuns vertentas davart las pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun da la consorta per bains ch’ella ha appurtà en la lètg e che n’èn betg pli avant maun en cas d’in concurs e d’ina impegnaziun da valurs da facultad dal consort, restan applitgablas anc 10 onns suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
c. Liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials tenor il dretg nov
1 Suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov sa drizza la liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials tranter ils consorts per l’entira durada da l’anteriur stadi dals bains e dal nov stadi ordinari dals bains tenor las prescripziuns davart la participaziun als acquists, nun ch’ils consorts hajan, il mument da l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, gia terminà la liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials tenor las disposiziuns davart l’uniun dals bains.
2 Avant l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov po mintga consort dar part a l’auter en scrit, che lur anteriur stadi dals bains stoppia vegnir schlià tenor las disposiziuns dal dretg vegl.
3 Sch’il stadi dals bains è vegnì schlià perquai ch’in plant, ch’è vegnì inoltrà avant l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, è vegnì approvà, vegn la liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials fatga tenor il dretg vegl.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
3. Mantegniment da l’uniun dals bains
1 Consorts che vivan en il stadi da l’uniun dals bains, senza avair midà quel tras in contract matrimonial, pon sa cunvegnir da mantegnair l’uniun dals bains cun inoltrar ina decleraziun cuminaivla en scrit a l’uffizi da registraziun dals bains matrimonials da lur domicil sin il pli tard 1 onn suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov; l’uffizi da registraziun dals bains matrimonials maina ina glista uffiziala da las decleraziuns che po vegnir consultada da mintgin.
2 Il stadi dals bains po vegnir fatg valair vers terzas persunas mo, sch’ellas enconuschan u duessan enconuscher quel.
3 Per ils bains reservads dals consorts valan en l’avegnir las novas prescripziuns davart la separaziun dals bains.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
4. Mantegniment da la separaziun legala u giudiziala dals bains
Sche la separaziun dals bains e vegnida fatga pervia da la lescha u sin ordinaziun dal derschader, valan per ils consorts las novas disposiziuns davart la separaziun dals bains.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
5. Contract matrimonial
a. En general
1 Sch’ils consorts han fatg in contract matrimonial tenor las disposiziuns dal Cudesch civil, vala quest contract vinavant e lur entir stadi dals bains matrimonials resta suttamess a las disposiziuns da fin ussa, cun resalva da las disposiziuns da quest titel davart ils bains reservads, davart la vigur legala vers terzas persunas e davart la separaziun dals bains tenor il contract matrimonial.
2 Per ils bains reservads dals consorts valan en l’avegnir las novas prescripziuns davart la separaziun dals bains.
3 Cunvegnas davart la participaziun ad augments ed a deficits en cas d’ina uniun dals bains na dastgan betg pregiuditgar ils dretgs a la part obligatorica dals uffants betg cuminaivels e da lur descendents.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
b. Vigur legala vers terzas persunas
1 Il stadi dals bains po vegnir fatg valair vers terzas persunas mo, sch’ellas enconuschan u duessan enconuscher quel.
2 Sch’il contract matrimonial n’ha betg vigur legala vers terzas persunas, valan per las relaziuns cun quellas da qua envi las disposiziuns davart la participaziun als acquists.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
c. Submissiun al dretg nov
1 Consorts che vivan en il stadi da l’uniun dals bains e che han midà quel tras in contract matrimonial, pon sa cunvegnir da suttametter lur relaziuns giuridicas al nov stadi ordinari dals bains da participaziun als acquists cun inoltrar ina decleraziun cuminaivla en scrit a l’uffizi da registraziun dals bains matrimonials da lur domicil sin il pli tard 1 onn suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov.
2 En quest cas vala la participaziun contractuala a l’augment en il futur per la summa totala dals augments da tuts dus consorts, nun ch’i saja vegnì fixà insatge auter en il contract matrimonial.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
d. Separaziun contractuala dals bains tenor il dretg vegl
Sch’ils consorts han concludì ina separaziun dals bains sut il dretg vegl, valan per els en il futur las novas disposiziuns davart la separaziun dals bains.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
e. Contracts matrimonials fatgs en vista a l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov
Contracts matrimonials ch’èn vegnids fatgs avant l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 1984, che duain dentant avair lur effects pir sut il dretg nov, na ston betg vegnir approvads da l’autoritad tutelara.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
f. Register dals bains matrimonials
1 Cun l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 1984 na vegnan betg pli fatgas novas inscripziuns en il register dals bains matrimonials.
2 Il dretg da prender invista dal register resta garantì.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
6. Pajament dals debits en cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials
Sch’il pajament da debits en daners u sche la restituziun da chaussas debitadas chaschuna al consort debitur grondas difficultads en cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials en connex cun l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, po el pretender da survegnir termins da pajament; sche las circumstanzas giustifitgeschan quai, sto vegnir prestada ina garanzia.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
7. Protecziun dals crediturs
Sch’il dretg dals bains matrimonials sa mida cun l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 5 d’october 1984, valan – en quai che concerna la responsabladad – las disposiziuns davart la protecziun dals crediturs en cas da midadas dal stadi dals bains.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. La relaziun da figlialanza en general
1 La constituziun ed ils effects da la relaziun da figlialanza èn suttamess al dretg nov uschespert ch’il nov Cudesch civil è entrà en vigur; il num da famiglia ed il dretg da burgais ch’èn vegnids acquistads tenor il dretg vegl restan mantegnids.
2 Ils uffants che sa chattan sut avugadia il mument da l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil e ch’èn – tenor il dretg nov – suttamess tenor la lescha a la pussanza dals geniturs, vegnan suttamess a la pussanza da lur geniturs il pli tard 1 onn suenter che quest dretg nov è entrà en vigur, nun ch’i saja vegnì ordinà il cuntrari sin basa da las disposiziuns davart la retratga da la tgira genituriala.
3 In transferiment u ina retratga da la tgira genituriala, ch’è vegnida disponida d’ina autoritad sut il dretg vegl, mantegna sia vigur legala er suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov.
4 Sche mo in genitur ha la tgira genituriala il mument che la midada dals 21 da zercladur 2013 entra en vigur, po l’auter genitur – entaifer 1 onn suenter l’entrada en vigur da questa midada – dumandar l’autoritad cumpetenta da disponer la tgira genituriala cuminaivla. L’artitgel 298b vegn applitgà tenor il senn.2
5 Il genitur, dal qual la tgira genituriala è vegnida privada a chaschun d’in divorzi, po sa drizzar sulet al derschader cumpetent mo, sch’il divorzi ha gì lieu main che 5 onns avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 21 da zercladur 2013.3
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 21 da zer. 2013 (tgira genituriala), en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
IIIbis. Adopziun
1. Cuntinuaziun dal dretg vegl
1 L’adopziun ch’è vegnida pronunziada avant l’entrada en vigur da las novas disposiziuns da la Lescha federala dals 30 da zercladur 1972 davart la midada dal Cudesch civil svizzer, è suttamessa vinavant al dretg ch’è entrà en vigur il 1. da schaner 19122; ils consentiments ch’èn vegnids dads tenor quest dretg restan en mintga cas valaivels.
2 Persunas che n’èn betg anc 20 onns veglias il mument che la Lescha federala dals 7 d’october 1994 entra en vigur pon anc vegnir adoptadas tenor las disposiziuns davart persunas minorennas er suenter ch’ellas èn daventadas maiorennas, premess che lur dumonda vegnia inoltrada entaifer 2 onns dapi l’entrada en vigur da la lescha federala ed avant lur 20avel anniversari.3
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972, en vigur dapi il 1. d’avr. 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Art. 465 CCS en la versiun dal 1. da schan. 1912: 1 L’uffant adoptà e ses descendents han il medem dretg d’ierta vers l’adoptader sco ils descendents legitims. 2 L’adoptader e ses parents consanguins n’han nagin dretg d’ierta vers l’uffant adoptà.
3 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 7 d’oct. 1994, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
2. Proceduras pendentas
Per proceduras d’adopziun ch’èn pendentas il mument da l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 17 da zercladur 2016 vala il dretg nov.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3. Submissiun al dretg nov
Las disposiziuns da la midada dals 17 da zercladur 2016 concernent il secret d’adopziun, concernent las infurmaziuns davart ils geniturs biologics e davart lur descendents sco er concernent la pussaivladad da concluder relaziuns persunalas tranter ils geniturs biologics e l’uffant valan er per adopziuns ch’èn vegnidas pronunziadas avant lur entrada en vigur u ch’èn pendentas il mument da lur entrada en vigur.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 3 da la LF dals 30 da zer. 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
1 Integrà tras la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 22 da zer. 2001 tar la Convenziun da Den Haag davart las adopziuns e davart las mesiras per proteger l’uffant en adopziuns internaziunalas (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795). Abolì tras la cifra I da la LF dals 17 da zer. 2016 (adopziun), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
IIIter. Contestaziun da la legitimaziun
Las disposiziuns dal dretg nov davart la contestaziun da la renconuschientscha d’in uffant suenter la maridaglia dals geniturs valan tenor il senn per la contestaziun d’ina legitimaziun ch’è vegnida fatga tenor il dretg vegl.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
IV. Plant da paternitad
1. Plants pendents
1 In plant ch’è pendent il mument da l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov vegn giuditgà tenor il dretg nov.
2 Ils effects fin a l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov sa drizzan tenor il dretg vegl.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2. Plants novs
1 Sche l’obligaziun dal bab da furnir prestaziuns en daners è stada stabilida tras ina decisiun giudiziala u tras in contract avant ch’il dretg nov è entrà en vigur e sche l’uffant n’aveva betg anc cumplenì 10 onns il mument da l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, po el purtar plant entaifer 2 onns per laschar constatar la relaziun da figlialanza tenor las disposiziuns dal dretg nov.
2 Sche l’accusà po cumprovar che sia paternitad saja exclusa u main probabla che quella d’in terz, extingua il dretg da l’uffant sin contribuziuns per il mantegniment futur.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 1 da la LF dals 25 da zer. 1976, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
IVbis. Termin per constatar e per contestar la relaziun da figlialanza
Tgi che daventa maioren tras l’entrada en vigur da la Lescha federala dals 7 d’october 1994, po en mintga cas inoltrar anc durant 1 onn in plant per constatar u per contestar la relaziun da figlialanza.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 7 d’oct. 1994, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
IVter. Contribuziuns da mantegniment
1. Titels da mantegniment existents
Contribuziuns da mantegniment a l’uffant ch’èn vegnidas fixadas avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 20 da mars 2015 en in contract da mantegniment approvà u en ina decisiun, vegnan fixadas da nov sin dumonda da l’uffant. Sch’ellas èn vegnidas fixadas ensemen cun contribuziuns da mantegniment al genitur, dastgan ellas vegnir adattadas mo en cas d’ina midada considerabla da las relaziuns.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 7 d’oct. 1994 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169). Versiun tenor la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Proceduras pendentas
1 Per proceduras ch’èn pendentas il mument da l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 20 da mars 2015 vegn applitgà il dretg nov.
2 Il Tribunal federal decida tenor il dretg vegl, sche la decisiun contestada è vegnida pronunziada avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 20 da mars 2015; quai vala er en cas d’ina eventuala refusa a l’instanza chantunala.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 20 da mars 2015 (mantegniment dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
IVquater. Num da l’uffant
1 Sch’ils geniturs n’han betg pli in num da famiglia cuminaivel sin fundament d’ina decleraziun tenor l’artitgel 8a da quest titel suenter che la midada dals 30 da settember 2011 da questa lescha è entrada en vigur, pon els declerar entaifer 1 onn dapi l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, che l’uffant survegnia il num da nubil dal consort che ha fatg questa decleraziun.
2 Sche la tgira genituriala per in uffant da geniturs betg maridads è vegnida surdada als geniturs u sulettamain al bab avant che la midada dals 30 da settember 2011 da questa lescha è entrada en vigur, po la decleraziun ch’è previsa tenor l’artitgel 270a alineas 2 e 3 vegnir fatga entaifer 1 onn dapi l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov.
3 Il consentiment da l’uffant resta resalvà sa basond sin l’artitgel 270b.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I da la LF dals 30 da sett. 2011 (num e dretg da burgais), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
V. Protecziun da creschids
1. Mesiras existentas
1 Per la protecziun da creschids vala il dretg nov, uschespert che la midada dals 19 da december 20082 è entrada en vigur.
2 Persunas ch’èn vegnidas avugadadas tenor il dretg vegl, stattan sut curatella cumplessiva cun l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov. L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids fa d’uffizi uschè svelt sco pussaivel las adattaziuns necessarias dal dretg nov. En cas che la tgira genituriala vegn prolungada èn ils geniturs deliberads da l’obligaziun d’inventarisar, da l’obligaziun da far in rapport periodic ed in rendaquint sco er da l’obligaziun da dumandar il consentiment per tschertas fatschentas, fin che l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids decida insatge auter en chaussa.
3 Las ulteriuras mesiras ch’èn vegnidas ordinadas tenor il dretg vegl scadan il pli tard 3 onns suenter l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 19 da december 2008, nun che l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids las haja transferidas en mesiras dal dretg nov.
4 Ina privaziun da la libertad per motivs da provediment ch’in medi ha ordinà sin basa da l’artitgel 397b alinea 2 da la versiun dal 1. da schaner 19813 per ina persuna ch’è ha ina malsogna psichica vegn mantegnida. L’institut communitgescha il pli tard 6 mais suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov a l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids, sch’el è da l’avis che las premissas dal plazzament sajan ademplidas er vinavant. L’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids fa ils scleriments ch’èn necessaris tenor las disposiziuns davart l’examinaziun periodica e conferma eventualmain la decisiun da plazzament.
2. Proceduras pendentas
1 Cun l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 19 da december 20082 cuntinuescha la nova autoritad cumpetenta cun las proceduras pendentas.
2 Il nov dretg da procedura vegn applitgà.
3 L’autoritad decida, sche e quant enavant che la procedura veglia sto vegnir cumplettada.
D. Dretg d’ierta
I. Ierta e successiun d’ierta
1 La successiun d’ierta d’ina persuna ch’è morta avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil vegn reglada tenor il dretg vegl er suenter quest termin; il medem vala er per ils effects dals bains matrimonials ch’èn nunseparabels da l’ierta tenor il dretg chantunal e che naschan cun la mort dal bab, da la mamma u d’in consort.
2 Questa prescripziun sa referescha tant als ertavels sco er a la successiun d’ierta.
II. Disposiziuns per causa da mort
1 Sch’in testader ch’è abel da disponer ha fatg u ha revocà – avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil – ina disposiziun per causa da mort tenor il dretg ch’era en vigur da quel temp, na po quest act betg vegnir contestà cun la motivaziun, ch’il testader saja mort suenter l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov e na fiss betg stà abel da disponer tenor quel.
2 Ina disposiziun testamentara na po betg vegnir contestada pervia d’ina mancanza formala, sche las formalitads, che valevan il temp cur che l’act è vegnì fatg u cur ch’il testader è mort, èn vegnidas observadas.
3 Sch’il testader è mort suenter l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, vegni decidì en mintga cas tenor il dretg nov, sch’ina disposiziun per causa da mort vegn contestada cun la motivaziun che la part disponibla saja surpassada u che la maniera da disponer na saja betg admessa.
E. Dretgs reals
I. En general
1 Ils dretgs reals ch’existan il mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil entra en vigur restan renconuschids er sut il dretg nov, cun resalva da las prescripziuns davart il register funsil.
2 Concernent lur cuntegn èn la proprietad ed ils dretgs reals limitads però suttamess al dretg nov suenter l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, nun che quel prevesia in’excepziun.
3 Dretgs reals che na pudessan betg pli vegnir constituids tenor il dretg nov, restan suttamess al dretg vegl.
II. Dretg sin inscripziun en il register funsil
1 Sch’ina pretensiun che ha l’intent da constituir in dretg real è vegnida fundada avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, vegn ella renconuschida sco valaivla, sch’ella correspunda a la furma dal dretg vegl u dal dretg nov.
2 L’ordinaziun davart il register funsil fixescha, tge documents d’identitad che ston vegnir preschentads per laschar inscriver tals dretgs.
3 Sch’il cuntegn d’in dretg real e stabilì tras in act giuridic, fatg avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, vegn el er renconuschì sut il dretg nov, uschenavant ch’el sa cumporta cun tal.
III. Acquist tras giudida
1 A partir dal mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil è entrà en vigur, sa drizza l’acquist tras giudida tenor il dretg nov.
2 Sch’in acquist tras giudida che correspunda er al dretg nov ha cumenzà sut il dretg vegl, vegn il temp ch’è passà avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil mess a quint proporziunalmain al termin dal dretg nov.
IV. Dretgs da proprietad spezials
1. Bostga sin terren ester
1 Dretgs da proprietad ch’existan vi da bostga sin terren ester vegnan renconuschids er vinavant tenor il dretg chantunal.
2 Ils chantuns èn autorisads da restrenscher u d’abolir questas relaziuns da dretg.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra IV da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2. Proprietad en condomini
a. Fatgs originars
La proprietad en condomini, dominada dal dretg chantunal vegl, è suttamessa a las novas prescripziuns dal nov Cudesch civil, er sch’ils plauns u sche las parts da plauns n’èn betg abitaziuns u localitads da fatschenta che furman unitads entiras.
1 Integrà tras la cifra IV da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Transfurmaziuns
1 Ils chantuns pon er suttametter a las novas disposiziuns la proprietad en condomini ch’è vegnida inscritta en il register funsil en las furmas dal dretg ch’è entrà en vigur il 1. da schaner 1912.
2 Questa submissiun entra en vigur cun las midadas correspundentas da las inscripziuns en il register funsil.
1 Integrà tras la cifra IV da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
c. Rectificaziun dals registers funsils
Per pudair suttametter la proprietad en condomini transfurmada a las novas prescripziuns e per inscriver la proprietad en condomini originala en il register funsil, pon ils chantuns ordinar ch’ils registers funsils vegnian rectifitgads e decretar prescripziuns da procedura spezialas per quest intent.
1 Integrà tras la cifra IV da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
V. Servituts funsilas
1 Las servituds funsilas ch’èn vegnidas constituidas avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil restan valaivlas suenter l’introducziun dal register funsil er senza ch’ellas sajan inscrittas en quel; ellas na pon dentant betg vegnir fatgas valair vers terzas persunas da buna fai, uschè ditg ch’ellas n’èn betg inscrittas.
2 Obligaziuns colliadas accessoricamain cun servituts ch’èn vegnidas constituidas avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 11 da december 20091 e che resultan mo da mussaments dal register funsil, pon vegnir fatgas valair er vinavant vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.2
VI. Dretgs da pegn funsil
1. Renconuschientscha dals titels da pegn existents
1 Ils titels da pegn ch’existan il mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil entra en vigur, restan valaivels senza ch’els stoppian vegnir adattads al dretg nov.
2 Igl è dentant resalvà als chantuns da prescriver ch’ils titels da pegn existents vegnian renovads ed adattads a las disposiziuns dal dretg nov entaifer in tschert termin.
2. Constituziun da dretgs da pegn
1 Suenter l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil dastgan vegnir constituidas mo quellas spezias da dretgs da pegn funsil ch’èn renconuschidas dal dretg nov.
2 Fin a l’introducziun dal register funsil vegnan els constituids tenor las furmas dal dretg chantunal da fin ussa.
3. Extincziun da titels
1 Suenter ch’il dretg nov è entrà en vigur, vegnan sias disposiziuns applitgadas per extinguer u per midar titels, per decretar in pegn e per chaussas sumegliantas.
2 Uschè ditg ch’il register funsil n’è betg introducì, ston vegnir observadas las furmas tenor il dretg chantunal.
4. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara
1 Per tut ils dretgs da pegn funsil vegn la dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara determinada tenor il dretg nov.
2 Sche tscherts objects determinads èn vegnids dads en pegn al creditur ensemen cun il bain immobigliar, e quai en moda giuridicamain valaivla sin basa d’ina cunvegna speziala, restan quests objects suttamess al pegn, er sch’els na pudessan betg vegnir impegnads tenor il dretg nov.
5. Dretgs ed obligaziuns che resultan dal pegn immobigliar
a. En general
1 Ils dretgs e las obligaziuns dals crediturs e dals debiturs concernent ils pegns immobigliars ch’existan il mument da l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil vegnan reglads tenor il dretg vegl, uschenavant ch’i sa tracta d’effects da contracts.
2 Er per quests pegns immobigliars vala a partir da quest mument il dretg nov, sch’i sa tracta d’effects ch’èn stabilids tenor la lescha e che na pon betg vegnir midads tras contracts.
3 Sch’il pegn cumpiglia plirs bains immobigliars, restan quels engrevgiads tenor il dretg vegl.
b. Mesiras da garanzia
Ils dretgs dal creditur durant la durada dal pegn, en spezial quels da far ordinar mesiras da garanzia, èn suttamess al dretg nov per tut ils pegns immobigliars, e quai a partir dal mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil entra en vigur; il medem vala er per ils dretgs dal debitur.
c. Disditga, transferiment
Per disdir credits ch’èn garantids tras pegns immobigliars sco er per transferir ils titels d’ina persuna ad in’autra sto vegnir observà il dretg vegl, sch’i sa tracta da pegns ch’èn vegnids constituids gia avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil; resalvadas restan dentant las prescripziuns dal dretg nov ch’èn absolutamain liantas.
6. Rang
1 Il rang dals dretgs da pegn vegn fixà dal dretg vegl fin ch’ils bains immobigliars èn inscrits en il register funsil.
2 A partir dal mument da l’introducziun dal register funsil vegn il rang dals crediturs fixà tenor las disposiziuns dal nov Cudesch civil davart il register funsil.
7. Post da pegn
1 Concernent il post da pegn fix u concernent il dretg dal creditur d’entrar e da s’avanzar en in post liber vegn applitgà il dretg nov a partir da l’introducziun dal register funsil, ed en mintga cas 5 onns suenter ch’il nov Cudesch civil è entrà en vigur; ils dretgs spezials ch’existan a favur dal creditur restan resalvads.
2 Ils chantuns pon fixar ulteriuras disposiziuns transitoricas.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun, en vigur dapi il 1. da favr. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
8. ...
1 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
9. Tractament egual da spezias da pegn veglias cun talas dal dretg nov
1 Las leschas introductivas chantunalas pon fixar che l’ina u l’autra spezia da pegn immobigliar dal dretg vegl vegnia – en general u mo per tschertas relaziuns – tractada da medema maniera sco la furma correspundenta dal dretg nov.
2 Uschenavant che quai vegn fatg, vegnan tals dretgs da pegn chantunals er reglads tras las disposiziuns dal nov Cudesch civil a partir dal mument ch’el è entrà en vigur.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da favr. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
10. Cuntinuaziun dal dretg vegl per spezias da pegn veglias
1 Brevs da rendita sco er brevs ipotecaras emessas en serias restan inscrittas en il register funsil.
2 Ellas èn suttamessas er vinavant a las disposiziuns dal dretg vegl.
3 Il dretg chantunal po prevair la transfurmaziun da brevs da rendita ch’èn vegnidas constituidas sin basa da dretg federal u da dretg vegl en spezias da pegn dal dretg vertent. Per imports minimals po la transfurmaziun er cuntegnair l’introducziun d’ina responsabladad persunala dal proprietari dal bain immobigliar impegnà.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
11. Transfurmaziun da la spezia da la brev ipotecara
Il proprietari d’in bain immobigliar e las persunas che han in dretg sin il bain immobigliar pon pretender cuminaivlamain en scrit ch’ina brev ipotecara sin palpiri, ch’è vegnida inscritta avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 11 da december 20092, vegnia transfurmada en ina brev ipotecara registrada.
VII. Pegns movibels
1. Furma
1 A partir da l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil pon ils pegns movibels vegnir constituids mo en las furmas che vegnan previsas da quel.
2 Pegns movibels ch’èn vegnids constituids avant quest mument e tenor in’autra furma extinguan suenter 6 mais dapi l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov, sch’il termin da pajament era gia scrudà, ed en cas ch’il termin scroda pli tard, a partir dal mument ch’el scroda u a partir dal mument che la pretensiun po vegnir disditga.
2. Effects
1 Ils effects dal pegn movibel, ils dretgs e las obligaziuns dal creditur da pegn, da l’impegnader u dal debitur da pegn sa drizzan tenor il nov Cudesch civil a partir dal mument ch’el è entrà en vigur, e quai er, sch’il pegn è vegnì constituì gia avant il mument da l’entrada en vigur.
2 In contract da scadenza dal pegn a favur dal creditur ch’è vegnì fatg avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil, daventa nunvalaivel a partir da quest mument.
VIII. Dretg da retenziun
1 Il dretg da retenziun tenor il nov Cudesch civil s’extenda er sin talas chaussas ch’èn vegnidas en ils mauns dal creditur avant sia entrada en vigur.
2 Il creditur po far valair quest dretg er per pretensiuns ch’èn naschidas avant quest mument.
3 Ils dretgs da retenziun ch’èn naschids pli baud èn – en quai che concerna lur effects – suttamess a las disposiziuns dal nov Cudesch civil.
IX. Possess
Il possess è suttamess al dretg nov a partir dal mument ch’il nov Cudesch civil entra en vigur.
X. Register funsil
1. Introducziun dal register funsil
1 Suenter avair tadlà ils chantuns fixescha il Cussegl federal il plan general per introducir il register funsil. Questa cumpetenza po el transferir al departament u a l’uffizi cumpetent.1
1 Versiun tenor la cifra II da l’agiunta da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2007 davart la geoinfurmaziun, en vigur dapi il 1. da fan. 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
2 Abolì tras la cifra II da l’agiunta da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2007 davart la geoinfurmaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
2. Mesiraziun uffiziala
a. ...
...
1 Abolì tras la cifra II da l’agiunta da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2007 davart la geoinfurmaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
b. Relaziun cun il register funsil
1 Per regla duai la mesiraziun preceder l’introducziun dal register funsil.
2 Cun il consentiment dal Cussegl federal po il register funsil gia vegnir constituì pli baud, sch’i èn avant maun registers dals bains immobigliars ch’èn precis avunda.
c. Temp da la realisaziun
2 La mesiraziun e l’introducziun dal register funsil pon vegnir realisadas ina suenter l’autra per ils singuls districts d’in chantun.
1 Abolì tras la cifra II da l’agiunta da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2007 davart la geoinfurmaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
1 Abolì tras la cifra II da l’agiunta da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 2007 davart la geoinfurmaziun, cun effect dapi il 1. da fan. 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
3. Inscripziun dals dretgs reals
a. Procedura
1 A chaschun da l’introducziun dal register funsil duain vegnir inscrits ils dretgs reals ch’existan gia da quel temp.
2 Per quest intent sto vegnir decretà in clom public cun l’invitaziun d’annunziar e da laschar inscriver quests dretgs.
3 Ils dretgs reals ch’èn inscrits en registers publics tenor il dretg vegl, vegnan transferids d’uffizi en il register funsil, uschenavant ch’els pon vegnir constituids tenor il dretg nov.
b. Consequenzas, sche l’inscripziun vegn tralaschada
1 Ils dretgs reals tenor il dretg vegl che na vegnan betg inscrits mantegnan bain lur valaivladad, els na pon dentant betg vegnir fatgs valair vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.
2 Igl è resalvà a la legislaziun federala u chantunala da declerar tut ils dretgs reals che n’èn betg vegnids inscrits en il register funsil sco abolids a partir d’in tschert termin, suenter ch’igl è vegnì decretà in clom public.
3 Las grevezzas funsilas da dretg public e las ipotecas legalas da dretg chantunal ch’èn resultadas avant l’entrada en vigur da la midada dals 11 da december 20091 e che n’èn betg inscrittas pon vegnir fatgas valair anc durant 10 onns suenter l’entrada en vigur da la midada vers terzas persunas ch’èn sa fidadas da buna fai sin il register funsil.2
4. Dretgs reals abolids
1 Dretgs reals che na pon betg pli vegnir constituids tenor il dretg dal register funsil, sco per exempel la proprietad da bostga sin terren ester, dretgs da pegns da giudida e dretgs sumegliants, na vegnan betg inscrits en il register funsil; els ston dentant vegnir remartgads en quel en moda opportuna.
2 Sch’els èn ids a perder per in motiv u l’auter, na pon els betg pli vegnir constituids da nov.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra IV da la LF dals 19 da dec. 1963, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
5. Spustament da l’introducziun dal register funsil
1 Cun l’autorisaziun dal Cussegl federal pon ils chantuns spustar d’introducir il register funsil tenor las prescripziuns dal nov Cudesch civil, uschespert che las furmas dal dretg chantunal, cun u senza cumplettaziuns, paran dad esser suffizientas per garantir ils effects dal register funsil en il senn dal dretg nov.
2 En quest cas stoi vegnir fixà exactamain, cun tge furmas dal dretg chantunal ch’ils effects dal dretg nov duain esser colliads.
6. Entrada en vigur dal dretg real avant il register funsil
Il dretg real dal nov Cudesch civil entra generalmain en vigur er senza ch’ils registers funsils sajan vegnids constituids.
7. Effects da furmas chantunalas
1 Cun l’entrada en vigur dal dretg real ed avant l’introducziun dal register funsil pon ils chantuns designar las furmas, a las qualas ils effects dal register funsil vegnan attribuids immediatamain (omologaziun, inscripziun en registers da bains immobigliars, d’ipotecas u da servituts).
2 Ils chantuns pon fixar che questas furmas possedan er senza u avant l’introducziun dal register funsil ils effects ch’èn colliads cun tal e che concernan la constituziun, il transferiment, la midada e l’extincziun dals dretgs reals.
3 Effects dal register funsil a favur da terzas persunas da buna fai n’existan percunter betg avant ch’il register funsil è vegnì introducì u avant ch’in auter institut è vegnì declerà sco equivalent.
F. Surannaziun
1 Sch’il dretg nov fixescha in termin pli lung ch’il dretg vegl, vala il dretg nov, uschenavant che la surannaziun tenor il dretg vertent n’è betg anc entrada.
2 Sch’il dretg nov fixescha in termin pli curt, vala il dretg vegl.
3 L’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov n’ha nagins effects sin il cumenzament d’ina surannaziun currenta, nun che la lescha disponia insatge auter.
4 Dal rest vala il dretg nov per la surannaziun a partir dal mument ch’el entra en vigur.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra 3 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 15 da zer. 2018 (revisiun dal dretg da surannaziun), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
G. Furmas da contract
Contracts ch’èn vegnids fatgs avant l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil restan valaivels, er sche lur furma na correspunda betg a las prescripziuns dal dretg nov.
A. Aboliziun dal dretg civil chantunal
Cun l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil èn abolidas tut las disposiziuns da dretg civil dals chantuns, nun ch’il dretg federal prevesia insatge auter.
B. Disposiziuns chantunalas cumplementaras
I. Dretgs ed obligaziuns dals chantuns
1 Ils chantuns decreteschan las disposiziuns ch’èn previsas per cumplettar il nov Cudesch civil, en spezial en quai che concerna la cumpetenza da las autoritads e l’organisaziun dals uffizis da stadi civil, dals uffizis d’avugadia1 e dal register funsil.
2 Uschenavant ch’il dretg nov dovra, per pudair vegnir applitgà, necessariamain ina cumplettaziun tras disposiziuns chantunalas, èn ils chantuns obligads da decretar talas; els pon far quai ad interim tras ordinaziuns.2
3 Las disposiziuns chantunalas davart il dretg da register ston vegnir approvadas da la Confederaziun.3
4 Las ulteriuras disposiziuns chantunalas ston vegnir suttamessas a l’Uffizi federal da giustia per laschar prender enconuschientscha.4
1 Oz: autoritads per la protecziun da creschids (guardar art. 440).
2 Versiun tenor la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun, en vigur dapi il 1. da favr. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
3 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4 Integrà tras la cifra II 21 da la LF dals 15 da dec. 1989 davart l’approvaziun da decrets chantunals tras la Confederaziun (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333). Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 19 da dec. 2008 (protecziun da creschids, dretg da persunas e dretg dals uffants), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. Ordinaziuns substitutivas da la Confederaziun
1 Sch’in chantun n’ha betg decretà ad uras las disposiziuns necessarias, decretescha il Cussegl federal quellas provisoricamain empè dal chantun, annunziond quai a l’Assamblea federala.
2 Sch’in chantun na decretescha betg in’ordinaziun cumplettanta en ina chaussa, nua ch’ina tala n’è betg absolutamain necessaria, vegnan applitgadas las prescripziuns dal nov Cudesch civil.
C. Designaziun da las autoritads cumpetentas
1 Nua ch’il nov Cudesch civil discurra d’ina autoritad cumpetenta, decidan ils chantuns, tge autoritad ch’exista gia u che sto anc vegnir creada, che duai esser cumpetenta.
2 Nua che la lescha na discurra betg expressivamain dal derschader u d’ina autoritad administrativa, èn ils chantuns libers da designar sco cumpetenta in’autoritad giudiziala u administrativa.
3 Tant enavant ch’il Cudesch da procedura civila dals 19 da december 20081 n’è betg applitgabel, reglan ils chantuns la procedura.2
D. Documentaziun publica
I. En general1
1 Ils chantuns fixeschan per lur territori las modalitads da la documentaziun publica.
2 Els han er da decretar las disposiziuns che reglan la constituziun da documentaziuns publicas en ina lingua estra.
1 Versiun tenor la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Copias e legalisaziuns electronicas
1 Ils chantuns pon autorisar ils funcziunaris da documentaziun da far copias electronicas da documents publics ch’els han emess.
2 Els pon er autorisar ils funcziunaris da documentaziun da certifitgar electronicamain che las copias electronicas ch’els han emess correspundian als documents originals sin palpiri sco er da legalisar l’autenticitad da suttascripziuns.
3 Il funcziunari da documentaziun sto duvrar ina signatura electronica qualifitgada che sa basa sin in certificat qualifitgà d’in purschider renconuschì da servetschs da certificaziun en il senn da la Lescha federala dals 18 da mars 20162 davart la signatura electronica.3
4 Il Cussegl federal decretescha las disposiziuns executivas che garanteschan l’interoperabilitad dals sistems d’informatica sco er l’integritad, l’autenticitad e la segirezza da las datas.
1 Integrà tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 11 da dec. 2009 (brev ipotecara registrada ed ulteriuras midadas en il dretg real), en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 SR 943.03
3 Versiun tenor la cifra II 3 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 18 da mars 2016 davart la signatura electronica, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2017 (AS 2016 4651; BBl 2014 1001).
E. Concessiuns da dretgs d’aua
Fin ch’i vegn decretada ina lescha federala davart la concessiun da dretgs d’aua, vala la suandanta disposiziun:
Las concessiuns da dretgs vi dad auas publicas pon vegnir inscrittas en il register funsil sco dretgs independents e permanents, uschenavant ch’ellas en vegnidas dadas per almain 30 onns u per in temp nundeterminà ed uschenavant ch’ellas n’èn betg colliadas sco servituts vi d’in bain immobigliar.
1 Guardar ussa l’art. 59 da la LF dals 22 da dec. 1916 davart l’utilisaziun da las forzas idraulicas (AS 33 189; BBl 1912 II 669, 1916 III 411).
F.–H. ...
1 Abolì tras l’art. 53 al. 1 lit. b da la LF dals 8 da nov. 1934 davart las bancas e las cassas da spargn, cun effect dapi il 1. da mars 1935 (AS 51 117; BBl 1934 I 171).
J. Scussiun e concurs
La Lescha federala dals 11 d’avrigl 18892 davart scussiun e concurs vegn midada sco suonda suenter l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil:
...3
1 Nova numeraziun dals ultims quatter artitgels en consequenza da l’aboliziun dals anteriurs art. 58 e 59, tenor la cifra I da las Disp. trans. dal DO, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1912 (AS 27 317; BBl 1905 II 1, 1909 III 725, 1911 I 845).
2 SR 281.1
3 Text guardar en la LF numnada. Per la versiun dals art. 132bis, 141 al. 3 e 258 al. 4 guardar AS 24 233 titel final art. 60.
K. Applicaziun da dretg svizzer ed ester
1 La Lescha federala dals 25 da zercladur 18912 davart las relaziuns da dretg civil dals domiciliads e dals dimorants mantegna sia vigur per las relaziuns da dretg dals Svizzers a l’exteriur e dals esters en Svizra ed uschenavant ch’i dat conflicts pervia dal dretg chantunal different.
3 La Lescha federala dals 25 da zercladur 1891 cuntegna la suandanta integraziun: art. 7a–7i
...
1 Nova numeraziun dals ultims quatter artitgels en consequenza da l’aboliziun dals anteriurs art. 58 e 59, tenor la cifra I da las Disp. trans. dal DO, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1912 (AS 27 317; BBl 1905 II 1, 1909 III 725, 1911 I 845).
2 [BS 2 737; AS 1972 2819, 1977 237 II 1, 1986 122 II 1; AS 1988 1776 agiunta cifra I lit. a]. Guardar ussa la LDIP dals 18 da dec. 1987 (SR 291).
3 Abolì tras la cifra I 2 da la LF dals 5 d’oct. 1984, cun effect dapi il 1. da schan. 1988 (AS 1986 122; BBl 1979 II 1191).
L. Aboliziun dal dretg civil federal
1 Cun l’entrada en vigur dal nov Cudesch civil èn abolidas tut las disposiziuns dal dretg civil da la Confederaziun che stattan en cuntradicziun cun quel.
2 En spezial èn abolidas: la Lescha federala dals 24 da december 18742 davart ils acts da stadi civil e la maridaglia; la Lescha federala dals 22 da zercladur 18813 davart l’abilitad d’agir persunala; la Lescha federala dals 14 da zercladur 18814 davart il Dretg d’obligaziuns.
3 En vigur restan las leschas spezialas davart il dretg da viafiers, da bastiments a vapur, da posta, da telegraf e da telefon, davart l’impegnaziun e la liquidaziun sfurzada da las viafiers, quellas davart la lavur en fabrica e la responsabladad en manaschis da fabrica ed en autras interpresas sco er tut las leschas federalas davart objects dal Dretg d’obligaziuns, ch’èn vegnidas decretadas ultra da la Lescha federala dals 14 da zercladur 1881 davart il Dretg d’obligaziuns.
M. Disposiziun finala
1 Il nov Cudesch civil entra en vigur il 1. da schaner 1912.
2 Cun il consentiment da l’Assamblea federala po il Cussegl federal metter en vigur gia pli baud singulas disposiziuns.
1 Nova numeraziun dals ultims quatter artitgels en consequenza da l’aboliziun dals anteriurs art. 58 e 59, tenor la cifra I da las Disp. trans. dal DO, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 1912 (AS 27 317; BBl 1905 II 1, 1909 III 725, 1911 I 845).
A. Urden ordinari dals bains
Ils consorts èn suttamess a las prescripziuns davart l’uniun dals bains, nun ch’els fixeschian insatge auter cun in contract matrimonial u ch’els sajan suttamess a l’urden extraordinari dals bains.
B. Urden dals bains dal contract matrimonial
I. Cuntegn dal contract
1 Il contract matrimonial po vegnir fatg tant avant sco er suenter maridar.
2 Ils spus u ils consorts ston surpigliar per lur contract in dals urdens dals bains ch’èn previs en questa lescha.
3 In contract matrimonial ch’è vegnì fatg suenter maridar na dastga betg periclitar la responsabladad vertenta da la facultad vers terzas persunas.
II. Abilitad da far in contract
1 Per far, per midar e per annullar in contract matrimonial ston las parts contrahentas avair l’abilitad da giuditgar.
2 Sch’ellas èn minorennas u avugadadas, dovri il consentiment da lur represchentanza legala.
III. Furma dal contract
1 Per far, per midar e per annullar en moda valaivla in contract matrimonial dovri ina documentaziun publica sco er la suttascripziun da las persunas contrahentas e da lur represchentanzas legalas.
2 Contracts matrimonials che vegnan fatgs durant la lètg basegnan ultra da quai il consentiment da l’autoritad tutelara.
3 Il contract matrimonial entra en vigur vers terzas persunas tenor las prescripziuns davart il register dals bains matrimonials.
C. Urden extraordinari dals bains
I. Separaziun legala dals bains
1 Sch’ils crediturs han gì perditas tar il concurs d’in consort, vegn ina separaziun dals bains fatga tenor la lescha.
2 Sch’i èn avant maun – il mument ch’ils spus maridan – crediturs, che possedan attests da perdita, pon ils spus constituir la separaziun dals bains cun laschar registrar quest urden dals bains en il register dals bains matrimonials avant la maridaglia.
II. Separaziun giudiziala dals bains
1. Sin dumonda da la consorta
Il derschader sto ordinar la separaziun dals bains sin dumonda da la consorta, sche:
2. Sin dumonda dal consort
Il derschader sto ordinar la separaziun dals bains sin dumonda dal consort, sche:
3. Sin dumonda dals crediturs
Il derschader sto ordinar la separaziun dals bains sin dumonda d’in creditur, sche quel ha gì ina perdita tras la scussiun sin impegnaziun ch’è vegnida fatga cunter in consort.
III. Cumenzament da la separaziun dals bains
1 La separaziun dals bains pervia da concurs cumenza il mument ch’ils attests da perdita vegnan emess; en quai che concerna la facultad ch’ils consorts han acquistà tras ierta u en in’autra moda e maniera dapi l’avertura dal concurs ha ella dentant pir effect a partir dal mument da l’acquist.
2 La separaziun giudiziala dals bains cumenza il mument che la dumonda vegn fatga.
3 En cas d’in concurs u d’ina sentenzia giudiziala vegn la separaziun dals bains annunziada d’uffizi al register dals bains matrimonials per vegnir inscritta.
IV. Annullaziun da la separaziun dals bains
1 La separaziun dals bains ch’è entrada pervia d’in concurs u ch’è vegnida ordinada pervia d’ina perdita tras scussiun sin impegnaziun na vegn betg abolida mo cun cuntentar ils crediturs.
2 Sin dumonda d’in consort po il derschader ordinar che l’urden dals bains vegl vegnia restabilì.
3 Il restabiliment sto vegnir annunzià d’uffizi per l’inscripziun en il register dals bains matrimonials.
D. Midada da l’urden dals bains
I. Responsabladad
1 Cun liquidar ils bains matrimonials tranter ils consorts u cun midar l’urden dals bains na dastgan ils crediturs d’in consort u da la cuminanza conjugala betg vegnir restrenschids en lur dretg da vegnir indemnisads or da la facultad dal consort u da la cuminanza conjugala.
2 Sch’ina tala facultad è passada en proprietad d’in consort, sto quel pajar ils debits. El po però sa deliberar da questa obligaziun, sch’el cumprova che la facultad obtegnida na basta betg per pajar quests debits.
3 La summa che la consorta survegn or dal concurs dal consort u or da l’impegnaziun adesiva, resta privada dals crediturs dal consort, nun che quels sajan er crediturs da la consorta.
II. Liquidaziun en cas da la separaziun dals bains
1 Sche la separaziun dals bains ha lieu durant la lètg, sa divida la facultad matrimoniala – cun resalva dals dretgs dals crediturs – en il bain propri da l’um ed en il bain propri da la dunna.
2 In avanzament vegn attribuì als consorts tenor l’urden dals bains vegl, ina diminuziun sto il consort surpigliar, nun ch’el cumprovia che la consorta haja chaschunà quella.
3 Sch’il consort salva la pussanza da disponer dal bain propri da la consorta durant la liquidaziun, sto el – sin dumonda da la consorta – prestar garanzias.
E. Bains reservads
I. Constituziun
1. En general
1 Il bain reservà vegn constituì tras in contract matrimonial, tras ina contribuziun da terzas persunas u tenor la lescha.
2 La part obligatorica ch’in consort survegn da ses parents tras ierta, n’al po betg vegnir attribuida sco bain reservà.
2. Tenor la lescha
Tenor la lescha èn bains reservads:
II. Effects
1 Il bain reservà suttastat per regla, ed en spezial en vista a l’obligaziun da la consorta da gidar a purtar ils custs da la lètg, a las reglas da la separaziun dals bains.
2 La consorta sto duvrar ses gudogn che deriva da la lavur – sche necessari – per ils basegns da la chasada.
III. Chargia da cumprova
Sch’in consort pretenda ch’ina valur da facultad appartegnia al bain reservà, sto el cumprovar quai.
A. Relaziuns da proprietad
I. Facultad matrimoniala
1 L’uniun dals bains reunescha tut las facultads, che appartegnan als consorts il mument da la maridaglia u che passan ad els durant la lètg, a la facultad matrimoniala.
2 Exceptads da quai è il bain reservà da la consorta.
II. Proprietad dal consort e da la consorta
1 La part da la facultad matrimoniala che tutga a la consorta il mument ch’ella marida u che passa gratuitamain ad ella durant la lètg per motiv d’ierta u en autra moda e maniera, è il bain ch’ella ha apportà en la lètg e resta en sia proprietad.
2 Il consort ha la proprietad dal bain ch’el ha apportà en la lètg e da tut las facultads matrimonialas che na tutgan betg tar il bain da la consorta.
3 Il gudogn da la consorta e dals fritgs natirals dal bain da la consorta daventa proprietad dal consort il mument da sia scadenza u da la separaziun, cun resalva da las disposiziuns davart ils bains reservads.
III. Cumprova
1 Sch’in consort pretenda ch’ina valur da facultad appartegnia al bain da la consorta, sto el cumprovar quai.
2 Sch’i vegnan fatgas acquisiziuns durant la lètg per remplazzar valurs da facultad da la consorta, vegni supponì che quellas tutgian tar il bain da la consorta.
IV. Inventari
1. Constituziun e forza da cumprova
1 Tant il consort sco er la consorta pon pretender da tut temp ch’i vegnia fatg in inventari public dals bains propris ch’els han apportà en la lètg.
2 Sch’in tal inventari vegn fatg entaifer 6 mais suenter ch’ils bains èn vegnids apportads, vegn quel supponì sco correct.
2. Impurtanza da la stimaziun
1 Sch’i vegn colliada ina stimaziun cun l’inventari e sche la stimaziun vegn fatga en in document public, vegn l’obligaziun vicendaivla dals consorts da cumpensar las valurs da facultad mancantas fixada tras questa stimaziun.
2 Sche objects èn vegnids alienads da buna fai durant la lètg per in pretsch pli bass che la valur da stimaziun, remplazza il retgav la summa da stimaziun.
V. Proprietad dal consort vi dal bain da la consorta
Tras la stimaziun po vegnir colliada – 6 mais suenter ch’il bain da la consorta è vegnì apportà – la disposiziun ch’il bain da la consorta passa en la proprietad dal consort per la summa da stimaziun e ch’il bain da la consorta na duai betg vegnir midà, resguardond las prescripziuns davart il contract matrimonial.
B. Administraziun, utilisaziun, e cumpetenza da disponer
I. Administraziun
1 Il consort administrescha la facultad matrimoniala.
2 El surpiglia ils custs da l’administraziun.
3 La consorta ha il dretg d’administrar la facultad matrimoniala, uschenavant ch’ella è autorisada da represchentar la cuminanza conjugala.
II. Utilisaziun
1 Il consort ha il dretg d’utilisar il bain che la consorta ha apportà en la lètg ed è responsabel per quel sco in giudider.
2 Questa responsabladad na vegn betg augmentada tras la stimaziun dal bain da la consorta en l’inventari.
3 Daner blut, autras chaussas ed auters titels al purtader remplazzabels ch’èn vegnids fixads mo tenor lur gener, passan a la proprietad dal consort; la consorta daventa creditura da las valurs.
III. Cumpetenza da disponer
1. Dal consort
1 Per disponer davart las valurs da facultad dal bain che la consorta ha apportà en la lètg e che n’è betg passà en la proprietad dal consort dovra quel il consentiment da la consorta, sch’i sa tracta da dapli che da l’administraziun usitada.
2 Terzas persunas dastgan dentant premetter quest consentiment, sch’ellas na san betg u na duessan betg savair ch’el manca, u sch’i na sa tracta betg da valurs da facultad che mintgin po enconuscher sco valurs che appartegnan a la consorta.
2. Da la consorta
a. En general
La consorta po disponer da la facultad matrimoniala, sche la represchentanza da la cuminanza conjugala giustifitgescha quai.
b. Refusa d’iertas
1 Per refusar ina ierta dovra la consorta il consentiment dal consort.
2 Sch’il consort refusa da dar ses consentiment, po la consorta recurrer a l’autoritad tutelara.
C. Garanzia dal bain da la consorta
1 Sin dumonda da la consorta è il consort obligà d’infurmar ella da tut temp davart il stadi dal bain ch’ella ha apportà en la lètg.
2 La consorta po pretender da tut temp ina garanzia.
3 Il plant da contestaziun tenor la Lescha federala dals 11 d’avrigl 18891 davart scussiun e concurs resta resalvada.
1 SR 281.1
D. Responsabladad
I. Responsabladad dal consort
Il consort stat bun:
II. Responsabladad da la consorta
1. Cun l’entira facultad
1 La consorta stat buna cun sia entira facultad, senza prender resguard dals dretgs dal consort che derivan da l’urden dals bains:
2 Per ils debits ch’ella u che ses consort fa per la chasada cuminaivla stat ella buna, sch’il consort è insolvent.
2. Cun il bain reservà
1 Durant e suenter la lètg sto la consorta star buna mo cun la valur da ses bains reservads:
2 Resalvadas restan las pretensiuns che resultan tras enritgiment nungiustifitgà.
E. Pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun
I. Scadenza
1 Sch’ils debits, per ils quals il bain che la consorta ha apportà en la lètg stat bun, èn vegnids pajads cun il bain dal consort u sch’ils debits dal consort èn vegnids pajads cun il bain che la consorta ha apportà en la lètg, exista ina pretensiun d’indemnisaziun che sto dentant vegnir pajada pir, cur che l’uniun dals bains vegn annullada, cun resalva da las excepziuns legalas.
2 Sche debits che derivan dal bain reservà da la consorta vegnan pajads cun la facultad matrimoniala u sche debits, per ils quals la facultad matrimoniala stat buna, vegnan pajads cun il bain reservà, po la gulivaziun vegnir pretendida gia durant la lètg.
II. Concurs dal consort ed impegnaziun
1. Dretg da la consorta
1 La consorta po far valair sias pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun per il bain ch’ella ha apportà en la lètg e che n’exista betg pli tar il concurs e tar l’impegnaziun da las valurs da facultad dal consort.
2 Las cuntrapretensiuns dal consort vegnan deducidas.
3 Las valurs da facultad ch’èn anc avant maun po la consorta surpigliar sco proprietaria.
2. Privilegi
1 Sch’il bain che la consorta ha apportà en la lètg na vegn betg cuvrì per la mesadad, en cas ch’ella surpiglia sia proprietad e ch’ella survegn garanzias, vegn la pretensiun d’indemnisaziun per il rest da questa mesadad privilegiada tenor la Lescha federala dals 11 d’avrigl 18891 davart scussiun e concurs.
2 La cessiun dal privilegi sco er la renunzia al privilegi a favur da singuls crediturs èn nunvalaivlas.
1 SR 281.1
F. Dissoluziun da la facultad matrimoniala
I. Mort da la consorta
1 Sche la consorta mora, croda il bain ch’ella ha apportà en la lètg a ses ertavels, cun resalva da las pretensiuns dal dretg d’ierta dal consort.
2 Quai che manca sto il consort indemnisar, sch’el è responsabel, cun metter a quint sias pretensiuns a la consorta.
II. Mort dal consort
Sch’il consort mora, prenda la consorta enavos il bain ch’ella ha apportà en la lètg e ch’è anc avant maun; ella po far valair cunter ils ertavels la pretensiun d’indemnisaziun per las parts che mancan.
III. Avanzament e diminuziun
1 Sch’i resulta in avanzament suenter la determinaziun dal bain dal consort e da la consorta, tutga el per in terz a la consorta u a ses ertavels ed il rest al consort u a ses ertavels.
2 Sche la facultad matrimoniala vegn diminuida, surpiglian il consort u ses ertavels la diminuziun, nun ch’i vegnia cumprovà che la consorta haja chaschunà quella.
3 Tras in contract matrimonial poi vegnir fixada in’autra participaziun a l’avanzament u a la diminuziun.
A. Cuminanza generala dals bains
I. Facultad matrimoniala
1 La cuminanza generala dals bains unescha la facultad e las entradas dal consort e da la consorta en in unic bain cuminaivel; quel appartegna nundivididamain e cumplettamain a tuts dus consorts.
2 Ni il consort ni la consorta na po disponer da sia part dal bain cuminaivel.
3 Sch’in consort pretenda ch’ina valur da facultad n’appartegnia betg al bain cuminaivel, sto el cumprovar quai.
II. Administraziun e cumpetenza da disponer
1. Administraziun
1 Il consort administrescha il bain cuminaivel.
2 Ils custs da l’administraziun van a quint dal bain cuminaivel.
3 La consorta ha il dretg d’administrar il bain cuminaivel, uschenavant ch’ella è autorisada da represchentar la cuminanza conjugala.
2. Cumpetenza da disponer
a. Disposiziun dal bain cuminaivel
1 Per disponer da las valurs da facultad dal bain cuminaivel dovri ina decleraziun dals dus consorts u il consentiment d’in consort als acts da disposiziun da l’auter, nun ch’i sa tractia da l’administraziun ordinaria.
2 Terzas persunas dastgan dentant premetter quest consentiment, sch’ellas na san betg u na duessan betg savair ch’el manca, u sch’i na sa tracta betg da valurs da facultad che mintgin po enconuscher sco valurs che appartegnan al bain cuminaivel.
b. Refusa d’iertas
1 Per refusar iertas dovra in consort durant la lètg il consentiment da l’auter.
2 Sche ses consentiment è vegnì refusà, po el recurrer a l’autoritad tutelara.
III. Responsabladad
1. Debits dal consort
Il consort stat bun persunalmain e cun il bain cuminaivel:
2. Debits da la consorta
a. Da la consorta e dal bain cuminaivel
1 Ultra dal bain cuminaivel stat la consorta buna persunalmain:
2 Per ils debits ch’ella u che ses consort fa per la chasada cuminaivla stat ella buna, sch’il bain cuminaivel na basta betg.
3 Per ils auters debits dal bain cuminaivel na stat ella betg buna persunalmain.
b. Dals bains reservads da la consorta
1 Durant e suenter la lètg sto la consorta star buna mo cun la valur da ses bains reservads:
2 Resalvadas restan las pretensiuns che resultan tras enritgiment nungiustifitgà.
3. Execuziun sfurzada
Durant la cuminanza dals bains sa drizza l’execuziun sfurzada per ils debits, per ils quals il bain cuminaivel stat bun, cunter il consort.
IV. Pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun
1. En general
1 Sche debits, per ils quals il bain cuminaivel stat bun, vegnan pajads or dal bain cuminaivel, na resultan naginas pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun tranter ils consorts.
2 Sche debits cuminaivels vegnan pajads or dals bains reservads u sche debits dals bains reservads vegnan pajads or dal bain cuminaivel, resulta ina pretensiun d’indemnisaziun che po vegnir fatga valair gia durant la lètg.
2. Bain da la consorta
1 En il concurs dal consort ed en cas d’ina impegnaziun da valurs da facultad dal bain cuminaivel po la consorta far valair ina pretensiun per ses bain appurtà; per la mesadad da questa pretensiun giauda ella in privilegi tenor la Lescha federala dals 11 d’avrigl 18891 davart scussiun e concurs.
2 La cessiun dal privilegi sco er la renunzia al privilegi a favur da singuls crediturs èn nunvalaivlas.
1 SR 281.1.
V. Dissoluziun da la facultad matrimoniala
1. Grondezza da las parts
a. Tenor lescha
1 Sch’in consort mora, va ina mesadad dal bain cuminaivel al consort survivent.
2 L’autra mesadad va als ertavels dal defunct, cun resalva da las pretensiuns dal dretg d’ierta dal survivent.
3 Sch’il consort survivent n’è betg degn d’ertar, na po el pretender en nagin cas dapli or da la cuminanza dals bains che quai ch’el survegniss en cas da divorzi.
b. Tenor contract
1 Empè da la partiziun mez a mez poi vegnir fixada in’autra partiziun en in contract matrimonial.
2 Ils descendents dal consort defunct han dentant en mintga cas il dretg sin in quart da la facultad totala ch’è avant maun il mument da sia mort.
2. Responsabladad dal survivent
1 Il consort survivent resta persunalmain responsabel per tut ils debits dal bain cuminaivel.
2 La consorta surviventa sa deliberescha – refusond sia part da l’ierta – da mintga responsabladad per ils debits dal bain cuminaivel che n’èn betg a medem temp ses debits persunals.
3 Sch’ella surpiglia sia part da l’ierta, è ella responsabla; ella po dentant sa deliberar da questa responsabladad, uschenavant ch’ella po cumprovar ch’ils bains surpigliads na bastan betg per pajar il debit.
3. Imputaziun dals apports
Tar la partiziun po il consort survivent pretender che las valurs da facultad ch’el ha appurtà vegnian surlaschadas ad el, imputond quellas a sia part.
B. Cuntinuaziun da la cuminanza dals bains
I. Premissa
1 Il consort survivent po cuntinuar la cuminanza dals bains cun ils uffants cuminaivels.
2 Sch’ils uffants èn minorens, dovri il consentiment da l’autoritad tutelara per quest intent.
3 Sche la cuminanza dals bains vegn cuntinuada, na pon vegnir fatgas valair naginas pretensiuns dal dretg d’ierta, fin che la cuminanza dals bains è terminada.
II. Dimensiun
1 La cuminanza dals bains cuntinuada cumpiglia – ultra da la facultad matrimoniala vertenta – las entradas e l’acquist dals participads, cun excepziun dals bains reservads.
2 Quai che pervegn als uffants u al consort durant questa cuminanza en consequenza da la successiun d’ierta u en in’autra moda gratuita, daventa lur bain reservà, nun che quai saja disponì autramain.
3 L’execuziun sfurzada è limitada tranter ils participads da medema maniera sco tranter ils consorts.
III. Administraziun e represchentanza
1 Sch’ils uffants èn minorens, ha il consort survivent d’administrar e da represchentar la cuminanza dals bains cuntinuada.
2 Sch’els èn maiorens, poi vegnir fixà insatge auter en ina cunvegna.
IV. Schliaziun
1. Tras decleraziun
1 Il consort survivent po abolir da tut temp la cuminanza dals bains cuntinuada.
2 Ils uffants maiorens pon extrar da tut temp individualmain u cuminaivlamain da la cuminanza.
3 Per uffants minorens po l’autoritad tutelara declerar l’extrada.
2. Tenor la lescha
1 La cuminanza dals bains cuntinuada vegn abolida tenor la lescha:
2 Sche mo in dals uffants fa concurs, pon ils ulteriurs participads pretender l’exclusiun da quest uffant.
3 Sch’il bab fa concurs sco er sche valurs da facultad dal bain cuminaivel vegnan impegnadas, remplazzan ils uffants la mamma defuncta.
3. Tras sentenzia
1 Sch’in creditur ha subì ina perdita en la scussiun sin impegnaziun fatga cunter in dals uffants, po el pretender dal derschader che la cuminanza dals bains vegnia abolida.
2 Sche questa aboliziun vegn pretendida dal creditur d’in uffant, pon ils ulteriurs participads pretender l’exclusiun da quest uffant.
4. Tras maridaglia u tras mort d’in uffant
1 Sch’in uffant marida, pon ils ulteriurs participads pretender l’exclusiun da quest uffant.
2 Sch’in uffant mora, laschond enavos descendents, pon ils ulteriurs participads pretender l’exclusiun da quests descendents.
3 Sch’in uffant mora, senza laschar enavos descendents, resta sia part tar il bain cuminaivel, cun resalva dals dretgs d’ertavels che na fan betg part da la cuminanza.
5. Moda da parter
1 Sche la cuminanza dals bains cuntinuada vegn schliada u sch’in uffant vegn exclus, ha la partiziun u l’indemnisaziun lieu tenor la situaziun da la facultad ch’è avant maun quest mument.
2 Il consort mantegna las pretensiuns da dretg d’ierta sin las parts che pervegnan als singuls uffants.
3 La liquidaziun na dastga betg vegnir fatga da temp maladattà.
C. Cuminanza dals bains limitada
I. Cun separaziun dals bains
1 Tras in contract matrimonial pon ils consorts fixar ina cuminanza dals bains limitada, excludend da la cuminanza singulas valurs da facultad u tschertas spezias da bains, sco en spezial las immobiglias.
2 Las valurs da facultad exclusas èn suttamessas a las reglas da la separaziun dals bains.
II. Cun uniun dals bains
1 Tras in contract matrimonial po il bain da la consorta ch’è exclus da la cuminanza vegnir suttamess a las reglas da l’uniun dals bains.
2 Ina tala cunvegna vegn presumada, sche la consorta ha surlaschà al consort l’administraziun e l’utilisaziun da questa facultad tras il contract matrimonial.
III. Cuminanza d’acquist
1. Dimensiun
1 Tras in contract matrimonial po la cuminanza dals bains vegnir limitada a l’acquist.
2 Quai ch’è vegnì acquistà durant la lètg, senza quai ch’è vegnì acquistà per remplazzar valurs da facultad appurtadas, furma l’acquist ed è suttamess a las reglas da la cuminanza dals bains.
3 La facultad appurtada dals consorts al cumenzament e durant la lètg è suttamessa a las reglas da l’uniun dals bains.
2. Participaziun a l’avanzament u a la diminuziun
1 In avanzament ch’è avant maun, cur che la cuminanza vegn abolida, vegn partì mez a mez tranter ils consorts u lur ertavels.
2 Ina diminuziun vegn surpigliada dal consort u da ses ertavels, nun ch’i vegnia cumprovà ch’ella è vegnida chaschunada da la consorta.
3 Tras in contract matrimonial poi vegnir fixada in’autra participaziun a l’avanzament u a la diminuziun.
A. Dimensiun
1 La separaziun dals bains che vegn constituida tenor la lescha u tras ina sentenzia giudiziala sa referescha a l’entira facultad da tuts dus consorts.
2 Sch’ella vegn constituida tras in contract matrimonial, sa referescha ella a l’entira facultad, nun ch’il contract cuntegnia excepziuns spezialas.
B. Proprietad, administraziun ed utilisaziun
1 Mintga consort mantegna la proprietad vi da sia facultad sco er l’administraziun e l’utilisaziun da tala.
2 Sche la consorta ha surdà l’administraziun al consort, vegni presumà ch’el n’haja betg da dar quint ad ella durant la lètg e ch’el dastgia utilisar las entradas or da la facultad transferida sco contribuziun per las grevezzas matrimonialas.
3 La consorta na po betg renunziar valaivlamain a ses dretg da puspè surpigliar da tut temp l’administraziun.
C. Responsabladad
I. En general
1 Il consort stat bun persunalmain per ses debits d’avant la lètg sco er per ils debits che vegnan fatgs durant la lètg dad el ubain da la consorta, represchentond ella la cuminanza conjugala.
2 La consorta stat buna persunalmain per ses debits d’avant la lètg sco er per ses debits che resultan durant la lètg.
3 Per ils debits che vegnan fatgs dal consort u da la consorta per la chasada cuminaivla stat la consorta buna en cas d’insolvenza dal consort.
II. Concurs dal consort ed impegnaziun
1 En il concurs dal consort ed en cas d’impegnaziun da valurs da facultad dal consort n’ha la consorta nagin privilegi, er betg sch’ella ha surdà al consort l’administraziun da sia facultad.
2 Resalvadas restan las disposiziuns davart la taglia matrimoniala.
D. Entradas ed acquist
Las entradas e l’acquist appartegnan a quel consort che las ha procurà tras sia facultad u tras sia lavur.
E. Purtar las grevezzas matrimonialas
1 Il consort po pretender che la consorta al prestia ina contribuziun adequata per purtar las grevezzas matrimonialas.
2 Sch’ils consorts n’arrivan betg da sa cunvegnir davart l’autezza da la contribuziun, vegn quella fixada da l’autoritad cumpetenta sin giavisch dad in dad els.
3 Il consort na sto betg indemnisar las prestaziuns da la consorta.
F. Taglia matrimoniala
1 Il contract matrimonial po fixar ina summa dal bain da la consorta, che la consorta attribuescha sco taglia matrimoniala al consort per purtar las grevezzas matrimonialas.
2 Quai che la consorta surlascha da tala maniera al consort, è suttamess a las reglas da l’uniun dals bains, nun che quai saja vegnì reglà autramain.
A. Vigur legala
1 Ils contracts matrimonials e las disposiziuns giudizialas che concernan il dretg dals bains sco er ils acts giuridics tranter consorts concernent il bain appurtà da la consorta u il bain cuminaivel, ston vegnir inscrits en il register dals bains matrimonials e vegnir publitgads, per ch’i entrian en vigur vers terzas persunas.
2 Ils ertavels dal consort defunct na vegnan betg considerads sco terzas persunas.
B. Inscripziun
I. Object
1 Inscrittas vegnan las disposiziuns che duain avair in effect vers terzas persunas.
2 L’inscripziun vegn fatga sin giavisch d’in dals consorts, nun che la lescha disponia autramain u ch’il contract matrimonial n’excludia betg expressivamain l’inscripziun.
II. Lieu
1 L’inscripziun vegn fatga en il register dal domicil dal consort.
2 Sch’il consort transferescha ses domicil en in auter district da register, sto l’inscripziun vegnir fatga entaifer 3 mais er al nov domicil.
3 L’inscripziun en il register dal domicil anteriur perda ses effect giuridic suenter 3 mais, quintà a partir da la midada dal domicil.
C. Gestiun dal register
1 Il register dals bains matrimonials vegn manà da l’uffizi dal register da commerzi, nun ch’ils chantuns designeschian districts spezials e manaders dal register spezials.
2 Mintgin ha il dretg da prender invista dal register dals bains matrimonials u da pretender extracts.
3 La publicaziun dals contracts matrimonials sto mo inditgar, tge urden dals bains ch’ils consorts han tschernì.
1 BS 2 3. Questas disposiziuns èn anc applitgablas sco dretg transitoric, uschenavant ch’ils art. 9a ss. dal titel final (revisiun dal dretg matrimonial dals 5 d’oct. 1984) prevesan quai.
A. Applicaziun dal dretg Art. 1
I. Agir en buna fai Art. 2
II. Buna fai Art. 3
III. Appreziar dal derschader Art. 4
I. Dretg civil chantunal ed isanza locala Art. 5
II. Dretg public dals chantuns Art. 6
D. Disposiziuns generalas dal Dretg d’obligaziuns Art. 7
I. Chargia da cumprova Art. 8
II. Cumprova cun documents publics Art. 9
Abolì Art. 10
I. Giudiment dals dretgs civils Art. 11
1. Cuntegn Art. 12
2. Premissas
a. En general Art. 13
b. Maiorennitad Art. 14
c. ... Art. 15
d. Abilitad da giuditgar Art. 16
1. En general Art. 17
2. Mancanza da l’abilitad da giuditgar Art. 18
3. Persunas ablas da giuditgar, ma inablas d’agir
a. Princip Art. 19
b. Consentiment dal represchentant legal Art. 19a
c. Mancanza dal consentiment Art. 19b
4. Dretgs persunals inalienabels Art. 19c
IIIbis. Restricziun da l’abilitad d’agir Art. 19d
1. Parentella Art. 20
2. Quinanza Art. 21
1. Lieu d’origin Art. 22
2. Domicil
a. Noziun Art. 23
b. Midada da domicil u da dimora Art. 24
c. Domicil da persunas minorennas Art. 25
d. Domicil da persunas maiorennas sut curatella cumplessiva Art. 26
I. Cunter obligaziuns excessivas Art. 27
1. Princip Art. 28
2. Plant
a. En general Art. 28a
b. Violenza, smanatschas u persecuziuns Art. 28b
3. ...
Abolì Art. 28c–28f
4. Dretg da replica
a. Princip Art. 28g
b. Furma e cuntegn Art. 28h
c. Procedura Art. 28i
d. Publicaziun Art. 28k
e. Appellaziun al derschader Art. 28l
1. Protecziun dal num Art. 29
2. Midada dal num
a. En general Art. 30
b. En cas da mort d’in consort Art. 30a
I. Naschientscha e mort Art. 31
1. Chargia da cumprova Art. 32
2. Meds da cumprova
a. En general Art. 33
b. Indizis da mort Art. 34
1. En general Art. 35
2. Procedura Art. 36
3. Scadenza da la dumonda Art. 37
4. Effect Art. 38
I. En general Art. 39
II. Obligaziun d’annunzia Art. 40
III. Cumprova d’indicaziuns nundispitaivlas Art. 41
1. Tras il derschader Art. 42
2. Tras las autoritads da stadi civil Art. 43
V. Protecziun da datas e communicaziun da datas Art. 43a
1. Funcziunaris da stadi civil Art. 44
2. Autoritads da surveglianza Art. 45
Ia. Sistem d’infurmaziun central da persunas Art. 45a
II. Responsabladad Art. 46
III. Mesiras disciplinaras Art. 47
I. Dretg federal Art. 48
II. Dretg chantunal Art. 49
Art. 50 e 51
A. Persunalitad Art. 52
B. Giudiment dals dretgs civils Art. 53
I. Premissa Art. 54
II. Moda Art. 55
D. Sedia Art. 56
I. Utilisaziun da la facultad Art. 57
II. Liquidaziun Art. 58
F. Resalva dal dretg public sco er dal dretg da societads e d’associaziuns Art. 59
I. Organisaziun corporativa Art. 60
II. Inscripziun en il register da commerzi Art. 61
III. Uniuns senza persunalitad Art. 62
IV. Relaziun tranter statuts e lescha Art. 63
1. Impurtanza e convocaziun Art. 64
2. Cumpetenza Art. 65
3. Conclus da l’uniun
a. Furma Art. 66
b. Dretg da votar e maioritad Art. 67
c. Exclusiun dal dretg da votar Art. 68
1. Dretgs ed obligaziuns en general Art. 69
2. Contabilitad Art. 69a
III. Post da revisiun Art. 69b
IV. Mancanzas en l’organisaziun Art. 69c
I. Entrada ed extrada Art. 70
II. Contribuziuns Art. 71
III. Exclusiun Art. 72
IV. Effects da l’extrada e da l’exclusiun Art. 73
V. Protecziun da l’intent da l’uniun Art. 74
VI. Protecziun dals dretgs dals commembers Art. 75
Cbis. Responsabladad Art. 75a
1. Conclus da l’uniun Art. 76
2. Tenor la lescha Art. 77
3. Tras sentenzia Art. 78
II. Extincziun da l’inscripziun en il register Art. 79
I. En general Art. 80
II. Furma Art. 81
III. Contestaziun Art. 82
I. En general Art. 83
II. Contabilitad Art. 83a
1. Obligaziun da revisiun e dretg applitgabel Art. 83b
2. Relaziun tar l’autoritad da surveglianza Art. 83c
IV. Mancanzas en l’organisaziun Art. 83d
C. Surveglianza Art. 84
Cbis. Mesiras en cas da surdebitaziun e d’insolvenza Art. 84a
Art. 84b
I. Midada da l’organisaziun Art. 85
1. Sin dumonda da l’autoritad da surveglianza u da l’organ suprem da la fundaziun Art. 86
2. Sin dumonda dal fundatur u sin basa da sia disposiziun per causa da mort Art. 86a
III. Midadas minimalas dal document da fundaziun Art. 86b
E. Fundaziuns da famiglia e fundaziuns ecclesiasticas Art. 87
I. Dissoluziun tras l’autoritad cumpetenta Art. 88
II. Dretg da far propostas da purtar plant, extincziun en il register Art. 89
G. Fundaziuns per il provediment dal persunal Art. 89a
A. Administraziun mancanta Art. 89b
B. Cumpetenza Art. 89c
A. Empermischun da lètg Art. 90
I. Regals Art. 91
II. Contribuziuns Art. 92
III. Surannaziun Art. 93
A. Abilitad da maridar Art. 94
I. Parentella Art. 95
II. Lètg precedenta Art. 96
A. Princips Art. 97
Abis. Guntgida dal dretg da persunas estras Art. 97a
I. Dumonda Art. 98
II. Realisaziun e terminaziun da la procedura da preparaziun Art. 99
III. Termins Art. 100
I. Lieu Art. 101
II. Furma Art. 102
D. Disposiziuns executivas Art. 103
A. Princip Art. 104
I. Motivs Art. 105
II. Plant Art. 106
I. Motivs Art. 107
II. Plant Art. 108
D. Consequenzas da la sentenzia Art. 109
Art. 110
I. Cunvegna cumpletta Art. 111
II. Cunvegna parziala Art. 112
Abolì Art. 113
I. Suenter avair vivì separadamain Art. 114
II. Insupportabladad Art. 115
Abolì Art. 116
A. Premissas e procedura Art. 117
B. Consequenzas da la separaziun Art. 118
A. Num Art. 119
B. Dretg dals bains matrimonials e dretg d’ierta Art. 120
C. Abitaziun da la famiglia Art. 121
I. Princip Art. 122
II. Cumpensaziun en cas da prestaziuns d’extrada Art. 123
III. Cumpensaziun en cas da rentas d’invaliditad avant la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta Art. 124
IV. Cumpensaziun en cas da rentas d’invaliditad suenter la vegliadetgna reglamentarica da renta ed en cas da rentas da vegliadetgna Art. 124a
V. Excepziuns Art. 124b
VI. Scuntrada da pretensiuns reciprocas Art. 124c
VII. Insupportabladad Art. 124d
VIII. Nunpussaivladad Art. 124e
I. Premissas Art. 125
II. Modalitads da la contribuziun da mantegniment Art. 126
1. Disposiziuns spezialas Art. 127
2. Adattaziun a la chareschia Art. 128
3. Midada tras sentenzia Art. 129
4. Extincziun tras lescha Art. 130
1. Agid d’incasso Art. 131
2. Pajaments anticipads Art. 131a
3. Avis als debiturs e garanzia Art. 132
I. Dretgs ed obligaziuns dals geniturs Art. 133
II. Midada da las relaziuns Art. 134
Abolì Art. 135–158
A. Cuminanza conjugala; dretgs ed obligaziuns dals consorts Art. 159
B. Num Art. 160
C. Dretg da burgais Art. 161
D. Abitaziun conjugala Art. 162
I. En general Art. 163
II. Import a libra disposiziun Art. 164
III. Contribuziuns extraordinarias d’in consort Art. 165
F. Represchentanza da la cuminanza conjugala Art. 166
G. Professiun ed interpresa dals consorts Art. 167
I. En general Art. 168
II. Abitaziun da la famiglia Art. 169
J. Obligaziun da dar infurmaziuns Art. 170
I. Posts da cussegliaziun Art. 171
1. En general Art. 172
2. Durant la vita cuminaivla
a. Prestaziuns en daners Art. 173
b. Retratga da l’autorisaziun da represchentanza Art. 174
3. Schliaziun da la chasada cuminaivla
a. Motivs Art. 175
b. Regulaziun da la vita separada Art. 176
4. Execuziun
a. Agid d’incasso e pajaments anticipads Art. 176a
b. Avis als debiturs Art. 177
5. Restricziuns da l’autorisaziun da disponer Art. 178
6. Midada da las relaziuns Art. 179
Abolì Art. 180
A. Urden ordinari dals bains Art. 181
I. Cuntegn dal contract Art. 182
II. Abilitad da far in contract Art. 183
III. Furma dal contract Art. 184
1. Ordinaziun Art. 185
2. ... Art. 186
3. Aboliziun Art. 187
1. Concurs Art. 188
2. Impegnaziun
a. Ordinaziun Art. 189
b. Dumonda Art. 190
3. Aboliziun Art. 191
III. Liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials Art. 192
D. Protecziun dals crediturs Art. 193
E. ... Art. 194
F. Administraziun da la facultad d’in consort tras l’auter Art. 195
G. Inventari Art. 195a
I. Cumposiziun Art. 196
II. Acquists Art. 197
1. Tenor lescha Art. 198
2. Tenor contract matrimonial Art. 199
IV. Cumprova Art. 200
B. Administraziun, giudida e disposiziun Art. 201
C. Responsabladad vers terzas persunas Art. 202
D. Debits tranter consorts Art. 203
I. Mument da la schliaziun Art. 204
1. En general Art. 205
2. Part da la plivalur dal consort Art. 206
1. Liquidaziun da l’acquist e dals bains propris Art. 207
2. Attribuziun als acquists Art. 208
3. Cumpensaziuns tranter acquist e bains propris Art. 209
4. Avanzament Art. 210
1. Valur commerziala Art. 211
2. Valur da rendita
a. En general Art. 212
b. Circumstanzas spezialas Art. 213
3. Mument decisiv Art. 214
1. Tenor lescha Art. 215
2. Tenor contract
a. En general Art. 216
b. En cas da divorzi, da separaziun, d’ina decleraziun da nunvalaivladad da la lètg u d’ina separaziun giudiziala dals bains Art. 217
1. Suspensiun dal pajament Art. 218
2. Abitaziun e rauba da chasa Art. 219
3. Plant cunter terzas persunas Art. 220
I. Cumposiziun Art. 221
1. Cuminanza generala Art. 222
2. Cuminanza limitada dals bains
a. Cuminanza d’acquist Art. 223
b. Autras cuminanzas dals bains Art. 224
III. Bains propris Art. 225
IV. Cumprova Art. 226
1. Administraziun ordinaria Art. 227
2. Administraziun extraordinaria Art. 228
3. Professiun u interpresa da la cuminanza Art. 229
4. Refusa ed acceptaziun dad iertas Art. 230
5. Responsabladad e custs administrativs Art. 231
II. Bains propris Art. 232
I. Debits integrals Art. 233
II. Agens debits Art. 234
D. Debits tranter consorts Art. 235
I. Mument da la schliaziun Art. 236
II. Attribuziun als bains propris Art. 237
III. Cumpensaziuns tranter bains cuminaivels e bains propris Art. 238
IV. Part da la plivalur Art. 239
V. Determinaziun da la valur Art. 240
1. En cas da mort u en cas da cunvegna d’in auter urden dals bains Art. 241
2. En ils auters cas Art. 242
1. Bains propris Art. 243
2. Abitaziun e rauba da chasa Art. 244
3. Autras valurs da facultad Art. 245
4. Autras prescripziuns da partiziun Art. 246
I. En general Art. 247
II. Cumprova Art. 248
B. Responsabladad vers terzas persunas Art. 249
C. Debits tranter consorts Art. 250
D. Attribuziun en cas da cumproprietad Art. 251
A. Cumenzament da la relaziun da figlialanza en general Art. 252
B. ... Art. 253
Abolì Art. 254
A. Presumziun Art. 255
I. Dretg da purtar plant Art. 256
1. Schendrada durant la lètg Art. 256a
2. Schendrada avant la lètg u durant la schliaziun da la chasada cuminaivla Art. 256b
III. Termin per purtar plant Art. 256c
C. Coincidenza da duas presumziuns Art. 257
D. Plant dals geniturs Art. 258
E. Maridaglia dals geniturs Art. 259
I. Cundiziuns e furma Art. 260
1. Dretg da purtar plant Art. 260a
2. Motiv dal plant Art. 260b
3. Termin per purtar plant Art. 260c
I. Dretg da purtar plant Art. 261
II. Presumziun Art. 262
III. Termin per purtar plant Art. 263
I. Premissas generalas Art. 264
II. Adopziun cuminaivla Art. 264a
III. Adopziun tras ina persuna suletta Art. 264b
IV. Adopziun dal figliaster Art. 264c
V. Differenza da vegliadetgna Art. 264d
VI. Consentiment da l’uffant e da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants Art. 265
1. Furma Art. 265a
2. Termin Art. 265b
3. Desister dal consentiment
a. Premissas Art. 265c
b. Decisiun Art. 265d
B. Adopziun da persunas maiorennas Art. 266
I. En general Art. 267
II. Num Art. 267a
III. Dretg da burgais Art. 267b
I. En general Art. 268
II. Examinaziun Art. 268a
III. Audiziun da l’uffant Art. 268abis
IV. Represchentanza da l’uffant Art. 268ater
V. Consideraziun da l’opiniun da confamigliars Art. 268aquater
Dbis. Secret d’adopziun Art. 268b
Dter. Infurmaziun davart l’adopziun, davart ils geniturs biologics e davart lur descendents Art. 268c
Dquater. Post d’infurmaziun chantunal e servetschs da retschertga Art. 268d
Dquinquies. Relaziuns persunalas cun ils geniturs biologics Art. 268e
1. Mancanza dal consentiment Art. 269
2. Autras mancanzas Art. 269a
II. Termin per purtar plant Art. 269b
F. Intermediaziun d’uffants adoptivs Art. 269c
I. Uffant da geniturs maridads Art. 270
II. Uffant da geniturs betg maridads Art. 270a
III. Consentiment da l’uffant Art. 270b
B. Dretg da burgais Art. 271
C. Obligaziuns vicendaivlas Art. 272
1. Princip Art. 273
2. Limits Art. 274
II. Terzas persunas Art. 274a
III. Cumpetenza Art. 275
E. Infurmaziun e scleriment Art. 275a
I. Object e dimensiun Art. 276
II. Precedenza da l’obligaziun da mantegniment envers in uffant minoren Art. 276a
B. Durada Art. 277
C. Geniturs maridads Art. 278
I. Dretg da purtar plant Art. 279
II. e III.
Abolì Art. 280–284
1. Contribuziun dals geniturs Art. 285
2. Autras prestaziuns destinadas al mantegniment da l’uffant Art. 285a
1. En general Art. 286
2. Cas da mancanza Art. 286a
I. Prestaziuns periodicas Art. 287
II. Cuntegn dal contract da mantegniment Art. 287a
III. Indemnisaziun en daners Art. 288
I. Creditur Art. 289
1. Agid d’incasso Art. 290
2. Avis als debiturs Art. 291
III. Garanzia Art. 292
G. Dretg public Art. 293
H. Geniturs da tgira Art. 294
J. Dretgs da la mamma betg maridada Art. 295
A. Princips Art. 296
Abis. Mort d’in genitur Art. 297
Ater. Divorzi ed autras proceduras matrimonialas Art. 298
I. Decleraziun cuminaivla dals geniturs Art. 298a
II. Decisiun da l’autoritad per la protecziun d’uffants Art. 298b
III. Plant da paternitad Art. 298c
IV. Midada da las relaziuns Art. 298d
Aquinquies. Midada da las relaziuns suenter l’adopziun da figliasters en communitads da vita facticas Art. 298e
Asexies. Madrastra u padraster Art. 299
Asepties. Geniturs da tgira Art. 300
I. En general Art. 301
II. Determinaziun dal lieu da dimora Art. 301a
III. Educaziun Art. 302
IV. Educaziun religiusa Art. 303
1. Vers terzas persunas
a. En general Art. 304
b. Posiziun giuridica da l’uffant Art. 305
2. Entaifer la cuminanza famigliara Art. 306
I. Mesiras adattadas Art. 307
II. Curatella Art. 308
Abolì Art. 309
III. Aboliziun dal dretg da decider davart il lieu da dimora Art. 310
1. D’uffizi Art. 311
2. Cun il consentiment dals geniturs Art. 312
V. Midada da las relaziuns Art. 313
1. En general Art. 314
2. Audiziun da l’uffant Art. 314a
3. Represchentanza da l’uffant Art. 314abis
4. Plazzament en in institut serrà u en ina clinica psichiatrica Art. 314b
5. Dretgs d’annunzia Art. 314c
6. Obligaziuns d’annunzia Art. 314d
7. Cooperaziun ed agid uffizial Art. 314e
1. En general Art. 315
2. En proceduras da dretg matrimonial
a. Cumpetenza dal derschader Art. 315a
b. Midadas d’ordinaziuns giudizialas Art. 315b
VIII. Surveglianza dals uffants confidads Art. 316
IX. Collavuraziun en la protecziun da la giuventetgna Art. 317
A. Administraziun Art. 318
B. Utilisaziun dals retgavs Art. 319
C. Consumaziun parziala da la facultad da l’uffant Art. 320
I. Donaziuns Art. 321
II. Part obligatorica Art. 322
III. Acquist tras la lavur, facultad commerziala Art. 323
I. Mesiras adattadas Art. 324
II. Retratga da l’administraziun Art. 325
I. Restituziun Art. 326
II. Responsabladad Art. 327
A. Princip Art. 327a
I. Da l’uffant Art. 327b
II. Da l’avugà Art. 327c
A. Persunas che han in’obligaziun da sustegn Art. 328
B. Dimensiun e far valair il sustegn Art. 329
C. Mantegniment d’uffants chattads Art. 330
A. Premissa Art. 331
I. Urden da chasa e provediment Art. 332
II. Responsabladad Art. 333
1. Premissas Art. 334
2. Far valair il dretg Art. 334bis
A. Fundaziuns da famiglia Art. 335
1. Cundiziuns Art. 336
2. Furma Art. 337
II. Durada Art. 338
1. Spezia d’indivisiun Art. 339
2. Direcziun e represchentanza
a. En general Art. 340
b. Cumpetenza dal parsura Art. 341
3. Bains cuminaivels e facultad persunala Art. 342
1. Motivs Art. 343
2. Disditga, insolvenza, maridaglia Art. 344
3. Mort d’in commember Art. 345
4. Moda da parter Art. 346
1. Cuntegn Art. 347
2. Motivs spezials da dissoluziun Art. 348
Abolì Art. 349–359
A. Princip Art. 360
I. Constituziun Art. 361
II. Revocaziun Art. 362
C. Constataziun da la valaivladad ed acceptaziun Art. 363
D. Interpretaziun e cumplettaziun Art. 364
E. Adempliment Art. 365
F. Indemnisaziun e spesas Art. 366
G. Disditga Art. 367
H. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 368
I. Recuperaziun da l’abilitad da giuditgar Art. 369
A. Princip Art. 370
B. Constituziun e revocaziun Art. 371
C. Cumenzament da l’inabilitad da giuditgar Art. 372
D. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 373
A. Premissas e dimensiun dal dretg da represchentanza Art. 374
B. Execuziun dal dretg da represchentanza Art. 375
C. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 376
A. Plan da tractament Art. 377
B. Persuna cun dretg da represchentanza Art. 378
C. Cas urgents Art. 379
D. Tractament d’in disturbi psichic Art. 380
E. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 381
A. Contract d’assistenza Art. 382
I. Premissas Art. 383
II. Protocollaziun ed infurmaziun Art. 384
III. Intervenziun da l’autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 385
C. Protecziun da la persunalitad Art. 386
D. Surveglianza dals instituts da dimora e da tgira Art. 387
A. Intent Art. 388
B. Subsidiaritad e commensurabladad Art. 389
A. Premissas Art. 390
B. Champs d’incumbensa Art. 391
C. Renunzia ad ina curatella Art. 392
A. Curatella accumpagnada Art. 393
I. En general Art. 394
II. Administraziun da facultad Art. 395
C. Curatella participativa Art. 396
D. Cumbinaziun da curatellas Art. 397
E. Curatella cumplessiva Art. 398
Art. 399
I. Premissas generalas Art. 400
II. Giavischs da la persuna pertutgada u da persunas da sia confidenza Art. 401
III. Surdada da l’uffizi a pliras persunas Art. 402
B. Impediment e collisiun d’interess Art. 403
C. Indemnisaziun e spesas Art. 404
A. Surpigliada da l’uffizi Art. 405
B. Relaziun cun la persuna pertutgada Art. 406
C. Agen agir da la persuna pertutgada Art. 407
I. Incumbensas Art. 408
II. Imports a libra disposiziun Art. 409
III. Quint Art. 410
E. Rapport Art. 411
F. Affars particulars Art. 412
G. Duair da diligenza ed obligaziun da discreziun Art. 413
H. Midada da las relaziuns Art. 414
A. Revisiun dal quint ed examinaziun dal rapport Art. 415
I. Tenor la lescha Art. 416
II. Sin prescripziun Art. 417
III. Mancanza dal consentiment Art. 418
Art. 419
Art. 420
A. Tenor la lescha Art. 421
I. Sin dumonda dal procuratur Art. 422
II. Ulteriurs cas Art. 423
C. Cuntinuaziun dals affars Art. 424
D. Rapport final e quint final Art. 425
I. Plazzament per il tractament u per l’assistenza Art. 426
II. Retenziun da persunas entradas voluntarmain Art. 427
I. Autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 428
1. Cumpetenza Art. 429
2. Procedura Art. 430
C. Examinaziun periodica Art. 431
D. Persuna da confidenza Art. 432
I. Plan da tractament Art. 433
II. Tractament senza consentiment Art. 434
III. Cas d’urgenza Art. 435
IV. Discurs d’extrada Art. 436
V. Dretg chantunal Art. 437
F. Mesiras per restrenscher la libertad da sa mover Art. 438
G. Appellaziun a la dretgira Art. 439
A. Autoritad per la protecziun da creschids Art. 440
B. Autoritad da surveglianza Art. 441
C. Cumpetenza locala Art. 442
A. Dretgs ed obligaziuns d’annunzia Art. 443
B. Examinaziun da la cumpetenza Art. 444
C. Mesiras preventivas Art. 445
D. Princips da procedura Art. 446
E. Audiziun Art. 447
F. Obligaziun da cooperar ed agid uffizial Art. 448
G. Expertisa en in institut Art. 449
H. Ordinaziun d’ina represchentanza Art. 449a
I. Invista da las actas Art. 449b
J. Obligaziun d’annunzia Art. 449c
A. Object dal recurs e cumpetenza da far recurs Art. 450
B. Motivs da recurs Art. 450a
C. Termin da recurs Art. 450b
D. Effect suspensiv Art. 450c
E. Consultaziun da l’instanza precedenta e reponderaziun Art. 450d
F. Disposiziuns spezialas en cas d’in plazzament per motivs da provediment Art. 450e
Art. 450f
Art. 450g
A. Obligaziun da discreziun ed infurmaziun Art. 451
B. Effect da las mesiras envers terzas persunas Art. 452
C. Obligaziun da collavurar Art. 453
A. Princip Art. 454
B. Surannaziun Art. 455
C. Responsabladad tenor il dretg da mandat Art. 456
I. Descendents Art. 457
II. Tschep dals geniturs Art. 458
III. Tschep dals tats Art. 459
IV. Ultims ertavels Art. 460
Abolì Art. 461
B. Consort survivent e partenari registrà survivent Art. 462
Abolì Art. 463–464
C. ... Art. 465
D. Chantun e vischnanca Art. 466
A. Disposiziun testamentara Art. 467
B. Contract d’ierta Art. 468
C. Disposiziuns manglusas Art. 469
I. Dimensiun da la cumpetenza da disponer Art. 470
II. Part obligatorica Art. 471
III. ... Art. 472
IV. Favurisaziun dal consort survivent Art. 473
1. Deducziun dals debits Art. 474
2. Donaziuns tranter vivs Art. 475
3. Pretensiuns d’assicuranzas Art. 476
I. Motivs Art. 477
II. Effect Art. 478
III. Chargia da cumprova Art. 479
IV. Dischertaziun d’ina persuna insolventa Art. 480
A. En general Art. 481
B. Cundiziuns e pretensiuns Art. 482
C. Instituziun dals ertavels Art. 483
I. Cuntegn Art. 484
II. Obligaziun dal debitur Art. 485
III. Relaziun cun l’ierta Art. 486
E. Disposiziun substitutiva Art. 487
I. Designaziun da l’ertavel posteriur Art. 488
II. Mument da la surdada Art. 489
III. Garanzias Art. 490
1. Da l’emprim ertavel Art. 491
2. Da l’ertavel posteriur Art. 492
V. Descendents inabels da giuditgar Art. 492a
G. Fundaziuns Art. 493
I. Instituziun dals ertavels e legat Art. 494
1. Impurtanza Art. 495
2. Crudada da la renunzia Art. 496
3. Dretgs dals crediturs d’ierta Art. 497
1. En general Art. 498
2. Disposiziun publica
a. Furma da disponer Art. 499
b. Cooperaziun dal funcziunari Art. 500
c. Cooperaziun da las perditgas Art. 501
d. Disponer senza leger e suttascriver il document Art. 502
e. Persunas che coopereschan Art. 503
f. Tegnair en salv la disposiziun Art. 504
3. Disposiziun scritta a maun Art. 505
4. Disposiziun a bucca
a. Disposiziun Art. 506
b. Documentaziun Art. 507
c. Perdita da la vigur Art. 508
1. Revocaziun Art. 509
2. Destrucziun Art. 510
3. Disposiziun posteriura Art. 511
I. Constituziun Art. 512
1. Tranter vivs
a. Tras contract e tras disposiziun testamentara Art. 513
b. Tras retratga dal contract Art. 514
2. L’ertavel mora avant il testader Art. 515
C. Restricziun dal dretg da disponer Art. 516
A. Surdada da l’incumbensa Art. 517
B. Cuntegn da l’incumbensa Art. 518
I. Inabilitad da disponer, voluntad manglusa, illegalitad u immoralitad Art. 519
1. En general Art. 520
2. En cas d’ina disposiziun testamentara scritta a maun Art. 520a
III. Surannaziun Art. 521
1. En general Art. 522
2. Favurisaziun da l’ertavel cun dretg sin la part obligatorica Art. 523
3. Dretgs dals crediturs Art. 524
1. Reducziun en general Art. 525
2. Legat d’ina chaussa singula Art. 526
3. Disposiziuns tranter vivs
a. Cas Art. 527
b. Restituziun Art. 528
4. Pretensiuns d’assicuranzas Art. 529
5. Giudida e rentas Art. 530
6. Instituziun posteriura d’ertavels Art. 531
III. Realisaziun Art. 532
IV. Surannaziun Art. 533
A. Transferiment tranter vivs Art. 534
I. Reducziun Art. 535
II. Restituziun Art. 536
A. Premissa da vart dal testader Art. 537
B. Lieu da l’avertura Art. 538
1. Capacitad giuridica Art. 539
2. Indignitad d’ertar
a. Motivs Art. 540
b. Effect per ils descendents Art. 541
1. Sco ertavel Art. 542
2. Sco legatari Art. 543
3. L’uffant concepì Art. 544
4. Ertavels posteriurs Art. 545
1. Successiun d’ierta cunter garanzia Art. 546
2. Annullaziun da la spariziun e restituziun da la facultad Art. 547
II. Dretg d’ertar dal sparì Art. 548
III. Relaziun tranter ils dus cas Art. 549
IV. Procedura d’uffizi Art. 550
A. En general Art. 551
B. Sigillaziun da l’ierta Art. 552
C. Inventari Art. 553
I. En general Art. 554
II. En cas d’ertavels nunenconuschents Art. 555
I. Obligaziun da consegna Art. 556
II. Avertura Art. 557
III. Communicaziun als participads Art. 558
IV. Consegna da l’ierta Art. 559
I. Ertavels Art. 560
II. ... Art. 561
1. Acquist dal legat Art. 562
2. Object dal legat Art. 563
3. Relaziun tranter creditur e legatari Art. 564
4. Reducziun Art. 565
1. Dretg da refusar Art. 566
2. Limitaziun temporala
a. En general Art. 567
b. En cas d’ina inventarisaziun Art. 568
3. Transiziun dal dretg da refusar Art. 569
4. Furma Art. 570
II. Perdita dal dretg da refusar Art. 571
III. Refusa d’in cunertavel Art. 572
1. En general Art. 573
2. Dretg dal consort survivent Art. 574
3. Refusa a favur d’ertavels pli allontanads Art. 575
V. Prolungaziun dal termin Art. 576
VI. Refusa d’in legat Art. 577
VII. Protecziun dals dretgs dals crediturs da l’ertavel Art. 578
VIII. Responsabladad en cas da la refusa Art. 579
A. Premissa Art. 580
I. Inventari Art. 581
II. Clom da quints Art. 582
III. Inscripziun d’uffizi Art. 583
IV. Resultat Art. 584
I. Administraziun Art. 585
II. Scussiun, process, surannaziun Art. 586
I. Termin per far la decleraziun Art. 587
II. Decleraziun Art. 588
1. Responsabladad tenor l’inventari Art. 589
2. Responsabladad sur l’inventari ora Art. 590
E. Responsabladad pervia da cauziuns Art. 591
F. Acquist a favur da la communitad Art. 592
I. Dumonda d’in ertavel Art. 593
II. Dumonda dals crediturs dal testader Art. 594
I. Administraziun Art. 595
II. Liquidaziun ordinaria Art. 596
III. Liquidaziun tras l’uffizi da concurs Art. 597
A. Premissa Art. 598
B. Effect Art. 599
C. Surannaziun Art. 600
D. Plant dal legatari Art. 601
I. Cuminanza dals ertavels Art. 602
II. Responsabladad dals ertavels Art. 603
B. Dretg da partiziun Art. 604
C. Suspensiun da la partiziun Art. 605
D. Dretgs dals cussedents Art. 606
A. En general Art. 607
I. Disposiziun dal testader Art. 608
II. Cooperaziun da l’autoritad Art. 609
I. Egualitad dals ertavels Art. 610
II. Furmaziun da parts Art. 611
III. Attribuziun e vendita da singulas chaussas Art. 612
IV. Attribuziun da l’abitaziun e da la rauba da chasa al consort survivent Art. 612a
I. Chaussas che tutgan ensemen, scrittiras da la famiglia Art. 613
I.bis Inventari agricul Art. 613a
II. Pretensiuns dal testader vers l’ertavel Art. 614
III. Chaussas da l’ierta impegnadas Art. 615
Abolì Art. 616
1. Surpigliada
a. Valur imputabla Art. 617
b. Procedura da stimaziun Art. 618
V. Manaschis agriculs e bains immobigliars agriculs Art. 619
Abolì Art. 620–625
A. Obligaziun da gulivar Art. 626
B. Gulivaziun en cas ch’ertavels crodan davent Art. 627
I. Bittar en u metter a quint Art. 628
II. Donaziuns che surpassan la part d’ierta Art. 629
III. Moda da calcular Art. 630
D. Custs d’educaziun Art. 631
E. Regals occasiunals Art. 632
Abolì Art. 633
I. Contract da partiziun Art. 634
II. Contract davart parts d’ierta Art. 635
III. Contracts avant la successiun d’ierta Art. 636
I. Garanzia per las parts Art. 637
II. Contestaziun da la partiziun Art. 638
I. Responsabladad solidarica Art. 639
II. Regress sin ils cunertavels Art. 640
I. En general Art. 641
II. Animals Art. 641a
I. Parts integralas Art. 642
II. Fritgs natirals Art. 643
1. Circumscripziun Art. 644
2. Exclusiun Art. 645
1. Relaziun tranter ils cumproprietaris Art. 646
2. Urden d’utilisaziun e d’administraziun Art. 647
3. Acts administrativs ordinaris Art. 647a
4. Acts administrativs pli impurtants Art. 647b
5. Mesiras architectonicas
a. Necessarias Art. 647c
b. Utilas Art. 647d
c. Che servan a l’embelliment ed a la cumadaivladad Art. 647e
6. Disponer da la chaussa Art. 648
7. Purtar ils custs e las grevezzas Art. 649
8. Obligaziun da regulaziuns e remartga en il register funsil Art. 649a
9. Exclusiun da la cuminanza
a. Cumproprietaris Art. 649b
b. Possessurs d’auters dretgs Art. 649c
10. Schliaziun
a. Dretg da partiziun Art. 650
b. Maniera da parter Art. 651
c. Animals da chasa Art. 651a
1. Premissa Art. 652
2. Effect Art. 653
3. Schliaziun Art. 654
III. Proprietad collectiva vi da manaschis agriculs e vi da bains immobigliars agriculs Art. 654a
I. Bains immobigliars Art. 655
II. Proprietad dependenta Art. 655a
I. Inscripziun Art. 656
1. Transferiment Art. 657
2. Appropriaziun Art. 658
3. Furmaziun da nov terren Art. 659
4. Spustament da terren
a. En general Art. 660
b. Spustaments permanents Art. 660a
c. Nova determinaziun dals cunfins Art. 660b
5. Acquist tras giudida
a. Acquist tras giudida ordinari Art. 661
b. Acquist tras giudida extraordinari Art. 662
c. Termins Art. 663
6. Chaussas senza patrun e chaussas publicas Art. 664
III. Dretg sin l’inscripziun Art. 665
C. Perdita Art. 666
I. Proprietari nunchattabel Art. 666a
II. Absenza dals organs prescrits Art. 666b
I. Dimensiun Art. 667
1. Moda da marcar ils cunfins Art. 668
2. Obligaziun da metter terms Art. 669
3. Cumproprietad vi da terminaziuns Art. 670
1. Funs e material
a. Relaziun da proprietad Art. 671
b. Indemnisaziun Art. 672
c. Attribuziun da la proprietad funsila Art. 673
2. Construcziuns che tanschan sin in bain immobigliar vischin Art. 674
3. Dretg da construcziun Art. 675
4. Conducts Art. 676
5. Construcziuns moviblas Art. 677
IV. Plantaziuns sin il bain immobigliar Art. 678
1. En cas ch’il dretg da proprietad vegn surduvrà Art. 679
2. En cas d’ina cultivaziun legala dal bain immobigliar Art. 679a
I. En general Art. 680
1. Princips Art. 681
2. Diever Art. 681a
3. Midada, renunzia Art. 681b
4. En cas da cumproprietad ed en cas da dretg da construcziun Art. 682
5. Dretg da precumpra vi da manaschis agriculs e vi da bains immobigliars agriculs Art. 682a
Abolì Art. 683
1. Immissiuns exageradas Art. 684
2. Chavar e construir
a. Regla Art. 685
b. Prescripziuns chantunalas Art. 686
3. Plantas
a. Regla Art. 687
b. Prescripziuns chantunalas Art. 688
4. Deflussiun da l’aua Art. 689
5. Drenaschas Art. 690
6. Conducts
a. Obligaziun da tolerar Art. 691
b. Protecziun dals interess dal proprietari engrevgià Art. 692
c. Midada da las relaziuns Art. 693
7. Dretgs da passadi
a. Passadi necessari Art. 694
b. Auters dretgs da passadi Art. 695
c. Remartga en il register funsil Art. 696
8. Far saiv Art. 697
9. Obligaziun da mantegniment Art. 698
1. Access Art. 699
2. Allontanament da chaussas e d’animals Art. 700
3. Defensiun cunter privels e cunter donns Art. 701
1. En general Art. 702
2. Meglieraziuns dal terren Art. 703
I. Proprietad e dretgs vi da funtaunas Art. 704
II. Deviaziun da funtaunas Art. 705
1. Indemnisaziun Art. 706
2. Restabiliment Art. 707
IV. Funtaunas cuminaivlas Art. 708
V. Utilisaziun da funtaunas Art. 709
VI. Funtaunas necessarias Art. 710
1. Aua Art. 711
2. Terren Art. 712
I. Cuntegn Art. 712a
II. Object Art. 712b
III. Disposiziun Art. 712c
I. Act da constituziun Art. 712d
II. Repartiziun da las localitads e quotas da valur Art. 712e
III. Fin Art. 712f
I. Disposiziuns applitgablas Art. 712g
1. Definiziun e repartiziun Art. 712h
2. Garanzia da las contribuziuns
a. Dretg da pegn legal Art. 712i
b. Dretg da retenziun Art. 712k
III. Abilitad d’agir da la cuminanza Art. 712l
1. Cumpetenza e stadi giuridic Art. 712m
2. Convocaziun e presidi Art. 712n
3. Execuziun dal dretg da votar Art. 712o
4. Abilitad da decider Art. 712p
1. Nominaziun Art. 712q
2. Revocaziun Art. 712r
3. Incumbensas
a. Execuziun da las disposiziuns e dals conclus davart l’administraziun e davart il diever Art. 712s
b. Represchentanza vers anor Art. 712t
A. Object Art. 713
1. Transiziun da la proprietad Art. 714
2. Resalva da la proprietad
a. En general Art. 715
b. En cas da pajaments en ratas Art. 716
3. Acquisiziun senza possess Art. 717
1. Chaussas senza patrun Art. 718
2. Animals senza patrun Art. 719
1. Publicaziun, retschertga dal proprietari
a. En general Art. 720
b. En cas d’animals Art. 720a
2. Conservaziun ed ingiant public Art. 721
3. Acquisiziun da proprietad, restituziun Art. 722
4. Stgazi Art. 723
5. Objects da valur scientifica Art. 724
IV. Chaussas manadas natiers Art. 725
V. Elavuraziun Art. 726
VI. Uniun e maschaida Art. 727
VII. Acquist tras giudida Art. 728
C. Perdita Art. 729
A. Object Art. 730
1. Inscripziun Art. 731
2. Act giuridic Art. 732
3. Servitut sin l’agen bain immobigliar Art. 733
1. En general Art. 734
2. Reuniun dals bains immobigliars Art. 735
3. Tras il derschader Art. 736
1. En general Art. 737
2. Tenor l’inscripziun Art. 738
3. En cas da novs basegns Art. 739
4. Tenor il dretg chantunal e tenor l’isanza locala Art. 740
5. En cas da plirs autorisads Art. 740a
II. Grevezza da mantegniment Art. 741
III. Dischlocaziun da la servitut Art. 742
IV. Partiziun d’in bain immobigliar Art. 743
Abolì Art. 744
I. Object Art. 745
1. En general Art. 746
2. ... Art. 747
1. Motivs Art. 748
2. Durada Art. 749
3. Remplazzament en cas d’extincziun Art. 750
4. Restituziun
a. Obligaziun Art. 751
b. Responsabladad Art. 752
c. Spesas Art. 753
5. Surannaziun dals dretgs d’indemnisaziun Art. 754
1. Dretgs dal giudider
a. En general Art. 755
b. Fritgs natirals Art. 756
c. Tschains Art. 757
d. Transferibilitad Art. 758
2. Dretgs dal proprietari
a. Surveglianza Art. 759
b. Garanzia Art. 760
c. Garanzia en cas da donaziuns e da giudida legala Art. 761
d. Consequenza da la mancanza da la garanzia Art. 762
3. Obligaziun d’inventarisar Art. 763
4. Obligaziuns dal giudider
a. Mantegniment da la chaussa Art. 764
b. Spesas dal mantegniment e dal diever Art. 765
c. Tschains en cas da giudida d’ina facultad Art. 766
d. Assicuranza Art. 767
1. Bains immobigliars
a. Fritgs Art. 768
b. Destinaziun economica Art. 769
c. Guaud Art. 770
d. Minieras Art. 771
2. Chaussas consumablas e stimadas Art. 772
3. Pretensiuns
a. Cuntegn Art. 773
b. Restituziun e reinvestiziun Art. 774
c. Dretg sin cessiun Art. 775
I. En general Art. 776
II. Cuntegn dal dretg d’abitar Art. 777
III. Grevezzas Art. 778
I. Object ed inscripziun en il register funsil Art. 779
II. Act giuridic Art. 779a
III. Cuntegn, dimensiun e prenotaziun Art. 779b
1. Return al proprietari Art. 779c
2. Indemnisaziun Art. 779d
Abolì Art. 779e
1. Premissas Art. 779f
2. Execuziun dal dretg da return al proprietari Art. 779g
3. Auters cas d’applicaziun Art. 779h
1. Dretg da constituir in dretg da pegn Art. 779i
2. Inscripziun Art. 779k
VII. Durada maximala Art. 779l
D. Dretg da funtauna Art. 780
E. Autras servituts Art. 781
F. Mesiras giudizialas Art. 781a
A. Object Art. 782
1. Inscripziun e moda d’acquist Art. 783
2. Grevezzas funsilas da dretg public Art. 784
Abolì Art. 785
1. En general Art. 786
2. Deliberaziun
a. Tras il creditur Art. 787
b. Tras il debitur Art. 788
c. Pretsch da deliberaziun Art. 789
3. Surannaziun Art. 790
I. Dretg dal creditur Art. 791
II. Obligaziun dal debitur Art. 792
I. Spezias Art. 793
1. Import Art. 794
2. Tschains Art. 795
1. Bains impegnabels Art. 796
2. Designaziun
a. En cas d’in sulet bain immobigliar Art. 797
b. En cas da plirs bains immobigliars Art. 798
3. Bains immobigliars agriculs Art. 798a
1. Inscripziun Art. 799
2. En cas da proprietad cuminaivla Art. 800
II. Extincziun Art. 801
1. Transferiment dals dretgs da pegn Art. 802
2. Disditga tras il debitur Art. 803
3. Indemnisaziun en daners Art. 804
I. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara Art. 805
II. Tschains da locaziun e da fittanza Art. 806
III. Surannaziun Art. 807
1. En cas da reducziuns da la valur
a. Scumond ed agid a sasez Art. 808
b. Garanzia, restabiliment, pajament en ratas Art. 809
2. Reducziun da la valur senza culpa dal proprietari Art. 810
3. Alienaziun da pitschnas parcellas Art. 811
V. Ulteriuras grevezzas Art. 812
1. Effects Art. 813
2. Relaziun tranter ils posts da pegn Art. 814
3. Posts da pegn libers Art. 815
1. Moda da la realisaziun Art. 816
2. Repartiziun dal retgav Art. 817
3. Dimensiun da la garanzia Art. 818
4. Garanzia per expensas necessarias Art. 819
1. Prioritad Art. 820
2. Amortisaziun dal debit e fin dal dretg da pegn Art. 821
IX. Dretg sin la summa d’assicuranza Art. 822
X. Creditur nunchattabel Art. 823
A. Intent e natira Art. 824
I. Constituziun Art. 825
1. Dretg sin extincziun Art. 826
2. Posiziun dal proprietari Art. 827
3. Substituziun unilaterala
a. Premissa e procedura Art. 828
b. Ingiant public Art. 829
c. Stimaziun uffiziala Art. 830
4. Disditga Art. 831
1. Alienaziun Art. 832
2. Parcellaziun Art. 833
3. Communicaziun al creditur Art. 834
II. Transferiment da la pretensiun Art. 835
I. Dal dretg chantunal Art. 836
1. Cas Art. 837
2. Vendider, cunertavels e commembers d’ina indivisiun Art. 838
3. Mastergnants ed impressaris
a. Inscripziun Art. 839
b. Rang Art. 840
c. Privilegi Art. 841
I. Intent; relaziun cun la pretensiun che deriva da la relaziun immobigliara Art. 842
II. Geners Art. 843
III. Posiziun dal proprietari Art. 844
IV. Alienaziun. Divisiun Art. 845
1. En general Art. 846
2. Disditga Art. 847
VI. Protecziun da la buna fai Art. 848
VII. Objecziuns dal debitur Art. 849
VIII. Mandatari Art. 850
IX. Lieu da pajament Art. 851
X. Modificaziuns en la relaziun giuridica Art. 852
XI. Pajament Art. 853
1. Mancanza da creditur Art. 854
2. Extincziun Art. 855
XIII. Invitaziun al creditur da s’annunziar Art. 856
I. Constituziun Art. 857
II. Transferiment Art. 858
III. Impegnaziun e giudida Art. 859
1. Inscripziun Art. 860
2. Titel ipotecar Art. 861
II. Protecziun da la buna fai Art. 862
1. Far valair Art. 863
2. Transferiment Art. 864
IV. Annullaziun Art. 865
Abolì Art. 866–874
A. Obligaziuns per emprests cun dretg da pegn immobigliar Art. 875
Abolì Art. 876–883
1. Possess dal creditur Art. 884
2. Impegnaziun da muvel Art. 885
3. Impegnaziun posteriura Art. 886
4. Impegnaziun tras il creditur Art. 887
1. Perdita dal possess Art. 888
2. Obligaziun da restituir Art. 889
3. Responsabladad dal creditur Art. 890
1. Dretgs dal creditur Art. 891
2. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara Art. 892
3. Rang dals dretgs da pegn Art. 893
4. Contract da scadenza Art. 894
I. Premissas Art. 895
II. Excepziuns Art. 896
III. En cas d’insolvenza Art. 897
IV. Effects Art. 898
A. En general Art. 899
I. En cas da pretensiuns cun u senza certificat da debit Art. 900
II. En cas da vaglias Art. 901
III. En cas da titels che represchentan rauba Art. 902
IV. Impegnaziun posteriura Art. 903
I. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara Art. 904
II. Represchentanza dad aczias impegnadas e da quotas da basa da societads cun responsabladad limitada Art. 905
III. Administraziun e rembursament Art. 906
I. Cumpetenza Art. 907
II. Durada Art. 908
I. Constituziun Art. 909
1. Vendita dal pegn Art. 910
2. Dretg sin il surpli Art. 911
1. Dretg da retrair Art. 912
2. Dretgs da l’institut Art. 913
C. Cumpra cun il patg da recumpra Art. 914
D. Reglamentaziun chantunala Art. 915
I. Noziun Art. 919
II. Possess independent e dependent Art. 920
III. Interrupziun transitorica Art. 921
I. Tranter persunas preschentas Art. 922
II. Tranter persunas absentas Art. 923
III. Senza surdada Art. 924
IV. Titels che represchentan rauba Art. 925
1. Dretg da defensiun Art. 926
2. Plant pervia da privaziun dal possess Art. 927
3. Plant pervia da disturbi dal possess Art. 928
4. Admissibladad e surannaziun dal plant Art. 929
1. Presumziun da la proprietad Art. 930
2. Presumziun en cas da possess dependent Art. 931
3. Plant cunter il possessur Art. 932
4. Dretg da disposiziun e da restituziun
a. Chaussas confidadas Art. 933
b. Chaussas persas Art. 934
c. Daners e titels al purtader Art. 935
d. Mala fai Art. 936
5. Presumziun en cas da bains immobigliars Art. 937
1. Possessur da buna fai
a. Giudida Art. 938
b. Pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun Art. 939
2. Possessur da mala fai Art. 940
IV. Acquist tras giudida Art. 941
1. En general Art. 942
2. Inscripziun
a. Object Art. 943
b. Excepziuns Art. 944
3. Registers
a. Register principal Art. 945
b. Fegl dal register funsil Art. 946
c. Fegls collectivs Art. 947
d. Diari, mussaments Art. 948
4. Ordinaziuns
a. En general Art. 949
b. Gestiun dal register funsil cun agid da l’informatica Art. 949a
4a. ... Art. 949b
4b. ... Art. 949c
4c. Engaschament da persunas privatas per duvrar il register funsil informatisà
Art. 949d
5. Mesiraziun uffiziala Art. 950
1. Circuls
a. Appartegnientscha Art. 951
b. Bains immobigliars en plirs circuls Art. 952
2. Uffizis dal register funsil Art. 953
3. Taxas Art. 954
III. Responsabladad Art. 955
IV. Surveglianza administrativa Art. 956
1. Dretg da far recurs Art. 956a
2. Procedura da recurs Art. 956b
Abolì Art. 957
1. Proprietad e dretgs reals Art. 958
2. Prenotaziuns:
a. Dretgs persunals Art. 959
b. Restricziuns dal dretg da disponer Art. 960
c. Inscripziun provisorica Art. 961
d. Inscripziun da dretgs posteriurs Art. 961a
1. Da restricziuns da dretg public Art. 962
2. Da represchentanzas Art. 962a
1. Annunzias
a. En cas d’inscripziuns Art. 963
b. En cas d’extincziuns Art. 964
2. Documents da legitimaziun
a. Document valaivel Art. 965
b. Cumplettaziun dal document da legitimaziun Art. 966
1. En general Art. 967
2. En cas da servituts Art. 968
V. Obligaziun d’annunzia Art. 969
I. Infurmaziuns ed invista Art. 970
II. Publicaziuns Art. 970a
I. En cas da mancanza d’ina inscripziun Art. 971
1. En general Art. 972
2. Vers terzas persunas da buna fai Art. 973
3. Vers terzas persunas da mala fai Art. 974
1. En cas da divisiun d’in bain immobigliar Art. 974a
2. En cas da reuniun da bains immobigliars Art. 974b
II. Inscripziuns nungiustifitgadas Art. 975
1. Inscripziuns senza dubi irrelevantas Art. 976
2. Autras inscripziuns
a. En general Art. 976a
b. En cas da protesta Art. 976b
3. Procedura da rectificaziun publica Art. 976c
IV. Correcturas Art. 977
I. Princip da la nunretroactivitad da la lescha Art. 1
1. Urden public e morala publica Art. 2
2. Cuntegn da las relaziuns giuridicas stabilidas da la lescha Art. 3
3. Dretgs betg acquistads Art. 4
I. Abilitad d’agir Art. 5
II. Spariziun Art. 6
IIa. Banca da datas centrala dal stadi civil Art. 6a
1. En general Art. 6b
2. Contabilitad e post da revisiun Art. 6c
IV. Protecziun da la persunalitad cunter violenza, smanatschas u persecuziuns Art. 6d
I. Maridaglia Art. 7
1. Princip Art. 7a
2. Process da divorzi pendents Art. 7b
3. Termin da separaziun tar process da divorzi pendents Art. 7c
4. Prevenziun professiunala Art. 7d
5. Conversiun da rentas existentas Art. 7e
1. Princip Art. 8
2. Num Art. 8a
3. Dretg da burgais Art. 8b
II. Dretg dals bains matrimonials da las lètgs ch’èn vegnidas serradas avant il 1. da schaner 1912 Art. 9
1. En general Art. 9a
2. Midada da l’uniun dals bains ad ina participaziun als acquists
a. Midada da las massas da facultad Art. 9b
b. Privilegi Art. 9c
c. Liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials tenor il dretg nov Art. 9d
3. Mantegniment da l’uniun dals bains Art. 9e
4. Mantegniment da la separaziun legala u giudiziala dals bains Art. 9f
5. Contract matrimonial
a. En general Art. 10
b. Vigur legala vers terzas persunas Art. 10a
c. Submissiun al dretg nov Art. 10b
d. Separaziun contractuala dals bains tenor il dretg vegl Art. 10c
e. Contracts matrimonials fatgs en vista a l’entrada en vigur dal dretg nov Art. 10d
f. Register dals bains matrimonials Art. 10e
6. Pajament dals debits en cas d’ina liquidaziun dals bains matrimonials Art. 11
7. Protecziun dals crediturs Art. 11a
III. La relaziun da figlialanza en general Art. 12
1. Cuntinuaziun dal dretg vegl Art. 12a
2. Proceduras pendentas Art. 12b
3. Submissiun al dretg nov Art. 12c
Abolì Art. 12cbis
IIIter. Contestaziun da la legitimaziun Art. 12d
1. Plants pendents Art. 13
2. Plants novs Art. 13a
IVbis. Termin per constatar e per contestar la relaziun da figlialanza Art. 13b
1. Titels da mantegniment existents Art. 13c
2. Proceduras pendentas Art. 13cbis
IVquater. Num da l’uffant Art. 13d
1. Mesiras existentas Art. 14
2. Proceduras pendentas Art. 14a
I. Ierta e successiun d’ierta Art. 15
II. Disposiziuns per causa da mort Art. 16
I. En general Art. 17
II. Dretg sin inscripziun en il register funsil Art. 18
III. Acquist tras giudida Art. 19
1. Bostga sin terren ester Art. 20
2. Proprietad en condomini
a. Fatgs originars Art. 20bis
b. Transfurmaziuns Art. 20ter
c. Rectificaziun dals registers funsils Art. 20quater
V. Servituts funsilas Art. 21
1. Renconuschientscha dals titels da pegn existents Art. 22
2. Constituziun da dretgs da pegn Art. 23
3. Extincziun da titels Art. 24
4. Dimensiun da la garanzia ipotecara Art. 25
5. Dretgs ed obligaziuns che resultan dal pegn immobigliar
a. En general Art. 26
b. Mesiras da garanzia Art. 27
c. Disditga, transferiment Art. 28
6. Rang Art. 29
7. Post da pegn Art. 30
8. ... Art. 31 e 32
9. Tractament egual da spezias da pegn veglias cun talas dal dretg nov Art. 33
10. Cuntinuaziun dal dretg vegl per spezias da pegn veglias Art. 33a
11. Transfurmaziun da la spezia da la brev ipotecara Art. 33b
1. Furma Art. 34
2. Effects Art. 35
VIII. Dretg da retenziun Art. 36
IX. Possess Art. 37
1. Introducziun dal register funsil Art. 38
2. Mesiraziun uffiziala
a. ... Art. 39
b. Relaziun cun il register funsil Art. 40
c. Temp da la realisaziun Art. 41
Abolì Art. 42
3. Inscripziun dals dretgs reals
a. Procedura Art. 43
b. Consequenzas, sche l’inscripziun vegn tralaschada Art. 44
4. Dretgs reals abolids Art. 45
5. Spustament da l’introducziun dal register funsil Art. 46
6. Entrada en vigur dal dretg real avant il register funsil Art. 47
7. Effects da furmas chantunalas Art. 48
F. Surannaziun Art. 49
G. Furmas da contract Art. 50
A. Aboliziun dal dretg civil chantunal Art. 51
B. Disposiziuns chantunalas cumplementaras
I. Dretgs ed obligaziuns dals chantuns Art. 52
II. Ordinaziuns substitutivas da la Confederaziun Art. 53
C. Designaziun da las autoritads cumpetentas Art. 54
D. Documentaziun publica
I. En general Art. 55
II. Copias e legalisaziuns electronicas Art. 55a
E. Concessiuns da dretgs d’aua Art. 56
F.–H. Art. 57
J. Scussiun e concurs Art. 58
K. Applicaziun da dretg svizzer ed ester Art. 59
L. Aboliziun dal dretg civil federal Art. 60
M. Disposiziun finala Art. 61
A. Urden ordinari dals bains Art. 178
B. Urden dals bains dal contract matrimonial
I. Cuntegn dal contract Art. 179
II. Abilitad da far in contract Art. 180
III. Furma dal contract Art. 181
C. Urden extraordinari dals bains
I. Separaziun legala dals bains Art. 182
II. Separaziun giudiziala dals bains
1. Sin dumonda da la consorta Art. 183
2. Sin dumonda dal consort Art. 184
3. Sin dumonda dals crediturs Art. 185
III. Cumenzament da la separaziun dals bains Art. 186
IV. Annullaziun da la separaziun dals bains Art. 187
D. Midada da l’urden dals bains
I. Responsabladad Art. 188
II. Liquidaziun en cas da la separaziun dals bains Art. 189
E. Bains reservads
I. Constituziun
1. En general Art. 190
2. Tenor la lescha Art. 191
II. Effects Art. 192
III. Chargia da cumprova Art. 193
A. Relaziuns da proprietad
I. Facultad matrimoniala Art. 194
II. Proprietad dal consort e da la consorta Art. 195
III. Cumprova Art. 196
IV. Inventari
1. Constituziun e forza da cumprova Art. 197
2. Impurtanza da la stimaziun Art. 198
V. Proprietad dal consort vi dal bain da la consorta Art. 199
B. Administraziun, utilisaziun, e cumpetenza da disponer
I. Administraziun Art. 200
II. Utilisaziun Art. 201
III. Cumpetenza da disponer
1. Dal consort Art. 202
2. Da la consorta
a. En general Art. 203
b. Refusa d’iertas Art. 204
C. Garanzia dal bain da la consorta Art. 205
D. Responsabladad
I. Responsabladad dal consort Art. 206
II. Responsabladad da la consorta
1. Cun l’entira facultad Art. 207
2. Cun il bain reservà Art. 208
E. Pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun
I. Scadenza Art. 209
II. Concurs dal consort ed impegnaziun
1. Dretg da la consorta Art. 210
2. Privilegi Art. 211
F. Dissoluziun da la facultad matrimoniala
I. Mort da la consorta Art. 212
II. Mort dal consort Art. 213
III. Avanzament e diminuziun Art. 214
A. Cuminanza generala dals bains
I. Facultad matrimoniala Art. 215
II. Administraziun e cumpetenza da disponer
1. Administraziun Art. 216
2. Cumpetenza da disponer
a. Disposiziun dal bain cuminaivel Art. 217
b. Refusa d’iertas Art. 218
III. Responsabladad
1. Debits dal consort Art. 219
2. Debits da la consorta
a. Da la consorta e dal bain cuminaivel Art. 220
b. Dals bains reservads da la consorta Art. 221
3. Execuziun sfurzada Art. 222
IV. Pretensiuns d’indemnisaziun
1. En general Art. 223
2. Bain da la consorta Art. 224
V. Dissoluziun da la facultad matrimoniala
1. Grondezza da las parts
a. Tenor lescha Art. 225
b. Tenor contract Art. 226
2. Responsabladad dal survivent Art. 227
3. Imputaziun dals apports Art. 228
B. Cuntinuaziun da la cuminanza dals bains
I. Premissa Art. 229
II. Dimensiun Art. 230
III. Administraziun e represchentanza Art. 231
IV. Schliaziun
1. Tras decleraziun Art. 232
2. Tenor la lescha Art. 233
3. Tras sentenzia Art. 234
4. Tras maridaglia u tras mort d’in uffant Art. 235
5. Moda da parter Art. 236
C. Cuminanza dals bains limitada
I. Cun separaziun dals bains Art. 237
II. Cun uniun dals bains Art. 238
III. Cuminanza d’acquist
1. Dimensiun Art. 239
2. Participaziun a l’avanzament u a la diminuziun Art. 240
A. Dimensiun Art. 241
B. Proprietad, administraziun ed utilisaziun Art. 242
C. Responsabladad
I. En general Art. 243
II. Concurs dal consort ed impegnaziun Art. 244
D. Entradas ed acquist Art. 245
E. Purtar las grevezzas matrimonialas Art. 246
F. Taglia matrimoniala Art. 247
A. Vigur legala Art. 248
B. Inscripziun
I. Object Art. 249
II. Lieu Art. 250
C. Gestiun dal register. Art. 251
1 [BS 1 3]. Questa disposiziun correspunda a l’art. 122 da la Cst. dals 18 d’avr. 1999 (SR 101).2 Versiun tenor la cifra 2 da l’agiunta da la LF dals 24 da mars 2000 davart la cumpetenza en chaussas civilas, en vigur dapi il 1. da schan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).3 BBl 1904 IV 1, 1907 VI 367
English is not an official language of the Swiss Confederation. This translation is provided for information purposes only and has no legal force.
of 10 December 1907 (Status as of 1 July 2020)
A. Application of the law
1 The law applies according to its wording or interpretation to all legal questions for which it contains a provision.
2 In the absence of a provision, the court1 shall decide in accordance with customary law and, in the absence of customary law, in accordance with the rule that it would make as legislator.
3 In doing so, the court shall follow established doctrine and case law.
1 Term in accordance with No I 1 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). This amendment is taken into consideration throughout the Code.
B. Scope and limits of legal relationships
I. Acting in good faith
1 Every person must act in good faith in the exercise of his or her rights and in the performance of his or her obligations.
2 The manifest abuse of a right is not protected by law.
II. Good faith
1 Where the law makes a legal effect conditional on the good faith of a person, there shall be a presumption of good faith.
2 No person may invoke the presumption of good faith if he or she has failed exercise the diligence required by the circumstances.
III. Judicial1 discretion
Where the law confers discretion on the court or makes reference to an assessment of the circumstances or to good cause, the court must reach its decision in accordance with the principles of justice and equity.
1 Term in accordance with No I 1 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). This amendment is taken into consideration throughout the Code.
C. Federal law and cantonal law
I. Cantonal civil law and local custom
1 Insofar as federal law reserves the application of cantonal law, the cantons may enact or repeal civil law provisions.
2 Where the law makes reference to practice or local custom, the existing cantonal law is deemed a valid expression thereof, provided no divergent practice is shown to exist.
II. Cantonal public law
1 Federal civil law does not restrict the right of the cantons to enact public law.
2 The cantons are entitled within the limits of their sovereignty to restrict or prohibit the trade in certain goods or to declare transactions involving such goods legally invalid.
D. General provisions of the Code of Obligations
The general provisions of the Code of Obligations1 concerning the formation, performance and termination of contracts also apply to other civil law matters.
E. Rules of evidence
I. Burden of proof
Unless the law provides otherwise, the burden of proving the existence of an alleged fact shall rest on the person who derives rights from that fact.
II. Proof by public document
1 Public registers and public deeds constitute full proof of the facts evidenced by them, unless their content is shown to be incorrect.
2 Such proof of incorrectness does not require to be in any particular form.
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Personality in general
I. Legal capacity
1 Every person has legal capacity.
2 Accordingly, within the limits of the law, every person has the same capacity to have rights and obligations.
II. Capacity to act
1. Nature
A person who has capacity to act has the capacity to create rights and obligations through his actions.
2. Requirements
a. In general
A person who is of age and is capable of judgement has the capacity to act.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Majority
A person is of age if he or she has reached the age of 18.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), with effect from 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
c. ...
1 Repealed by No I of the FA of 7 Oct. 1994, with effect from 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
d. Capacity of judgement
A person is capable of judgement within the meaning of the law if he or she does not lack the capacity to act rationally by virtue of being under age or because of a mental disability, mental disorder, intoxication or similar circumstances.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Incapacity
1. In general
A person does not have the capacity to act if he or she is incapable of judgement or is under age or is subject to a general deputyship.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Lack of capacity of judgement
A person who is incapable of judgement cannot create legal effect by his or her actions, unless the law provides otherwise.
3. Persons capable of judgement but lacking the capacity to act.
a. Principle1
1 Persons who are capable of judgement but lack the capacity to act may only enter into obligations or give up rights with the consent of their legal representative.2
2 Without such consent, they may only accept advantages that are free of charge or carry out minor everyday transactions.3
3 They are liable in damages for unpermitted acts.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Consent of the legal representative
1 Unless the law provides otherwise, the legal representative may consent expressly or tacitly in advance or approve the transaction retrospectively.
2 The other party is relieved of any obligation if approval is not given within a reasonable period that he or she fixes or has fixed by a court.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
c. Absence of consent
1 If the legal representative does not grant approval, either party may demand restitution of any performance already made. A person lacking capacity to act is however only liable to the extent that he or she has already benefited from the performance or to which he or she has been enriched at the time of the demand or has alienated the benefits in bad faith.
2 If the person lacking capacity to act has induced the other party to erroneously assume that he or she has the capacity to act, he or she is liable for the damage incurred.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Strictly personal rights
1 Persons capable of judgement but lacking capacity to act exercise their strictly personal rights independently; cases where the law requires the consent of the legal representative are reserved.
2 The legal representative acts for a person lacking capacity of judgement unless a right is so strictly personal that any form of representation is excluded.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
IIIbis. Restriction of the capacity to act
The capacity to act may be restricted by an adult protection measure.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
IV.1 Kinship by blood and by marriage
1. Blood kinship
1 The degree of kinship2 is determined by the number of intermediary generations.
2 Lineal kinship exists between two persons where one is descended from the other and collateral kinship exists between two persons where both are descended from a third person and are not related lineally.
2. Kinship by marriage
1 Where one person is related to another, he or she is related as an in-law to the latter’s spouse or registered partner in the same line and to the same degree.
2 Kinship by marriage is not ended by dissolution of the marriage or of the registered partnership which created it.
1 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Registered Partnership Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
V. Place of origin and domicile
1. Origin
1 The place of origin of a person is determined by his or her citizenship.
2 Citizenship is governed by public law.
3 If a person is a citizen of more than one place, his or her place of origin is the one in which he or she is or was most recently resident or, in the absence of any such residence, the one in which he or she or his or her ancestors last acquired citizenship.
2. Domicile
a. Definition
1 A person’s domicile is the place in which he or she resides with the intention of settling; residence for the purpose of education or the accommodation of a person in an educative institution or care home, a hospital or a penal institution does not by itself establish domicile.1
2 No person may have more than one domicile at a time.
3 This provision does not apply to places of business.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Change of domicile, temporary residence
1 A person retains his or her domicile until such time as a new one is acquired.
2 A person’s domicile is deemed to be the place in which he or she is temporarily resident if no previously established domicile may be proven or if he or she was formerly resident abroad and has not yet established a domicile in Switzerland.
c. Domicile of minors2
1 The domicile of a child subject to parental responsibility3 is deemed to be that of the parents or, if the parents have different domiciles, that of the parent with whom the child is resident; in all other cases it is deemed to be the child’s temporary domicile.
2 Children under guardianship are domiciled at the seat of the child protection authority.4
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Term in accordance with No I 1 of the FA of 26 June 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). This amendment is taken into consideration throughout the Code.
4 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
d. Persons in institutions
Adults subject to a general deputyship are domiciled at the location of the adult protection authority.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Protection of legal personality
I. Against excessive restriction1
1 No person may, wholly or in part, renounce his or her legal capacity or his or her capacity to act.
2 No person may surrender his or her freedom or restrict the use of it to a degree which violates the law or public morals.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
II. Against infringements
1. Principle
1 Any person whose personality rights are unlawfully infringed may petition the court for protection against all those causing the infringement.
2 An infringement is unlawful unless it is justified by the consent of the person whose rights are infringed or by an overriding private or public interest or by law.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2. Actions
a. In general2
1 The applicant may ask the court:
2 In particular the applicant may request that the rectification or the judgment be notified to third parties or published.
3 Claims for damages and satisfaction and for handing over profits in accordance with the provisions governing agency without authority are reserved.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the Personality against Violence, Threats and Harassment), in force since 1 July 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
b. Violence, threats or harassment
1 To obtain protection from violence, threats or harassment, the applicant may request the court in particular to order the offending party to refrain from:
2 If the applicant lives in the same dwelling as the offending party, the applicant may ask the court to order the offending party to leave the dwelling for a specified period. This period may be extended on one occasion for good cause.
3 Where justified by the circumstances, the court may:
3bis It shall give notice of its decision to the competent child and adult protection authorities, the competent cantonal authority under paragraph 4 and other authorities and third parties, provided this appears necessary in order to fulfil its responsibilities or for the protection of the applicant, or enables the decision to be enforced.2
4 The cantons shall designate an authority which in urgent cases may order the immediate expulsion of the offending party from the joint dwelling and shall enact rules governing the procedure.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636). Amended by No I of the FA of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the Personality against Violence, Threats and Harassment), in force since 1 July 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 14 Dec. 2018 on Improving the Protection given to Victims of Violence, in force since 1 July 2020 (AS 2019 2273; BBl 2017 7307).
3. ...
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636). Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
4. Right of reply
a. Principle2
1 Any person whose personality rights are directly affected by a representation of events in periodically appearing media, especially the press, radio or television, shall have a right of reply.
2 There is no right of reply in respect of accurate reports of the public dealings of an authority in which the affected person took part.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the Personality against Violence, Threats and Harassment), in force since 1 July 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
b. Form and content
1 The text of the reply must be succinct and confine itself to the subject matter of the contentious representation.
2 The reply may be refused if it is plainly incorrect or violates the law or public morals.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
c. Procedure
1 The author of the reply must send the text to the media company within 20 days of learning of the contentious representation, but at the latest within three months of publication.
2 The media company must immediately inform the author of the reply when it will be published or why it is rejected.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
d. Publication
1 The reply must be published as soon as possible and in such a manner as to ensure that it reaches the same audience or readership as the contentious representation.
2 The reply must be identified as such; the media company is not permitted to make any addition except to state whether it stands by its representation or to indicate its sources.
3 The reply must be published free of charge.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
e. Recourse to the courts
1 If the media company obstructs the right of reply, rejects the reply or fails to publish it correctly, the party in question may petition the court.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 16 Dec. 1983, in force since 1 July 1985 (AS 1984 778; BBl 1982 II 636).
2 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
III. Right to use one’s name
1. Protection of one’s name
1 If a person’s use of his or her name is disputed, he or she may apply for a court declaration confirming his rights.
2 If a person is adversely affected because another person is using his or her name, he or she may seek an order prohibiting such use and, if the user is at fault, may bring a claim for damages and, where justified by the nature of the infringement, for satisfaction.
2. Change of name
a. General1
1 The government of the canton of residence may permit a person to change his or her name for good cause.2
3 A person adversely affected by a change of name may contest the same in court within one year of learning thereof.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
3 Repealed by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), with effect from 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
b. On the death of a spouse
A person whose spouse dies may, if that person changed his or her surname on marriage, at any time declare before the civil registrar the wish to revert to the name by which he or she was known prior to the marriage.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
C. Beginning and end of personality rights
I. Birth and death
1 Personality rights begin on the birth of the living child and end on death.
2 An unborn child has legal capacity provided that it survives birth.
II. Proof
1. Burden of proof
1 Any person who, in exercising a right, relies on the fact that another person is living or has died or was alive at a particular time or survived another person must produce evidence thereof.
2 If it cannot be proved that, of a group of several deceased persons, one survived another, all are deemed to have died at the same time.
2. Evidence
a. In general
1 Proof of the birth or death of a person is established by the records kept by the civil register.
2 If records are missing or shown to be incorrect, proof may be adduced in another form.
b. Presumption of death
The death of a person is deemed proven, even if no-one has seen the corpse, if that person has disappeared in circumstances in which his death may be considered certain.
III. Declaration of presumed death
1. In general
1 If it is highly probable that a person is dead because he or she has disappeared in extremely life-threatening circumstances or has been missing for a lengthy period without any sign of life, the court may declare that person presumed dead on application by any person deriving rights from his or her death.
1 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2. Procedure
1 The application may be made when at least one year has elapsed since the life-threatening event or five years have elapsed since the last sign of life.
2 The court must, by suitable public means, call on any person who may provide information about the missing person to come forward within a specified period.
3 The period shall run for at least one year following the first public notice.
3. Failure of application
If the missing person comes forward within the set period or if news of the missing person is received or if the date of his or her death is proved, the application fails.
4. Effect
1 If no news is received during the set period, the missing person is declared presumed dead and rights derived from the fact of his or her death may be enforced as if death were proven.
2 The declaration of presumed death has retroactive effect from the time of the life-threatening event or the last sign of life.
3 A declaration of presumed death dissolves a marriage.1
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
A. Registers
I. In general
1 Civil status is recorded in an electronic register (civil register).
2 Civil status includes in particular:
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Registration of Civil Status and Land Register), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
II. Duty to notify1
1 The Federal Council determines which persons and authorities have a duty to furnish the information necessary to record civil status.
2 It may provide that breaches of said duty be punishable by fines.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic civil register), in force since 1 July 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
2 Repealed by No I of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic civil register), with effect from 1 July 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
III. Proof of undisputed information
1 Where documentary proof of information concerning civil status is required but is impossible or unreasonably difficult to obtain despite making reasonable efforts, the cantonal supervisory authority may accept a declaration made in the presence of the registrar as proof provided such information is not disputed.
2 The registrar shall remind any person making such a declaration of his or her duty to tell the truth and that a false declaration may lead to prosecution.
IV. Rectification
1. By court order
1 Any person who satisfies the court that he or she has a personal interest warranting protection may seek an order for the registration of disputed information concerning personal status or the rectification or removal of an entry. The court shall hear the relevant cantonal supervisory authority, to which it shall notify its judgment.
2 The cantonal supervisory authorities are likewise entitled to make such applications.
2. By the register authorities
The register authorities must of their own accord rectify mistakes resulting from an obvious oversight or error.
V. Data protection and disclosure
1 In relation to the registration of civil status, the Federal Council is responsible for safeguarding the personality and constitutional rights of persons in respect of whom data is processed.
2 It regulates the disclosure of data to private persons who may show a direct interest warranting protection.
3 It stipulates those authorities, in addition to the register authorities, to whom the data necessary for the performance of their legal duties may be disclosed periodically or on request. The disclosure provisions under cantonal law are reserved.
3bis The register authorities are required to report to the competent authority any criminal offences that come to their attention while carrying out their official duties.2
4 The following bodies have online access to data required for proving the identity of a person:
1 Introduced by No I of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic civil register), in force since 1 July 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
2 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 15 June 2012 on Measures against Forced Marriages, in force since 1 July 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
3 SR 143.1
4 Amended by Annex 1 No 4 of the FA of 13 June 2008 on the Federal Police Information Systems, in force since 5 Dec. 2008 (AS 2008 4989; BBl 2006 5061).
5 SR 361
6 Now: Art. 365.
7 Currently the Federal Office of Police.
8 Inserted by Annex No II 4 of the Intelligence Service Act of 25 Sept. 2015, in force since 1 Sept. 2017 (AS 2017 4095; BBl 2014 2105).
9 SR 121
10 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Registration of Civil Status and Land Register), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
11 SR 431.02
12 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Registration of Civil Status and Land Register), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
13 SR 831.10
14 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Registration of Civil Status and Land Register), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
15 SR 235.2
B. Organisation
I. Civil register authorities
1. Civil registrars
1 In particular, the registrars shall perform the following tasks:
2 Exceptionally, the Federal Council may entrust a representative of Switzerland abroad with these tasks.
2. Supervisory authorities
1 Each canton shall appoint a supervisory authority.
2 In particular, the supervisory authority shall perform the following tasks:
3 The Confederation is responsible for oversight. It may have recourse to cantonal appeal procedures against the decisions of the registrars and the supervisory authorities.1
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic civil register), in force since 1 July 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
Ia. Central civil information system
1 The Confederation shall operate and develop a central civil information system for running a centralised civil register.
2 The Confederation bears the operating and development costs.
3 The cantons shall pay the Confederation an annual fee for the use of the system for the purposes of managing the register of civil status.
4 The Confederation shall involve the cantons in the development of the system and provide technical support in its use.
6 It may provide for the costs of services for third parties for purposes unrelated to civil status matters to be charged to these third parties.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic civil register) (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639). Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Registration of Civil Status and Land Register), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
II. Liability
1 Any person suffering loss caused unlawfully by persons employed in the civil register service in the exercise of their official duties is entitled to damages and, where justified by the gravity of the loss, to satisfaction.
2 The canton is liable; it may have recourse against persons who have caused loss wilfully or through gross negligence.
3 The Government Liability Act of 14 March 19581 applies in relation to persons employed by the Confederation.
III. Disciplinary measures
1 Wilful or negligent breaches of official duty by persons working in civil register offices are subject to disciplinary measures taken by the cantonal supervisory authority.
2 Disciplinary measures shall consist of reprimands, fines of up to CHF 1000 or, in serious cases, removal from office.
3 The right to prosecute is reserved.
C. Implementing provisions
I. Federal law
1 The Federal Council issues the provisions on implementation.
2 In particular it regulates:
2. the use of the OASI number in accordance with Article 50c of the Federal Act of 20 December 19461 on the Old-Age and Survivors' Insurance for the purpose of electronic data exchange between official registers of persons;
3. the maintenance of the register;
3 To ensure technically reliable implementation the Federal Council may set minimum requirements for the basic and continuing education and training of personnel in the civil register service and for the function of registrar.
4 It determines the fees charged by the civil register service.
5 It determines the conditions on which it is permissible by electronic means:
1 SR 831.10
2 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Register Harmonisation Act of 23 June 2006, in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2006 4165; BBl 2006 427).
3 Inserted by No I of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic Civil Register), in force since 1 July 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
II. Cantonal law
1 The cantons define the civil register districts.
2 They enact the provisions necessary for implementation within the framework of federal law.
3 Such cantonal provisions, with the exception of those concerning remuneration of personnel, are subject to approval by the Confederation.
Repealed
A. Legal personality
1 Associations of persons organised as corporate bodies and independent bodies with a specific purpose acquire legal personality on being entered in the commercial register.
2 Public law corporations and bodies, and associations that do not have a commercial purpose do not require registration.1
3 Associations of persons and bodies which pursue an immoral or unlawful purpose may not acquire legal personality.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 12 Dec. 2014 on the Implementation of the 2012 Revision of the Recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force, in force since 1 Jan. 2016 (AS 2015 1389; BBl 2014 605).
B. Legal capacity
Legal entities have all the rights and duties other than those which presuppose intrinsically human attributes, such as gender, age or kinship.
C. Capacity to act
I. Requirements
Legal entities have capacity to act once the governing bodies required by law and their articles of association have been appointed.
II. Action on behalf of the legal entity
1 The governing bodies express the will of the legal entity.
2 They bind the legal entity by concluding transactions and by their other actions.
3 The governing officers are also personally liable for their wrongful acts.
D. Seat
The seat of the legal entity is located where its administration is carried out, unless its articles of association provide otherwise.
1 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
E. Dissolution
I. Application of assets
1 On dissolution of a legal entity, and unless provided otherwise by law, the articles of association, the founding charter or the governing bodies, its assets pass to the state authority (Confederation, canton, commune) to which the entity had been assigned according to its objects.
2 Such assets must be used as far as possible for the original purpose.
3 Where a legal entity is dissolved due to its pursuit of immoral or unlawful objects, the assets pass to the state authority even where contrary provision has been made.1
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
II. Liquidation
The procedure for liquidating the assets of the legal entity is governed by the regulations for cooperatives.
F. Reservation of public law and company law
1 Public and ecclesiastical corporations and institutions are governed by federal and cantonal public law.
2 Associations of persons which pursue a commercial purpose are subject to the provisions on companies and cooperatives.
3 Common land cooperatives and similar bodies remain subject to the provisions of cantonal law.
A. Formation
I. Corporate group of persons
1 Associations with a political, religious, scientific, cultural, charitable, social or other non-commercial purpose acquire legal personality as soon as their intention to exist as a corporate body is apparent from their articles of association.
2 The articles of association must be done in writing and indicate the objects of the association, its resources and its organisation.
II. Entry in the commercial register1
1 Once the articles of association have been ratified and the committee appointed, the association is eligible for entry in the commercial register.
2 The association must be registered if it:
3 The articles of association and a list of committee members must be enclosed with the application for registration.
1 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
III. Associations lacking legal personality
Associations which cannot acquire or have not yet acquired legal personality are treated as simple partnerships.
IV. Relationship between articles of association and the law
1 Where the articles of association do not provide rules for the association’s organisation or its relationship with its members, the following provisions apply.
2 Mandatory provisions of law cannot be altered by the articles of association.
B. Organisation
I. General meeting
1. Function, convening of meetings
1 The general meeting of members is the supreme governing body of the association.
2 The general meeting is called by the committee.
3 General meetings must be convened in accordance with the rules set out in the articles of association and also, as required by law, if one-fifth of the members so request.
2. Powers
1 The general meeting of members decides on admission and exclusion of members, appoints the committee and decides all matters which are not reserved to other governing bodies of the association.
2 It supervises the activities of the governing bodies and may at any time dismiss the latter without prejudice to any contractual rights of those dismissed.
3 The right of dismissal exists by law whenever justified by good cause.
3. Resolutions
a. Form
1 Resolutions are passed by the general meeting.
2 The written consent of all members to a proposal is equivalent to a resolution of the general meeting.
b. Voting rights and majority
1 All members have equal voting rights at the general meeting.
2 Resolutions require a majority of the votes of the members present.
3 Resolutions may be taken on matters for which proper notice has not been given only where this is expressly permitted by the articles of association.
c. Exclusion from voting
Each member is by law excluded from voting on any resolution concerning a transaction or dispute between him or her, his or her spouse or a lineal relative on the one hand and the association on the other.
II. Committee
1. Rights and duties in general1
The committee is entitled and obliged as defined under the articles of association to manage and represent the association.
1 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2. Accounting
The committee shall maintain the association’s business ledgers. The provisions of the Code of Obligations2 on commercial bookkeeping and accounting apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names) (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969). Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 23 Dec. 2011 (Accounting Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 6679; BBl 2008 1589).
2 SR 220
III. Auditors
1 The association must submit its accounts to a full audit by external auditors if two of the following figures are exceeded in two successive business years:
2 The association must submit its accounts to a limited audit by external auditors if a member with personal liability or an obligation to provide further capital so requests.
3 The provisions of the Code of Obligations2 on external auditors for companies apply mutatis mutandis.
4 In all other cases the articles of association and the general meeting3 are free to make such auditing arrangements as they deem fit.
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 SR 220
3 Corrected by the Federal Assembly Drafting Committee (Art. 58 para. 1 ParlA; SR 171.10).
IV. Organisational defects
1 If the association lacks one of the prescribed governing bodies, a member or a creditor may apply to the court for an order that the necessary measures be taken.
2 In particular, the court may set the association a time limit in which to restore the situation required by law and may, if necessary, appoint an administrator.
3 The association bears the cost of such measures. The court may order the association to make an advance payment to the persons appointed.
4 For good cause, the association may apply to the court for the removal of the persons it appointed.
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
C. Membership
I. Admission, resignation
1 Members may be admitted at any time.
2 All members have a legal right to resign subject to six months’ notice expiring at the end of the calendar year or, if an administrative period is provided for, at the end of such period.
3 Membership is neither transferable nor heritable.
II. Duty to pay subscriptions
Members have a duty to pay subscriptions if the articles of association so provide.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 Dec. 2004 (Determination of Subscription Duties for Association Members), in force since 1 June 2005 (AS 2005 2117; BBl 2004 4835 4843).
III. Exclusion
1 The articles of association may specify the grounds on which a member may be excluded, but exclusion may also occur without reasons being given.
2 In such cases, the exclusion may not be challenged based on the reasons.
3 Unless the articles of association provide otherwise, exclusion requires a resolution by the members and good cause.
IV. Status of former members
1 Members who resign or are excluded have no claim on the assets of the association.
2 They are liable for the subscriptions due during the period of their membership.
V. Protection of the objects of the association
No member may be forced against his or her will to accept a change in the objects of the association.
VI. Protection of members
Any member who has not consented to a resolution which infringes the law or the articles of association is entitled by law to challenge such resolution in court within one month of learning thereof.
Cbis. Liability
The association is liable for its obligations with its assets. Such liability is limited to the assets unless the articles of association provide otherwise.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 Dec. 2004 (Determination of Subscription Duties for Association Members), in force since 1 June 2005 (AS 2005 2117; BBl 2004 4835 4843).
D. Dissolution
I. Manner of dissolution
1. By resolution
The association may be dissolved at any time by resolution of the members.
2. By operation of law
The association is dissolved by operation of law if it is insolvent or if the committee may no longer be appointed in accordance with the articles of association.
3. By court order
Where the objects of the association are unlawful or immoral, the competent authority or an interested party may apply for a court order of dissolution.
II. Deletion from the commercial register
Where the association is registered, the committee or the court shall inform the commercial registrar of the dissolution so that the entry may be deleted.
A. Formation
I. In general
A foundation is established by the endowment of assets for a particular purpose.
II. Form of establishment
1 A foundation may be created by public deed or by testamentary disposition.1
2 The foundation is entered in the commercial register based on its charter and, as the case may be, in accordance with any directions issued by the supervisory authority, and the entry must indicate the members of the board of trustees.
3 The probate authority shall inform the commercial registrar of the creation of the foundation by testamentary disposition.2
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
III. Challenge
A foundation may be challenged by the founder’s heirs or creditors in the same manner as a gift.
B. Organisation
I. In general
The foundation charter shall stipulate the foundation’s governing bodies and the manner in which it is to be administered.
1 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
II. Bookkeeping
1 The supreme governing body of the foundation shall maintain its business ledgers. The provisions of the Code of Obligations2 on commercial bookkeeping and accounting apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations) (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191). Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 23 Dec. 2011 (Accounting Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 6679; BBl 2008 1589).
2 SR 220
III. Auditors
1. Duty of audit and applicable law
1 The board of trustees shall appoint external auditors.
2 The supervisory authority may exempt a foundation from the duty to appoint external auditors. The Federal Council determines the conditions for such exemption.
3 Where there are no special provisions for foundations, the provisions of the Code of Obligations2 on external auditors for public limited companies apply mutatis mutandis.
4 If the foundation has a duty to carry out a limited audit, the supervisory authority may require a full audit where necessary for a reliable assessment of the foundation’s financial situation.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations) (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191). Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 SR 220
2. Supervisory authority
The external auditors must provide the supervisory authority with a copy of the audit report and all important communications with the foundation.
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
IV. Organisational defects
1 If the planned system of organisation proves inadequate or if the foundation lacks one of the prescribed governing bodies or one such body is not lawfully constituted, the supervisory authority must take the necessary measures. In particular it may:
2 In the event that the foundation is unable to organise itself effectively, the supervisory authority shall transfer its assets to another foundation with as similar objects as possible.
3 The foundation bears the cost of such measures. The supervisory authority may require the foundation to make an advance payment to the persons appointed.
4 For good cause, the foundation may request the supervisory authority to remove persons whom it has appointed.
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
C. Supervision
1 Foundations are supervised by the state authority (Confederation, canton, commune) to which they are assigned.
1bis The cantons may subject foundations at communal level to supervision at cantonal level.1
2 The supervisory authority must ensure that the foundation’s assets are used for their declared purpose.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
Cbis. Measures in the event of overindebtedness and insolvency
1 Where there are grounds for concern that the foundation is overindebted or will no longer be able to meet its obligations in the longer term, its board of trustees must draw up an interim balance sheet at liquidation values and submit it to the external auditors. If the foundation has no external auditors, the board of trustees must submit the interim balance sheet to the supervisory authority.
2 If the external auditors establish that the foundation is overindebted or will no longer be able to meet its obligations in the longer term, it must submit the interim balance sheet to the supervisory authority.
3 The supervisory authority shall direct the board of trustees to take the necessary measures. If it fails to do so, the supervisory authority takes such measures itself.
4 If necessary, the supervisory authority shall take legal enforcement measures; the provisions of company law on commencement or deferral of compulsory dissolution apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations) (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191). Repealed by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), with effect from 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
D. Modification of the foundation
I. Reorganisation
At the request of the supervisory authority and having heard the board of trustees, the competent federal or cantonal authority may modify the foundation’s organisation where such a step is urgently required in order to preserve the foundation’s assets or safeguard the pursuit of its objects.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law on Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
II. Amendment of objects
1. Request by the supervisory authority or the board of trustees1
1 At the request of the supervisory authority or the board of trustees, the competent federal or cantonal authority may amend the objects of the foundation where the original objects have altered in significance or effect to such an extent that the foundation has plainly become estranged from the founder’s intentions.2
2 Subject to the same requirements, conditions that are detrimental to the objects of the foundation may be revoked or amended.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
2. At the founder’s request or in accordance with his testamentary disposition
1 The competent federal or cantonal authority shall amend the objects of the foundation at the founder’s request or in accordance with his or her testamentary disposition, provided that the charter reserves the right to amend the objects and that at least ten years have elapsed since the foundation was established or since the last amendment requested by the founder.
2 Where the foundation pursues public or charitable objects within the meaning of Art. 56 lit. g of the Federal Act of 14 December 1990 on Direct Federal Taxation2, such new objects must likewise be public or charitable.
3 The right to amend a foundation’s objects is neither transferable nor heritable. If the founder is a legal entity, the right extinguishes at the latest 20 years after the establishment of the foundation.
4 Joint founders may only jointly request an amendment of the foundation’s objects.
5 The probate authority shall inform the competent authority of any testamentary disposition concerning the amendment of the foundation’s objects.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
2 SR 642.11
III. Minor amendments to the charter
Having heard the board of trustees, the supervisory authority may make minor amendments to the foundation charter provided these are objectively justified and do not impair the rights of any third party.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
E. Family and ecclesiastical foundations
1 Family and ecclesiastical foundations are not subject to supervision, unless otherwise provided by public law.
1bis They are exempt from the duty to appoint external auditors.1
2 Private law disputes are decided by the courts.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
F. Dissolution and deletion from the register
I. Dissolution by the competent authority
1 The competent federal or cantonal authority shall dissolve the foundation on application or of its own accord if:
2 Family and ecclesiastical foundations shall be dissolved by court order.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
II. Right to apply for dissolution, deletion from the register
1 Any interested party may file an application or bring an action for the dissolution of a foundation.
2 Dissolution must be reported to the commercial registrar so that the entry may be deleted.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 8 Oct. 2004 (Law of Foundations), in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 4545; BBl 2003 8153 8191).
G. Employee benefits schemes2
1 The following additional provisions apply to employee benefits schemes established in accordance with Art. 331 of the Code of Obligations3 in the form of a foundation.4
2 The foundation’s governing bodies must furnish the beneficiaries with the necessary information concerning the foundation’s organisation, activities and assets.
3 If employees pay contributions into the benefits scheme, they are entitled to participate in its administration at least in proportion to their contributions; wherever possible, the employees must elect their representative from among their employer’s personnel.5
5 The beneficiaries may sue the foundation for the distribution of benefits if they have paid contributions into it or if according to the foundation’s regulations they have a legal entitlement to such benefits.
6 For employee benefits schemes providing old age, survivors’ and invalidity pensions which are subject to the Vested Benefits Act of 17 December 19937 (VBA), the provisions of the Federal Act of 25 June 1982 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors’ and Invalidity Pension Provision (OPA)8 on the following matters apply:9
7 For employee benefits schemes providing old age, survivors’ and invalidity pensions but which are not subject to the VBA, such as employer-sponsored welfare funds with discretionary benefits and financing foundations, only the following provisions of the OPA apply:
8 For employee benefits schemes under paragraph 7, the following provisions also apply:
1 Inserted by No II of the FA of 21 March 1958, in force since 1 July 1958 (AS 1958 379; BBl 1956 II 825). Originally Art. 89bis, until the entry into force of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Amended by No II Art. 2 No 1 of the FA of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Jan. 1972 (AS 1971 1465; BBl 1967 II 241).
3 SR 220
4 Amended by No II Art. 2 No 1 of the FA of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Jan. 1972 (AS 1971 1465; BBl 1967 II 241).
5 Amended by No II Art. 2 No 1 of the FA of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Jan. 1972 (AS 1971 1465; BBl 1967 II 241).
6 Repealed by No III of the FA of 21 June 1996, with effect from 1 Jan. 1997 (AS 1996 3067; BBl 1996 I 564 580).
7 SR 831.42
8 SR 831.40
9 Amended by No I of the FA of 25 Sept. 2015 (Employee Benefits Schemes), in force since 1 April 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
10 Amended by No II 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Measures to Facilitate the Employment of Older Persons), in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 4427; BBl 2007 5669).
11 Amended by No I of the FA of 25 Sept. 2015 (Employee Benefits Schemes), in force since 1 April 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
12 Inserted by Annex No 2 of the FA of 18 March 2011 (6th InvI Revision, first set of measures) (AS 2011 5659; BBl 2010 1817). Amended by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
13 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
14 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 4635; BBl 2003 6399).
15 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
16 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 23 June 2006 (New OASI Insurance Number), in force since 1 Dec. 2007 (AS 2007 5259; BBl 2006 501).
17 Amended by No II 1 of the FA of 19 March 2010 (OPA Structural Reform), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
18 Amended by No II 1 of the FA of 19 March 2010 (OPA Structural Reform), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
19 Amended by No II of the FA of 20 Dec. 2006 (Change of Employee Benefits Scheme), in force since 1 May 2007 (AS 2007 1803 1805; BBl 2005 5941 5953).
20 Amended by No II 1 of the FA of 19 March 2010 (OPA Structural Reform), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
21 Repealed by No II 1 of the FA of 19 March 2010 (OPA Structural Reform), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 3393; BBl 2007 5669).
22 Amended by No II 1 of the FA of 17 Dec. 2010 (Funding of benefits schemes for public corporations), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 3385; BBl 2008 8411).
23 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 25 June 1982 on Old Age, Survivors’ and Disability Insurance (AS 1983 797; BBl 1976 I 149). Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 3 Oct. 2003 (1st revision of OPA), No 6, 7, 10–12, 14 (with the exception of Art. 66 para. 4), 15, 17–20 and 23 in force since 1 April 2004, No 3–5, 8, 9, 13, 14 (Art. 66 para. 4) and 16 in force since 1 Jan. 2005, No 1, 21 and 22 in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2004 1677; BBl 2000 2637).
24 Inserted by No I of the FA of 25 Sept. 2015 (Employee Benefits Schemes), in force since 1 April 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
25 Inserted by No I of the FA of 25 Sept. 2015 (Employee Benefits Schemes), in force since 1 April 2016 (AS 2016 935; BBl 2014 6143 6649).
A. No management
1 In the case of a public collection for charitable purposes, if no arrangements have been made for the management or use of the collective assets, the competent authority shall take the required measures.
2 It may appoint an administrator for the collective assets or allocate the assets to an association or a foundation with objects that are as similar as possible.
3 The administrator is subject, mutatis mutandis, to the regulations on deputyships in context of adult protection.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).2 Corrected by the Federal Assembly Drafting Committee (Art. 58 Abs. 1 ParlA; SR 171.10).3 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Betrothal
1 Engagement is constituted by mutual promises to marry.
2 Minors incur no obligation through betrothal without the consent of their legal representative.1
3 Engagement does not give rise to any actionable obligation to marry.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Ending the engagement
I. Gifts
1 If the engagement is ended, the engaged parties may demand the return of gifts made to each other, with the exception of the usual occasional gifts, unless the engagement has ended as a result of death.
2 Where such gifts are no longer at hand, restitution is subject to the provisions governing unjust enrichment.
II. Duty to contribute
If one of the engaged couple has in good faith incurred expense in anticipation of the marriage ceremony and the engagement is then ended, that party may claim a reasonable contribution from the other where this is not inequitable in the overall circumstances.
III. Prescription
Claims arising from the engagement prescribe one year from the ending of the engagement.
A. Capacity to marry
1 To be able to marry, the prospective spouses must have reached 18 years of age and have the capacity of judgement.
1 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), with effect from 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Impediments
I. Kinship1
1 Marriage between lineal relatives and between siblings or half-siblings, whether related to each other by parentage or adoption, is prohibited.2
2 Adoption does not remove the impediment to marriage constituted by kinship between the adopted child and his issue on the one hand and his adoptive family on the other.
1 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Civil Partnerships Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
2 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Civil Partnerships Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
II. Previous marriage
A person wishing to remarry must prove that any previous marriage has been annulled or dissolved.
A. General principles
1 The wedding ceremony takes place in the presence of the civil registrar after the preparatory procedure has been taken.
2 The engaged couple may marry in the civil register district of their choice.
3 No religious wedding ceremony is permitted prior to the civil ceremony.
Abis. Circumvention of the legislation on foreign nationals
1 The civil registrar shall not consider a request for marriage if the bride or groom clearly has no intention of living together but wishes to circumvent the provisions on the admission and residence of foreign nationals.
2 The civil registrar shall grant a hearing to the prospective spouses and may obtain information from other authorities or third parties.
1 Inserted by Annex No II 4 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 on Foreign Nationals, in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 5437; BBl 2002 3709).
B. Preparatory procedure
I. Request
1 The preparatory procedure is carried out at the civil register office at the domicile of the bride or groom at their request.
2 They must appear in person. If they may show that they clearly cannot be required to do so, the preparatory procedure may be carried out in writing.
3 They must furnish documentary proof of identity and personally declare at the civil register office that they satisfy the legal requirements for marriage; they must also produce any necessary consent.
4 Engaged couples who are not Swiss citizens must prove during the preparatory procedure that they are lawfully resident in Switzerland.1
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 12 June 2009 (Prevention of Marriages in the event of Unlawful Residence), in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 3057; BBl 2008 2467 2481).
II. Conduct and completion of the preparatory procedure
1 The civil register office verifies that:
2 Provided these requirements are fulfilled, the civil register office shall inform the betrothed parties that the preparatory procedure has been completed and of the legally prescribed time limits for holding the wedding ceremony.2
3 After consulting the engaged couple and in conformity with cantonal regulations, the civil register office sets the date of the wedding ceremony or, upon request, authorises that it may be conducted in another civil register district.
4 The civil register office must inform the competent authority of the identity of any engaged couple who have not proven that they are lawfully resident in Switzerland.3
1 Amended by No I 3 of the FA of 15 June 2012 on Measures against Forced Marriages, in force since 1 July 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 28 Sept. 2018, in force since 1 Jan. 2020 (AS 2019 3813; BBl 2017 6769).
3 Inserted by No I of the FA of 12 June 2009 (Prevention of Marriages in the event of Unlawful Residence), in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 3057; BBl 2008 2467 2481).
III. Time limits
The wedding ceremony may take place within three months following notification of completion of the preparatory procedure.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 28 Sept. 2018, in force since 1 Jan. 2020 (AS 2019 3813; BBl 2017 6769).
C. Wedding ceremony
I. Venue
1 The wedding ceremony takes place at the wedding venue of the civil register district chosen by the engaged couple.
2 Where the preparatory procedure was conducted in a different civil register district, the engaged couple must produce a marriage licence.
3 If the engaged couple show that they cannot reasonably be required to appear at the official venue, the wedding may take place at another location.
II. Form
1 A wedding is a public ceremony that takes place in the presence of two adult witnesses who are capable of judgement.1
2 The civil registrar asks the bride and groom individually whether each wishes to marry the other.
3 If both answer in the affirmative, they are pronounced married by mutual consent.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
D. Implementing provisions
The Federal Council and, within the scope of their powers, the cantons shall enact the necessary implementing provisions.
A. General principle
A marriage contracted before a civil registrar may be annulled only on one of the grounds provided in this chapter.
B. Annulment not subject to a time limit
I. Grounds
Grounds for annulment are:
1 Footnote relevant to German text only.
2 Amended by No 8 of the Civil Partnerships Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2006 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
3 Inserted by Annex No II 4 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 on Foreign Nationals, in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 5437; BBl 2002 3709).
4 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 15 June 2012 on Measures against Forced Marriages, in force since 1 July 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
5 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 15 June 2012 on Measures against Forced Marriages, in force since 1 July 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
II. Action for annulment
1 An action for annulment is brought ex officio by the competent cantonal authority at the domicile of the spouses; in addition, any interested party is entitled to bring such action. Provided this is compatible with their duties, the federal and cantonal authorities shall contact the authority competent for the action if they have reason to believe that there are grounds for annulment.1
2 If the marriage has been otherwise dissolved, the authority may no longer seek an annulment ex officio; however, any interested party may seek a declaration of annulment.
3 An action for annulment may be brought at any time.
1 Last sentence inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 15 June 2012 on Measures against Forced Marriages, in force since 1 July 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
C. Annulment subject to a time limit
I. Grounds
A spouse may seek a declaration of annulment if he or she:
1 Repealed by No I 3 of the FA of 15 June 2012 on Measures against Forced– Marriages, with effect from 1 July 2013 (AS 2013 1035; BBl 2011 2185).
II. Action for annulment
1 An action for annulment must be brought within six months of learning of the grounds for annulment or of the date on which the threat ceased, but in any event within five years of the wedding.
2 The right to bring an action for annulment does not pass to heirs; however, an heir may continue an action already brought.
D. Effects of judgment
1 A marriage does not become invalid until a court has declared it annulled; prior to such judgment it has all the effects of a valid marriage with the exception of claims under inheritance law, which in any event the surviving spouse loses.
2 The provisions governing divorce apply mutatis mutandis to the effects of a court declaration of annulment on the spouses and their children.
3 The presumption of paternity in favour of the husband does not apply if the marriage is annulled because it served to circumvent the provisions on the admission and residence of foreign nationals.1
1 Inserted by Annex No II 4 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 on Foreign Nationals, in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 5437; BBl 2002 3709).
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Divorce by joint request
I. Comprehensive agreement
1 Where the spouses jointly request divorce and submit a comprehensive agreement on the consequences of the divorce along with any necessary documents and with joint applications in respect of the children, the court shall hear the spouses both separately and together. The hearing may comprise two or more sessions.
2 If the court is persuaded that desire for divorce and the agreement are the product of free will and careful reflection and that the agreement with the applications in respect of the children may be approved, the court shall issue the divorce decree.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 25 Sept. 2009 (Reflection Period in Divorce Proceedings by joint Application), in force since 1 Feb. 2010 (AS 2010 281; BBl 2008 1959 1975).
II. Partial agreement
1 The spouses may jointly request divorce and ask the court to decide matters on which they cannot reach agreement.
2 As in the case of comprehensive agreement, the court shall hear the parties on those consequences of the divorce on which they have reached agreement and on their request that the remaining consequences be decided by the court.
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Divorce at the petition of one spouse
I. After living apart
A spouse may petition for divorce if, at the time the petition is filed or at the time the divorce request is replaced by a divorce petition, the spouses have lived apart for at least two years.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 (Separation Period in Divorce Law), in force since 1 June 2004 (AS 2004 2161; BBl 2003 3927 5825).
II. Irretrievable breakdown
Prior to the expiry of the two-year period, a spouse may petition for divorce if the marriage has irretrievably broken down for compelling reasons for which he or she is not responsible.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 (Separation Period in Divorce Law), in force since 1 June 2004 (AS 2004 2161; BBl 2003 3927 5825).
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Requirements and procedure
1 Spouses may petition for a separation decree subject to the same requirements as apply to divorce.
3 The right to petition for divorce is unaffected by the separation decree.
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Effects of separation
1 By operation of the law, the separation decree implements the marital property separation of property regime.
2 Otherwise, the provisions governing measures for the protection of the marital union apply mutatis mutandis.
A. Civil status of divorced spouses
1 A spouse who has changed his or her surname on marriage retains that surname following divorce; he or she may at any time declare before the civil registrar the wish to revert to the name by which he or she was known prior to the marriage.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
B. Marital property law and inheritance law
1 The provisions of marital property law apply to the division of marital property.
2 Divorced spouses have no rights of inheritance in relation to each other and may not make claims based on testamentary dispositions made before their divorce proceedings were made pending.
C. Family home
1 If a spouse must remain in the family home because of the children or for other compelling reasons, the court may transfer the rights and obligations under the tenancy agreement to that spouse provided this is not inequitable for the other.
2 The previous tenant is jointly and severally liable for payment of the rent up to the date on which the tenancy ends or may be terminated pursuant to the tenancy agreement or by law, but for a maximum period of two years; if an action is brought to recover rent due, he or she is entitled to set off the amount paid in instalments equal to the amount of the monthly rent against any maintenance payments owed to the other spouse.
3 If the home belongs to the family of one of the spouses, the court may, on the same conditions, grant the other spouse a right of residence for a fixed term in return for reasonable compensation or set-off against maintenance payments. Where new and compelling reasons so require, such right of residence may be restricted or revoked.
D. Occupational pensions
I. Principle
In the event of divorce, any occupational pension assets accrued during the marriage up to the point at which divorce proceedings commence are divided equitably.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
II. Equitable division of termination benefits
1 Termination benefits including vested benefits and early withdrawals for purchasing owner-occupied property are divided equally.
2 Paragraph 1 does not apply to one-off contributions from individual property in accordance with the law.
3 The termination benefits to be divided are calculated on the basis of Articles 15–17 and 22a or 22b of the Vested Benefits Act of 17 December 19932.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
2 SR 831.42
III. Equitable division of invalidity pension prior to statutory retirement age
1 If, at the point at which divorce proceedings commence, a spouse is drawing an invalidity pension prior to the statutory retirement age, the amount to which he or she would be entitled under Article 2 paragraph 1ter of the Vested Benefits Act of 17 December 19932 following cancellation of the invalidity pension counts as the termination benefits.
2 The provisions on the equitable division of termination benefits apply mutatis mutandis.
3 The Federal Council determines in which cases the amount under paragraph 1 may not be applied in the division because there has been a reduction due to over-compensation.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
2 SR 831.42
IV. Equitable division in the case of invalidity pensions after statutory retirement age and in the case of retirement pensions
1 If, at the point at which divorce proceedings commence, a spouse is drawing an invalidity pension after the statutory retirement age or drawing a retirement pension, the court decides at its own discretion how the pension is to be divided. In doing so it primarily takes into account the duration of the marriage and the pension requirements of each spouse.
2 The share of the pension awarded to the spouse entitled thereto is converted into a life-long pension. This is paid to the entitled spouse by the liable spouse’s occupational pension fund or is transferred to the entitled spouse’s own occupational pension fund.
3 The Federal Council regulates:
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
V. Exceptions
1 The spouses may, in an agreement on the consequences of the divorce, agree not to divide the assets equally or not to divide them at all if there are sufficient retirement pension and invalidity pension funds otherwise.
2 The court may award the entitled spouse less than half of the termination benefits or rule that they should not be divided if good cause exists. Good cause exists above all when equal division would be unreasonable:
3 The court may award the entitled spouse more than half of the termination benefits if he or she cares for joint children following the divorce and the liable spouse continues to have sufficient retirement and invalidity pension assets.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
VI. Offset of mutual entitlements
1 The spouses’ mutual entitlements to termination benefits or a share of a pension are offset. The pension entitlement is offset before the share of the pension awarded to the entitled spouse is converted into a life-long pension.
2 Termination benefits may only be offset against a share of a pension if the spouses and the occupational pension institutions agree.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
VII. Unreasonableness
If, having considered the pension requirements of both spouses, an equitable division of occupational pension assets is unreasonable, the liable spouse shall owe the entitled spouse a lump sum payment.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
VIII. Impossibility
1 If the equitable division of pension fund assets is not possible, the liable spouse shall owe the entitled spouse adequate compensation in the form of a lump sum payment or as a pension.
2 A Swiss judgment may be amended at the request of the liable spouse if pension entitlements existing abroad have been offset by adequate compensation pursuant to paragraph 1 and such pension entitlements are then divided up in a foreign decision that is binding on the foreign party liable to pay pension contributions.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
E. Post-marital maintenance
I. Requirements
1 If a spouse cannot reasonably be expected to provide for his or her own maintenance, including an appropriate level of retirement provision, the other spouse must pay a suitable contribution.
2 In deciding whether such a contribution is to be made and, if so, in what amount and for how long, the following factors in particular must be considered:
3 Exceptionally, a maintenance contribution may be denied or reduced if it would clearly be inequitable, particularly because the spouse otherwise entitled to receive such contribution:
II. Modalities of maintenance contributions
1 The court shall fix an amount to be paid periodically by way of maintenance contribution and set the date on which the duty of maintenance commences.
2 Where justified in specific circumstances, a lump sum settlement may be ordered instead of regular payments.
3 The court may attach conditions to the maintenance contribution.
III. Regular payments
1. Special terms
The spouses may wholly or in part exclude any alteration of the regular maintenance payments stipulated in the agreement.
2. Adjustment for inflation
The court may direct that the maintenance contribution will automatically increase or decrease depending on specified changes in the cost of living.
3. Adjustment by court order
1 In the event of a substantial and enduring change in circumstances, the periodic maintenance payments may be reduced, cancelled or suspended for a certain time; an improvement in the circumstances of the party entitled to maintenance may be taken into account only if the payments stipulated in the divorce decree provided sufficient maintenance.
2 The party entitled to maintenance may request that the payments be adjusted in line with future inflation if the income of the other party has increased unexpectedly since the divorce.
3 Within five years of the divorce, the party entitled to maintenance may request that payments be ordered or increased provided the divorce decree states that it was not possible at that time to order sufficient maintenance payments and provided the economic circumstances of the party obliged to pay maintenance have since improved.
4. Expiry by law
1 The duty to pay maintenance expires on the death of either the receiving party or the paying party.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, it likewise expires on the remarriage of the party entitled to receive maintenance.
IV. Enforcement
1. Enforcement assistance
1 Where the liable party fails to pay maintenance, an official agency designated by cantonal law shall on request, in an appropriate way and usually without charge, assist the party entitled to maintenance to enforce his or her claims.
2 The Federal Council determines the terms of enforcement assistance.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Advance payments
1 Public law may provide for advance payments to be made should the liable person fail to make the necessary maintenance payments.
2 If the state authority makes maintenance payments to the entitled person, the maintenance entitlement with all rights is assigned to the state authority.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3. Directions to debtors and posting security1
1 If the party obliged to pay maintenance fails to do so, the court may order his debtors to make payment in whole or in part to the party entitled to maintenance.
2 If the party obliged to pay maintenance persistently fails to do so, or if there are grounds to suspect that said party is preparing to abscond or is dissipating or concealing his assets, the court may order him to post appropriate security for future maintenance contributions.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
F. Children
I. Parental rights and obligations
1 The court regulates parental rights and obligations in accordance with the provisions on the legal effects of the parent-child relationship. In particular it regulates:
2 It shall consider all circumstances important to the child's best interests. It shall take account of a joint proposal by the parents and, if feasible, the opinion of the child.
3 It may order that the child maintenance contribution continue to be paid after the child reaches the age of majority.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
II. Change of circumstances
1 At the request of either parent, the child or the child protection authority, new arrangements for parental responsibility shall be made by the child protection authority provided this is in the child’s best interests due to a substantial change in circumstances.
2 The requirements for the modification of other parental rights and -obligations are governed by the provisions on the effects of the parent-child relationship.1
3 If the parents agree, the child protection authority reassesses parental responsibility, residence and approves a child support agreement. In the other cases, the court competent to modify the divorce decree decides.2
4 If the court is required to decide on the modification of parental responsibility, residence or the child maintenance contribution for a minor child, it shall if necessary also reassess contact or sharing of parenting duties; in the other cases, the child protection authority shall decide on the modification of contact or sharing of parenting duties.3
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
Repealed
A. Marital union; rights and duties of spouses
1 The wedding ceremony binds the spouses in marital union.
2 They mutually undertake to strive to safeguard the interests of the marital union and to care jointly for the children.
3 They owe each other loyalty and support.
B. Surname
1 Each spouse retains his or her surname.
2 However, the prospective spouses may declare to the civil registrar that they wish bear the surname of the bride or the groom as the family surname.
3 If the prospective spouses retain their surnames, they decide which of the surnames their children will bear. In justified cases, the civil registrar may relieve the prospective spouses of this obligation.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
C. Cantonal and communal citizenship
Each spouse retains his or her cantonal and communal citizenship.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
D. Marital home
The spouses jointly decide where to establish the marital home.
E. Maintenance of the family
I. In general
1 The spouses jointly provide for the proper maintenance of the family, each according to his or her ability.
2 They agree on the contributions each of them will make, notably by providing money, looking after the household, caring for the children or supporting the other’s career or business.
3 In so doing they take due account of the needs of the marital union and of their own personal circumstances.
II. Allowance for personal use
1 A spouse who looks after the household, cares for the children or supports the career or business of the other spouse is entitled to receive from the latter a reasonable allowance for his or her own personal use.
2 When determining said allowance, account must be taken of the personal resources of the receiving spouse and the need to provide conscientiously for the family, career and business.
III. Extraordinary contributions by one spouse
1 Where the contribution made by one spouse to the other’s career or business is significantly greater than required in the light of the latter’s contribution to the maintenance of the family, he or she is entitled to reasonable compensation.
2 The same applies if a spouse has contributed significantly more of his or her own income or assets to the maintenance of the family than he or she was obliged to contribute.
3 However, a spouse is not entitled to compensation if such extraordinary contribution was made under a work, loan or partnership agreement or on the basis of some other legal relationship.
F. Representation of the marital union
1 While living together under the same roof, both spouses represent the marital union with regard to the day-to-day needs of the family.
2 A spouse may represent the marital union with regard to the other needs of the family only if:
3 Each spouse is personally liable for his or her own actions and, to the extent that these do not exceed his or her powers of representation in a manner apparent to third parties, also renders the other spouse jointly and severally liable for such actions.
G. Spouses’ career or business
In the choice and pursuit of his or her career or business, each spouse must have due regard to the other and to the welfare of the marital union.
H. Transactions by the spouses
I. In general
Each spouse may enter into transactions with the other or with third parties unless the law provides otherwise.
II. Family home
1 A spouse may terminate a tenancy agreement, alienate the family home or limit the rights in respect of the family home by other transactions only with the express consent of the other.
2 If the spouse cannot obtain such consent or it is withheld without good cause, he or she may petition the court.
J. Duty to inform
1 Each spouse has the right to demand information from the other concerning his or her income, assets and debts.
2 At the request of one spouse, the court may order the other spouse or a third party to furnish the information required and to produce the necessary documents.
3 This does not apply to any information held by lawyers, solicitors, doctors, clergy and their auxiliary staff which is subject to professional confidentiality.
K. Protection of the marital union
I. Counselling agencies
The cantons must ensure that spouses experiencing marital problems may seek help individually or jointly from marriage guidance or family counselling agencies.
II. Court measures
1. In general
1 If a spouse fails to fulfil his or her duties to the family or if the spouses disagree on matters of importance to the marital union, they may apply jointly or separately to the court for mediation.
2 The court reminds the spouses of their duties and attempts to settle their differences; if the spouses consent, experts may be consulted or they may be referred to a marriage guidance or family counselling agency.
3 If necessary, at the request of one spouse the court will take the steps envisaged by law. The provision governing the protection of the person from violence, threats or harassment applies mutatis mutandis.1
1 Second sentence inserted by No I of the FA of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the Personality against Violence, Threats or Harassment), in force since 1 July 2007 (AS 2007 137; BBl 2005 6871 6897).
2. While living together
a. Financial contributions
1 At the request of one spouse, the court determines the amounts to be paid for the maintenance of the family.
2 Likewise, at the request of one spouse, it determines the allowance payable to the spouse who looks after the household, cares for the children or supports the other’s career or business.
3 Payments may be claimed for the future and for one year preceding the request.
b. Revocation of powers of representation
1 If a spouse exceeds his or her power to represent the marital union or proves incapable of exercising it, at the other spouse’s request the court may revoke such power in whole or in part.
2 The spouse making such request may inform third parties of the revocation only by communications in person.
3 The revocation is effective towards third parties acting in good faith only if it has been made public by order of the court.
3. Suspension of joint household
a. Grounds
A spouse is entitled to suspend the joint household for as long as his or her personality rights or financial security or the welfare of the family are seriously endangered by living together.
b. Arrangements for living apart
1 If the suspension of the joint household is justified, at the request of one spouse the court will:
2 A spouse may also make such request if living together is impossible, in particular because the other spouse refuses to do so without good cause.
3 If the spouses have minor children, the court must take the necessary steps in accordance with the provisions governing the legal effects of the parent-child relationship.2
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Enforcement
a. Enforcement assistance and advance payments
The provisions governing enforcement assistance and advance payments on divorce and consequent to the parent-child relationship apply.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
b. Directions to debtors1
If a spouse fails to fulfil his or her duty to maintain the family, the court may order his or her debtors to make payment in full or in part to the other spouse.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
5. Restriction of power to dispose of assets
1 To the extent required to ensure the family’s financial security or fulfilment of a financial obligation arising from the marital union, at the request of one spouse the court may make the power to dispose of certain assets conditional on its consent.
2 The court orders the appropriate protective measures.
3 If it prohibits a spouse from disposing of land it must have a note to this effect recorded in the land register.
6. Change of circumstances2
1 If there is a change in circumstances, at the request of either spouse the court shall modify the measures or revoke the same if they are no longer justified. The provisions on a change of circumstances in divorce cases apply mutatis mutandis.3
2 If the spouses resume living together, the measures ordered in connection with living apart lapse, with the exception of the separation of property and the child protection measures.
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
Repealed
1 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
A. Ordinary property regime
Spouses are subject to the provisions governing participation in acquired property provided they have not agreed otherwise in a marital agreement and provided no extraordinary marital property regime has come into effect.
B. Marital agreement
I. Choice of regime
1 A marital agreement may be concluded before or after the wedding.
2 The prospective spouses or the spouses may choose, set aside or modify their marital property regime only within the limits of the law.
II. Capacity to enter into an agreement
1 A person wishing to enter into a marital agreement must have capacity of judgement.
2 Minors, or adults subject to a deputyship that covers the conclusion of a marital agreement require the consent of their legal representative.1
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Form of the agreement
The marital agreement must be executed as a public deed and signed by the parties and, where applicable, by the legal representative.
C. Extraordinary property regime
I. At the request of one spouse
1. By court order
1 At the request of one spouse, the court shall order a separation of property where there is good cause to do so.
2 In particular, good cause exists:
3 Where a spouse permanently lacks capacity of judgement, his or her legal representative may likewise request separation of property for this reason.
2. ...
1 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3. Revocation
1 The spouses may at any time reinstate their previous marital property regime or implement a new one by marital agreement.
2 If the reason for the separation of property no longer exists, at the request of one spouse the court may direct that the previous marital property regime be reinstated.
II. In the event of bankruptcy or distraint
1. Bankruptcy
If a spouse living under the community of property regime is declared bankrupt, separation of property takes effect ex officio.
2. Distraint
a. By court order
If a spouse living under the community of property regime is pursued for a personal debt and his or her share of the common property is distrained, the debt enforcement supervisory authority may request that the court order a separation of property.
b. Request1
1 The request is directed against both spouses.
1 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3. Revocation
1 If the creditors have been satisfied, at the request of one spouse the court may order the restoration of the community of property regime.
2 By marital agreement, the spouses may opt for the participation in acquired property regime.
III. Liquidation of the previous marital property regime
Whenever the separation of property regime comes into effect, the liquidation of the previous regime is governed by the provisions applicable to the latter, unless the law provides otherwise.
D. Protection of creditors
1 The establishment, variation or liquidation of a marital property regime may not have the effect of releasing an asset with which one of the spouses or the marital union had hitherto been liable to creditors from such liability.
2 If such an asset has been transferred to the other spouse, the latter must pay the debt but may be released from such liability to the extent that he or she may prove that the asset received is worth less than the debt.
E. ...
1 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
F. Management of one spouse’s assets by the other
1 Where one spouse expressly or tacitly entrusts management of his or her assets to the other, the provisions governing agency apply unless otherwise agreed.
2 The provisions governing settlement of debts between spouses are reserved.
G. Inventory
1 Each spouse may at any time require the other’s cooperation in drawing up an inventory of their joint assets in the form of a public deed.
2 Such an inventory is deemed accurate if made within one year of the inclusion of such assets under the regime.
A. Ownership
I. Categories
The marital property regime of participation in acquired property comprises the property acquired during the marriage and the individual property of each spouse.
II. Acquired property
1 Acquired property comprises those assets which a spouse has acquired for valuable consideration during the marital property regime.
2 In particular, the acquired property of a spouse comprises:
III. Individual property
1. By operation of law
By operation of law, a spouse’s individual property comprises:
2. By marital agreement
1 Under a marital agreement, spouses may declare acquired property to be individual property set aside for professional or business use.
2 Furthermore, spouses may stipulate in a marital agreement that income from individual property does not qualify as acquired property.
IV. Proof
1 Any person who asserts that a specific object or asset is owned by one or other spouse bears the burden of proof.
2 If no such proof may be adduced, the object or asset is presumed to be in the co-ownership of both spouses.
3 Until proven otherwise, all assets of a spouse are deemed to be acquired property.
B. Management, benefits and power of disposal
1 Within the limits of the law, each spouse administers and enjoys the benefits of his or her individual property and has power of disposal over it.
2 If an asset is in the co-ownership of both spouses, neither spouse may dispose of his or her share in it without the other’s consent, unless otherwise agreed.
C. Liability toward third parties
Each spouse is liable for his or her debts with all his or her property.
D. Debts between spouses
1 The marital property regime does not affect the maturity of debts contracted between spouses.
2 However, if payment of debts or the restitution of objects owed by a spouse would cause him or her serious difficulties which might endanger the marital union, such spouse may request a time limit within which to satisfy the claim; the claim is to be secured where reasonable in the circumstances.
E. Dissolution of the property regime and liquidation
I. Time of dissolution
1 The marital property regime is dissolved on the death of a spouse or on implementation of a different regime.
2 In the case of divorce, separation, annulment of the marriage or a court order for separation of property, the dissolution of the marital property regime takes retroactive effect as of the date on which the application was filed.
II. Taking back property and settling debts
1. In general
1 Each spouse shall take back any of his or her property that is in the other’s possession.
2 Where one spouse shows an overriding interest in gaining sole possession of an object or asset in co-ownership, and notwithstanding any other legal measures available, he or she may request that said object or asset be allocated to him or her in return for compensation.
3 The spouses settle their debts to each other.
2. Participation in increased value
1 Where a spouse has contributed to the acquisition, improvement or preservation of an asset belonging to the other without receiving equivalent compensation, and where at the time of the liquidation that asset has increased in value, then his or her claim corresponds to his or her proportionate contribution and is calculated according to the current value of the asset; if, conversely, the asset has decreased in value, his or her claim corresponds to the original contribution.
2 If such an asset had already been alienated beforehand, the claim is calculated according to the proceeds obtained and is due immediately.
3 By written agreement, spouses may exclude participation in the increased value or vary the proportion thereof.
III. Calculating the surplus for each spouse
1. Separation of acquired property and individual property
1 The property acquired during marriage and the individual property of each spouse are separated according to their value at the time of the dissolution of the marital property regime.
2 Lump sum pension or invalidity benefits received by a spouse are added to his or her individual property in an amount equivalent to the present value of the pension or invalidity annuity to which he or she would be entitled on dissolution of the marital property regime.
2. Additions
1 The following are added to the property acquired during marriage:
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
3. Compensation operations between acquired property and individual property
1 Where debts incurred in connection with acquired property have been paid out of individual property or where debts incurred in connection with individual property have been paid out of acquired property, there is a claim for compensation when the marital property regime is liquidated.
2 A debt encumbers the property in relation to which it was incurred, and in the event of doubt, it encumbers the acquired property.
3 If assets belonging to one category of property have contributed to the acquisition, improvement or preservation of assets belonging to the other and if the value of the latter has increased or diminished, the claim for compensation corresponds to the proportionate contribution made and is calculated according to the value of the assets at the time of the liquidation or their disposal.
4. Surplus
1 The remaining total value of the acquired property, including the assets added in and claims for compensation, and after deduction of the debts encumbering the acquired property, constitutes the surplus.
2 A deficit is disregarded.
IV. Valuation
1. Market value
For the purpose of liquidating the marital property regime, assets are stated at their market value.
2. Capitalised value
a. In general
1 An agricultural enterprise which one spouse continues to operate as owner or in respect of which the surviving spouse or one of the issue makes a justified claim for undivided allocation is stated at its capitalised value when calculating the proportionate added value and the claim for participation.
2 The owner of the agricultural enterprise or his or her heirs may bring a claim against the other spouse for proportionate added value or participation only in the amount they would receive if the business were stated at its market value.
3 The inheritance law provisions governing valuation and the participation of co-heirs in the profit apply mutatis mutandis.
b. Special circumstances
1 The allocation value may be increased by a suitable amount if justified by special circumstances.
2 Special circumstances include in particular the maintenance requirements of the surviving spouse, the purchase price of the agricultural enterprise including capital investments, and the financial circumstances of the spouse to whom the agricultural enterprise belongs.
3. Defining juncture
1 For the purpose of valuing the acquired property at hand at the time of the dissolution of the marital property regime, the defining juncture is the time of the division.
2 For assets added to the acquired property, the defining juncture is the date on which they were alienated.
V. Participation in the surplus
1. By law
1 Each spouse or his or her heirs is or are entitled to one-half of the surplus of the other spouse.
2 The claims are set off.
2. By agreement
a. In general
1 A different participation in the surplus may be agreed by marital agreement.
2 Such agreements must not adversely affect the statutory inheritance entitlements of children who are not the common issue of the spouses or those of the issue of such children.
b. On divorce, separation, annulment of the marriage or separation of property by court order
In the case of divorce, separation, annulment of marriage or separation of property by court order, agreements varying the statutory participation in the surplus are valid only if the marital property agreement expressly so provides.
VI. Payment of the participation claim and the share of the increased value
1. Deferred payment
1 If immediate payment of the participation claim and the share of the increased value would cause serious difficulties for the debtor, he or she may request a deferral.
2 Unless otherwise agreed by the spouses, the participation claim and the share of the increased value bear interest as of completion of the division of property and, where justified in the circumstances, security must be furnished.
2. Home and household effects
1 To ensure that the surviving spouse may maintain his or her accustomed lifestyle, at his or her request he or she will be granted a usufruct of or a right of residence in the home in which the spouses lived and which belonged to the deceased spouse, and this will be set off against his or her entitlement, subject to any contrary provision in the marital agreement.
2 On the same conditions, he or she may request that ownership of the household effects be transferred to him or her.
3 Where justified in the circumstances, at the request of the surviving spouse or the other legal heirs of the deceased spouse, ownership of the home may be granted rather than a usufruct or right of residence.
4 The surviving spouse may not claim such rights in respect of premises in which the deceased practised a profession or ran a business and which are required by one of his or her issue in order to continue said profession or business, subject to the provisions of agricultural inheritance law.
3. Claims against third parties
1 If the assets of the debtor or his or her estate are insufficient to cover the participation claim on division of the property, the entitled spouse or his or her heirs may demand from third-party beneficiaries the return of such dispositions as are to be added to the acquired property up to the amount of the shortfall.
2 The right to bring a claim is extinguished one year after the spouse or his or her heirs learn of the infringement of their rights, but in any event ten years after the dissolution of the marital property regime.
3 Moreover, the provisions governing claims in abatement under inheritance law apply mutatis mutandis.1
1 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
A. Ownership
I. Categories
The marital property regime of community of property comprises the common property and the individual property of each spouse.
II. Common property
1. General community of property
1 The general community of property combines the assets and income of the spouses into common property, with the exception of those assets which by law constitute individual property.
2 The common property belongs to both spouses jointly.
3 Neither spouse is entitled to dispose of his or her share of the common property.
2. Limited community of property
a. Community restricted to acquired property
1 By marital agreement, the spouses may restrict community of property to the property acquired during marriage.
2 Revenue from individual property becomes common property.
b. Further community of property regimes
1 By marital agreement, the spouses may exclude from the community of property specific assets or types of assets, such as land, a spouse’s income from work or assets used to practise a profession or run a business.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, income from such assets does not become common property.
III. Individual property
1 Individual property may be created by marital agreement, dispositions by third parties or by law.
2 By law, items for the exclusive personal use of a spouse and claims for satisfaction constitute individual property.
3 A spouse’s statutory inheritance entitlement may not pass to him or her from his or her relatives as individual property where the marital agreement provides that such assets are common property.
IV. Proof
All assets are presumed to be common property unless proven to be the individual property of a spouse.
B. Management and power of disposal
I. Common property
1. Everyday housekeeping
1 The spouses must manage the common property in the best interests of the marital union.
2 Within the limits of everyday housekeeping, each spouse may incur commitments on behalf of the marital union and dispose of common property.
2. Extraordinary housekeeping
1 Outside the limits of everyday housekeeping, the spouses may incur commitments on behalf of the common property and dispose thereof only jointly or individually with the other’s consent.
2 Third parties are entitled to presume such consent provided they do not know or cannot be expected to know that it is absent.
3 The provisions governing representation of the marital union are reserved.
3. Use of common property for professional or business purposes
If a spouse practises a profession or runs a business on his or her own using common property with the other’s consent, he or she may conclude all transactions that such activities entail.
4. Renunciation and acceptance of inheritances
1 Without the other’s consent, a spouse is not entitled to renounce an inheritance which would become common property or accept inheritance of an overindebted estate.
2 If the spouse is unable to obtain consent or if it is withheld without good cause, he or she may petition the court.1
1 Amended by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
5. Liability and management costs
1 In relation to dealings concerning common property, on dissolution of the marital property regime, each spouse is liable as if he or she were an agent.
2 The costs of management are borne by the common property.
II. Individual property
1 Each spouse administers and disposes of his or her individual property within the limits of the law.
2 If income accrues to individual property, the management costs are borne by such property.
C. Liability toward third parties
I. Full liability
Each spouse is liable with his or her individual property and the common property:
II. Individual liability
1 For all other debts a spouse is liable only to the extent of his or her individual property and half the value of the common property.
2 Claims arising from the unjust enrichment of the marital union are reserved.
D. Debts between spouses
1 The marital property regime does not affect the maturity of debts contracted between spouses.
2 However, if payment of debts or the restitution of objects owed by a spouse would cause him or her serious difficulties which might endanger the marital union, such spouse may request to be granted a time limit in which to satisfy the claim; the claim is to be secured where reasonable in the circumstances.
E. Dissolution of the property regime and liquidation
I. Time of dissolution
1 The marital property regime is dissolved on the death of a spouse, the implementation of a different regime or when one of the spouses is declared bankrupt.
2 In the case of divorce, separation, annulment of the marriage or a court order for separation of property, the dissolution of the marital property regime takes retroactive effect as of the date on which the application was filed.
3 When determining the composition of common property and individual property, the defining juncture is the dissolution of the marital property regime.
II. Allocation to individual property
Lump sum pension or invalidity benefits received by a spouse that have become common property are added to his or her individual property in the capitalised amount equivalent to the pension or invalidity annuity to which he or she would be entitled on dissolution of the marital property regime.
III. Compensation operations between joint and individual property
1 Where debts encumbering one category of property were paid out of assets belonging to the other, respective compensation claims between the common property and the individual property of each spouse arise on the dissolution of the marital property regime.
2 A debt encumbers the property in relation to which it was incurred, but in the case of doubt it encumbers the common property.
IV. Participation in increased value
Where the individual property of a spouse or the common property has contributed to the acquisition, improvement or preservation of an asset belonging to another category of property, the provisions governing increased value in relation to participation in acquired property apply mutatis mutandis.
V. Valuation
For the purpose of valuing the common property at hand at the time of the dissolution of the marital property regime, the defining juncture is the time of the division.
VI. Division
1. On death or implementation of a different marital property regime
1 If the community of property regime is dissolved by the death of a spouse or the implementation of a different marital property regime, each party or his or her heirs is entitled to one-half of the common property.
2 A different method of division may be agreed by marital agreement.
3 Such agreements must not adversely affect the statutory inheritance entitlements of the spouse’s issue.
2. In other cases
1 On divorce, separation, annulment of the marriage or separation of property by law or court order, each spouse shall take back from the common property such property as would have been his or her individual property under the participation in acquired property regime.
2 The remaining common property is divided equally between the spouses.
3 Agreements to vary the statutory method of division are valid only if the marital agreement expressly so provides.
VII. Division of the property
1. Individual property
If the community of property is dissolved by the death of a spouse, the surviving spouse may request that such property as would have been his or her individual property under the participation in acquired property regime be allocated to him or her and count toward his or her share of the estate.
2. Home and household effects
1 If the home in which the spouses lived or any household effects belong to the common property, the surviving spouse may request that such property be allocated to him or her and count toward his or her share of the estate.
2 Where justified in the circumstances, at the request of the surviving spouse or the other legal heirs of the deceased spouse, a usufruct or right of residence may be granted in lieu of ownership.
3 If the community of property is not dissolved by death, each spouse may make such requests where he or she may show an overriding interest.
3. Other assets
If a spouse demonstrates an overriding interest, he or she may also demand that other assets be allocated to him or her and count toward his or her share.
4. Further provisions
In other respects the provisions governing the division of property in co-ownership and the division of estates apply mutatis mutandis.
A. Management, benefits and power of disposal
I. In general
Within the limits of the law, each spouse shall administer and enjoy the benefits of his or her own property and has power of disposal over it.
II. Proof
1 Any person who asserts that a specific object or asset is owned by one or other spouse bears the burden of proof.
2 If no such proof may be adduced, there is a presumption of co-ownership.
B. Liability toward third parties
Each spouse is liable for his or her debts with all his or her property.
C. Debts between spouses
1 The marital property regime does not affect the maturity of debts contracted between spouses.
2 However, if payment of debts or the restitution of objects owed by a spouse would cause him or her serious difficulties which might endanger the marital union, such spouse may request to be granted a time limit in which to satisfy the claim; the claim is to be secured where reasonable in the circumstances.
D. Allocation of property in co-ownership
Where one spouse shows an overriding interest in gaining sole possession of an object or asset in co-ownership, and notwithstanding any other legal measures available, he or she may request that said object or asset be allocated to him or her in return for compensation.
A. Formation of parent-child relationship in general
1 The parent-child relationship is formed between child and mother on the birth of the child.
2 It is formed between child and father by virtue of the latter being married to the mother, by recognition or by court declaration.
3 Moreover, the parent-child relationship is formed by adoption.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
B. ...
1 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Presumption
1 Where a child is born in wedlock, the husband is deemed to be the father.
2 If the husband dies, he is deemed to be the father provided the child is born within 300 days of his death or, if born thereafter, if it is shown that the child was conceived before the husband’s death.
3 If the husband has been declared presumed dead, he is deemed to have been the father provided the child is born within 300 days of the life-threatening event or the last sign of life.
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
B. Challenge
I. Right to challenge
1 The presumption of paternity may be challenged in court:
2 The husband’s challenge is directed against the child and the mother, that of the child against the husband and the mother.
3 The husband has no right of challenge if he consented to impregnation by a third party. The child’s right to challenge paternity is subject to the Reproductive Medicine Act of 18 December 19983.4
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 SR 810.11
4 Amended by Art. 39 of the Federal Act on Medically Assisted Reproduction of 18 Dec. 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 3055; BBl 1996 III 205).
II. Grounds for challenge
1. In the case of conception in wedlock
1 If a child was conceived in wedlock, the challenging party must show that the husband is not the father.
2 The child is presumed to have been conceived in wedlock if it was born no earlier than 180 days after the wedding and no later than 300 days after the marriage was dissolved as a result of death.2
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2. In the case of conception before marriage or while spouses were living apart
1 If a child was conceived before the marriage was concluded or at a time when the spouses were living apart, no further grounds need be given for the challenge.
2 However, in such cases the paternity of the husband is still presumed where the court is satisfied that he had sexual intercourse with the mother around the date of the conception.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Time limits
1 The husband must file the challenge within one year of learning of the birth and of the fact that he is not the father or that another man had sexual intercourse with the mother around the date of the conception, but in any event not later than five years after the birth.
2 The child’s challenge must be filed at the latest within one year of attaining the age of majority.2
3 Once these time limits have expired, a challenge of paternity is admissible provided there is good cause for the delay.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
C. Conflict of presumptions
1 Where a child was born within 300 days of the dissolution of the marriage as a result of death and the mother has since remarried, the second husband is deemed to be the father.2
2 If this presumption is disproved, the first husband is deemed to be the father.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
D. Challenge by the parents
1 If the husband died or lost capacity of judgement before the time limit expired, his father or his mother may challenge his paternity.
2 In this case the provisions governing a challenge by the husband apply mutatis mutandis.
3 The one-year time limit for bringing the claim begins at the earliest on the date on which the father or mother learns of the husband’s death or loss of capacity of judgement.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
E. Marriage of the parents
1 If the parents marry each other, the provisions governing children born in wedlock apply mutatis mutandis to a child born prior to the marriage, providing the paternity of the husband is established by recognition or court declaration.
2 Recognition may be challenged:
3 The provisions governing challenge of recognition apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Recognition
I. Admissibility and form
1 Where the parent-child relationship exists only with the mother, the father may recognise the child.
2 Where the recognising person is a minor or subject to a general deputyship or if the adult protection authority has issued a related order, recognition requires the consent of his or her legal representative.2
3 Recognition is effected by means of a declaration made before the civil registrar or by testamentary disposition or, if an action to declare paternity is pending, by a declaration made to the court.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. Challenge
1. Right to challenge
1 Recognition may be challenged before the courts by any interested party, namely the mother, the child or, after its death, its issue, and by the commune of origin or domicile of the recognising person.
2 The recognising person is entitled to file a challenge only if he or she recognised the child under threat of imminent and substantial risk to his or her own life, limb, reputation or property or to those of a person close to him or her, or in the erroneous belief that he was the father.
3 The challenge is directed against the recognising person and the child, insofar as they themselves are not the challenging persons.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2. Grounds
1 The challenging person must prove that the recognising person is not the child’s father.
2 However, mother and child are only required to prove this if the recognising person may satisfy the court that he had sexual intercourse with the mother around the time of the child’s conception.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
3. Time limits
1 The challenge must be filed within one year of the date on which the claimant learned of the recognition and the fact that the recognising person is not the father, or that another man had sexual intercourse with the mother around the time of the conception, or on which he or she learned of his or her error or on which the threat ceased, but in any event within five years of the recognition.
2 In all cases, the child may file the challenge at any time prior to the elapse of one year after attaining the age of majority.2
3 Once these time limits have expired, a challenge of recognition is admissible provided there is good cause for the delay.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Action to determine paternity
I. Right to bring the action
1 Both mother and child are entitled to bring an action to declare the existence of the parent-child relationship between the child and the father.
2 The action is brought against the father or, if he has died, in order of priority against his issue, parents or siblings or, where none exist, against the competent authority of his last domicile.
3 If the father has died, the court must inform his wife that the action has been brought so that she may safeguard her interests.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Presumption
1 If the defendant had sexual intercourse with the mother during the period between the 300th day and the 180th day before the child’s birth, his paternity is presumed.
2 Paternity is also presumed even if the child was conceived prior to the 300th day or after the 180th day prior to birth provided the defendant had sexual intercourse with the mother during the period in which the child was conceived.
3 There is no such presumption if the defendant shows that his paternity is either impossible or less probable than that of another man.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Time limits
1 The action is admissible both before and after the birth but must be brought:
2 If a parent-child relationship already exists with another man, the action may in any event be brought within one year of the date on which said relationship is annulled.
3 Once these time limits have expired, an action for determination of paternity is admissible provided there is good cause for the delay.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Adoption of minors
I. General requirements
1 A minor child may be adopted if the persons wishing to adopt have raised and cared for the child for at least one year and provided the general circumstances suggest that establishing a parent-child relationship would be in the child’s best interests without being unfair for any other children of the adoptive parents.
2 Adoption is only possible, if the persons wishing to adopt the child are able to provide for the child up to the child’s majority on the basis of their age and their personal circumstances.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
II. Joint adoption
1 Spouses may adopt a child jointly if they have been in the same household for at least three years and both are at least 28 years old.
2 Exceptions from the minimum age may be made if this is necessary for the welfare of the child. The spouses must justify the exception.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877)
III. Adoption by a single person
1 A person who is not married and does not live in a registered partnership is permitted to adopt a child alone if he or she is at least 28 years old.
2 A married person who is at least 28 years old is permitted to adopt alone where the other spouse permanently lacks capacity of judgement or has been of unknown whereabouts for more than 2 years or if the spouses have been separated by court order for more than 3 years.
3 A person living in a registered partnership who is at least 28 years old is permitted to adopt a child alone if his or her registered partner permanently lacks capacity of judgement or has been of unknown whereabouts for more than 2 years.
4 Exceptions from the minimum age may be made if this is necessary for the welfare of the child. The person wishing to adopt must justify the exception.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877)
IV. Adoption of a stepchild
1 A person is permitted to adopt the child of the person:
2 The couple must have been in the same household for at least three years.
3 Persons who cohabit are not permitted to be married or to be bound by a registered partnership.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
V. Difference in age
1 The age difference between the child and the persons wishing to adopt may not be less than 16 years and not more than 45 years.
2 Exceptions may be made if this is necessary for the welfare of the child. The person wishing to adopt must justify the exception.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
VI. Consent of the child and the child protection authority
1 If the child is capable of judgement, its consent is required for the adoption.
2 Where the child has a legal guardian or a legal representative, adoption requires the consent of the child protection authority even if the child is capable of judgement.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
VII. Parents’ consent2
1. Form
1 Adoption requires the consent of the child’s father and mother.
2 Such consent must be given by oral or written declaration to the child protection authority of the parents’ or child’s domicile or temporary residence and must be recorded.
3 Such consent is valid even if the persons wishing to adopt are not named or not yet determined.3
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
2. Time of consent
1 Consent to adoption may not be given until at least six weeks after the birth of the child.
2 It may be revoked within six weeks of having been accepted.
3 Where consent, having been revoked, is given again, it is then final.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
3. Dispensing with consent
a. Requirements
The consent of a parent may be dispensed with if the identity of that parent is unknown, or if he or she has been of unknown whereabouts for some length of time, or permanently lacks capacity of judgement.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
b. Decision
1 Where the child is entrusted to persons wishing to adopt with a view to subsequent adoption and the consent of one parent is not forthcoming, the child protection authority at the child’s domicile shall , at the request of the legal guardian or a legal representative, an adoption agency or the persons wishing to adopt, decide whether such consent can be dispensed with, as a rule before the child is placed in care.2
2 In all other cases, the decision is made at the time of the adoption.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Repealed by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), with effect from 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
B. Adoption of an adult
1 An adult may be adopted if:
2 In all other respects, the provisions governing adoption of minors apply mutatis mutandis, with the exception of the provision on parental consent.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
C. Effects
I. In general
1 The adoptive child acquires the legal status of a child of the persons wishing to adopt.
2 Previous parent-child relationships are extinguished.
3 The child’s relationship with the parent who:
the adopting person is not extinguished.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Name
1 In the case of joint adoption and adoption by a single person, the minor may be given a new first name if there are good reasons for doing so. Prior to this, the child is heard in person in an appropriate manner by the competent authority or by a third party appointed for this purpose, unless this is inadvisable due to the child's age or for other good cause. If the child is at least twelve years of age, a change of name requires his or her consent.
2 The name of the child is determined in accordance with the provisions governing the legal effects of the parent-child relationship. These apply mutatis mutandis to the adoption of the child by the registered partner of its mother or father.
3 The competent authority may authorise an adult to be adopted to continue using his or her existing name if there are good reasons for doing so.
4 The change of name of an adult to be adopted does not affect the naming of persons whose name is derived from the previous name of the person to be adopted, unless they expressly agree to a change of name.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581)
III. Citizenship
The citizenship of a minor is determined by provisions governing the legal effects of the parent-child relationship.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
D. Procedure
I. In general
1 Adoption is pronounced by the competent cantonal authority at the adoptive parents’ domicile.
2 The adoption requirements must already be met when the application is submitted.2
3 Once the application has been submitted, the death or loss of capacity of judgement of the person wishing to adopt does not preclude the adoption provided the other requirements are still fulfilled.3
4 If the child attains the age of majority after the application for adoption has been submitted, the provisions governing the adoption of minors continue to apply provided the requirements for adoption were previously fulfilled.4
5 The adoption decision shall contain all the information required for entry in the civil register relating to the first name, surname and citizenship of the adopted person.5
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
4 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
5 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
II. Investigation
1 An application for adoption may not be upheld until all material circumstances have been thoroughly investigated, where necessary in consultation with the relevant specialists.
2 In particular, the investigation must look into the character and health of the persons wishing to adopt and the child, their mutual relationship, their suitability as parents, their financial situation, motives and family circumstances and the history of the child care relationship.2
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3 Repealed by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), with effect from 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
III. Hearing for the child
1 The child shall be heard in person in an appropriate manner by the cantonal authority responsible for the adoption procedure or by a third party appointed for this purpose, unless this is inadvisable due to the child's age or for other good cause.
2 Minutes shall be kept of the hearing.
3 A child capable of judgement may appeal against a decision to refuse a hearing.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
IV. Representation for the child
1 The cantonal authority responsible for the adoption procedure shall order the child to be represented and appoint a person experienced in welfare and legal matters as the child's deputy.
2 If a child with the capacity to consent so requests, a representative must be appointed.
3 The child may challenge the rejection of his or her request by filing an objection.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
V. Taking account of the attitude of family members
1 Where the persons wishing to adopt have issue of their own, the latter’s attitude to the adoption must be taken into account.
2 Prior to the adoption of an adult, the attitude of following persons must also be taken into account:
3 These persons shall, if possible, be notified of the adoption decision.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dbis. Confidentiality of adoption information
1 The adopted child and the adoptive parents are entitled to confidentiality of adoption information.
2 Identifying information about the minor or his or her adoptive parents may only be disclosed to the biological parents if the child is capable of judgement, and the adoptive parents and the child have consented to disclosure.
3 Identifying information about the adult child may be disclosed to the biological parents and their direct descendants if the child has consented to disclosure.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
Dter. Information on the adoption, the biological parents and their issue
1 The adoptive parents must inform the child of his or her adoption when his or her age or maturity permits.
2 A minor is entitled to information about his or her biological parents, provided it is not possible to draw conclusions about their identity. The child shall be given identifying information only if he or she can show an interest worthy of protection.
3 An adult child may at any time request that the personal details of his or her biological parents and further information about them be disclosed to him or her. The adult child may also request that information about the direct descendants of his or her biological parents be disclosed to him or her if the descendants are of age and have consented to the disclosure.
1 Inserted by Annex No 2 of the FA of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Adoption Convention and Measures to Protect Children in respect of Inter-Country Adoption (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795). Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dquater. Cantonal information centre and tracing services
1 Information about the biological parents, their direct descendants and the child may be obtained from the cantonal authority responsible for the adoption procedure.
2 The authority shall inform the person referred to in the request for information about the request and, where necessary, obtain his or her consent to contact the person requesting information. The authority may delegate these tasks to a specialised tracing service.
3 If the person referred to in the request for information refuses to make personal contact, the authority or the authorised tracing service shall inform the person requesting information and draw his or her attention to the personal rights of the person referred to in the request for information.
4 The cantons shall designate a body to provide advice to the biological parents, their direct descendants or the child on request.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Dquinquies. Contact with the biological parents
1 The adoptive parents and the biological parents may agree that the biological parents be entitled to reasonable contact with the minor. This agreement and any amendments thereto shall be submitted to the child protection authority at the child’s place of residence for approval. The child protection authority or a third party appointed by it shall hear the child in person in an appropriate manner before the decision is taken, unless this is inadvisable due to the child's age or for other good cause. If the child is capable of judgement, its consent is required for the agreement.
2 If the best interests of the child are at risk or if there is disagreement about the implementation of the agreement, the child protection authority shall decide.
3 The child may refuse contact with its biological parents at any time. The adoptive parents may not pass on information to the biological parents against the child’s will.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
E. Challenge
I. Grounds
1. Lack of consent
1 Where for no just cause consent has not been obtained, those persons whose consent is required may bring an action to challenge the adoption providing this does not seriously impair the interests of the child.
2 However, the parents are not entitled to bring such action where they may appeal against the decision to the Federal Supreme Court.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2. Other defects
1 If the adoption displays other grave defects, it may be challenged by any interested party and in particular by the commune of origin or domicile.
2 However, a challenge is excluded if the defect has been rectified in the interim or if it relates solely to procedural provisions.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
II. Time limits
An action to challenge the adoption must be brought within six months of discovering the grounds for the challenge and in any event within two years of the adoption.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
F. Adoption agency services
1 The Confederation is responsible for supervising child adoption agency activities.
2 Any person engaging in such activities professionally or in connection with his or her professional activities requires an official licence; this does not apply to agency services rendered by the child protection authority.2
3 The Federal Council enacts the implementing regulations and determines the manner in which the cantonal authorities responsible for placing children in foster care with a view to subsequent adoption are to be involved in assessing fulfilment of the requirements for approval of adoption and in carrying out the necessary supervision.
1 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 30 June 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Amended by Annex No 2 of the FA of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Adoption Convention and Measures to Protect Children in respect of Inter-Country Adoption, in force since 1 Jan. 2003 (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Repealed by Annex No 15 of the Federal Administrative Court Law of 17 June 2005, with effect from 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2006 2197; BBl 2001 4202).
A. Family surname
I. Child of married parents
1 Where the parents are married to each other but bear different surnames, the child takes the surname that the parents decided would be given to their children when they married.
2 Within one year of the birth of their first child, the parents may request that the child take the surname of the other parent.
3 If the parents bear a joint family name, the child takes that name.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
II. Child of unmarried parents
1 If one parent has parental responsibility, the child takes that parent's surname before marriage. If the parents share parental responsibility, they decide which of their surnames before marriage their children should take.
2 If joint parental responsibility is established after the birth of the first child, either parent may within a year of its establishment declare before the civil registrar that the child should take the other parent's name before marriage. This declaration applies to all common children, regardless of who is given parental responsibility.
3 If neither parent has parental responsibility, the child takes the mother's name before marriage.
4 A change in the allocation of parental responsibility has no effect on names. The provisions on changing names are reserved.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship) (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581). Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
III. Consent of the child
If the child has attained the age of twelve, his or her surname may only be changed if he or she consents.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
B. Citizenship
1 The child acquires the cantonal and communal citizenship of the parent whose surname the child bears.
2 Where a child acquires the surname of the other parent while still a minor, the child acquires the cantonal and communal citizenship of that parent.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
C. Support and common welfare
Parents and children owe each other such support, consideration and respect as the good of the family community requires.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
D. Contact
I. Parents and children
1. Principle
1 Parents not granted parental responsibility or whose children are not resident with them are entitled to reasonable contact with their minor children, and their children are entitled to contact with them.2
2 The child protection authority may remind parents, foster parents or the child of their duties and issue them with instructions where the exercise or failure to exercise contact entitlements is detrimental to the child or where such reminder or direction is required for some other reason.
3 Contact entitlements must be stipulated if either the father or the mother so requests.
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Restrictions
1 The father and the mother must refrain from any conduct that impairs the child’s relationship with the other parent or makes the task of the person with custody more difficult.2
2 Where contact with the child is not in its best interests, or the parents breach their duties in the course of such contact or have not cared for the child to any meaningful degree, or other good cause exists, the parents’ right of contact with the child may be refused or withdrawn.
3 Where the parents have consented to the adoption of their child or their consent may be dispensed with, their right of contact with the child is extinguished as soon as the child is placed in foster care with a view to future adoption.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
II. Third parties
1 In extraordinary circumstances, a right of contact with the child may also be granted to other persons and in particular to relatives, to the extent this serves the child’s best interests.
2 The restrictions on parents’ visiting rights apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Responsible authorities
1 Responsibility for orders regulating rights of contact with the child lies with the child protection authority at the child’s domicile and with that of his or her place of temporary residence, insofar as the latter has taken or is taking child protection measures.
2 If the court regulates parental responsibility, residence or the child maintenance contribution in accordance with the provisions on the divorce and protection of the marital union, it shall also regulate contact.2
3 Where no orders have yet been issued regulating the father’s and mother’s contact entitlements, no contact may be had against the will of the person granted parental responsibility or with whom the child resides.
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
E. Right to information
1 Parents who do not exercise parental responsibility should be informed of special events in the child’s life and consulted before important decisions affecting its development are taken.
2 They are entitled to obtain information concerning the child’s condition and development from third parties involved in its care, such as teachers and doctors, in the same manner as the person with parental responsibility.
3 The provisions governing responsibility for and limitations on contact with the child apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
A. General
I. Object and scope2
1 Maintenance is provided by caring for and raising the child and in the form of monetary payments.3
2 The parents must, each according to their own abilities, provide for the child’s maintenance, including the costs of caring for and raising the child, his or her education and measures taken for his or her protection.4
3 The parents are released from their duty of maintenance to the extent that the child may reasonably be expected to meet the costs thereof from his or her own earnings or other resources.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
4 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
II. Precedence of maintenance for minors
1 The duty of maintenance towards a minor shall take precedence over other maintenance duties under family law.
2 In justified cases, the court may disregard this rule, in particular in order to prevent any disadvantage to a child entitled to maintenance who is of age.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
B. Duration
1 The parents’ duty of maintenance lasts until the child attains the age of majority.2
2 If at that juncture the child has not yet had a suitable education, the parents must pay for his or her maintenance, to the extent conscionable in the overall circumstances, until such time as the child can complete a suitable education within the customary timescale.3
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 7 Oct. 1994, in force since 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
C. Married parents
1 For the duration of their marriage, the parents bear the costs of maintenance in accordance with the provisions of marital law.
2 Each spouse must give the other all reasonable assistance in discharging the duty to maintain children born prior to the marriage.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
D. Court action
I. Right to sue2
1 The child is entitled to sue the father or the mother or both for maintenance in future and for one year prior to the bringing of such action.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
3 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
II. and III. ...
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
IV. Amount of child maintenance contribution
1. Parents’ contribution
1 The child maintenance contribution should correspond to the child’s needs and to the parents’ financial circumstances and resources; the child’s assets and income must be taken into account.
2 The child maintenance contribution also serves to ensure that the child is cared for by the parents or by third parties.
3 The child maintenance contribution is payable in advance on the dates stipulated by the court.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Other payments for maintenance of the child
1 Family allowance credits paid to the parent required to pay maintenance must be paid in addition to the maintenance.
2 Unless the court rules otherwise, any child allowance, social security children’s supplement and similar child support benefits to which the parent subject to the duty of maintenance is entitled must be paid in addition to the child maintenance contribution.
3 Where as a result of old age or invalidity the parent subject to the duty of maintenance subsequently receives social security, children’s supplements or similar child support benefits which replace his or her employment income, he or she must pay said benefits to the child; by operation of law, his or her existing child maintenance contribution is automatically reduced by the amount of such new benefits.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
V. Change of circumstances
1. In general2
1 The court may order that the child maintenance contribution be automatically increased or decreased in the event of specified changes in the child’s needs, the parents’ financial resources or the cost of living.
2 If circumstances change considerably, at the request of one parent or the child the court will set a new level of child maintenance contribution or revoke it entirely.
3 Should the child have unforeseen, extraordinary needs the court may order the parents to make a special financial contribution.3
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2. Shortfalls
1 If it was previously established in an approved maintenance agreement or a decision that no maintenance contribution could be set to provide due maintenance for the child, and should the circumstances of the parent liable to pay maintenance have since improved substantially, the child is entitled to claim payments that were not met by this parent during the previous five years in which payments were owed to provide due maintenance.
2 This claim must be brought within one year of it being known that the circumstances have improved substantially.
3 This claim passes with all rights to the other parent or to the state authority in as far as this parent or the state authority has met the missing share of the due maintenance.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
E. Maintenance agreements
I. Regular payments
1 Maintenance agreements are binding on the child only once they have been approved by the child protection authority.
2 Child maintenance contributions stipulated in such agreements may be modified, providing such changes have not been excluded with the approval of the child protection authority.
3 If the agreement is concluded in court proceedings, such approval must be given by the court.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Scope of a maintenance agreement
Where maintenance contributions are set in a maintenance agreement, the agreement must specify:
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
III. Final settlement2
1 Full and final settlement of the child’s maintenance entitlement may be agreed if it is in the child’s best interests.
2 The settlement agreement becomes binding on the child only:
F. Fulfilment
I. Entitlement
1 The right to child maintenance contributions is that of the child and, so long as he or she is a minor, is fulfilled by payment to the child's legal representative or to the person with whom the child resides, unless the court decides otherwise.2
2 However, where the state authority assumes the cost of maintaining the child, such claim and all attendant rights pass to the state authority.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
II. Enforcement
1. Enforcement assistance
1 If a father or mother does not fulfil his or her obligation to provide maintenance, a specialist office designated by cantonal law shall, on application, help the child and the other parent to enforce the maintenance claim appropriately and free of charge.
2 The Federal Council determines the terms of enforcement assistance.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2. Directions to debtors
If the parents neglect to take due care of the child, the court may order their debtors to make payment in whole or in part to the child’s legal representative.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Security
If the parents are persistently neglectful in their duty of maintenance, or if there are grounds to suspect that they are preparing to abscond or are dissipating or concealing their assets, the court may order them to furnish appropriate security for future child maintenance contributions.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
G. Public law
1 Subject to the duty of relatives to provide support, public law determines who must bear the costs of maintenance if neither the parents nor the child may defray them.
2 Public law also governs the provision of advances to maintain the child if the parents fail to fulfil their duty of maintenance.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
H. Foster parents
1 Foster parents are entitled to receive an appropriate fostering allowance unless otherwise agreed or clearly dictated by the circumstances.
2 Where children are fostered by close relatives or with a view to subsequent adoption there is a presumption that no remuneration is due.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
J. Rights of the unmarried mother
1 Up to one year after the birth at the latest, the mother may file a claim against the father or his legal heirs for compensation:2
2 On grounds of equity, the court may award partial or full compensation for such costs if the pregnancy ends prematurely.
3 Third-party payments to which the mother is entitled by law or by contract must be taken into consideration to the extent justified in the circumstances.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
A. Principles
1 Parental responsibility serves the best interests of the child.
2 Until such time as they attain the age of majority, children remain the joint parental responsibility of their father and mother.
3 Parents who are minors or subject to a general deputyship may not exercise parental responsibility. When the parents attain the age of majority, they are assigned parental responsibility. If the general deputyship is revoked, the child protection authority shall assign parental responsibility in a manner appropriate to the child's best interests.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
Abis. Death of a parent
1 If the parents have joint parental responsibility and one parent dies, the surviving parent retains sole parental responsibility.
2 If a parent who has sole parental responsibility dies, the child protection authority shall assign parental responsibility to the surviving parent or if a legal guardian is appointed for the child, to the person more suited to safeguarding the child's best interests.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
Ater. Divorce and other marital proceedings
1 In divorce proceedings or proceedings to protect the marital union, the court shall assign one parent sole parental responsibility if this is necessary to safeguard the child's best interests.
2 It may limit itself to regulating residence, contact or sharing of parenting duties if there is no prospect of the parents agreeing on these matters.
2bis When regulating residence, contact and the sharing of parenting duties it shall take account of the right of the child to maintain regular personal relationships with both parents.2
2ter Where joint parental responsibility is awarded, with respect to the child’s best interests, it shall consider the possibility of the child residing with both parents on an alternating basis, if this is requested by one of the parents or by the child.3
3 It shall request the child protection authority to appoint a legal guardian for the child if neither the mother nor the father can be expected to accept parental responsibility.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
Aquater. Recognition and court declaration of paternity
I. Joint declaration by the parents
1 If the parents are not married to each other and if the father recognises the child, or the parent-child relationship is established by court judgment but joint parental responsibility was not ordered at the time of the judgment, joint parental responsibility is established based on a joint declaration by the parents.
2 In the declaration, the parents confirm that they:
3 Before making the declaration, the parents may seek advice from the child protection authority.
4 If the parents make the declaration at the same time as recognising paternity, the declaration is made to the civil registrar. A subsequent declaration must be made to the child protection authority at the child's domicile.
5 Unless and until the declaration has been made, the mother has sole parental responsibility.
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1). Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
II. Decision of the child protection authority
1 If a parent refuses to make a declaration on joint parental responsibility, the other parent may request the child protection authority at the child's domicile to intervene.
2 The child protection authority shall order joint parental responsibility, unless the mother should retain sole parental responsibility or sole parental responsibility should be assigned to the father in order to safeguard the child's best interests.
3 At the same time as deciding on parental responsibility, the child protection authority shall regulate any other matters in dispute. An action for payment of the maintenance contribution may be brought before the competent court; in such a case the court also decides on parental responsibility and other matters relating to the child.2
3bis In its decision on residence, contact and the sharing of parenting duties, the child protection authority shall take account of the right of the child to maintain regular personal relationships with both parents.3
3ter Where joint parental responsibility is awarded, with respect to the child’s best interests, it shall consider the possibility of the child residing with both parents on an alternating basis, if this is requested by one of the parents or by the child.4
4 If the mother is a minor or subject to a general deputyship, the child protection authority shall assign parental responsibility to the father or appoint a legal guardian for the child, depending on which measure is more suitable to safeguard the child's best interests.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Second sentence amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
4 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
III. Paternity action
If the court upholds a paternity action, it shall order joint parental responsibility unless the mother retains sole parental responsibility or sole parental responsibility is assigned to the father in order to safeguard the child's best interests.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
IV. Change in circumstances
1 At the request of either parent, the child or ex officio, the child protection authority shall reassign parental responsibility if this is necessary to safeguard the child's best interests due to a substantial change in circumstances.
2 It may limit itself to regulating residence, contact or the sharing of parenting duties.
3 An action for a change to the maintenance payments may be brought to the competent court; in such a case the court may make a new ruling on parental responsibility and other matters relating to the child.2
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
Aquinquies. Change in the situation after the adoption of a stepchild in a cohabitation relationship
If the person who adopts the child cohabits with the child’s mother or father, and there is a substantial change in the circumstances, the provision on the change of circumstances applies mutatis mutandis in the case of recognition and judgement of paternity.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Asexies. Step-parents2
Each spouse must give the other reasonable support in exercising parental responsibility over the latter’s children and must represent the other spouse as circumstances require.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
Asepties. Foster parents2
1 If a child is placed in foster care with third parties, unless the relevant orders provide otherwise, these third parties exercise parental responsibility over the child in loco parentis to the extent required for the proper fulfilment of their duties.
2 Foster parents must be consulted before any important decisions are taken regarding the child.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
B. Scope
I. In general
1 The parents raise and care for a child with his or her best interests in mind and take all necessary decisions unless the child has capacity to act.
1bis The parent who is taking care of the child may decide alone if:
2 The child owes his or her parents obedience; according to how mature the child is, the parents shall allow the child the freedom to shape his or her own life and, wherever feasible, take due account of the child’s opinion in important matters.
3 The child is not permitted to leave the family home without the parents’ consent, nor may he or she be unlawfully removed from them.
4 The parents give the child his or her first name.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
II. Deciding on the place of residence
1 Parental responsibility includes the right to decide on the child's place of residence.
2 If parents exercise joint parental responsibility and if one parent wishes to change the child's place of residence, this requires the consent of the other parent or a decision of the court or the child protection authority if:
3 If one parent has sole parental responsibility and if he or she wishes to change the child's place of residence, he must inform the other parent of this in good time.
4 A parent who wishes to change his or her own domicile has the same duty to provide information.
5 If required, the parents shall agree to modify the rules on parental responsibility, residence, contact and the child maintenance contribution in such a way as to safeguard the child's best interests. If they are unable to agree, the court or the child protection authority decides.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
III. Upbringing2
1 The parents must raise the child according to their circumstances and encourage and safeguard the child's physical, mental and moral development.
2 The parents must arrange for the child, especially if he or she has physical or learning disabilities, to receive an appropriate general and vocational education that corresponds as closely as possible to the child’s abilities and inclinations.
3 To that end, the parents must co-operate as appropriate with school authorities and, where required, with public and charitable youth support agencies.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
IV. Religious upbringing2
1 The parents are free to determine the child’s religious upbringing.
2 Any agreement restricting this freedom is invalid.
3 Once a child is 16 years of age, he or she is free to decide his or her own religious denomination.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
V. Representation
1. In relation to third parties
a. In general2
1 By operation of law, the parents are vested with the power to represent the child in all dealings with third parties to the extent they have parental responsibility for the child.3
2 If both parents have parental responsibility, all third parties acting in good faith may assume that each parent acts with the other’s consent.4
3 Parents acting as their child's representative may not provide any financial guarantees, establish any foundations or make gifts on behalf of the client, with the exception of customary occasional gifts.5
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
4 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
5 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Child’s legal status2
1 A child under parental responsibility may by his or her own acts establish rights and obligations and exercise strictly personal rights under the law of persons.3
2 The child is liable with all his or her assets for any obligations entered into, without regard to the parents’ property rights.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Within the family community
1 Children with capacity of judgement who are under parental responsibility may, with their parents’ consent, act for the family as a whole, but in so doing engage not themselves but their parents.2
2 If the parents are prevented from acting or if they have interests in a matter that conflict with those of the child, the child protection authority shall appoint a deputy or regulate the matter itself.3
3 In the event of a conflict of interests, the parents' powers become automatically void by law in relation to the matter concerned.4
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
C. Child protection
I. Appropriate measures
1 If the child’s best interests are threatened and the parents are unwilling or unable to remedy the situation, the child protection authority must take all appropriate measures to protect the child.
2 The child protection authority has the same duty with regard to children placed with foster parents or otherwise living outside the family home.
3 In particular it is entitled to remind parents, foster parents or the child of their duties, issue specific instructions regarding care, upbringing or education and appoint a suitable person or agency with powers to investigate and monitor the situation.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Deputyship2
1 Where circumstances so require, the child protection authority shall appoint a child deputy whose function is to help the parents look after the child by providing advice and practical support.
2 It may assign special powers to the deputy, in particular to represent the child in the paternity action, in safeguarding the child's right to child support and the child's other rights and in supervising contact.3
3 Parental responsibility may be restricted accordingly.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
1 Repealed by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), with effect from 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
III. Revocation of the right to decide on place of residence2
1 Where there is no other way to avert a threat to the child’s best interests, the child protection authority must remove the child from the parents or from any third parties with whom he or she is staying and place the child in a suitable location.
2 At the request of the parents or the child, the child protection authority must do likewise if relations between them have deteriorated to the extent that it is no longer conscionable for the child to remain in the family home and provided no other practical remedy is available in the circumstances.
3 Where a child has lived for some length of time with foster parents, the child protection authority may forbid the parents to take the child back if such action might pose a serious risk to the child’s development.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
IV. Withdrawal of parental responsibility
1. Ex-officio2
1 If other child protection measures have failed or offer little prospect of proving adequate, the child protection authority shall revoke parental responsibility:3
2 Where parental responsibility is withdrawn from both parents, a legal guardian is appointed for their children.
3 Unless expressly ordered otherwise, the withdrawal of parental responsibility is effective in respect of all the children, including those born subsequently.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19. Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4 Amended by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
2. With the parents' consent2
The child protection authority shall withdraw parental responsibility:3
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
V. Change in circumstances
1 If circumstances change, the child protection measures in place must be adapted to suit the new situation.
2 On no account may parental responsibility be restored within less than one year of its withdrawal.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
VI. Procedure
1. General
1 The provisions on the procedure before the adult protection authority apply mutatis mutandis.
2 In appropriate cases, the child protection authority may request the parents to attempt mediation.
3 If the child protection authority appoints a deputy, it shall state the tasks of the deputy and any restrictions on parental responsibility in the decision.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Hearing for the child
1 The child is heard in person in an appropriate manner by the child protection authority or by a third party appointed for this purpose, unless this is inadvisable due to the child's age or other good cause.
2 The record of the hearing contains only the findings of relevance to the decision. The parents are informed of these findings.
3 A child capable of judgement may appeal against a decision to refuse a hearing.
1 Inserted by No II of the FA of 6 Oct. 1978 (AS 1980 31; BBl 1977 III 1). Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3. Representation for the child
1 If necessary, the child protection authority shall order the child to be represented and appoint a person experienced in welfare and legal matters as the child's deputy.
2 The child protection authority shall consider the appointment of a representative in particular if:
3 The child's deputy may file applications and appeals.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Committal to a secure institution or psychiatric hospital
1 If the child must be committed to a secure institution or a psychiatric hospital, the adult protection provisions on care-related hospitalisation apply mutatis mutandis.
2 If the child is capable of judgement, he or she may petition the court directly.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
1 Any person may notify the child protection authorities if a child’s physical, mental or sexual integrity appears to be at risk.
5. Right to notify
2 If a report is in the interest of the child, persons who are subject to professional confidentiality under the Swiss Criminal Code2 are also entitled to notify the authorities. This provision does not apply to auxiliary persons bound by professional confidentiality under the Criminal Code.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Child Protection), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
2 SR 311.0
6. Duty to notify
1 The following persons, provided they are not subject to professional confidentiality under the Swiss Criminal Code2, are obliged to report if there are clear indications that the physical, psychological or sexual integrity of a child is at risk and that they cannot remedy the threat as part of their professional activities:
2 The duty to notify is fulfilled when a person notifies a superior.
3 The cantons may provide for further notification obligations.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Child Protection), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
2 SR 311.0
7. Cooperation and administrative assistance
1 The persons and third parties involved in the proceedings are obliged to cooperate in ascertaining the facts of the case. The child protection authority issues the necessary orders to protect any interests worthy of protection. If necessary, it shall issue an order for the compulsory enforcement of the duty to cooperate.
2 Persons bound by professional confidentiality in accordance with the Swiss Criminal Code2 are entitled to cooperate without having to be released from this confidentiality requirement beforehand. This provision does not apply to auxiliary persons bound by professional confidentiality under the Criminal Code.
3 Persons bound by professional confidentiality in accordance with the Swiss Criminal Code are obliged to cooperate if the person entitled to confidentiality has authorised them to do so or if the superior authority or the supervisory authority has released them from professional confidentiality at the request of the child protection authority. Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20003 remains reserved.
4 Administrative authorities and courts shall pass on the necessary documentation, reports and information, provided there is no conflict with interests worthy of protection.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Child Protection), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
2 SR 311.0
3 SR 935.61
VII. Jurisdiction
1. In general2
1 Child protection measures are ordered by the child protection authorities at the child’s domicile.3
2 If the child lives with foster parents or otherwise outside the parental family home or if there is risk in delay, responsibility also rests with the authorities of the place in which the child is currently staying.
3 If the latter authorities implement a child protection measure, they must inform the authority at the child’s domicile.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. In marital proceedings
a. Jurisdiction of the court
1 If the court is called on to rule on relations between the parents and the children in accordance with the provisions governing divorce or protection of the marital union, it must also order all necessary child protection measures and instruct the child protection authority to implement them.2
2 The court may also modify child protection measures already in place to take account of changes in circumstances.
3 However, the child protection authority retains the power:3
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1). Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
b. Amendment of court orders
1 The court has jurisdiction to amend court orders regarding custody awards and child protection:
2 In all other cases jurisdiction lies with the child protection authority.2
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
VIII. Supervision of foster children
1 Any person taking in foster children requires authorisation from and is under the supervision of the child protection authority at his domicile or some other body designated by the canton.
1bis Where a child is fostered with a view to subsequent adoption, a single cantonal authority is responsible.2
2 The Federal Council enacts implementing regulations.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Inserted by Annex No 2 of the FA of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Adoption Convention and Measures to Protect Children in respect of Inter-Country Adoption, in force since 1 Jan. 2003 (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795).
IX. Cooperation in youth support
The cantons issue such regulations as are required to ensure effective cooperation between the authorities and official bodies in the areas of child protection under civil law, the criminal law relating to young offenders and other youth support activities.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
A. Management
1 As long as they have parental responsibility for the child, the parents have the right and the duty to administer the child’s property.
2 If a parent dies, the surviving parent must file an inventory of the child's property with the child protection authority.2
3 If the child protection authority regards it as appropriate in view of the nature and extent of the child's property and the personal circumstances of the parents, it shall order an inventory to be prepared or regular accounts and reports to be submitted.3
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
B. Use of income
1 The parents are permitted to use the income from the child’s property for the child’s maintenance, upbringing and education and, where equitable, also for the requirements of the household.
2 Any surplus accrues to the child’s property.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
C. Drawing on the child’s assets
1 Settlements, compensation and similar payments may be used in portions to fund the child’s maintenance in accordance with its current requirements.
2 Where necessary to meet the costs of maintenance, upbringing or education, the child protection authority may permit the parents to make use of other parts of the child’s assets in specific amounts.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
D. Freely disposable property of the child
I. Endowments
1 The parents are not permitted to draw on revenue from the child’s assets if, when given to the child, they were designated as interest-bearing investments or savings or use of the revenue by the parents was expressly excluded.
2 Management by the parents is excluded only where expressly so provided when the child is endowed with the assets.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Statutory entitlement
1 By testamentary disposition the child’s statutory inheritance entitlement may also be excluded from management by the parents.
2 If the testator appoints a third party to administer the bequest, the child protection authority may require the latter to carry out periodic accounting and reporting.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
III. Employment income, professional and business assets
1 The child manages and enjoys the benefits of all fruits of his or her own labour and of those of his or her assets that are released by his or her parents for use in the child's professional or business activities.
2 If the child lives with its parents in the family home, they may require the child to make an appropriate contribution to his or her maintenance.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
E. Protection of the child’s property
I. Appropriate measures
1 Where there is no adequate guarantee that the child’s property will be diligently managed, the child protection authority takes the necessary measures to protect it.
2 In particular, the child protection authority may issue instructions regarding such management and, where the periodic accounting and reporting is insufficient, may order the parents to deposit the property or furnish security.
3 Procedure and jurisdiction are regulated mutatis mutandis by the provisions governing child protection.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
II. Withdrawal of management
1 If there is no other way to avert a threat to the child’s property, the child protection authority shall appoint a child welfare advocate to manage it.
2 The child protection authority does likewise if a child’s property that is not managed by the parents is threatened.
3 Where there is serious concern that income from the child’s property or the amounts designated for use or released to cover the child’s needs are not being used as intended, the child protection authority may also appoint a child welfare advocate to manage those assets.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
F. End of asset management
I. Return of property
On termination of parental responsibility or the parents’ management, the parents must hand over the child’s property together with a final statement of account to the adult child or to the child’s legal representative.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. Liability
1 The parents are liable to make restitution as if they were authorised agents.
2 The parents must surrender the proceeds of any property alienated in good faith.
3 The parents do not owe compensation for any authorised expenditures on the child or the household.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
A. Principle
If a child is not subject to parental responsibility, the child protection authority shall appoint a guardian for the child.
B. Legal status
I. Of the child
A child subject to guardianship has the same legal status as a child subject to parental responsibility.
II. Of the guardian
1 A guardian has the same rights as the parents.
2 The provisions on adult protection, and in particular on appointing a and acting as a deputy and the involvement of the adult protection authority apply mutatis mutandis.
3 If the child must be committed to a secure institution or psychiatric hospital, the adult protection provisions on care-related hospitalisation apply mutatis mutandis.
A. Persons obliged to lend assistance
1 A person living in financial comfort has a duty to lend assistance to any lineal relatives of older or younger generations who would suffer hardship without such assistance.
2 The duty of maintenance of parents, spouses and registered partners is reserved.2
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Federal Act on Partnerships of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
B. Scope and enforcement of the claim for assistance1
1 The claim for assistance is directed against those with a duty to provide it in order of their inheritance entitlements; the amount is dependent on the degree of assistance required to maintain the indigent claimant and on the circumstances of the person obliged to provide it.
1bis No claim for support may be made if the hardship arises from a restriction in the ability to pursue gainful employment owing to the care of one’s own children.2
2 Where in the light of special circumstances the court deems it inequitable to require a person to fulfil his duty of assistance, the court may restrict such duty or revoke it entirely.3
3 The provisions governing child maintenance entitlement and the transfer of such entitlement to the state authority are applicable mutatis mutandis.4
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
4 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
C. Maintenance of foundlings
1 Foundlings are maintained by the commune in which they have become naturalised.
2 If a foundling’s parentage is established, the commune may require those relatives with a duty of assistance and, as a last recourse, the state authority under such duty to compensate it for the costs incurred in maintaining the foundling.
A. Requirement
1 Where by law, agreement or family custom persons living in common household have a head of the family, such person holds authority within the household.
2 The authority extends over all persons living in the household, whether relatives by blood1 or by marriage or employees or persons in a similar position based on a contractual relationship.2
B. Effect
I. House rules and welfare
1 The house rules to which the household members are subject must take due account of the interests of all involved.
2 In particular, the household members must be allowed the freedom required for their education, occupation and religious practices.
3 All property brought in by the household members must be kept safe and sound by the head of the family with the same care and attention given to his own property.
II. Liability
1 If damage is caused by a member of the household who is a minor, suffers from a mental disability, is subject to a general deputyship, or is mentally ill, the head of the family is liable unless he can show that his supervision of the household was as diligent as would normally be expected in the circumstances prevailing.1
2 The head of the family is obliged to ensure that the condition of a household member who suffers from a mental disability or a mental illness does not result in risk or damage to himself or to others.2
3 Where necessary, the head of the family must notify the competent authority with a view to having the requisite precautionary measures put in place.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Claims of children and grandchildren
1. Requirements
1 Adult children or grandchildren who have contributed their labour or income to parents or grandparents with whom they live in a common household are entitled to suitable compensation in return.2
2 In the event of dispute the court determines the amount of compensation, the security required and the payment method.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 6 Oct. 1972, in force since 15 Feb. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2. Asserting claims
1 The compensation due to children or grandchildren may be claimed on the debtor’s death.
2 It may also be claimed during the debtor’s lifetime if his property is distrained or he is declared bankrupt, the common household ceases to exist or the business changes hands.
3 The claim is not subject to prescription, but must be brought at the latest on division of the deceased debtor’s estate.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 6 Oct. 1972, in force since 15 Feb. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
A. Family foundations
1 A body of assets may be tied to a family by means of a family foundation created under the law of persons or inheritance law in order to meet the costs of raising, endowing or supporting family members or for similar purposes.
2 It is no longer permitted to establish a fee tail.
B. Ownership in undivided shares
I. Formation
1. Authority
Members of a family may tie a body of assets to the family by placing all or part of an inheritance or other property under joint ownership in undivided shares.
2. Form
The agreement establishing joint ownership in undivided shares is valid only if done as a public deed signed by all co-owners or their representatives.
II. Duration
1 Joint ownership in undivided shares may be constituted for a limited or indefinite duration.
2 If constituted for an indefinite duration, it may be terminated by any co-owner subject to six months’ notice.
3 Where the co-owned asset is an agricultural enterprise, such notice must always expire on a spring or autumn date in accordance with local custom.
III. Effect
1. Type of ownership
1 Joint ownership in undivided shares binds the co-owners together in common economic activity.
2 Unless otherwise provided, they enjoy equal rights in the co-owned property.
3 For the duration of their joint ownership in undivided shares, they may neither seek a division of the property nor dispose of their own share.
2. Management and representation
a. In general
1 The affairs of the joint ownership in undivided shares are regulated by all the co-owners acting collectively.
2 Each co-owner may take ordinary administrative actions on his own initiative.
b. Manager's powers
1 The co-owners may appoint one of their number to act as their manager.
2 The manager represents the co-owners in all external dealings and directs their economic activities.
3 Where representation by the other co-owners is excluded, such exclusion may be invoked against third parties acting in good faith only if the sole representative is entered in the commercial register.
3. Common property and personal property
1 The property under joint ownership in undivided shares is owned collectively by all the co-owners.
2 The co-owners are jointly and severally liable for debts encumbering such property.
3 Except where otherwise agreed, all property belonging to a co-owner besides that owned collectively in undivided shares, and all property inherited or acquired in some other manner without valuable consideration during the co-ownership is the personal property of that co-owner.
IV. Dissolution
1. Grounds
Joint ownership in undivided shares is dissolved:
2. Notice, insolvency, marriage
1 If one co-owner gives notice to terminate joint ownership in undivided shares or is declared bankrupt, or if his share is realised after having been distrained, joint ownership in undivided shares may be maintained by the other co-owners provided they reach a settlement with him or his creditors.
2 A co-owner who marries is entitled to request such settlement without giving notice of termination.
3. Death of a co-owner
1 On the death of a co-owner, heirs who are not also co-owners are entitled only to settlement of his share.
2 Where he is survived by issue entitled to inherit his share, with the consent of the other co-owners such issue may accede to the joint ownership in undivided shares in his place.
4. Division
1 Division of the collectively owned property or settlement of a withdrawing co-owner’s share is based on the condition of the property when the grounds for dissolution arose.
2 Its implementation may not be requested at an inopportune time.
V. Revenue-generating co-ownership
1. Nature
1 The co-owners may entrust the exploitation and representation of the collectively owned property to one of their number on condition that he pay each co-owner a share of the net profit annually.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, such share is determined equitably on the basis of the average revenues generated by the property over a sufficiently long period and with due regard to the work done by the person managing it.
2. Special grounds for dissolution
1 If the collectively owned property is not properly managed or the managing co-owner fails to meet his obligations towards the other co-owners, the joint ownership in undivided shares may be dissolved.
2 Where there is good cause, a co-owner may request the court to authorise him to assume joint management of the property, taking due consideration of the provisions governing the division of the estate.
3 In all other respects, revenue-generating joint ownership in undivided shares is subject to the provisions governing the joint ownership in undivided shares of a collectively managed business.
1 Repealed by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, with effect from 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
1 Repealed by No II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on Approval of Cantonal Decrees by the Federal Government, with effect from 1 Feb. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
A. Principle
1 A person with capacity to act may instruct a natural person or legal entity to take responsibility for his or her personal care or the management of his or her assets or to act as his or her legal agent in the event that he or she is no longer capable of judgement.
2 He or she must define the tasks that are to be assigned and may issue instructions on how these tasks are to be fulfilled.
3 He or she may provide for a replacement for the event that the appointee is not suitable for the tasks, does not accept the mandate or terminates the mandate.
B. Execution and revocation
I. Execution
1 The advance care directive must be executed in holographic form or publicly authenticated.
2 A holograph advance care directive must be handwritten, dated and signed by the client from beginning to end.
3 On request, the Civil Register Office shall record in the central database the fact that a person has executed an advance care directive and the place where it is kept. The Federal Council shall issue the required provisions, in particular on the access to the data.
II. Revocation
1 The client may revoke the advance care directive at any time in either of the ways provided for its execution.
2 He or she may also revoke the advance care directive by destroying the document.
3 If he or she executes a new advance care directive without expressly revoking the previous directive, the new advance care directive replaces the previous one unless it is clearly no more than an amendment to the same.
C. Decision on effectiveness and acceptance
1 Where the adult protection authority learns that a person is no longer capable of judgement, but it is unaware if there is an advance care directive, it shall enquire at the Civil Register Office.
2 If there is an advance care directive, the adult protection authority shall verify if:
3 If the appointee accepts the advance care directive, the authority shall advise him or her of his or her obligations under the provisions of the Code of Obligations1 on agency contracts and issue him or her with a formal document stating his or her powers.
1 SR 220
D. Interpretation and clarification
The appointee may request the adult protection authority to interpret the advance care directive and to add clarification to secondary points.
E. Fulfilment
1 The appointee shall represent the client in accordance with the advance care directive and fulfil his or her duties with due care in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Obligations1 on agency contracts.
2 Where transactions must be carried out that are not covered by the advance care directive, or if the appointee has an interest in a matter that conflicts with that of the client, the appointee shall notify the adult protection authority immediately.
3 In the event of a conflict of interest, the powers of the appointee cease to apply by law.
F. Remuneration and expenses
1 If the advance care directive has no instructions on the remuneration of the appointee, the adult protection authority shall specify appropriate remuneration provided this appears justified given the extent of the duties or if the services provided by the appointee are normally remunerated.
2 The remuneration and the required expenses are charged to the client.
G. Termination
1 The appointee may terminate the advance care directive at any time subject to giving two months' written notice to the adult protection authority.
2 For good cause, the appointee may terminate the directive without notice.
H. Intervention by the adult protection authority
1 If the interests of the client are endangered or no longer protected, the adult protection authority may take the required measures ex officio or at the request of a closely associated person.
2 It may in particular issue the appointee with instructions, order the appointee to file an inventory, regular accounts and reports or revoke all or some of his or her powers.
I. Regaining the capacity of judgement
1 If the client regains the capacity of judgement, the advance care directive shall by law cease to have effect.
2 If the interests of the client are endangered thereby, the appointee must continue to carry out the tasks assigned to him or her until the client can safeguard his or her own interests.
3 The appointee is bound as if the directive still applies by transactions that he or she enters into before he or she learns that the directive has ceased to apply.
A. Principle
1 A person who is capable of judgement may specify in a patient decree which medical procedures he or she agrees or does not agree to in the event that he or she is no longer capable of judgement.
2 He or she may also designate a natural person who in the event that he or she is no longer capable of judgement should discuss the medical procedures with the attending doctor and decide on his or her behalf. He or she may issue instructions to this person.
3 He or she may issue alternative instructions for the event that the designated person is not suitable for the tasks, does not accept the mandate or terminates the mandate.
B. Execution and revocation
1 The patient decree must be executed in writing, and be dated and signed.
2 Any person who has executed a patient decree may have this fact and the place where it is kept entered on his or her health insurance card. The Federal Council shall issue the required provisions, in particular on the access to the data.
3 The provision on revoking an advance care directive applies mutatis mutandis.
C. Loss of capacity of judgement
1 If the patient lacks capacity of judgement and it is not known if there is a patient decree, the attending doctor shall ascertain the position from the health insurance card. The foregoing does not apply to urgent cases.
2 The doctor shall comply with the patient decree unless it violates statutory regulations or there is reasonable doubt that it is based on the patient's free will or still corresponds to his or her presumed will.
3 The doctor shall make a note in the patient records of any reasons why the patient decree was not complied with.
D. Intervention by the adult protection authority
1 Any person closely related to the patient may contact the adult protection authority in writing and claim that:
2 The provision on intervention by the adult protection authority in the case of an advance care directive applies mutatis mutandis.
A. Requirements for and extent of the right to act as representative
1 Any person who as spouse or registered partner cohabits with a person who is no longer capable of judgement or who regularly and personally provides that person with support has a statutory right to act as that person's representative if there is no advance care directive and no deputy has been appointed.
2 The right to act as representative includes:
3 For legal acts involving exceptional asset management, the spouse or the registered partner must obtain the consent of the adult protection authority.
B. Exercise of the right to act as representative
The exercise of the right to act as representative is governed by the provisions of the Code of Obligations1 on agency contracts mutatis mutandis.
C. Intervention by the adult protection authority
1 If there is any doubt as to whether the requirements for representation are met, the adult protection authority shall decide on the right to act as representative and if required shall provide the spouse or the registered partner with a document stating his or her powers.
2 If the interests of the person lacking capacity of judgement are endangered or no longer safeguarded, the adult protection authority shall at the request of a closely associated person or ex officio revoke the power of the spouse or registered partner to act as representative partly or fully and shall appoint a deputy.
A. Treatment plan
1 If a person lacking capacity of judgement has not given instructions on treatment in a patient decree, the attending doctor shall plan the required treatment in consultation with the person entitled to act as representative in relation to medical procedures.
2 The doctor shall inform the representative about all the important aspects of the planned medical procedures, and in particular about the reasons therefor, their purpose, form, methods, risks, side effects and costs, the consequences of not carrying out the treatment and any alternative treatment options.
3 If possible, the person lacking capacity of judgement shall also be involved in making the decision.
4 The treatment plan shall be adapted to ongoing developments.
B. The representative
1 The following persons are entitled in the following order to represent the person lacking capacity of judgement and to grant or refuse consent to the planned out-patient or in-patient measures:
2 If two or more persons have the right to act as representative, the doctor, acting in good faith, may require that each act with the agreement of the others.
3 If a patient decree contains no instructions, the representative shall decide according to the presumed wishes and interests of the person lacking capacity of judgement.
C. Urgent cases
In urgent cases, the doctor may carry out medical procedures according to the presumed wishes and interests of the person lacking capacity of judgement.
D. Treatment of a mental disorder
The treatment of a mental disorder of a person lacking capacity of judgement in a psychiatric hospital is governed by the provisions on care-related hospitalisation.
E. Intervention by the adult protection authority
1 The adult protection authority shall establish a representative deputyship if there is no representative available or the representative does not wish to exercise the right to act.
2 It shall appoint a representative or establish a representative deputyship if:
3 It shall act at the request of the doctor, another closely associated person or ex officio.
A. Care agreement
1 If a person lacking capacity of judgement is cared for in a residential or nursing institution for a longer period, a written care agreement must be drawn up to regulate the services that the institution provides and the costs thereof.
2 In determining the services provided by the institution, account must be taken of the wishes of the person concerned as far as possible.
3 Responsibility for representing the person lacking capacity of judgement in concluding, amending or terminating the care agreement is governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions on representation relating to medical procedures.
B. Restriction of freedom of movement
I. Requirements
1 The residential or nursing institution may restrict the freedom of movement of the person lacking capacity of judgement only if less stringent measures are clearly insufficient or prove to be so and the measure serves to:
2 Before his or her freedom of movement is restricted, it shall be explained to the person concerned what is happening, why the measure has been ordered, how long it will probably last and who will be responsible for the person concerned during this period. The foregoing does not apply in emergencies.
3 An order to restrict freedom of movement shall be revoked as soon as possible and in every case reviewed regularly to ascertain whether it is still required.
II. Records and Information
1 A record shall be kept of any measure restricting freedom of movement. This shall contain in particular the names of the person ordering the measure, the purpose, the nature and the duration the measure.
2 The representative in relation to medical procedures shall be notified of the measure restricting freedom of movement and may inspect the record at any time.
3 The persons supervising the residential or nursing institution shall also have a right to inspect the record.
III. Intervention by the adult protection authority
1 The person concerned or a closely related person may submit a written request at any time for the adult protection authority at the location of the institution to intervene in relation to a measure restricting freedom of movement.
2 If the adult protection authority establishes that the measure fails to meet the statutory requirements, it shall amend the measure, revoke it or order an official adult protection measure. If necessary, it shall notify the institution's supervisory authority.
3 Any request for an assessment to be made by the adult protection authority shall be passed on to the authority immediately.
C. Protection of privacy
1 The residential or nursing institution shall protect the privacy of a person lacking capacity of judgement and where possible encourage contacts with persons outside the institution.
2 If no one outside the institution expresses an interest in the client, the residential or nursing institution shall notify the adult protection authority.
3 The freedom to choose one's doctor shall be respected unless there is good cause for not doing so.
D. Supervision of residential and care institution
The cantons shall make residential and care institution in which person lacking capacity of judgement are cared for subject to supervision, unless federal regulations already guarantee supervision.
A. Aim
1 Official adult protection measures shall aim to secure the best interests and protection of persons in need.
2 Where possible, they should preserve and encourage the independence of the persons concerned.
B. Subsidiarity and proportionality
1 The adult protection authority shall order a measure if:
2 Any official measure must be necessary and suitable.
A. Requirements
1 The adult protection authority shall establish a deputyship if an adult:
2 Account must be taken of the burden on and the protection of family members and third parties.
3 The deputyship shall be established at the request of the person concerned (the client) or a closely associated person or ex officio.
B. Scope of responsibilities
1 The adult protection authority shall define the scope of the deputyship's responsibilities according to the needs of the client.
2 The scope of responsibilities shall relate to personal care, the management of his or her assets or legal matters.
3 Without the consent of the client, the deputy may only open his or her post or enter his or her residence if the adult protection authority has expressly granted the power to do so.
C. Dispensing with a deputyship
If establishing a deputyship is clearly a disproportionate measure due the extent of the work involved, the adult protection authority may:
A. Assistance deputyship
1 An assistance deputyship is established with the consent of the person in need if he or she needs assistance in order to deal with certain matters.
2 The assistance deputyship does not limit the capacity of the client to act.
B. Representative deputyship
I. In general
1 A representative deputyship is established if the person in need is unable to deal with certain matters and therefore must be represented.
2 The adult protection authority may limit the capacity of the client to act accordingly.
3 Even if his or her capacity to act has not been limited, the client is bound by the acts of the deputy.
II. Asset management
1 If the adult protection authority establishes a representative deputyship to manage assets, it shall specify the assets to be managed by the deputy. It may make all or part of the income, all or part of the capital or all or part of the income and capital subject to the deputy's management.
2 The management powers also cover savings from the managed income or the revenue from the managed capital unless the adult protection authority provides otherwise.
3 Without limiting the capacity of the client to act, the adult protection authority may prohibit him or her from accessing individual assets.
4 If the adult protection authority prohibits the client from disposing of heritable property, it must arrange for a note to be made in the land register.
C. Advisory deputyship
1 An advisory deputyship shall be established if the client requires for his or her own protection that certain acts be made subject to the consent of the deputy.
2 The client's capacity to act shall thus be limited accordingly by law.
D. Combination of deputyships
Assistance, representative and advisory deputyships may be combined with each other.
E. General deputyship
1 A general deputyship is established if a person, in particular due to permanent loss of capacity of judgement, is in particular need.
2 It covers all aspects of personal care, management of assets and legal matters.
3 The client's capacity to act is revoked by law.
1 The deputyship ends by law on the death of the client.
2 The adult protection authority shall terminate a deputyship at the request of the client or of a closely associated person or ex officio as soon as there is no reason for it to continue.
A. Appointment
I. General requirements
1 The adult protection authority shall appoint as deputy a natural person who has the personal aptitude and knowledge to carry out the planned tasks, who has the time required to do so and who can carry out the tasks in person. Where circumstances require, it may appoint two or more persons.
2 The person may only be appointed with their consent.1
3 The adult protection authority shall ensure that the deputy receives the instructions, advice and support that he or she requires
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 29 Sept. 2017, in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2801; BBl 2017 1811 3205).
II. Wishes of the client or his or her closely associated persons
1 If the client proposes someone as his or her deputy, the adult protection authority shall agree to the proposal provided the person proposed is suitable and is prepared to accept the deputyship
2 It shall if possible take account of the wishes of family members or other closely associated persons.
3 If the client rejects a specific person as the deputy, the adult protection authority shall respect this wish provided it is reasonable.
III. Appointment of two or more persons
1 If the adult protection authority appoints two or more persons as deputies, it shall specify whether their tasks should be carried out jointly or who is responsible for which tasks.
2 Two or more deputies may be required to carry out their tasks jointly only if they agree to do so.
B. Incapacity and conflict of interests
1 If the deputy is unable to act or if the deputy's interests conflict with those of the client, the adult protection authority shall appoint a substitute deputy or regulate the matter itself.
2 In the event of a conflict of interests, the powers of the deputy cease to apply by law in the relevant matter.
C. Remuneration and expenses
1 The deputy is entitled to appropriate remuneration and to the reimbursement of necessary expenses from the assets of the client. In the case of professional deputies, the remuneration is paid and expenses reimbursed by the employer.
2 The adult protection authority determines the level of remuneration. It takes account in particular of the extent and the complexity of the tasks assigned to the deputy.
3 The cantons shall issue implementing provisions and rules on remuneration and reimbursing expenses if they cannot be paid out of the assets of the client.
A. Assumption of office
1 The deputy shall obtain the information required to fulfil his or her tasks and shall make personal contact with the client.
2 If the deputyship involves asset management, the deputy shall immediately make an inventory of the assets to be managed in cooperation with the adult protection authority.
3 If justified in the circumstances, the adult protection authority may order a public inventory to be made. This has the same effect for creditors as a public inventory under the law of succession.
4 Third parties are obliged to provide all the information required for the inventory to be made.
B. Relationship with the client
1 The deputy shall carry out his or her tasks in the interests of the client, take account of the client's opinions, where possible, and respect the client's desire to organise his or her life in a way that corresponds to his or her abilities and accords with his or her wishes and ideas.
2 The deputy shall try to develop a relationship of mutual trust with the client and to prevent any deterioration in the client's debility or to reduce the effect thereof.
C. Client's autonomy
Even if his or her capacity to act has been revoked, a client who is capable of judgement may through his or her own acts establish rights and obligations under the law of persons, and exercise strictly personal rights.
D. Asset management
I. Tasks
1 The deputy shall manage the assets with due care and carry out all the legal acts connected with their management.
2 In particular the deputy may:
3 The Federal Council shall issue provisions on the investment and safe custody of assets.
II. Personal allowance
The deputy shall provide the client with an allowance from the client's assets which the client is free to spend.
III. Accounts
1 The deputy shall keep accounts and submit them to the adult protection authority for approval at regular intervals specified by the authority, and at least every two years.
2 The deputy shall explain the accounts to the client and provide him or her with a copy on request.
E. Reporting
1 The deputy shall submit a report on the client's situation and the deputyship to the adult protection authority as often as necessary, but at least every two years.
2 The deputy shall if possible consult the client when preparing the report and provide the client with a copy request.
F. Special transactions
1 The deputy may not provide any financial guarantees, establish any foundations or make gifts on behalf of the client, with the exception of customary occasional gifts.
2 Assets that are of special value to the client or his or her family shall not be disposed of if possible.
G. Duties of care and confidentiality
1 In fulfilling his or her tasks, the deputy shall have the same duty of care as an agent under the provisions of the Code of Obligations1.
2 The deputyship is subject to a duty of confidentiality unless this is contrary to overriding interests.
3 Third parties must be notified of the existence of the deputyship provided this is required for the deputy to duly fulfil his or her tasks.
H. Amendment of conditions
The deputy shall notify the adult protection authority immediately of any circumstances that require the measure to be amended or make the termination of the deputyship possible.
A. Examination of accounts and report
1 The adult protection authority shall examine the accounts and grant or refuse approval thereof; if necessary, they shall require the accounts to be corrected.
2 It shall examine the report and, if necessary, require it to be amended.
3 If necessary, it shall take measures to safeguard the interests of the client appropriately.
B. Transactions requiring consent
I. By law
1 The consent of the adult protection authority is required before the deputy may carry out any of the following transactions on behalf of the client:
2 The adult protection authority's consent is not required if a client who is capable of judgement grants his or her consent and his or her capacity to act is not limited by the deputyship.
3 Contracts between the deputy and the client shall always require the adult protection authority's consent other than in the case of assignments issued by the client that do not involve the payment of a fee.
II. By order
The adult protection authority may for good cause order that other transactions should require its consent.
III. Lack of consent
If a transaction has been entered into without the required consent of the adult protection authority, this shall only affect the client to the extent provided for under the provisions of the law of persons on lack of consent from a legal representative.
The client, a closely related person or any person with a legitimate interest may call on the adult protection authority to intervene in relation to acts or omissions by the deputy or by a third party or agency to which the adult protection authority has issued an assignment.
If the client's spouse, registered partner, parents, issue, sibling, or de facto life partner is appointed deputy, the adult protection authority may wholly or partly absolve the deputy of the obligations to prepare an inventory, submit regular reports and accounts, and obtain consent for specific transaction if this is justified by the circumstances.
A. By law
The office of deputy terminates by law:
B. Discharge
I. At the deputy's request
1 The deputy may request to be discharged at the earliest after serving a term of four years.
2 Prior to this, the deputy may request to be discharged for good cause.
II. Other cases
1 The adult protection authority shall discharge the deputy if:
2 The client or a closely associated person may request that the deputy be discharged.
C. Continuation of transactions
The deputy must continue with transactions that cannot be postponed until a successor takes over office, unless the adult protection authority orders otherwise. This provision does not apply to a professional deputy.
D. Final report and final accounts
1 When the term of office ends, the deputy shall submit a final report to the adult protection authority and if applicable file the final accounts. The adult protection authority may waive this requirement for professional deputies if the employment relationship ends.
2 The adult protection authority shall examine and approve the final report and the final accounts in the same way as the regular reports and accounts.
3 It shall pass on the final report and final accounts to the client or his or her heirs and if applicable to the new deputy and shall at the same time draw the attention of these persons to the provisions on accountability.
4 It shall also inform them whether it exonerated the deputy or refused to approve the final report or the final accounts.
A. The measures
I. Hospitalisation for treatment or care
1 A person suffering from a mental disorder or mental disability or serious neglect (the patient) may be committed to an appropriate institution if the required treatment or care cannot be provided otherwise.
2 The burden that the patient places on family members and third parties and their protection must be taken into account.
3 The patient shall be discharged as soon as the requirements for hospitalisation no longer are fulfilled.
4 The patient or a closely related person may request his or her discharge at any time. A decision must be made on the request immediately.
II. Detention of persons admitted voluntarily
1 If a person suffering from a mental disorder who has entered an institution voluntarily wishes to leave the institution, he or she may be detained by the institution's medical management for a maximum of three days if he or she:
2 At the end of the three day period, the patient may leave the institution unless he or she is subject to an enforceable hospitalisation order.
3 The patient shall be notified in writing that he or she may petition the court.
B. Responsibility for hospitalisation and discharge
I. Adult protection authority
1 The adult protection authority is responsible for ordering hospitalisation and discharge.
2 In specific cases, it may delegate responsibility for discharge to the institution.
II. Doctors
1. Responsibility
1 The cantons may designate doctors who in addition to the adult protection authority are authorised to order hospitalisation for a period specified by cantonal law. The period may not exceed six weeks.
2 Hospitalisation may not continue beyond the specified period at the latest unless an enforceable hospitalisation order from the adult protection authority applies.
3 The institution decides on discharge.
2. Procedures
1 The doctor shall examine and interview the patient in person.
2 The hospitalisation order shall contain at least the following information:
3 An appeal does not have suspensive effect unless the doctor or the competent court orders otherwise.
4 A copy of the hospitalisation order shall be given to the patient; a further copy shall be given to the institution on the patient's admission.
5 The doctor shall if possible notify a person closely related to the patient in writing on his or her committal and on the rights of appeal.
C. Regular review
1 The adult protection authority shall conduct a review at the latest six months after hospitalisation of whether the requirements for hospitalisation are still being met and whether the institution is still suitable.
2 It shall conduct a second review within the following six months. Thereafter it shall conduct a review as often as necessary, but at least once every year.
D. Authorised representative
Any person committed to an institution may appoint a person that he or she trusts as a representative to support him or her during his or her stay and until the conclusion of all related procedures.
E. Medical measures in the case of a mental disorder
I. Treatment plan
1 If a person is committed to an institution to be treated for a mental disorder, the attending doctor shall draw up written treatment plan in consultation with the patient and if applicable his or her authorised representative.
2 The doctor shall inform the patient and the authorised representative of all matters relevant to the planned medical procedures, and in particular the reasons therefor, their purpose, nature, modalities, risks and side effects, of the consequences of not undergoing treatment and of any alternative treatment options.
3 The treatment plan shall be given to the patient so that he or she may consent. Where the patient is incapable of judgement, account must be taken of any patient decree.
4 The treatment plan is adjusted to take account of ongoing developments.
II. Treatment without consent
1 In the absence of the patient's consent, the chief physician in the department may order in writing the medical procedures planned in the treatment plan if:
2 Written notice of the order shall be given to the patient and his or her authorised representative together with instructions on rights of appeal.
III. Emergencies
1 In an emergency, essential medical procedures may be carried out immediately to protect the patient or third parties.
2 If the institution is aware how the person wishes to be treated, it shall take account of those wishes.
IV. Pre-discharge interview
1 If there is a risk that the medical condition will recur, the attending doctor shall attempt to agree with the client before discharge on principles for treatment in the event that the patient is committed to the institution again.
2 The pre-discharge interview must be documented.
V. Cantonal law
1 The cantons shall regulate follow-up care.
2 They may provide for out-patient measures.
F. Measures restricting freedom of movement
Measures restricting the patient's freedom of movement in the institution are governed by the provisions on restricting the freedom of movement of patients in residential or care institutions mutatis mutandis. The right to appeal to the court is reserved.
G. Petition to the court
1 In the following cases, the patient or a closely related person may petition the competent court in writing:
2 The deadline for appealing to the court is ten days from the date on which notice of the decision is given. In the case of measures restricting freedom of movement, an appeal may be made to the court at any time.
3 The procedure is governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions on proceedings before a judicial appellate authority.
4 An application for judicial assessment must be passed on to the competent court immediately.
A. Adult protection authority
1 The adult protection authority is a specialist authority. It is appointed by the cantons.
2 It has a quorum of three members for taking decisions. The cantons may provide for exceptions for specific matters.
3 It also carries out the tasks of the child protection authority.
B. Supervisory authority
1 The cantons shall appoint the supervisory authorities.
2 The Federal Council may issue provisions on supervision.
C. Local jurisdiction
1 The adult protection authority at the place of residence of the client has jurisdiction. In ongoing proceedings, the same authority retains jurisdiction until the case has been concluded.
2 In urgent cases, the authority where the client is actually residing has jurisdiction. If this authority carries out a measure, it shall notify the authority in the client's normal place of residence.
3 In the case of a deputyship due to absence, the authority at the place where the majority of the assets have been managed or have been transferred to the client has jurisdiction.
4 The cantons are entitled to declare the authority in the client's place of origin rather than place of residence to have jurisdiction over citizens of the canton who are resident in the canton, provide the commune of origin is wholly or partly responsible for supporting persons in need.
5 If a person subject to a measure changes place of residence, the authority at the new place shall take responsibility for the measure immediately, unless there is good cause for not doing so.
A. Notification rights and obligations
1 Any person may notify the adult protection authority if a person appears to be in need of assistance. The provisions on professional confidentiality are reserved.
2 Any person who while acting in an official capacity learns that a person needs assistance and is unable to provide this assistance in the context of their professional activities is required to notify the adult protection authority. The provisions on professional confidentiality remain reserved.1
3 The cantons may provide for further notification obligations.2
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Child Protection), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Child Protection), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
B. Verification of jurisdiction
1 The adult protection authority shall verify its jurisdiction ex officio.
2 If it decides that it has no jurisdiction, it shall assign the case immediately to the authority that it regards as having jurisdiction.
3 If it is uncertain as to whether it has jurisdiction, it shall consult the authority that it believes may have jurisdiction.
4 If no agreement is reached after consultation, the authority originally involved shall refer the question of jurisdiction to the appellate authority.
C. Precautionary measures
1 The adult protection authority shall at the request of a person participating in the proceedings or ex officio take all the precautionary measures required for the duration of the proceedings. It may in particular order an adult protection measure as a precautionary measure.
2 In cases of particular urgency, it may take precautionary measures immediately without hearing the persons participating in the proceedings. At the same time, it shall give these persons the opportunity to express their views, after which it shall review its decision.
3 An appeal against precautionary measures may be filed within ten days of notice thereof being given.
D. Procedural principles
1 The adult protection authority investigates the circumstances of the case ex officio.
2 It shall conduct the required enquiries and gather the required evidence. It may instruct a suitable person or agency to carry out enquiries. If necessary, it shall commission an opinion from an expert.
3 It is not limited by the requests made by the persons participating in the proceedings.
4 It shall apply the law ex officio.
E. Hearing
1 The client shall be heard in person unless to do so appears inappropriate.
2 In a case involving care-related hospitalisation, the adult protection authority shall normally hear the client normally as a panel.
F. Obligations to cooperate and administrative assistance
1 The persons participating in the proceedings and third parties are obliged to cooperate in the enquiries into the circumstances. The adult protection authority shall make the arrangements required to safeguard legitimate interests. If necessary, it shall order the enforcement of the duty to cooperate.
2 Doctors, dentists, pharmacists, midwives and birth assistants, chiropractors and psychologists and their auxiliary personnel are only obliged to cooperate if the person entitled to confidentiality has authorised them to do so or if a superior authority or the supervisory authority has relieved them of the obligation of professional confidentiality at their own request or at the request of the adult protection authority.1
3 Members of the clergy, lawyers, defence agents, mediators and former welfare deputies appointed in the case are not subject to the obligation to cooperate.
4 Administrative authorities and courts shall hand over the required files, draw up reports and provide information unless legitimate interests require otherwise.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Child Protection), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 2947; BBl 2015 3431).
G. Assessment in an institution
1 If a psychiatric assessment is essential and cannot be carried out on an out-patient basis, the adult protection authority shall have the client admitted to a suitable institution for assessment.
2 The provisions on the procedure for care-related hospitalisation apply mutatis mutandis.
H. Appointment of a representative
If necessary, the adult protection authority shall order that the client be represented and appoint a person experienced in care-related and legal matters as deputy.
I. Inspection of files
1 The persons participating in the proceedings have the right to inspect the case files, unless legitimate interests require otherwise.
2 If a person participating in the proceedings is refused access to any case files, the information therein may only be used in the proceedings if the authority discloses the content relevant to the case verbally or in writing to the person concerned.
J. Notification duty
The adult protection authority shall notify the civil register office if:
A. Object and right of appeal
1 Decisions of the adult protection authority are subject to a right of appeal to the competent court.
2 The following persons have a right of appeal:
3 The appeal must be filed with the court in writing and with a statement of the grounds.
B. Grounds of appeal
1 The appeal may challenge:
2 An appeal is also competent on the grounds of denial of justice or unjustified delay.
C. Deadline for filing the appeal
1 The appeal must be filed within thirty days of notification of the decision. This deadline also applies to persons entitled to appeal who are not required to be notified of the decision.
2 In the case of a decision concerning care-related accommodation, the appeal must be filed within ten days of notification of the decision.
3 An appeal on the grounds of denial of justice or unjustified delay may be filed at any time.
D. Suspensive effect
An appeal has suspensive effect unless the adult protection authority or the judicial appellate authority rules otherwise.
E. Consultation with the lower instance and reconsideration
1 The judicial appellate authority shall give the adult protection authority the opportunity to express its position.
2 Instead of submitting its views, the adult protection authority may reconsider its decision.
F. Special provisions in the case of care-related hospitalisation
1 A statement of grounds is not required for an appeal against a decision relating to care-related hospitalisation.
2 The appeal does not have suspensive effect unless the adult protection authority or the judicial appellate authority rules otherwise.
3 In cases involving mental disorders, the decision must be based on the opinion of an expert.
4 The judicial appellate authority shall normally hear the client as a panel of judges. If necessary, it shall order that the client be represented and appoint a person experienced in care-related and legal matters as deputy.
5 Normally, it decides within five working days of the appeal being filed.
In addition, the provisions of the Civil Procedure Ordinance apply mutatis mutandis, unless the cantons provide otherwise.
1 The adult protection authority shall enforce decisions on request or ex officio.
2 If the adult protection authority or the judicial appellate authority in the decision has already ordered compulsory enforcement measures, these may be enforced directly.
3 The person responsible for enforcement may enlist the help of the police if necessary. Normally a warning must be given before direct compulsory measures are applied.
A. Duty of confidentiality and information
1 The adult protection authority is subject to a duty of confidentiality in the absence of overriding interests.
2 Any person who shows a credible interest may request the adult protection authority to provide information on the existence and the effects of an adult protection measure.
B. Effect of the measures on third parties
1 An adult protection measure may be cited in opposition to third parties even if they are acting in good faith.
2 If the deputyship limits the capacity of the client to act, debtors must be notified that contractual performance only relieves them of their obligations payment if it is made to the deputy. Prior to notice being given, the deputyship may not be cited in opposition to debtors acting in good faith.
3 If a person subject to an adult protection measure induces other persons to accept his or her capacity to act in error, he or she is liable to them for any damage caused thereby.
C. Duty of cooperation
1 If there is a serious risk that a person in need will endanger himself or herself or commit a felony or misdemeanour that seriously damages another person physically or mentally or causes them material loss, the adult protection authority shall cooperate with the agencies concerned and the police.
2 In such cases, persons subject to official or professional confidentiality are entitled to notify the adult protection authority.
A. Principle
1 Any person who is injured by an unlawful act or omission related to official adult protection measures has the right to damages and, if justified by the seriousness of the injury, to satisfaction.
2 The same right applies if the adult protection authority or the supervisory authority behaves unlawfully in relation to other adult protection matters.
3 The canton is liable; the person suffering damage has no right to damages against the person who caused the damage.
4 The canton's right of recourse against the person that caused the damage is governed by the cantonal law.
B. Prescription
1 The right to claim damages or satisfaction prescribes in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Obligations1 on the law of tort.2
2 If the person who caused the damage committed a criminal offence through his or her conduct, the right to claim damages or satisfaction prescribes at the earliest when the right to prosecute the offence prescribes. If the right to prosecute is no longer liable to prescription because a first instance criminal judgment has been issued, the right to claim damages or satisfaction prescribes at the earliest three years after notice of the judgment is given.3
3 If the injury is related to the ordering or conduct of a long-term measure, the prescriptive period for a claim against the canton does not begin before the long-term measure ends or is continued by another canton.
1 SR 220
2 Amended by Annex No 3 of the FA of 15 June 2018 (Revision of the Law on Prescription), in force since 1 Jan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
3 Amended by Annex No 3 of the FA of 15 June 2018 (Revision of the Law on Prescription), in force since 1 Jan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
C. Liability under agency law
The liability of a person entrusted with another's care as well as that of a spouse or registered partner of a person lacking capacity of judgement or of a representative in the case of medical measures, insofar as that person is not a welfare deputy is governed by the provisions of the Code of Obligations1 on agency.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).2 Amended by No I 3 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).3 Amendment of Title Five in accordance with No I 1 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191). See also Art. 8–8b of the Final Title below.4 Amended of Title Six in accordance with No I 1 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191). See also Art. 9–11a of the Final Title below.5 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).6 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).7 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).8 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).9 Originally Chapter Three.10 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).11 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).12 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).13 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1). Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).14 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978(AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).15 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).16 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
A. Related1 heirs
I. Issue
1 The nearest heirs of a deceased person are his or her issue.
2 Children inherit in equal parts.
3 Predeceased children are replaced by their own issue in all degrees per stirpes.
1 Term amended by No I 3 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
II. Parental line
1 Where the deceased is not survived by any issue, the estate passes to the parental line.
2 The father and mother each inherit one-half of the estate.
3 A predeceased parent is replaced by his or her issue in all degrees per stirpes.
4 Where there are no issue on one side, the entire estate passes to the heirs on the other.
III. Grandparental line
1 Where the deceased is survived by neither issue nor heirs in the parental line, the estate passes to the line of the grandparents.
2 Where the grandparents of the paternal and maternal lines survive the deceased, they inherit in equal parts on both sides.
3 A predeceased grandparent is replaced by his or her issue in all degrees per stirpes.
4 If a grandparent on the paternal or maternal side has predeceased without issue, that entire half of the estate is inherited by the heirs on that side.
5 If there are no heirs in either the paternal or the maternal side, the entire estate passes to the heirs in the other side.
IV. Scope of succession rights
The succession rights of relatives end with the line of the grandparents.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
1 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 25 June 1976, with effect from 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
B. Surviving spouses and registered partners
Surviving spouses and registered partners receive:
1 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Same-Sex Partnership Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
C...
1 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, with effect from 1 Jan 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
1 Repealed by No I 3 of the FA of 30 June 1972, with effect from 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). However, see Art. 12a Final Title below.
D. State authority
Where the deceased leaves no heirs, his or her estate passes to the canton in which he or she was last resident or to the commune designated by the law of that canton.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
A. Wills
Any person who has the capacity of judgement and is at least 18 years old has the right to draw up a will disposing of his or her property in accordance with the limits and forms prescribed by law.
B. Contract of succession
1 Any person who is capable of judgement and has reached the age of 18 may conclude a contract of succession as a testator.
2 Persons subject to a deputyship that covers the conclusion of a contract of succession require the consent of their legal representative.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
C. Voidable dispositions
1 Dispositions made in error or under the influence of malicious deception, threats or coercion are void.
2 However, they become valid if not revoked by the testator within one year of his or her discovering the error or deception or of his or her release from the threat or coercion.
3 If a disposition contains an obvious error with regard to persons or objects and the testator’s true intention may be established with certainty, the disposition shall be rectified accordingly.
A. Disposable part
I. Scope of testamentary powers
1 A person who is survived by issue, parents, a spouse or a registered partner may make a testamentary disposition of that part of his or her property which exceeds the statutory entitlement of the survivor or survivors.1
2 A person who is not survived by any such heirs may dispose of his or her entire property by testamentary disposition.
1 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Same-Sex Partnership Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
II. Statutory entitlement
The statutory entitlement is:
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
2 Amended by Annex No 8 of the Same-Sex Partnership Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
IV. Dispositions in favour of the spouse
1 By a testamentary disposition, the testator may grant the surviving spouse a usufruct of the entire part of the estate passing to their common issue.1
2 This usufruct shall replace the statutory succession right due to the spouse where the common issue are co-heirs with the spouse. In addition to this usufruct, the disposable part is one-quarter of the estate.2
3 If the surviving spouse remarries, the usufruct ceases to apply to that part of the estate which, on succession, could not have been encumbered by a usufruct under the provisions ordinarily governing the statutory entitlements of the deceased’s issue.3
1 Amended by No I of the Swiss Civil Code of 5 Oct. 2001, in force since 1 March 2002 (AS 2002 269; BBl 2001 1121 2011 2111).
2 Amended by No I of the Swiss Civil Code of 5 Oct. 2001, in force since 1 March 2002 (AS 2002 269; BBl 2001 1121 2011 2111).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
V. Calculation of the disposable part
1. Deduction of debts
1 The disposable part is calculated on the basis of the value of the deceased’s assets at the time of his or her death.
2 In calculating this value, the deceased’s debts, the funeral expenses, the costs of sealing and of drawing up the inventory and the maintenance claims of members of the household for one month are deducted from value of the estate.
2. Inter vivos gifts
Inter vivos gifts are added to the estate insofar as they are subject to an action in abatement.
3. Insurance claims
Where a life assurance claim maturing on the death of the deceased was established in favour of a third party by an inter vivos or testamentary disposition or mortis causa or was transferred by the deceased during his or her lifetime to a third party without valuable consideration, the redemption value of such insurance claim at the time of death is added to the estate.
B. Disinheritance
I. Grounds
The testator has the power to deprive an heir of his or her statutory entitlement by means of a testamentary disposition:
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
II. Effect
1 The disinherited person may neither participate in the estate nor bring an action in abatement.
2 Unless disposed of otherwise by the testator, the disinherited person’s portion passes to the testator’s statutory heirs as if the disinherited person had predeceased.
3 The disinherited person’s issue retain their statutory entitlements as if he or she had predeceased.
III. Burden of proof
1 A disinheritance is valid only if the testator indicates the reason for the disinheritance in his or her testamentary disposition.
2 If the disinherited person challenges the disinheritance on the grounds that the reason therefor is incorrect, any heir or legatee wishing to benefit from the disinheritance must prove that the reason is correct.
3 Where no such proof may be adduced or no reason for the disinheritance is indicated, the disposition shall be upheld insofar as it does not deprive the disinherited person of his or her statutory entitlement unless it was made by the testator in obvious error regarding the reason for the disinheritance.
IV. Disinheritance of an insolvent person
1 If unpaid debt certificates exist in respect of any of the issue of the testator, the latter may deprive the said issue of one-half of his or her statutory entitlement providing he or she leaves that half to the existing or subsequently born children of the said issue.
2 At the disinherited person’s request, the disinheritance is void if, on commencement of the succession process, the unpaid debt certificates no longer exist against him or her or if their total amount does not exceed one-quarter of his or her share of the estate.
A. In general
1 Within the limits of his or her right to dispose of his or her property, the testator may dispose of it in part or in full by will or by contract of succession.
2 Any property in respect of which no testamentary disposition has been made passes to the statutory heirs.
B. Burdens and conditions
1 The testator may attach burdens or conditions to the disposition, the fulfilment of which may be requested by any interested party once the disposition becomes effective.
2 Immoral or unlawful burdens or conditions render the disposition null and void.
3 Where they are merely onerous to third parties or meaningless, they are deemed not to exist.
4 If an animal receives a bequest by testamentary disposition, this disposition is deemed to be a burden by which the animal must be cared for according to its needs.1
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
C. Naming of heirs
1 The testator may name one or more heirs to the entire estate or to a fraction thereof.
2 Any disposition by which a beneficiary should receive all or a specified fraction of the deceased’s estate is deemed to constitute the naming of an heir.
D. Legacy
I. Nature
1 The testator may bequeath a legacy to a beneficiary without naming that person as an heir.
2 He or she may bequeath a specific legacy or the usufruct of the whole or a part of the estate, or he or she may instruct the heirs or other legatees to make payments to that person from the value of the estate or to release that person from obligations.
3 If the testator bequeaths a specific legacy but the object is not part of the estate and no other intention is evident from the disposition, no obligation is placed on the obligor of the legacy.
II. Duty on the obligor of the legacy
1 The object must be delivered to the beneficiary in the same condition that it was in at the commencement of the succession process, including damage and growth and with or without encumbrance.
2 With regard to expenditure on and deterioration of the legacy since the commencement of the succession process, the obligor of the legacy has the same rights and duties as an agent without authority.
III. Relationship to the estate
1 Where the legacies exceed the value of the estate or of the bequest to the obligor or of the disposable part, application may be made to have them abated proportionately.
2 If the obligors do not survive the testator, are unworthy to inherit or disclaim their inheritance, the legacies remain nonetheless effective.
3 If the testator has bequeathed a legacy to a statutory or named heir, the latter has the right to claim the legacy even if he or she disclaims his or her inheritance.
E. Substitution
In his or her disposition, the testator may designate one or more persons to whom the estate or legacy shall pass in the event that the initial heir or legatee is predeceased or disclaims it.
F. Remaindermen
I. Designation of a remainderman
1 The testator is entitled in his or her dispositions to require the named heir, as provisional heir, to deliver the estate to a third party, as remainderman.
2 No such obligation may be imposed on the remainderman.
3 The same provisions apply to legacies.
II. Time of delivery
1 Except where the disposition stipulates otherwise, the time of delivery is deemed to be the death of the provisional heir.
2 Where a different time is specified and that time has not yet occurred on the death of the provisional heir, the inheritance passes to his or her heirs against security.
3 If for whatever reason that time may no longer occur, the inheritance passes unreservedly to the heirs of the provisional heir.
III. Security
1 In all cases in which remaindermen are designated, the competent authority must order an inventory to be drawn up.
2 Delivery of the inheritance to the provisional heir is made only against security, except where the testator has expressly released him or her from such an obligation; in the case of immovable property, security may be provided by entering the delivery obligation under priority notice in the land register.
3 If the provisional heir is unable to provide security or jeopardises the remainderman’s expectancy, the inheritance must be placed under probate administration.
IV. Legal status
1. Of the provisional heir
1 A provisional heir acquires the inheritance in the same manner as any named heir.
2 He or she becomes the owner of the inheritance with an obligation to deliver it.
2. Of the remainderman
1 The remainderman acquires the testator’s bequest if he or she is alive at the stipulated delivery time.
2 If he or she dies before then, the inheritance passes to the provisional heir unless the testator has ordered otherwise.
3 If the provisional heir dies before the testator or is unworthy of inheritance or disclaims the inheritance, it passes to the remainderman.
V. Issue lacking capacity of judgement
1 If any issue permanently lacks capacity of judgement and if he or she is not survived by issue or a spouse, the testator may designate a remainderman in respect of the residue.
2 The designation of the remainderman ceases to apply by law if the issue, contrary to expectation, becomes capable of judgement.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
G. Foundations
1 The testator is entitled to bequeath all or part of the disposable portion of his or her property to a foundation for any purpose of his or her choosing.
2 However, the foundation is valid only if it conforms to the legal requirements.
H. Contracts of succession
I. Contracts naming heirs and making legacies
1 The testator may, by contract of succession, undertake to another person to bequeath his or her estate or a legacy to that person or a third party.
2 He or she is free to dispose of his or her property as he or she sees fit.
3 However, testamentary dispositions or gifts that are incompatible with obligations entered into under the contract of succession are subject to challenge.
II. Renunciation of inheritance
1. Significance
1 The testator may conclude an inheritance renunciation contract with an heir with or without valuable consideration.
2 The renouncing party is not deemed to be an heir on succession.
3 Unless the contract provides otherwise, the renunciation of an inheritance also applies to the issue of the renouncing party.
2. Void renunciation
1 Where certain persons are named in the renunciation contact as heirs in lieu of the renouncing party, the renunciation is void if such persons fail to acquire the inheritance for whatever reason.
2 Where an inheritance is renounced in favour of co-heirs, the renunciation is presumed to be effective only in respect of the heirs of the line descending from their nearest common ascendant and has no effect with regard to more distant heirs.
3. Rights of the creditors of the estate
If the deceased was insolvent on commencement of the succession process and his or her creditors are not satisfied by the heirs, the renouncing party and his or her heirs may be held liable to the extent that they received valuable consideration for the renounced inheritance within the five years prior to the death of the deceased and were still enriched by such consideration on succession.
A. Wills
I. Drawing up a will
1. In general
The testator may make his or her will in the form of a public deed or in holographic or oral form.
2. By public deed
a. Formal requirements
A will by public deed is made in the presence of two witnesses by a public official, notary public or other person authorised under cantonal law to conduct such business.
b. Role of the public official
1 The testator must inform the official of his or her wishes, whereupon the official draws up the deed or causes it to be drawn up and gives it to the testator to read.
2 The deed must be signed by the testator.
3 The official must date and sign the deed.
c. Role of the witnesses
1 As soon as the public deed has been signed and dated, the testator must declare to the two witnesses, in the presence of the official, that he or she has read the document and that it contains his or her will.
2 The witnesses must sign the deed and in so doing confirm that the testator made said declaration in their presence and that, in their judgment, in so doing he or she was in full possession of testamentary capacity.
3 It is not necessary for the witnesses to be informed of the content of the deed.
d. Drawing up a will without the testator reading and signing it
1 If the testator does not read and sign the deed, the official must read it out in the presence of the two witnesses and the testator, who must then declare that the deed contains his or her will.
2 In this case the witnesses must not only attest to the testator’s declaration and their judgment concerning his or her testamentary capacity but must also confirm, by appending their signatures, that the deed was read out to the testator by the official in their presence.
e. Persons involved
1 Persons who lack capacity to act, have been deprived of their civil rights due to a criminal conviction1 or are unable to read or write, lineal relatives2 or siblings of the testator or their spouses and the testator’s spouse are not permitted to act as authenticating officials or witnesses when making a will in the form of a public deed.
2 No disposition may be made in the will in favour of any authenticating officer or witness or his or her lineal relatives, siblings or spouse.
f. Safekeeping of wills
The cantons must ensure that public officials entrusted with wills either keep the original or a copy of such deeds themselves or else forward them to an authority for safekeeping.
3. Holographic will
1 A holographic will must be written in the testator’s own hand from start to finish, include an indication of the day, month and year on which it is drawn up, and be signed by the testator.1
2 The cantons must ensure that such wills can be forwarded, whether open or sealed, to an authority for safekeeping.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 23 June 1995, in force since 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 4882; BBl 1994 III 516, V 607).
4. Oral will
a. Dispositions
1 Where the testator is prevented from using any other form of will by extraordinary circumstances such as the imminent risk of death, breakdown in communications, epidemic or war, he or she is entitled to make a will in oral form.
2 To do so, he or she must declare his or her will in the presence of two witnesses and instruct them to have it drawn up as required in the form of a deed.
3 The witnesses are subject to the same disqualification provisions as apply to wills made in the form of public deeds.
b. Conversion into deed
1 The oral will, including the place, day, month and year, must be written down immediately by one of the witnesses, then signed by both and lodged without delay with a judicial authority together with a declaration that the testator was in full possession of his or her testamentary capacity and that he or she informed them of his or her will in the special circumstances prevailing at that time.
2 The two witnesses may instead have the will recorded by a judicial authority along with the same declaration.
3 If the testator makes his or her oral will while on military service, an officer with the rank of captain or higher may take the place of the judicial authority.
c. Loss of validity
If the testator subsequently has the opportunity to draw up his or her will in another form, the oral will ceases to be valid 14 days after such opportunity arises.
II. Revocation and destruction
1. Revocation
1 The testator may revoke his or her will at any time in one of the forms envisaged for drawing it up.
2 Such revocation may apply to all or part of the will.
2. Destruction
1 The testator may revoke his or her will by destroying the deed.
2 If the deed is destroyed by others wilfully or by accident, the will likewise becomes void inasmuch as its content may no longer be ascertained precisely and completely; claims for damages are reserved.
3. Subsequent wills
1 If the testator makes a will without expressly revoking a previous will, the later will supersedes the earlier unless it is manifestly no more than a codicil thereto.
2 Likewise, a bequest of a specific object is revoked if the testator subsequently makes a new disposition of the same object that is incompatible with the previous disposition.
B. Contracts of succession
I. Execution
1 In order to be valid, a contract of succession must meet the same formal requirements as a will executed as a public deed.
2 The contracting parties must simultaneously declare their intentions to the public official and sign the deed before him or her and two witnesses.
II. Revocation
1. Inter vivos
a. By contract and by will
1 The contract of succession may be revoked at any time by written agreement between the parties.
2 The testator may unilaterally revoke the naming of an heir or a legacy provided the heir or legatee is guilty of conduct constituting grounds for disinheritance after the contract was concluded.
3 The unilateral revocation must be done in one of the forms prescribed for drawing up wills.
b. By withdrawal from the contract
A person entitled to benefits inter vivos under a contract of succession may declare his or her withdrawal from the contract in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Obligations1 in the event of failure to perform such benefits or to furnish security for them.
2. Predeceased heir
1 Where the heir or legatee does not survive the testator, the contract becomes void.
2 Where at the time of the heir’s death the testator has been enriched as a result of the contract of succession, unless otherwise provided, the heirs of the deceased may demand restitution of the amount involved.
C. Restriction of testamentary freedom
If a testator becomes subject to a restriction of testamentary freedom after he or she has made a testamentary disposition, the disposition is not annulled but is subject to action in abatement.
A. Appointment of executors
1 In the will, the testator may appoint one or more persons with capacity to act to execute the will.
2 The probate authority shall notify these persons of the appointment ex officio and they must state whether they accept it within 14 days of such notification, silence being deemed tacit acceptance.
3 They are entitled to adequate recompense for their activities.
B. Function of an executor
1 Unless otherwise provided by the testator, the executors have the same rights and duties as an official estate administrator.
2 The executors’ function is to represent the testator’s wishes and, in particular, to administer the estate, settle debts left by the testator, distribute legacies and divide the estate in accordance with the testator’s instructions or as required by law.
3 Where more than one executor has been appointed, these powers are exercised jointly, unless the testator has provided otherwise.
A. Action for declaration of invalidity
I. On grounds of lack of testamentary capacity, lack of free will, unlawfulness or immorality
1 Where contested, a testamentary disposition may be declared invalid:
2 An action of declaration of invalidity may be brought by any interested heir or legatee.
II. On grounds of formal defect
1. In general1
1 If the testamentary disposition is formally defective, it is declared invalid on being contested before a court.
2 If the formal defect consists in the certain persons being party to the execution of the disposition who or whose family members are beneficiaries under the testamentary disposition, only the clauses relating to those beneficiaries shall be declared invalid.
3 The right of action is governed by the same provisions as apply in the event of a lack of testamentary capacity.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 23 June 1995, in force since 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 4882; BBl 1994 III 516, V 607).
2. In holographic wills
If the formal defect in a holographic will consists in the day, month or year not being indicated correctly or at all, the will may be declared invalid only if the precise date cannot be ascertained in some other manner and is necessary in order to determine the testator’s testamentary capacity, the chronological order of multiple wills or any other issue affecting the validity of the will.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 23 June 1995, in force since 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 4882; BBl 1994 III 516, V 607).
III. Prescription
1 The right to bring an action of declaration of invalidity prescribes one year after the contesting party learned of the will and the ground for nullity and in any event a maximum of ten years after the commencement of probate proceedings.
2 In all cases, the right to bring an action on grounds of lack of testamentary capacity, immorality or unlawfulness against a beneficiary acting in bad faith does not prescribe until 30 years have elapsed.
3 Invalidity may be invoked as a defence at any time.
B. Action in abatement
I. Requirements
1. In general
1 Where the testator has exceeded his or her testamentary freedom, those heirs who do not receive the full value of their statutory entitlement may sue to have the disposition abated to the permitted amount.
2 Clauses contained in testamentary dispositions relating to the entitlements of the statutory heirs are deemed merely to be instructions for dividing the estate unless it is evident from the disposition that the testator intended otherwise.
2. Bequests in favour of heirs with a statutory entitlement
Where a testamentary disposition contains legacies in favour of several heirs with a statutory entitlement and the testator has exceeded his or her testamentary freedom, such legacies shall be abated among the co-heirs in proportion to the amounts by which they exceed each co-heir’s statutory entitlement.
3. Rights of creditors
1 Where the testator has exceeded his or her testamentary freedom to the detriment of an heir and the latter fails to bring a action in abatement despite being instructed to do so by the bankruptcy administrators or by creditors holding unpaid debt certificates on succession, the administrators or creditors themselves may bring an action in abatement for the amount necessary to cover their claims within the same time limit that applies to the heir.
2 The same right applies in the case of a disinheritance not contested by the person disinherited.
II. Effect
1. Of abatement in general
1 Abatement is applied in equal proportion in respect of all named heirs and legatees unless it is evident from the disposition that the testator intended otherwise.
2 Where the abatement applies to a legacy whose beneficiary is also the obligor of other legacies, subject to the same proviso such beneficiary may request that those other legacies be abated proportionately.
2. On specific legacies
Where a specific legacy that cannot be divided without loss of value is to be abated, the legatee may either claim it and pay the balance or claim the disposable amount in lieu of the object.
3. On dispositions inter vivos
a. Cases
The following are subject to abatement in the same manner as testamentary dispositions:
b. Restitution
1 A person acting in good faith has a duty of restitution only to the extent that he or she is still enriched by such transactions with the deceased at the time of succession.
2 Where benefits conferred under a contract of succession are subject to abatement, the beneficiary is entitled to reclaim a proportionate amount of the counter-performance made to the testator.
4. On assurance claims
Where a life assurance claim maturing on the death of the deceased was established in favour of a third party by a disposition inter vivos or by a testamentary disposition or was transferred by the deceased during his or her lifetime to a third party without valuable consideration, such claim is subject to abatement at its redemption value.
5. On usufruct and annuities
If the testator has encumbered the estate with rights of usufruct and annuities such that their capitalised value over their probable duration exceeds the disposable part of the estate, the heirs are entitled either to seek proportionate abatement of such rights or to redeem them by surrendering the disposable part of the estate to the beneficiaries.
6. On naming of remaindermen
The naming of a remainderman in respect of an heir entitled to a statutory entitlement is invalid as to that part of the estate; the provision on issue who are incapable of judgement is reserved.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
III. Order of abatement
Abatement applies first to testamentary dispositions and thereafter to dispositions inter vivos in reverse chronological order until the statutory entitlement has been reconstituted.
IV. Prescription
1 A claim in abatement prescribes one year after the date on which the heirs learned of the infringement of their rights and in any event after ten years have elapsed since the succession, in the case of testamentary disposition, or since the testator’s death, in the case of other dispositions.
2 If the declaration of the invalidity of a later disposition revives an earlier one, the prescriptive periods begin on the date on which invalidity was declared.
3 The entitlement to abatement may be invoked as a defence at any time.
A. Claims in respect of lifetime transfers
1 If the testator transfers his or her property during his or her lifetime to the contractual heir, the latter may arrange for a public inventory to be taken.
2 Where the testator has not transferred all his or her property or has acquired property since the transfer, except where otherwise provided the contract applies only to the property transferred.
3 Where such transfer takes place during the testator’s lifetime, except where otherwise provided all rights and obligations arising from the contract pass to the heirs of the named heir.
B. Hotchpot in the case of renunciation of inheritance
I. Abatement
1 If the testator during his or her lifetime conferred benefits on a renouncing heir that exceed that heir’s share of the estate, his or her co-heirs may request abatement.
2 However, such benefits are subject to abatement only to the extent they exceed the statutory entitlement of the renouncing heir.
3 Allowance is made for them according to the provisions governing hotchpot.
II. Reimbursement
If as a result of abatement a renouncing heir is obliged to reimburse the estate, he or she has the choice of either taking the reimbursement upon himself or of placing the entire benefit into hotchpot and participating in the division as if he or she had never renounced.
A. Requirements for the deceased
1 Succession commences on the death of the deceased.
2 Insofar as dispositions and divisions made during deceased's lifetime are relevant under law of succession, they are taken into account according to the condition of the estate as at the time of his or her death.
B. Place where succession commences1
1 The succession process commences in respect of the entire estate at the deceased’s last domicile.
1 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
C. Requirements for the heirs
I. Capacity
1. Legal capacity
1 Every person is capable of being an heir and acquiring property by testamentary disposition unless by law he or she is deemed incapable of inheritance.
2 Bequests with a designated purpose to groups of persons not constituting a legal entity are acquired by all such persons individually with an obligation to use them as prescribed or, where this is not practical, give rise to a trust.
2. Unworthiness to inherit
a. Grounds
1 A person is unworthy of inheriting or acquiring anything by a testamentary disposition if:
2 Unworthiness to inherit does not apply if the person now deceased has forgiven the person concerned.
b. Effect on issue
1 Unworthiness to inherit applies only to the person concerned.
2 His or her issue inherit from the deceased as if the person unworthy to inherit were predeceased.
II. Capacity to inherit on succession
1. As heir
1 In order to inherit, an heir must be alive and capable of inheriting at the time of succession.
2 If an heir dies after commencement of succession, his or her rights of inheritance in respect of the estate pass to his or her own heirs.
2. As legatee
1 A legatee surviving the testator and capable of inheriting acquires a claim to the legacy.
2 If he or she dies before the testator, his or her legacy is extinguished in favour of the person who would have been obliged to deliver the legacy to him, unless some other intention is evident from the disposition.
3. Unborn child
1 A child is capable of inheriting from the moment of conception onwards, providing he or she is subsequently born alive.
1bis If it is required to protect the child's interests, the child protection authority shall establish a deputyship.1
2 If the child is stillborn, it is disregarded for inheritance purposes.2
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4. Remaindermen
1 The testator may bequeath his or her estate or part thereof to a person not yet living when succession commences by designating such person a remainderman.
2 Where no provisional heir is named, the statutory heirs are deemed to be the provisional heirs.
D. Presumption of death
I. Inheriting from persons presumed dead
1. Devolution against security
1 Where a person has been declared presumed dead, before his or her heirs or legatees succeed to the estate, they must furnish security for the restitution of the property to those with a prevailing claim or to the missing person himself.
2 Such security shall be furnished for five years in the case of disappearance in life-threatening circumstances and for 15 years in the case of absence without sign of life, but never beyond the date on which the missing person would have become 100 years old.
3 The five-year period runs from the date on which the estate is transferred and the 15-year period from the last sign of life.
2. Annulment of presumption of death and restitution
1 If the person who is presumed dead returns or other parties assert prevailing claims to the estate, those put in possession of the estate must return it according to the rules governing possession.
2 Provided they acted in good faith, they are liable to parties with prevailing claims only during the period in which action may be brought for reclamation of the estate.
II. Succession rights of persons presumed dead
1 If it is impossible to determine whether an heir is alive or dead when succession commences because he or she has disappeared, his or her share of the inheritance is placed under official administration.
2 Those who would succeed to the missing heir’s share if he or she were dead may request the court to declare the heir presumed dead one year after his or her disappearance in life-threatening circumstances or five years after the last sign of life and, once such declaration has been made, may apply for release of their shares of his or her inheritance.
3 Such shares are released according to the provisions governing release to the heirs of persons presumed dead.
III. Correlation of the two cases
1 If the heirs of the person presumed dead are already in possession of his or her property and an inheritance passes to him or her, his or her co-heirs may invoke this fact and request that such inheritance be released to them without need for a second declaration of presumed death.
2 The heirs of the person presumed dead may likewise invoke a declaration of presumed death obtained by the co-heirs.
IV. Procedure ex officio
1 Where the missing person’s property or succession rights have been under official administration for ten years or more, or he or she would have reached the age of 100, at the request of the competent authority the declaration of presumed death is pronounced ex officio.
2 If no rightful heirs come forward during the public notice period, the property of the person presumed dead passes to the state authority with right to succeed or, if he or she was never resident in Switzerland, to the canton of origin.
3 The local authority or canton concerned has the same duty of restitution as those put in possession of the estate towards the person presumed dead and parties with prevailing claims.
A. In general
1 The competent authority must of its own accord take all measures necessary to ensure proper succession.1
2 In the cases envisaged by law, in particular, such measures include sealing the estate, drawing up the inventory, appointing the estate administrators and reading out the wills of the deceased.
1 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
2 Repealed by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, with effect from 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
B. Sealing the estate
The order to seal the estate is given whenever provided for by cantonal law.
C. Inventory
1 The order to draw up an inventory is given:
2 The inventory is drawn up in accordance with the provisions of cantonal law and normally must be completed within two months of the death of the deceased.
3 Cantonal legislation may require that an inventory be drawn up in other cases.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
D. Estate administrators
I. In general
1 Estate administrators are appointed:
2 Where the deceased had named an executor, administration of the estate is entrusted to him or her.
3 Where the deceased was subject to a deputyship that covers asset management, the deputy is responsible for administering the estate unless other instructions apply.1
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. In the case of unknown heirs
1 If the authority is uncertain as to whether the deceased is survived by heirs or whether it is aware of all the heirs, the authority must by appropriate public means call on all persons with succession rights to come forward and claim them within one year.
2 If no such person comes forward during this time and if no heirs are known to the authority, the estate passes to the state authority with right to succeed, subject to any action for recovery of inheritance.
E. Probate proceedings
I. Duty to submit the will
1 If the deceased left a will, this must be submitted to the authority without delay even if it appears to be invalid.
2 The public official by whom the will was recorded or with whom it was deposited or any other person who had custody of the will or found it among the personal effects of the deceased is personally responsible on learning of the testator’s death for ensuring that the will is submitted to the authority.
3 Once the will has been submitted, the authority must, where feasible after hearing all interested parties, either release the estate to the statutory heirs on a provisional basis or appoint estate administrators.
II. Reading the will
1 The testator’s will must be opened and read out by the competent authority within one month of its submission.
2 All heirs known to the authority are summoned to attend the reading.
3 If the testator left more than one will, all are to be submitted to the authority and opened and read out by it.
III. Notification of interested parties
1 At the estate’s expense, all interested parties receive a copy of the provisions of the will as relate to them.
2 Legatees of unknown whereabouts are informed by appropriate public notice.
IV. Release of the estate
1 One month after notification of the interested parties, at the request of the named heirs the probate authority issues such persons with a certificate confirming them as heirs, subject to action of declaration of invalidity and for recovery of inheritance, providing their entitlement has not expressly been challenged by the statutory heirs or the legatees of an earlier will.
2 At the same time the estate administrator will be instructed, where applicable, to release the estate into their possession.
A. Vesting
I. Heirs
1 On the death of the deceased, the estate in its entirety vests by operation of law in the heirs.
2 Subject to the statutory exceptions, the deceased’s claims, rights of ownership, limited rights in rem and rights of possession automatically pass to the heirs and the debts of the deceased become the personal debts of the heirs.
3 Vesting in the named heirs takes effect retroactively from the date on which the succession process commenced and the statutory heirs must relinquish the estate to them according to the rules governing possession.
II. ...
1 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, with effect from 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. Legatees
1. Vesting
1 The legatees have a personal claim against the obligors of their legacies or, where no-one is specifically named as such, against the legal or named heirs.
2 Unless otherwise provided by testamentary disposition, the claim becomes due once the obligor has accepted the inheritance or is no longer able to disclaim it.
3 If the heirs fail to fulfil their obligation, they may be sued for release of the bequeathed property or, where the legacy pertains to performance of some action, for damages.
2. Object
1 Where the bequest to the legatee is a usufruct or annuity or other recurring benefit, unless otherwise stipulated, his or her claim is determined according to the provisions of property law and the Code of Obligations.
2 If the legacy is a life assurance claim maturing on the death of the testator, the legatee is entitled to assert that claim directly.
3. Relationship between creditors and legatees
1 The claims of the testator’s creditors precede those of legatees.
2 The claims of the heir’s creditors rank equally with those of the testator’s creditors, provided the heir acquired the inheritance without reservation.
4. Abatement
1 If, after the legacies have been distributed, the heirs pay debts of the estate that were previously unknown to them, they are entitled to reimbursement from the legatees of an amount corresponding to the proportionate abatement of such legacies that the heirs could have claimed.
2 However, the legatees may be held liable only in the amount by which they are enriched at the time such reimbursement is demanded.
B. Disclaimer
I. Declaration
1. Right to renounce
1 The legal and named heirs are entitled to disclaim the inheritance passing to them.
2 There is a presumption of a disclaimer if at the time of his or her death the deceased had been officially declared insolvent or was manifestly insolvent.
2. Time limit
a. In general
1 The time limit for a disclaimer is three months.
2 For statutory heirs, this limit begins on the date on which they learned of the death, unless they can show that they did not learn of their succession rights until later, and for named heirs it begins on the date on which they received official notification of the testator’s disposition.
b. In the case of an inventory
If an inventory has been drawn up as a precautionary measure, the disclaimer time limit for all heirs begins on the date on which the authority notified them that the inventory was complete.
3. Passing of right to disclaim
1 If an heir dies before disclaiming or accepting an inheritance, the right to disclaim passes to his or her heirs.
2 For such heirs, the disclaimer time limit begins on the date on which they learned that the inheritance passed to the deceased heir and ends no sooner than the date on which the time limit for disclaiming the inheritance from the deceased heir expires.
3 Where such heirs disclaim the inheritance and it passes to other heirs who previously had no succession rights, the disclaimer time limit for the latter begins on the date on which they learned of the disclaimer.
4. Form
1 An heir must declare his or her disclaimer orally or in writing to the competent authority.
2 It must be unconditional and without reservation.
3 The authority keeps an official record of disclaimers.
II. Forfeiture of right to disclaim
1 If the heir fails to declare that he or she disclaims the inheritance within the relevant time limit, he or she acquires it without reservation.
2 Where an heir has interfered in the affairs of the estate before expiry of the disclaimer time limit or has acted in a manner not conducive to administering the estate or maintaining the deceased’s business activities, or where he or she has appropriated or concealed objects belonging to the estate, he or she is no longer entitled to disclaim the inheritance.
III. Disclaimer by one co-heir
1 Where the deceased has not made a testamentary disposition and one of two or more heirs disclaims the inheritance, his or her share of the estate passes to the other heirs as if he or she had predeceased.
2 Where the deceased has made testamentary disposition, any share of the estate disclaimed by a named heir passes to the testator’s nearest statutory heirs, unless other intentions on the part of the testator are evident from the disposition.
IV. Disclaimer by all the nearest heirs
1. In general
1 Where the inheritance is disclaimed by all the nearest heirs, the estate is liquidated by the bankruptcy office.
2 If liquidation produces a surplus after payment of debts, this passes to those entitled to inherit as if they had not disclaimed it.
2. Entitlement of surviving spouse
If the deceased’s issue have disclaimed the inheritance, the authority notifies the disclaimer to the surviving spouse, who is entitled to declare acceptance within one month.
3. Disclaimer in favour of subsequent heirs
1 When disclaiming the inheritance, the heirs may request that it be offered to their subsequent heirs before the estate is liquidated.
2 In this event, the authority informs the subsequent heirs that the preceding heirs have disclaimed, and if the former fail to declare their acceptance of the inheritance within one month, they are likewise deemed to have disclaimed it.
V. Extension of time limit
Where there is good cause, the competent authority may grant the legal and named heirs an extension of the time limit or set a new one.
VI. Disclaimer of a legacy
Where a legatee disclaims a legacy, it becomes void in favour of the obligor, unless other intentions on the part of the testator are evident from his or her disposition.
VII. Security for the heir’s creditors
1 Where an overindebted heir has disclaimed an inheritance in order to withhold it from his or her creditors, the latter or the bankruptcy administrators may challenge the disclaimer within six months unless their claims are secured.
2 If their challenge is upheld, the inheritance is placed in official liquidation.
3 Any surplus serves first to satisfy the challenging creditors and any balance remaining after redemption of the other debts passes to the heirs in whose favour the disclaimer was made.
VIII. Liability in the event of disclaimer
1 Where the deceased was insolvent and his or her heirs disclaim the inheritance, they remain liable to his or her creditors to the extent that in the five years prior to his or her death they received property or assets from him or her which on division of the estate would have been subject to hotchpot.
2 The endowment of newly-weds according to local custom and the costs of raising and educating children are not affected by such liability.
3 Heirs acting in good faith are liable only to the extent they are still enriched.
A. Requirements
1 Any heir entitled to disclaim his or her inheritance has the right to request a public inventory.
2 The request must be made to the competent authority within one month in the same form as the disclaimer.
3 A request made by one heir is also valid for the others.
B. Procedure
I. Inventory
1 The public inventory is drawn up by the competent authority in accordance with the provisions of cantonal law and consists of a list of all the assets and debts of the estate, together with an appraisal of the value of each item in the inventory.
2 Any person able to provide information on the financial circumstances of the deceased is personally obliged to give the authority all the information it requires.
3 In particular, the heirs must inform the authority of any debts of the deceased that are known to them.
II. Formal call to account
1 In the course of drawing up the inventory, the authority shall make a formal call to account whereby appropriate public notices are issued calling on all creditors and debtors of the deceased, including creditors under a surety, to come forward and register their claims and debts within a specified time limit.
2 Such notices must alert the creditors to the consequences of any failure to register.
3 The time limit for registering must not be earlier than one month from the date of the first public notice.
III. Inclusion ex officio
1 Claims and debts evident from the public registers or from the papers of the deceased are included ex officio.
2 The debtors and creditors must be notified of any such inclusion.
IV. Result
1 On expiry of the published time limit, the inventory is closed and made available for perusal by all interested parties for at least one month.
2 The costs are borne by the estate and, where this is insufficient, by the heirs who requested the inventory.
C. Situation of the heirs during the inventory
I. Administration
1 While the inventory is being drawn up, only the necessary administrative actions may be taken.
2 Where the authority authorises an heir to continue the deceased’s business activities, the co-heirs may request that security be furnished.
II. Debt enforcement, litigation, prescription
1 While the inventory is being drawn up, no action may be taken to enforce the debts of the deceased.
3 Except in urgent matters, court proceedings may neither be commenced nor continued.
1 Repealed by Annex No 3 of the FA of 15 June 2018 (Revision of the Law on Prescription), with effect from 1 Jan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
D. Effect
I. Time limit for declaration of intention
1 Once the inventory is closed, all the heirs are requested to declare within one month their intentions with regard to acquiring the inheritance due to them.
2 Where justified in the circumstances, the competent authority may set a further time limit for obtaining appraisals, settling disputed claims and the like.
II. Declaration of intention
1 During the set time limit, an heir may disclaim his or her inheritance or request official liquidation or accept the inheritance either subject to public inventory or without reservation.
2 Where an heir makes no declaration, he or she is deemed to have accepted the inheritance subject to public inventory.
III. Effects of acceptance subject to public inventory
1. Liability as per inventory
1 Where an heir accepts the inheritance subject to public inventory, the debts of the deceased listed in the inventory and the assets pass to him or her.
2 The acquisition of the inheritance with all attendant rights and obligations takes effect retroactively from the date on which the succession process commenced.
3 The heir is liable for debts listed in the inventory both with the inheritance and with his or her own assets.
2. Liability beyond the inventory
1 The heirs are not liable either personally or with the inheritance towards creditors of the estate whose claims were not included in the inventory because the creditors failed to register them in time.
2 Where such failure to register claims in the inventory was through no fault of the creditor or his or her claims were not included in the inventory despite having been registered, the heir is liable to the extent he or she is enriched by the inheritance.
3 In all cases, creditors may assert claims to the extent these are secured by a lien on the estate assets.
E. Liability for debts subject to a surety
Any debts under a surety given by the deceased are listed separately in the inventory and may be asserted against an heir, even where he or she accepts the inheritance, only in the amount that would be allocated to the surety debt if all debts of the estate were to be redeemed under the rules governing bankruptcy.
F. Acquisition by a state authority
Where an estate passes to a state authority, a formal call to account is made ex officio and the state authority is liable for the debts of the estate only in the amount of the assets it has inherited from the estate.
A. Requirements
I. At the request of an heir
1 Rather than disclaim the inheritance or accept it subject to public inventory, each heir is entitled to request official liquidation.
2 However, such request may not be granted if at least one co-heir accepts the inheritance.
3 In the event of official liquidation, the heirs are not liable for the debts of the estate.
II. At the request of the deceased’s creditors
1 Where the deceased’s creditors have good cause to fear that their claims will not be met and such claims are not satisfied or secured at their request, within three months of the death of the deceased or the reading of the will they may demand the official liquidation of the estate.
2 Subject to the same conditions, legatees may request provisional measures by way of security.
B. Procedure
I. Administration
1 The official liquidation is carried out by the competent authority or by one or more estate administrators acting at the authority’s behest.
2 It begins with the taking of an inventory and the attendant formal call to account.
3 The estate administrator is under the authority’s supervision and the heirs may appeal to the authority against any measures taken or planned by the administrator.
II. Ordinary
liquidation
1 For the purpose of liquidation, any business activities of the deceased still in operation are brought to a close, his or her obligations are performed, his or her claims are called in, his or her legacies are distributed where possible, his or her rights and duties are determined at law, where necessary, and his or her assets are converted into cash.
2 Land formerly belonging to the deceased is sold at public auction; it may be disposed of by private sale only with the consent of all the heirs.
3 The heirs are entitled even during the liquidation process to request that some or all of the objects and monies that are not required for the liquidation be released into their possession.
III. Liquidation by the bankruptcy office
If the estate is overindebted, its liquidation is carried out by the bankruptcy office in accordance with the provisions governing bankruptcy.
A. Requirements
1 A person who believes that, as a legal or named heir, he or she has a better claim than the current possessor to an estate or a part thereof may assert his or her claim by bringing an action for recovery of inheritance.
1 Repealed by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Effect
1 If the claim is upheld, the possessor must relinquish the estate or the part thereof to the claimant in accordance with the rules governing possession.
2 The defendant cannot invoke adverse possession in respect of property belonging to the estate.
C. Prescription
1 The right to bring an action for recovery of inheritance against a defendant acting in good faith prescribes one year after the date on which the claimant learned that the property was possessed by the defendant and that he or she has a better claim to it, but in all cases ten years after the death of the deceased or the date on which the will was read.
2 The prescriptive period for the right to bring an action against a defendant acting in bad faith is always 30 years.
D. Action by a legatee
The right of a legatee to bring an action prescribes ten years after notification of the testamentary disposition or from the subsequent date on which the legacy became due.
A. Effect of succession
I. Community of heirs
1 Where several heirs inherit the estate, on succession and until such time as it is divided they form a community in respect of all rights and obligations of the estate.
2 They become joint owners of the property belonging to the estate and have joint power of disposal over the rights of the estate, subject to contractual or statutory powers of representation and administration.
3 At the request of one co-heir, the competent authority may appoint a representative of the community of heirs until the estate is divided.
II. Liability of the heirs
1 The heirs are jointly and severally liable for the debts of the deceased.
2 The appropriate compensation due to children or grandchildren for contributions made to the household they shared with the deceased must be added to the debts of the estate unless this would render the estate overindebted.1
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 6 Oct. 1972, in force since 15 Feb. 1973 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
B. Right to division
1 Any heir may at any time request that the estate be divided unless he or she is under a contractual or statutory obligation to remain a member of the community of heirs.
2 On application by an heir, the court may order a temporary deferral of the division of the estate or specific parts thereof where immediate division would substantially impair their value.
3 Where one heir is insolvent, his or her co-heirs may apply for provisional measures to secure their own claims immediately upon succession.
C. Deferral of division
1 If on succession the rights of an unborn child need to be taken into consideration, the division of the estate must be deferred until the child is born.
2 In the interim, the child’s mother is entitled to enjoy the benefits of the joint estate to the extent required for her maintenance.
D. Claims of household members
Heirs who were members of the household of and maintained by the deceased at the time of his or her death may demand that they be maintained for a further month at the estate’s expense.
A. In general
1 Statutory heirs must divide the estate among themselves and with the named heirs according to the same principles.
2 Except where provided otherwise, they are free to decide on the method of division.
3 Co-heirs in possession of estate property or in debt to the deceased must provide precise information regarding such circumstances prior to the division.
B. Instructions concerning the division
I. Testamentary disposition
1 The testator is entitled by means of testamentary disposition to give his or her heirs instructions concerning the division and the formation of portions.
2 Such instructions are binding on the heirs, subject to measures to balance out the portions in the event of an inequality not intended by the testator.
3 Unless other intentions on the part of the testator are evident from his or her disposition, any bequest of a given part of the estate to one particular heir is deemed to be merely an instruction concerning the division rather than a specific legacy.
II. Assistance from the authorities
1 At the request of a creditor who has acquired or distrained an inheritance that has passed to an heir or who holds unpaid debt certificates against him or her, the authorities must assist in the division in place of that heir.
2 Cantonal law may provide for official intervention in the division process in other cases.
C. Performing the division
I. Equal rights of heirs
1 Except where other provisions apply, all heirs have an equal right to the estate property.
2 They must disclose to each other all circumstances concerning their relationship with the deceased insofar as these pertain to the just and equitable division of the estate.
3 Each heir may request that the debts of the deceased be redeemed or secured prior to division of the estate.
II. Formation of lots
1 The heirs form as many portions or lots as there are heirs or stirpes.
2 If they are unable to reach agreement, at the request of one heir the competent authority must form the lots with due regard to local custom and the personal circumstances and wishes of the majority of the co-heirs.
3 The lots are distributed among the heirs either as agreed or by the drawing of lots.
III. Allocation and sale of specific objects
1 Where the value of an object belonging to the estate would be substantially diminished if such object were divided, it is allocated in its entirety to one of the heirs.
2 Where the heirs are unable to agree on the division or allocation of an object, it must be sold and the proceeds divided.
3 At the request of an heir, such sale must be carried out at auction and, in the absence of agreement among the heirs, the competent authority decides whether such auction is to be public or only among the heirs.
IV. Allocation of the home and household effects to the surviving spouse
1 Where the house or apartment in which the spouses lived or the household effects form part of the estate, the surviving spouse may request that such property be allocated to him or her against his or her portion.
2 Where justified in the circumstances, at the request of the surviving spouse or the other statutory heirs of the deceased, a usufruct or right of residence may be granted rather than ownership of the home.
3 The surviving spouse cannot claim such rights in respect of premises in which the deceased practised a profession or ran a business and which are required by one of his or her issue in order to continue the profession or business, subject to the provisions of agricultural law of succession.
4 The same provisions apply mutatis mutandis to registered partners.2
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
2 Inserted by Annex No 8 of the Same-Sex Partnership Act of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Jan. 2007 (AS 2005 5685; BBl 2003 1288).
D. Special items
I. Items that belong together, family documents
1 Items which by their nature belong together must not be separated if one of the heirs objects to such separation.
2 Family documents and items of special sentimental value to the family must not be sold if any of the heirs objects.
3 If the heirs cannot reach agreement, the competent authority decides whether to sell such items or to allocate them, against the recipient’s portion or otherwise, giving due regard to local custom and, in the absence of such custom, to the personal circumstances of the heirs.
I.bis Agricultural inventory
Where the tenant of an agricultural enterprise dies and one of his or her heirs continues the lease on his or her own, on request he or she may have the entire inventory (livestock, machinery, supplies, etc.) allocated to him or her and charged to his or her portion at its utility value.
1 Inserted by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on Rural Land Rights, in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
II. Claims of the deceased against his or her heirs
Claims of the deceased against an heir are charged to the latter’s portion.
III. Pledged estate property
If as a result of the division an heir receives estate property that is pledged to secure the debts of the deceased, the debt to the pledgee is likewise transferred to him or her.
1 Repealed by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct 1991 on Rural Land Rights, with effect from 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
IV. Land
1. Method of allocation
a. Imputed value
Land is charged to the heirs’ portions at its market value as at the time of the division.
1 Amended by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on Rural Land Rights, in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
b. Valuation procedure
1 Where the heirs are unable to agree on the market value, it is estimated by an officially appointed expert.1
1 Amended by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
2 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 6 Oct. 1972, with effect from 15 Feb. 1994 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
V. Agricultural businesses and land
The method of including and allocating agricultural enterprises and agricultural land is governed by the Federal Act of 4 October 19912 on Rural Land Rights.
1 Amended by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on Rural Land Rights, in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
2 SR 211.412.11
1 Repealed by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct 1991 on Rural Land Rights with effect from 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
A. Hotchpot duty of the heirs
1 The statutory heirs are under a mutual obligation to place into hotchpot any property received from the deceased during his or her lifetime as advancements against their share of the estate.
2 Unless the deceased expressly instructed otherwise, anything gifted or granted to his or her issue by way of dowry, endowment or assignment of assets, debt remission and the like is subject to hotchpot.
B. Hotchpot if heirs cease to be heirs
1 If a person ceases to be an heir before or after succession, his or her duty of hotchpot passes to the heirs that replace him or her.
2 The issue of an heir have a duty of hotchpot in respect of advancements made in his or her favour even if those advancements have not devolved on them.
C. Calculation method
I. In kind or by imputation of value
1 When placing property in hotchpot, the heirs may at their discretion do so either in kind or by imputing its value, even if the advancements made in their favour exceed the value of their share of the estate.
2 The above provisions are subject to any contrary instructions issued by the testator and to the co-heirs’ right to abatement of the advancements.
II. Correlation with share of the estate
1 Where advancements to an heir exceed the value of his or her share of the estate, subject to claims in abatement, the surplus is exempt from hotchpot if it may be shown that the deceased intended to favour said heir by such advancements.
2 Exemption from hotchpot is presumed in the case of endowments in the usual order of magnitude made to the issue on their marriage.
III. Hotchpot value
1 Hotchpot is calculated according to the value of the advancements on succession or, where the advanced property has previously been sold, the sale proceeds obtained.
2 Any expenditure on and damage to the property and the natural produce derived therefrom must be allowed for among the heirs according to the rules governing possession.
D. Education costs
1 Unless it is shown that the deceased intended otherwise, sums expended by him or her on the upbringing and education of individual children are subject to hotchpot only insofar as they exceed the normal amounts.
2 Children still in education or who suffer from disabilities must be granted appropriate advance payments on division of the estate.1
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
E. Occasional gifts
Customary occasional gifts are not subject to hotchpot.
1 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 6 Oct. 1972, with effect from 15 Feb. 1994 (AS 1973 93; BBl 1970 I 805, 1971 I 737).
A. Agreement
I. Contract of division
1 The division of the estate becomes binding on the heirs once the lots have been formed and received or on conclusion of the contract of division.
2 In order to be valid, the contract of division must be done in writing.
II. Contracts regarding shares of the estate
1 In order to be valid, contracts between heirs regarding assignment of shares of the estate must be done in writing.1
2 If such contracts are concluded by an heir with third parties, they do not give the latter any right to participate in the division of the estate, but merely confer a claim on the share allocated to that heir as a result of the division.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. Contracts prior to succession
1 Contracts concluded without the involvement and authorisation of the testator between one heir and another or between an heir and a third party regarding an inheritance that has not yet devolved on the heir are not binding.
2 Any performance rendered under such contracts may be reclaimed.
B. Liability among co-heirs
I. Warranty
1 On completion of the division, the co-heirs are mutually liable for the estate property as if they were purchasers and vendors.
2 They must mutually warrant the existence of claims allocated to them in the division and, except in the case of securities with a market price, are mutually liable as simple guarantors for the debtor’s solvency in the amount at which such claims were brought into account.
3 Claims under such warranty prescribe one year after the division or the subsequent date on which the claims fell due.
II. Challenging the division
A contract of division may be challenged in accordance with the provisions governing challenge of contract in general.
C. Liability toward third parties
I. Joint and several liability
1 Even after the division of the estate, the heirs remain jointly and severally liable with their entire property for the debts of the testator to his or her creditors, providing the latter have not expressly or tacitly agreed to a division or transfer of such debts.
2 The joint and several liability of the co-heirs prescribes five years after the division or the subsequent date on which the debt claim fell due.
II. Recourse against co-heirs
1 If an heir has paid a debt owed by the deceased that was not allocated to him or her in the division, or if he or she has paid more of a debt than he or she has assumed, he or she has right of recourse against the co-heirs.
2 Recourse is taken first against the person who assumed such debt in the division.
3 In all other respects, the heirs must bear the debts in proportion to their shares in the estate, unless otherwise agreed.
A. Nature of ownership
I. In general1
1 The owner of an object is free to dispose of it as he or she sees fit within the limits of the law.
2 He or she has the right to reclaim it from anyone withholding it from him or her and to protect it against any unwarranted interference.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
II. Animals
1 Animals are not objects.
2 Where no special provisions exist for animals, they are subject to the provisions governing objects.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
B. Scope of ownership
I. Constituent parts
1 The owner of an object also has ownership of all its constituent parts.
2 A constituent part is anything which, according to local custom, is held to be an essential part of an object and which cannot be detached without destroying, damaging or altering it.
II. Natural fruits
1 The owner of an object also has ownership of its natural fruits.
2 Natural fruits are the periodic produce and revenues customarily derived from an object used according to its purpose.
3 Prior to separation, the natural fruits are an integral part of the object.
III. Accessories
1. Definition
1 Any disposition affecting an object also applies to its accessories, unless an exception is made.
2 Accessories are those chattels which, according to local custom or the clear will of the main object's owner, permanently facilitate the management, use or preservation of the main object and are auxiliary thereto by virtue of having been joined to it, adapted to it or otherwise connected with it.
3 If an object is an accessory, it remains so regardless of temporary separation from the main object.
2. Exclusions
Chattels do not qualify as accessories if they are intended for temporary use or consumption by the possessor of the main object, are not intrinsically related to it or are connected with it only for storage, sale or hire purposes.
C. Collective ownership
I. Co-ownership
1. Relationship among co-owners
1 Co-ownership exists where several persons own a share in an object which is physically undivided.
2 Unless otherwise stipulated, they are co-owners in equal measure.
3 Each co-owner has the rights and obligations of ownership in respect of his or her share in the object, and said share may be alienated and pledged by him or her, or distrained by his or her creditors.
2. Use and administration rules
1 The co-owners may agree rules on use and administration that deviate from the statutory provisions and provide therein that the rules may be amended with the consent of the majority of all co-owners.2
1bis Any amendment to the provisions of the use and administration rules on the allocation of exclusive rights of use also requires the consent of the co-owners who are directly affected.3
2 Such rules cannot annul or restrict the rights of each co-owner:
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Ordinary administration
1 Each co-owner may attend to ordinary administration and in particular carry out repairs, sowing and harvesting, short-term custody and supervision, may conclude contracts for such purposes and may exercise the powers derived from such contracts and from rental, lease, work and service agreements, including the payment and acceptance of monies on behalf of all the co-owners.
2 With the consent of the majority of the co-owners, the authority to carry out administration may be submitted to a different regime, subject to the statutory provisions governing necessary and urgent measures.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
4. Major administrative acts
1 By the consent of a majority of the co-owners together representing a majority share in the object, major administrative acts may be carried out, notably including changes in methods of cultivation or use, conclusion and termination of rental and lease agreements, participation in land improvements and the appointment of an administrator whose authority extends beyond ordinary administrative acts.
2 The provisions governing necessary construction work are reserved.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
5. Construction work
a. Necessary work
Maintenance, reconstruction and renovation work necessary to preserve the object’s value and serviceability may be carried out with the consent of the majority of co-owners where such work does not fall under the authority of each individual co-owner to take ordinary administrative steps.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Useful work
1 Renovations and refurbishments aimed at enhancing the value or improving the object’s profitability or serviceability require the approval of a majority of the co-owners together representing a majority share in the object.
2 Alterations which permanently hinder or render unprofitable a co-owner’s use or exploitation of the object for its existing purpose may not be carried out without the consent of that co-owner.
3 Where an alteration would require a co-owner to bear unreasonable costs, in particular because they are disproportionate to the value of his or her share, the alteration may be carried out without his or her consent only if the other co-owners assume such part of his or her share of the costs as exceeds that which he or she may reasonably be expected to meet.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
c. Works to improve appearance or convenience
1 Building works serving merely to embellish the object, improve its appearance or make its use more comfortable or convenient may only be carried out with the consent of all the co-owners.
2 If such works are commissioned with the consent of the majority of the co-owners who also represent a majority share in the object, they may be carried out even against the wishes of a dissenting co-owner providing they do not permanently impair the latter’s right of use and enjoyment and the other co-owners compensate him or her for the merely temporary impairment and assume his or her share of the costs.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993 ; BBl 1962 II 1461).
6. Power of disposal over the object
1 Each co-owner is entitled to represent, use and exploit the object insofar as is compatible with the rights of the other co-owners.
2 The alienation or encumbrance of the object and the modification of its designated purpose require the consent of all co-owners, unless they have unanimously agreed some other arrangement.
3 Where mortgage rights or real burdens apply to co-ownership shares, the co-owners are not permitted to further encumber the object itself with such charges.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
7. Costs and expenses
1 Except where otherwise provided, the administrative costs, taxes and other expenses arising from co-ownership or in relation to the object in co-ownership are borne by the co-owners in proportion to their shares.
2 If a co-owner has borne more than his or her fair share of such costs, he or she is entitled to compensation from the others to an equivalent extent.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
8. Binding nature of rules and noting in the land register2
The use and administration rules agreed by the co-owners, their administrative decisions and all relevant court judgments and orders are also binding on a co-owner’s legal successor and on any person acquiring a right in rem to a co-ownership share.
2 They may be noted next to co-ownership shares of immovable property in the land register.3
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
9. Exclusion from collective ownership
a. Co-owners
1 A co-owner may be excluded from the community of co-owners by court order if, as a result of his or her conduct or that of persons to whom he or she granted use of the object or for whom he or she is responsible, his or her duties towards the other co-owners individually or collectively are so seriously violated that continuation of the community of co-owners becomes unreasonable.
2 Where the community comprises only two co-owners, each has the right to sue the other; in other cases, unless otherwise agreed, legal action against one co-owner must be authorised by a majority of all the co-owners excluding the person to be sued.
3 If the court rules in favour of excluding the defendant, it shall order him or her to alienate his or her share and, should he or she fail to do so within the allowed time limit, shall order it to be sold at public auction in accordance with the provisions governing the forced sale of land to the exclusion of the provisions governing dissolution of co-ownership.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Further entitled persons
The provisions governing exclusion of co-owners apply mutatis mutandis to usufructuaries and to owners of other rights in rem or personal rights of use entered under priority notice in the land register in respect of co-ownership shares.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
10. Dissolution
a. Right to request division
1 Every co-owner has the right to request the dissolution of the co-ownership unless this is excluded by an agreement, by division of the object into condominium units or by the dedication of the object to a permanent purpose.
2 Dissolution may be excluded for a maximum of 50 years by means of an agreement which, where the object is land, is valid only if done as a public deed and which may be entered under priority notice in the land register.2
3 Dissolution may not be requested at an inopportune time.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Form of partition
1 Dissolution is effected by means of physical division, by private sale or sale at auction and division of the sale proceeds, or by transfer of the entire object to one or more co-owners who buy out the others.
2 If the co-owners are unable to agree on the method of dissolution, the court will order the physical division of the object or, where this is impossible without substantially diminishing its value, its sale at public auction or private auction among the co-owners.
3 Physical division giving rise to unequal shares may entail monetary payments to balance out the shares.
c. Animals kept as pets
1 In the event of disputes over ownership of animals kept as pets rather than for investment or commercial purposes, the court will award sole ownership to whichever party offers the better conditions of animal welfare in which to keep the animal.
2 The court may order the person to whom ownership of the animal is awarded to provide appropriate compensation to the other party; the court determines the amount at its discretion.
3 The court shall take all necessary provisional measures, in particular in relation to the animal’s care in the interim.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
II. Joint ownership
1. Prerequisites
If several persons bound together into a community by legal provision or contract own an object by virtue of that community, they are joint owners and the rights of each joint owner attach to the whole object.
2. Effect
1 The rights and obligations of the joint owners are determined by the rules governing their legal or contractual community.
2 Unless otherwise provided, the unanimous decision of all the joint owners is required in order to exercise ownership rights and in particular to dispose of the object in any way.
3 For the duration of the community, the right to divide the object or make dispositions relating to a fraction of it is excluded.
3. Dissolution
1 Dissolution occurs when the object is alienated or the community is terminated.
2 Unless otherwise provided, division of the object is effected according to the provisions governing co-ownership.
III. Joint ownership of agricultural enterprises and land
The dissolution of joint ownership of agricultural enterprises and agricultural land is governed by the Federal Act of 4 October 19912 on Rural Land Rights.
1 Inserted by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on Rural Land Rights, in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
2 SR 211.412.11
A. Subject matter
I. Immovable property2
1 The object of land ownership is all immovable property.
2 Within the meaning of this Code, immovable property includes:
3 An easement relating to immovable property may be recorded in the land register as an independent and permanent right if it:
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Dependent property
1 A parcel of land may be linked to another parcel of land such that the owner of the main parcel of land is also the owner of the attached parcel of land. The attached parcel shares the same legal destiny as the main parcel and may not be alienated, pledged or encumbered separately.
2 If the parcels are linked for a permanent purpose, the statutory right of pre-emption of the co-owners and the right to demand dissolution may not be claimed.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Acquisition
I. Registration
1 The acquisition of land ownership must be recorded in the land register.
2 In the case of appropriation, inheritance, compulsory purchase, debt enforcement or court judgment, the acquirer becomes the owner even before registration in the land register but obtains the power of disposal over the immovable property only once he or she has been recorded as the owner in the land register.
II. Types of acquisition
1. Transfer
1 In order to be binding, a contract to transfer land ownership must be executed as a public deed.
2 Testamentary disposition and marital contracts require the forms prescribed by the law of succession and marital property law.
2. Appropriation
1 Immovable property recorded in the land register may be appropriated only if the register establishes that it has no owner.
2 Appropriation of land not recorded in the land register is subject to the provisions governing ownerless objects.
3. Formation of new land
1 If new exploitable land is formed from previously ownerless land as a result of alluvion, filling or ground displacement, changes in the course or level of public waters or in some other manner, such land belongs to the canton in which it lies.
2 The cantons are free to allocate such land to owners of adjoining land.
3 If a person can show that parts of ground have become detached from his or her property, he or she is entitled to take them back within an appropriate period.
4. Ground displacement
a. In general1
1 Ground displacement from one parcel of land to another does not alter the boundaries of the parcels.
2 Earth and other objects moving from one parcel to the other in the process are subject to the provisions governing driftage or the joining and mixing of chattels.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
b. Constant ground displacement
1 The general principle whereby ground displacement does not alter land boundaries does not apply to areas designated by the cantons as being in permanent danger of ground displacement.
2 When designating such areas, due consideration shall be given to the characteristics of the land in question.
3 Where a parcel of land forms part of such an area, this fact must be notified in an appropriate manner to the interested parties and recorded in the land register.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
c. Redrawing of boundaries
1 If a land boundary is rendered impractical by ground displacement, any affected landowner may request that it be redrawn.
2 Any loss or gain in value shall be balanced out.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
5. Adverse possession
a. Ordinary adverse possession
Where a person has been wrongly recorded in the land register as the owner of immovable property, his or her ownership may no longer be challenged if he or she has been in possession of it in good faith, uninterruptedly and without challenge for ten years.
b. Extraordinary adverse possession
1 Where a person has been in possession of immovable property not recorded in the land register uninterruptedly and without challenge for 30 years as if it were his or her property, he or she has the right to be registered as the owner.
2 The same right applies on the same conditions to a person in possession of immovable property whose owner is not evident from the land register or who was declared dead or presumed dead at the beginning of the 30-year adverse possession period.
3 However, such registration may be made only by court order on expiry of a publicly notified period for objections, provided no such objections have been raised or those raised have been dismissed.
c. Time limits
The rules for computing, interrupting and suspending adverse possession time limits are determined mutatis mutandis by the provisions governing prescription of debt claims.
6. Ownerless and public objects
1 Ownerless and public objects are subject to the sovereignty of the canton on whose territory they are situated.
2 No rights of private ownership apply to public waters or to land not suitable for cultivation, such as rocks and scree, firn and glaciers, or to springs rising therefrom, unless proof to the contrary is produced.
3 The cantons shall enact the provisions required to govern the appropriation of ownerless land, exploitation and common use of public objects such as roads, town and village squares, waterways and riverbeds.
III. Right to registration
1 By virtue of acquisition, the acquirer gains a personal claim against the owner to be recorded in the land register and, should the owner refuse, the right to have ownership awarded by court order.
2 In the case of appropriation, inheritance, compulsory purchase, debt enforcement or court judgment, the acquirer may obtain such registration on his or her own initiative.
3 Changes to land ownership occurring by operation of law as a result of marital community of property or the dissolution thereof shall be recorded in the land register at the request of either spouse.1
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
C. Loss
1 Land ownership is extinguished on deletion of the land register entry and on complete loss of the immovable property.
2 In the case of compulsory purchase, the time at which the loss occurs is determined according to federal and cantonal compulsory purchase law.
D. Judicial measures
I. Where the owner cannot be found
3 The following may apply for measures to be ordered:
4 The ordering of measures does not interrupt the period required to obtain extraordinary adverse possession.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. In the absence of the required management bodies
If a legal entity or other rights holder that is recorded in the land register as the owner no longer has the required management bodies, and person with a legitimate interest or the land register at the location of the immovable property may apply to the court for the required measures relating to the immovable property to be ordered.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Substance
I. Scope
1 Land ownership extends upwards into the air and downwards into the ground to the extent determined by the owner’s legitimate interest in exercising his or her ownership rights.
2 Within the limits prescribed by law, it includes all buildings and plants as well as springs.
II. Boundaries
1. Type of boundary
1 Land boundaries are established by the land register plans and by boundary markings on the land itself.
2 In the event of discrepancy between the existing land register plans and the boundary markings, the land register plans are presumed correct.
3 The foregoing presumption does not apply to areas designated by the canton as being in permanent danger of ground displacement.1
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
2. Duty to establish boundaries
Every landowner is obliged, at the request of his or her neighbour, to co-operate in establishing the boundary where it is unclear, whether by amendment of the land register plans or by affixing boundary markers.
3. Co-ownership of boundary markers
Where boundaries are marked by features such as walls, hedges and fences, such features are presumed to be jointly owned by the two neighbouring landowners.
III. Buildings on the parcel of land
1. Land and building materials
a. Ownership
1 Where a person uses materials belonging to another in building work on his or her own land or materials of his or her own on land belonging to another, such materials become an integral part of the parcel of land.
2 However, where such materials are used against the will of their owner, the latter is entitled to demand that the materials be removed and returned to him or her at the landowner’s expense to the extent this is possible without causing disproportionate damage.
3 On the same condition, where the materials were used against the will of the landowner, the latter may demand that they be removed from his or her land at the expense of the builder.
b. Compensation
1 Where the materials are not removed from the land, the landowner must provide appropriate compensation for the cost of the materials.
2 Where the landowner on whose land the building work was carried out acted in bad faith, the court may award full damages.
3 Where the owner of the materials used in the building work acted in bad faith, the damages awarded may not exceed the minimum value of the building work to the landowner.
c. Assignment of land ownership
Where the value of the building plainly exceeds the value of the land, the party acting in good faith may request that ownership of both building and land be assigned to the owner of the materials in exchange for appropriate compensation.
2. Encroaching buildings
1 Buildings and other structures encroaching from one parcel of land onto another remain part of the parcel from which they originate, providing their owner has a right in rem to their existence.
2 The right to encroach on neighbouring land may be recorded as an easement in the land register.
3 If an injured party fails to object in timely manner to an unauthorised encroachment, despite being aware of it, where justified in the circumstances the builder of the encroaching structure, provided he or she acted in good faith, may be granted ownership of the encroaching part thereof or of the land below it in exchange for appropriate compensation.
3. Building right
1 Buildings and other structures that are dug into or built onto land belonging to another person or otherwise permanently connected with that parcel of land on or below its surface may have a separate owner provided their existence is recorded as an easement in the land register.
2 The creation of rights to buildings in respect of individual storeys of a building is not permitted.
4. Pipes, cables, conduits
1 Pipes, cables and conduits for water, gas, electricity and the like located outside the parcel of land which they serve are, except where otherwise regulated, the property of the utility plant from which they come or to which they lead.1
2 Where the provisions of the law of neighbours do not apply, the encumbrance of parcels of land by rights in rem relating to such pipes, cables and conduits belonging to another person is established by way of easement.
3 If the pipe, cable or conduit is visible, the easement is created when the pipe, cable or conduit is laid. In other cases, it is created by entry in the land register.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
5. Movable structures
1 Sheds, huts, shacks, cabins and the like retain their separate owner if they are constructed on land belonging to another person without the intention of becoming a permanent fixture.
2 Their existence is not recorded in the land register.
IV. Plants grown on the parcel of land
1 Where a person uses another person’s plants on his or her own land or his or her own plants on another person’s land, the same rights and obligations arise as for the use of building materials or for movable structures.
2 An easement corresponding to a building right may be created in respect of individual plants and plantations for a minimum of ten and a maximum of 100 years.1
3 The servient owner may request the termination of the easement before the end of the agreed duration in the event of the termination of a lease agreement concluded between him or her and the easement beneficiary concerning the use of the land. The court shall determine the financial consequences taking due account of all the circumstances.2
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 Jan. 2004 (AS 2003 4121; BBl 2002 4721).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 Jan. 2004 (AS 2003 4121; BBl 2002 4721).
V. Landowner’s liability
1. Acts in excess of ownership rights1
1 Where a person incurs or is at risk of damage because a landowner acts in excess of his or her ownership rights, he or she may sue for abatement of the damage or for protection against any imminent damage and for damages.
2 Where a building or installation deprives a neighbouring parcel of land of certain properties, the aforementioned rights apply only if the regulations that applied at the time the building or installation was constructed were not complied with.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Lawful management of the land
Where a landowner temporarily causes excessive and unavoidable disadvantages to a neighbour while managing his or her parcel of land lawfully, in particular by building and thus causes damage, the neighbour may only claim damages from the landowner.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Limitations
I. In general
1 Statutory restrictions on ownership exist irrespective of whether they are recorded in the land register.
2 Any lifting or modification thereof by agreement is invalid unless executed in the form of a public deed and recorded in the land register.
3 Public law restrictions on ownership may not be revoked or modified.
II. Restrictions on alienation; statutory right of pre-emption
1. General principles
1 Statutory rights of pre-emption may also be exercised in the case of compulsory sale at auction, but only at the auction itself and on the conditions that apply to a sale to the highest bidder; in other respects statutory rights of pre-emption may be exercised subject to the conditions that apply to contractual rights of pre-emption.
2 The right of pre-emption becomes void if the land is sold to a person with a right of pre-emption of equal or higher rank.
3 Statutory rights of pre-emption may neither be inherited nor assigned. They take precedence over contractual rights of pre-emption.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
2. Exercise
1 Where a purchase agreement is concluded, the vendor must notify persons with a right of pre-emption of the terms thereof.
2 If a person wishes to exercise his or her right of pre-emption, he or she must assert it within three months of learning of the conclusion and terms of the purchase agreement. Such a right may no longer be exercised once two years have elapsed since the entry of the new owner in the land register.
3 During that time a person may exercise a right of pre-emption against any owner of the land.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Modification, waiver
1 An agreement excluding or modifying a statutory right of pre-emption is valid only if executed in the form of a public deed. It may be entered under priority notice in the land register provided the right of pre-emption is held by the current owner of another parcel of land.
2 The beneficiary may waive his or her statutory right of pre-emption in writing once the event that triggers it has occurred.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
4. In respect of co-ownership and building rights2
1 Co-owners have a right of pre-emption against any person acquiring a share who is not a co-owner. If several co-owners exercise their right of pre-emption, the share is allocated to them in proportion to their existing shares.3
2 The owner of a parcel of land encumbered with a distinct and permanent building right shall also have a right of pre-emption in respect of that right over anyone wishing to acquire it, and the holder of the right has a right of pre-emption in respect of the parcel of land it encumbers, providing the land is used in the exercise of his or her right.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
4 Repealed by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), with effect from 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
5. Right of pre-emption of farms and farmland
Rights of pre-emption of agricultural enterprises and agricultural land are also governed by the Federal Act of 4 October 19912 on Rural land Rights.
1 Inserted by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on Rural Land Rights, in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
2 SR 211.412.11
1 Repealed by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), with effect from 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
III. Law of neighbours
1. Excess detriment1
1 In exercising their ownership rights, including in particular the right to run a business on his or her land, landowners are obliged to refrain from any excess detrimental to neighbouring properties.
2 In particular all harmful effects that are not justified by the location and character of the land or by local custom such as air pollution emissions of noxious vapours, noise, vibrations, radiation or the deprivation of sunlight or daylight are prohibited.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Excavation and construction
a. Rule
1 When carrying out excavation or construction work, the owner is not permitted to damage the adjoining properties by causing their terrain to shift, exposing it to the risk of shifting or by weakening existing structures.
2 Buildings which contravene the provisions of the law of neighbours are subject to the provisions governing encroaching buildings.
b. Cantonal regulations
1 The cantons may set minimum separation distances to be observed in excavation and construction works.
2 They have the right to issue further building regulations.
3. Plants
a. Rule
1 Overhanging branches and roots encroaching beyond the boundary may be severed and kept by the neighbour if they are damaging his or her property and have not been removed within a reasonable time following his or her complaint in relation thereto.
2 If a landowner tolerates branches overhanging cultivated or developed land, he or she is entitled to the fruit that grows on them.
3 These provisions do not apply to adjoining parcels of woodland.
b. Cantonal regulations
The cantons are authorised to set minimum separation distances for plantations depending on the type of land and plants involved or to oblige the landowner to permit the overhanging branches or encroaching roots of fruit trees and to regulate or annul his or her right to take the fruit from such branches.
4. Flowing waters
1 Every landowner is obliged to receive the waters flowing naturally from a higher-lying parcel of land, such as rain water, melting snow and water from unchannelled springs.
2 No person may alter the natural course of flow to his or her neighbour’s damage.
3 Water flowing to a lower-lying parcel of land and required by that property may be withheld only to the extent that such water is indispensable to the higher-lying parcel of land.
5. Drainage
1 Where a higher-lying parcel of land is drained, the owner of lower-lying parcel of land is obliged to receive such water as previously flowed naturally onto his or her land without being entitled to compensation.
2 If he or she suffers damage as a result of drainage channels, he or she may require the owner of the higher-lying parcel of land to continue such channels through the lower-lying parcel of land at the latter’s expense.
6. Pipes, cables, conduits
a. Duty to permit
1 Every landowner is obliged to permit water conduits, drainage pipes, gas pipes and the like and subterranean or overhead cables to traverse his or her land in exchange for full compensation, to the extent that such works would be impossible or prohibitively expensive if they did not traverse his or her land.1
2 The right for pipes, cables and conduits to traverse an adjoining parcel of land may not be claimed on the basis of the law of neighbours in cases subject to compulsory purchase under cantonal or federal law.
3 At the request of the dominant or the servient owner, such rights shall be recorded in the land register as an easement at the expense of the dominant owner. The right for pipes, cables and conduits to traverse an adjoining parcel of land may be cited in opposition to a person acquiring a parcel of land in good faith, even if it is not registered.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Safeguarding the interests of the servient landowner
1 The servient owner is entitled to just and equitable consideration of his or her own interests.
2 Where justified by extraordinary circumstances, he or she may request that the piece of the land above which overhead pipes, cables and conduits are to be routed together with a reasonable portion of the surrounding land be purchased from him or her at its full value.
c. Change of circumstances
1 If circumstances change, the servient owner may request that the route of the pipe, cable or conduit be altered in accordance with his or her interests.
2 The costs of such re-routing are normally borne by the owner of the dominant property.
3 However, where justified by special circumstances, an appropriate portion of the costs may be charged to the servient owner.
7. Rights of way
a. Necessary right of way
1 Where a landowner does not have adequate access from his or her land to a public thoroughfare, he or she has the right to require his or her neighbours to grant him or her the necessary right of way in exchange for full compensation.
2 This right is in the first place exercised against the neighbour who, in the light of existing ownership and access circumstances, may most reasonably be expected to grant such right of way, and secondly in respect of the neighbour for whom it is least damaging.
3 When determining the route of a right of way, the interests of both parties must be taken into consideration.
b. Other rights of way
The cantons reserve the right to enact more detailed provisions which govern the landowner’s right to enter neighbouring land for the purposes of managing his or her own land or carrying out repairs or building works and which regulate rights of way for the purpose of tillage, watering cattle, transit over fallow ground or in the dead season, transit for timber gathering, and the like.
c. Notation in the land register
1 Rights of way established directly by law exist without need for registration.
2 However, if permanent they are noted in the land register.
8. Enclosure
1 The costs of enclosing a parcel of land are borne by its owner, subject to the provisions governing co-ownership of boundary markers.
2 Cantonal law may enact provisions governing the duty to enclose and the manner of enclosure.
9. Duty to maintain
The costs of any structures required for the exercise of rights under the law of neighbours are borne by the landowners in proportion to their interests.
IV. Right of access and to ward off danger
1. Access
1 Any person has the right to enter woodlands and meadows and to gather wild berries, fungi and the like to the extent permitted by local custom except where the competent authority enacts specific limited prohibitions in the interests of conservation.
2 Cantonal law may enact more detailed regulations on access to land owned by others for the purposes of hunting and fishing.
2. Retrieval of driftage and the like
1 If objects are carried onto another parcel of land by water, wind, avalanche or other force of nature or by chance event, or if animals such as livestock, swarms of bees, poultry and fish stray onto his or her property, the landowner must grant the rightful owner access to his or her land to search for and retrieve them.
2 The landowner is entitled to claim damages for any damage caused and to that end has a special lien as to such objects and animals.
3. Trespass to ward off danger or damage
1 If a person is able to ward off imminent damage or present danger from himself or herself or others only by trespassing on land belonging to another, the latter is obliged to tolerate such trespass to the extent that such danger or damage would be considerably greater than the detriment caused by the trespass.
2 Appropriate compensation is owed for any resultant damage.
V. Public law restrictions on ownership
1. In general
The Confederation, cantons and communes reserve the right to impose restrictions on ownership that are in the public interest, and in particular that relate to building, fire and health regulations, forestry and road services, towpaths, erection of boundary markings and triangulation pillars, land improvements, fragmentation of landholdings, consolidation of agricultural land and building land, conservation of antiquities and natural monuments, preservation of areas of natural beauty and scenic vantage points and protection of mineral springs.
2. Land improvements
1 Where it is possible to carry out land improvements, such as watercourse modifications, drainage, irrigation, reforestation, path-building, land consolidation procedures and the like, only by collective endeavour and such endeavour has been approved by the majority of the landowners owning more than half of the land involved, the other landowners are obliged to participate. Landowners who choose not to participate in the decision-making process are deemed to consent. Participation is recorded in the land register.
2 The cantons regulate the procedure. In particular, they must issue detailed rules on consolidation of landholdings.
3 Cantonal legislation may further facilitate the realisation of such land improvements and may declare that the corresponding provisions also apply to building land and to areas designated as being in permanent danger of ground displacement.2
1 Amended by Art. 121 of the Agriculture Act of 3 oct. 1951, in force since 1 Jan. 1954 (AS 1953 1073; BBl 1951 I 130).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
C. Rights to springs and wells
I. Spring ownership and spring rights
1 Springs are an integral part of the land and their ownership may be acquired only through ownership of the land from which they rise.
2 Rights to spring water on land owned by others are established as easements by entry in the land register.
3 Groundwater is deemed equivalent to springs.
II. Diversion of springs
1 Cantonal law may regulate, restrict or prohibit the diversion of spring waters to safeguard the public interest.
2 In the event of conflict between cantons, the final decision rests with the Federal Council.
III. Cutting off springs
1. Damages
1 Where springs and wells that enjoy considerable use or whose waters are collected for further use are cut off, diminished or contaminated by building works, installations or other measures to the detriment of their owners or rightful users, such persons are entitled to claim damages.
2 Where the damage was done neither intentionally nor through negligence, or the injured parties are themselves at fault, the court determines the amount and manner of compensation at its discretion.
2. Restoration
1 If springs and wells that are indispensable for the exploitation or habitation of a parcel of land or for the supply of drinking water are cut off or contaminated, those affected have the right to demand that the status quo ante be restored where at all possible.
2 In other cases restoration of the status quo ante may be demanded only where this is justified by special circumstances.
IV. Community of spring owners
1 Where springs located near to each other and belonging to different owners form a group rising from a common catchment basin, each of the owners may request that the springs be collectively captured and channelled to the rightful users in proportion to the existing volume of flow.
2 The costs of the common installations are borne by the rightful users in proportion to their respective interests.
3 If one user opposes the request, each user has the right to capture and divert his or her own spring in the normal manner, even if the volume of flow of the other springs is thereby diminished, and is liable to pay compensation only to the extent that his or her own spring is augmented by the new works.
V. Use of springs
The cantons have the right to determine the extent to which privately owned springs, wells and streams may also be used by neighbours and other persons for drawing water, watering livestock and the like.
VI. Right to use an essential water source
1 If a parcel of land lacks the water required for domestic and farming requirements and if such water cannot be obtained from anywhere else except at an entirely disproportionate cost and effort, the owner may request that a neighbour able to spare such water without suffering hardship allow him or her a share of the latter’s spring or well to him or her in exchange for full compensation.
2 When determining which water source is thus affected, the interests of the person required to supply the water are the primary consideration.
3 Where circumstances change, a modification of the arrangement in place may be requested.
VII. Duty to cede
1. Water sources
1 Where landowners make no use of springs, wells or streams, or make very little use thereof in comparison with their potential utility, they may be required to cede them in exchange for full compensation for supplying drinking water, fire hydrants or other uses in the public interest.
2 Such compensation may take the form of water supplied from the new installation.
2. Land
Owners of drinking water utilities have the right to expropriate the land surrounding their springs to the extent necessary to protect them from contamination.
A. Definition and object
I. Definition
1 Condominium is a form of co-ownership of immovable property that gives the co-owner the exclusive right to make sole use of specific parts of a building thereon and design the interior of such parts.
2 Each condominium owner is free to manage, use and design the structure of his or her own parts of the building as he or she wishes but must not obstruct any other condominium owners in the exercise of their own rights or in any way damage the common parts of the building, fittings and installations or impair their functional effectiveness or appearance.
3 Each condominium owner is obliged to maintain his or her parts of the building in the manner required to preserve the sound condition and good appearance of the building as a whole.
II. Object
1 The object of the exclusive right may be individual storeys or parts of a storey which must be self-contained with their own access and used either as dwellings or as self-contained units of rooms used for business or other purposes, although separate ancillary rooms are allowed.
2 The condominium owner may not be granted an exclusive right to the following:
3 The deed of constitution or a subsequent agreement among the condominium owners executed in the same form may stipulate that other parts of the building are common property, failing which they are presumed to be the object of a exclusive right.
III. Power of disposal
1 Condominium owners do not by law have first right of refusal in respect of a third party acquiring a share, but such right may be stipulated in the deed of constitution or by subsequent agreement and entered under priority notice in the land register.
2 Similarly, it may be stipulated that the alienation, encumbrance with usufruct or right of residence or letting of a unit is valid only if the other co-owners do not object by resolution made within 14 days of receiving notice of such transaction.
3 The objection is ineffective if made without good cause.1
1 Amended by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
B. Creation and extinction
I. Deed of constitution
1 Condominium is constituted by entry in the land register.
2 Such entry may be requested:
3 In order to be valid, the constitution of condominium must be executed in the form of a public deed or, where provided for in a testamentary disposition or in a contract of division of estate, in the form prescribed by the law of succession.
II. Layout of the condominium units and shares in the property1
1 The deed of constitution must specify the manner in which the property is divided into condominium units and define the share that each unit represents of the value of the property or of the building right expressed as fractions with a common denominator.2
2 Alteration of the size of a share requires the consent of all directly involved parties and the approval of the assembly of condominium owners; however, each condominium owner is entitled to seek rectification if his or her share has been defined incorrectly in error or is no longer accurate owing to structural modifications to the building or its surroundings.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Extinction
1 Condominium is extinguished on the loss of the property or the building right and its deletion from the land register.
2 Such deletion may be requested in accordance with a termination agreement or by a single condominium owner holding all the shares, but it requires the consent of all persons with rights in rem to the individual units which cannot be transferred to the property as a whole without detriment.
3 Any condominium owner may request termination of the condominium where:
4 Condominium owners wishing to maintain the condominium may prevent such termination by buying out the others.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
C. Administration and use
I. Applicable provisions
1 The provisions governing co-ownership regulate the authority to take administrative action and instruct construction work.
2 Except where such provisions are mandatory, they may be replaced by others set out in the deed of constitution or adopted by unanimous resolution of the assembly of condominium owners.
3 Moreover, each condominium owner is entitled to request that a set of rules governing administration and use be drawn up and noted in the land register, such rules being binding once accepted by resolution passed by a majority of the condominium owners who together represent more than one-half of the property and being subject to amendment by the same majority even if included in the deed of constitution.
4 Any amendment to the allocation of exclusive rights of use in accordance with the regulations shall also require the consent of the condominium owners directly affected.1
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Communal charges and costs
1. Definition and distribution
1 The condominium owners bear the charges in relation to the communal parts of the property and the costs of joint administration in proportion to the value of their shares.
2 In particular, such charges and costs include:
3 Where specific parts of the building, fittings or installations are of little or no benefit to certain condominium owners, the allocation of shared costs must take this into account.
2. Liability for cost contributions
a. Statutory lien
1 The community of condominium owners is entitled to establish a lien on each condominium owner’s unit as security for his or her portion of the shared costs over the previous three years.
2 Registration of the lien may be requested by the administrator or, where no administrator has been appointed, by any condominium owner so authorised by majority resolution or court order and by any person for whom the claim for shared costs has been distrained.
3 In other respects, the provisions governing the establishment of a building contractor’s lien apply mutatis mutandis.
b. Special lien
The community of condominium owners has the same special lien that a lessor would have on the chattels located in the condominium owner’s unit as security for shared costs over the previous three years.
III. Community’s capacity to act
1 The community of condominium owners acquires under its own name the revenue derived from its administrative activities, including in particular contributions from the individual condominium owners and the resultant funds, such as the renovation fund.
2 The community of condominium owners may sue and collect debts in its own name and may be sued or subjected to debt enforcement proceedings.1
1 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).
D. Organisation
I. Assembly of condominium owners
1. Competence and legal status
1 In addition to those rights stipulated in other provisions, the assembly of condominium owners has the following rights in particular:
2 In the absence of any specific provisions in the law, the assembly of condominium owners and its delegates are subject to the provisions on governing bodies of associations and challenges to resolutions of associations.
2. Convening and chairing meetings
1 The assembly of condominium owners is convened and chaired by the administrator, unless the assembly resolves otherwise.
2 Minutes are taken of the assembly’s resolutions and held in safekeeping by the administrator or the chairman of the meeting.
3. Voting rights
1 Where a unit is owned by more than one person, these persons together have only one vote, to be cast by one of their number as their representative.
2 Similarly, the owner and the usufructuary of a unit must agree on the exercise of their voting rights, failing which the usufructuary is deemed to hold the right to vote on all administrative matters with the exception of building work carried out for merely useful or decorative purposes or to enhance comfort or convenience.
4. Quorum
1 The assembly of condominium owners is quorate if one half of the condominium owners representing one half of the shares in condominium, and in any event at least two condominium owners, are present or represented.
2 If the assembly is not quorate, a second meeting must be convened which may be held no earlier than ten days after the first.
3 The second meeting is quorate if one third of the condominium owners, and in any event at least two condominium owners, are present or represented.
II. Administrator
1. Appointment
1 If the assembly of condominium owners fails to appoint an administrator, any condominium owner is entitled to request the court to appoint one.
2 Other interested parties, such as the pledgee or insurer, have the same right to request court appointment of an administrator.
2. Removal
1 By resolution of the assembly of condominium owners, the administrator may be removed from his or her position at any time, subject to claims for compensation.
2 If the assembly of condominium owners refuses to remove the administrator despite good cause to do so, any condominium owner may, within one month, request the court to remove him or her.
3 A court-appointed administrator may not be removed prior to expiry of the period for which he or she was appointed.
3. Duties
a. Implementation of provisions and resolutions concerning administration and use
1 The administrator shall take all action required for collective administration in accordance with the relevant legal provisions, the rules and resolutions passed by the assembly of condominium owners and must of his or her own accord take all measures urgently needed to prevent or remedy damage to the property.
2 He or she divides the communal costs and charges among the condominium owners, makes out the relevant invoices, collects contributions, manages the available funds and applies them as required by law.
3 He or she ensures that the condominium owners exercise their exclusive rights and use the communal parts of the property and the communal fittings and installations in accordance with the relevant legal provisions, regulations and house rules.
b. External representation
1 The administrator shall represent the condominium owners both as a community and as individuals in all external dealings relating to communal administration within the scope of his or her statutory duties.
2 Except in summary proceedings, the administrator must obtain the prior approval of the assembly of condominium owners to act as plaintiff or defendant in civil proceedings unless the matter is urgent, in which case such approval may be obtained retrospectively.
3 Declarations, demands, judgments and court orders addressed to the community of condominium owners are deemed duly notified once they are served on the administrator at his or her domicile or at the place where the property is situated.
A. Object
Chattel ownership relates to movable physical objects and to forces of nature that may be the subject of legal rights and which do not form part of any immovable property.
B. Forms of acquisition
I. Transfer
1. Delivery of possession
1 Transfer of chattel ownership requires the delivery of possession to the acquirer.
2 A person who in good faith receives possession of a chattel as owner will become its owner even if the transferor is not authorised to alienate it as soon his or her possession of it is protected according to the provisions governing possession.
2. Reservation of ownership
a. In general
1 Reservation of ownership in respect of a chattel transferred to the acquirer is only effective provided it is entered in the official register kept by the debt enforcement office at his or her current domicile.
2 Reservation of ownership is not permitted in livestock trading.
b. Transactions involving payment by instalments
An object transferred under reservation of ownership may be reclaimed by the owner only on condition that he or she reimburse any payments made for it by the acquirer after deduction of an appropriate rental charge and compensation for wear and tear.
3. Acquisition without possession
1 If as a result of a special legal relationship, the chattel remains in the transferor’s possession, this transfer of ownership is null and void in relation third parties if the underlying intention was to disadvantage them or to circumvent the provisions governing the pledging of chattels.
2 The court shall rules on this at its discretion.
II. Appropriation
1. Ownerless chattels
Ownership of an ownerless chattel is acquired by the act of taking it into possession with the intention of becoming its owner.
2. Escaped animals
1 Captured animals become ownerless if they regain their freedom and their owner fails to search for them immediately and persistently with a view to recapturing them.
2 Domesticated animals become ownerless once they regress to a feral state and no longer return to their masters.
3 Swarms of bees do not become ownerless by virtue of straying onto land belonging to others.
III. Found property
1. Reporting, tracing
a. In general1
1 A person finding a lost object must inform its owner and, if the latter is unknown, either report the find to the police or himself take appropriate steps to publicise the find and trace the owner.
2 He or she has a duty to report the find to the police if the value of the object clearly exceeds ten francs.
3 A person who finds an object in an occupied house or on premises used for public services or public transport must deposit it with the head of the household, the tenant or the supervisor.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
b. Animals
1 A person who finds a lost animal must, subject to Art. 720 para. 3, inform the owner or, if the latter is unknown, report his or her find.
2 The cantons designate the authority to which such finds must be reported.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806). Para. 2 comes into force on 1 April 2004.
2. Safekeeping and auction
1 A find must be held in appropriate safekeeping.
2 If it requires expensive maintenance or is susceptible to rapid deterioration, or if the police or a public body has held it for more than one year, it may be sold at public auction with the prior authorisation of the competent authority.
3 The proceeds of sale at auction replace the object.
3. Acquisition of ownership, return
1 A person who has discharged his or her duties as finder acquires ownership of the find if it has not been possible to trace the rightful owner within five years of the announcement or public notice being given of the find.
1bis In the case of animals kept as pets rather than for investment or commercial purposes, the period is two months.1
1ter If the finder puts the animal in a home with the intention of renouncing its ownership, on expiry of the two-month period the animal home is at liberty to dispose of the animal as it sees fit.2
2 If the find is returned to its owner, the finder is entitled to compensation for all outlays and to a suitable finder’s reward.
3 In the case of a find made in an occupied house or on premises used for public services or public transport, the head of the household, tenant or supervisor is deemed to be the finder but is not entitled to any finder’s reward.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
4. Treasure trove
1 If an object of value is found in circumstances indicating with certainty that it has lain buried or hidden so long that it will not be possible to trace its owner, it is treated as treasure trove.
2 Subject to the provisions governing objects of scientific value, treasure trove belongs to the owner of the land or chattel where it was found.
3 The finder is entitled to an appropriate finder’s reward not exceeding one-half of the treasure’s value.
5. Objects of scientific value
1 Ownerless natural specimens and antiquities of scientific value are the property of the canton on whose territory they are found.1
1bis Such objects must not be alienated without the consent of the competent cantonal authorities. They may not be purchased in good faith or acquired through adverse possession. There is no prescriptive period on the canton’s right to recover them.2
2 The owner of the land on which such objects are found is obliged to permit their excavation in exchange for compensation for the damage caused.
3 The finder, and in the case of treasure trove also the owner is entitled to an appropriate finder’s reward not exceeding one-half of the value of the find.
1 Amended by Art. 32 No 1 of the Cultural Property Transfer Act of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 June 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
2 Inserted by Art. 32 No 1 of the Cultural Property Transfer Act of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 June 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
IV. Driftage
1 If chattels are carried onto a person’s property by water, wind, avalanche or other force of nature or by chance event, or if animals belonging to others stray onto his or her property, such a person has the rights and obligations of the finder of a lost object.
2 If a swarm of bees flies into an occupied beehive belonging to another person, the owner of that hive acquires said swarm without obligation to compensate.
V. Processing
1 If a person has processed or reworked an object that does not belong to him, the newly created object becomes the property of that person if the work is more valuable than the material, failing which it belongs to the original owner.
2 Where the person doing such work did not act in good faith, the court may award the newly created object to the original owner even if his or her work is more valuable than the material.
3 Claims for damages and unjust enrichment are reserved.
VI. Joining and mixing chattels
1 If chattels belonging to different owners are mixed or joined together such that they may no longer be separated without substantial damage or prohibitive labour and expense, those involved acquire joint ownership rights in the new object in proportion to the value of the constituent parts at the time that they were mixed or joined.
2 If one chattel is mixed with or joined to another such that it acquires the character of a secondary component of the latter, the entire object belongs to the owner of the primary component.
3 Claims for damages and unjust enrichment are reserved.
VII. Adverse possession
1 If a person has possessed a chattel belonging to another person uninterruptedly and without challenge for five years believing in good faith that he or she owns it, he or she becomes its owner by adverse possession.
1bis In the case of animals kept as pets rather than for investment or commercial purposes, the period is two months.1
1ter Subject to exceptions prescribed by law, the time limit for adverse possession in the case of objects of cultural heritage within the meaning of Art. 2 para. 1 of the Cultural Property Transfer Act of 20 June 20032 is 30 years.3
2 Involuntary loss of possession does not interrupt adverse possession provided the possessor regains the chattel within one year or by means of legal action brought within the same time limit.
3 The computation, interruption and suspension of adverse possession time limits are governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions on the prescription of debts.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5806).
2 SR 444.1
3 Inserted by Art. 32 No 1 of the Cultural Property Transfer Act of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 June 2005 (AS2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
C. Loss
Even where possession has been lost, ownership of the chattel is not extinguished until the owner relinquishes his or her right or until another person subsequently acquires ownership.
A. Object
1 A parcel of land may be encumbered in favour of another property such that the servient owner must permit the owner of the dominant property to exercise certain rights over it to or may not exercise certain of the rights attaching to his or her property for the benefit of the owner of the dominant property.
2 An obligation to carry out certain acts may only be accessory to an easement. Any person acquiring the dominant or servient property is only bound by such an obligation if it is based on an entry in the land register.1
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Creation and extinction
I. Creation
1. Registration
1 An easement is created by entry in the land register.
2 The provisions governing land ownership apply to the acquisition or registration of an easement, except where otherwise provided.
3 Adverse possession of an easement is possible only in respect of parcels of land which may be possessed adversely.
2. Legal transaction
1 The legal transaction creating an easement is only valid if done as a public deed.
2 If in the circumstances the exercise of the easement is limited to part of the dominant property and if the geographical location is not sufficiently identifiable in the certificate of legal title, it must be shown in a diagram in an extract of the plan for the land register.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Creation in favour of own property
The owner of a property may create an easement on a property in favour of another property which he or she also owns.
II. Extinction
1. In general
An easement is extinguished with the deletion of its registration or the complete loss of either the servient or the dominant property.
2. Amalgamation
1 If the beneficiary of an easement becomes the servient owner, he or she may have the easement deleted from the land register.
2 If it is not deleted, the easement remains in place as a right in rem.
3. By court order
1 If an easement is of no value to the dominant property, the servient owner may request its deletion.
2 If the dominant property still derives a benefit from the easement but this is minor and disproportionate to the encumbrance, the easement may be partly or wholly cancelled in return for compensation.
C. Nature
I. Scope
1. In general
1 The beneficiary is entitled to take all measures necessary to preserve and exercise the easement.
2 However, he or she is obliged to exercise his or her rights as benignly as possible.
3 The servient owner must not do anything to obstruct the exercise of the easement or render it more difficult.
2. As defined by land register entry
1 The land register entry for an easement defines the scope of the easement, provided it clearly indicates the attendant rights and duties.
2 Within the limits of such entry, the scope of the easement may be inferred from the reason for its creation or from the fact that it has been exercised unchallenged and in good faith for some length of time.
3. If needs change
Additional encumbrances may not be imposed on the servient owner if the needs of the dominant property change.
4. Cantonal law and local custom
In the absence of any other specific arrangement in a given case, cantonal law and local custom shall govern rights of way, such as footpaths, bridle paths, carriageways, field paths, rights of transit in the dead season or for carting wood, rights of pasture, of transit for watering cattle or for irrigation and similar rights.
5. In the case of two or more beneficiaries
1 If two or more beneficiaries benefit from common fixtures based on the same easement and if no other agreement exists, the provisions applicable to co-owners apply by analogy.
2 The right to leave the community by waiving the easement may be excluded for a maximum of 30 years by agreement in the form specified for the easement agreement. The agreement may be noted in the land register.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Duty of maintenance
1 The beneficiary is responsible for maintaining any fixtures required for the exercise of an easement.
2 If the fixture also serves the interests of the servient owner, both parties are responsible for its maintenance in proportion to their interests. An alternative arrangement is binding on the acquirer of the dominant and the acquirer of the servient property if there is proof thereof in the land register.1
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Relocation of the encumbrance1
1 If only part of a property is affected by the exercise of an easement, the servient owner is entitled, provided he or she can show a legitimate interest and bears the cost, to request that the right be transferred to another location which is no less suitable for the beneficiary.
2 He or she is entitled to do so even if the easement is recorded in the land register as being in a specific location.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Partition of a property
1 If the dominant property is partitioned, the easement normally continues to exist in favour of each part of the dominant property.
2 If according to the documentary evidence or the circumstances the exercise of the easement is limited to individual parts of the property, it must be deleted in respect of the other parts.
3 The revision procedure is governed by the regulations on the deletion and amendment of land register entries.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Usufruct
I. Object
1 A usufruct may be held over chattels, immovable property, rights or assets.
2 Unless otherwise provided, it confers complete enjoyment of the object on the usufructuary.
3 A usufruct of immovable property may be limited to a specific part thereof.1
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 Jan. 2004 (AS 2003 4121; BBl 2002 4721).
II. Establishment
1. In general
1 A usufruct of chattels or debts is established by transfer to the acquirer and a usufruct of immovable property by entry in the land register.
2 The provisions governing ownership apply to the acquisition of a usufruct of chattels and of immovable property as well as to entry in the land register, except where otherwise provided.
2. ...
1 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, with effect from 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. Extinction
1. Grounds
1 Usufruct is extinguished in the event of the complete loss of the object to which it applies and in the case of immovable property on deletion of the entry from the land register where the entry was required to establish the usufruct.
2 Other grounds for extinction, such as the passage of time or the renunciation or death of the usufructuary, confer on the owner only a right to apply for the deletion of the entry.
3 A statutory usufruct ends on cessation of its cause.
2. Duration
1 Usufruct ceases with the death of the usufructuary and in the case of legal entities on their dissolution.
2 In the case of legal entities, however, it may not last more than 100 years.
3. Replacement on extinction of usufruct
1 The owner of the object of a usufruct is not obliged to replace or restore the object if it has been destroyed.
2 If it is replaced or restored the usufruct is restored with it.
3 If an object that has been destroyed is replaced, as may be the case with compulsory purchase and insurance indemnities, the usufruct continues on the replacement object.
4. Return
a. Duty
When the usufruct ends, the person in possession of the object must return it to the owner.
b. Liability
1 The usufructuary is liable for complete loss or deterioration of the object, unless he or she shows that he or she was not at fault.
2 He or she must replace any items which have been used up if such consumption is not intrinsic to the use of the object.
3 He or she is not obliged to compensate for any depreciation caused by the proper use of the object.
c. Costs
1 If the usufructuary has of his or her own free will incurred costs or made improvements, on return of the object he or she may request compensation in accordance with the provisions governing agency without authority.
2 He or she is entitled to remove any fixtures he or she has installed for which the owner is not prepared to pay compensation; he or she is, however, obliged to restore the object to its previous condition.
5. Prescription of compensation rights
The owner’s right to compensation for alterations or depreciation and the usufructuary’s right to compensation for expenditure or to remove fixtures prescribe one year after the return of the object.
IV. Scope
1. Rights of the usufructuary
a. In general
1 The usufructuary has the rights of possession, use and enjoyment of the object.
2 He or she is responsible for looking after it.
3 In the exercise of these rights, he or she must exercise reasonable care.
b. Natural fruits
1 Natural fruits belong to the usufructuary if they have ripened during the period of the usufruct.
2 The person who has cultivated the land is entitled to claim equitable compensation for his or her costs from the person who receives the ripe fruits, whereby this compensation should not exceed their value.
3 Constituent parts of the usufruct other than fruits or produce belong to the owner.
c. Interest
Interest on usufructuary capital and other periodic returns accrue to the usufructuary from the day on which the usufruct begins until the day on which it ends, even if they mature at a later date.
d. Assignability
1 Unless it is a strictly personal right, the exercise of the usufruct may be assigned to another person.
2 The owner is entitled to assert his or her rights directly against such person.
2. Rights of the owner
a. Supervision
The owner may object to any unlawful or inappropriate use of the object.
b. Security
1 The owner is entitled to request security from the usufructuary providing he or she may show that his or her rights are jeopardised.
2 He or she is entitled to request security without such showing and already before transfer where consumable objects or securities are the object of the usufruct.
3 If securities are the object of the usufruct, their deposit constitutes sufficient security.
c. Security in the case of gifts and statutory usufruct
1 A person who has transferred an object as a gift while reserving a personal right of usufruct may not be required to provide security.
2 The obligation to provide security in the case of statutory usufruct is subject to the specific rules governing the legal relationship.
d. Consequence of failure to provide security
If the usufructuary fails to provide security within the reasonable time limit set for that purpose, or if he or she persists in using the object unlawfully despite the owner’s objections, the court may dispossess him or her of the object until further notice and appoint a trustee.
3. Inventory
The owner and the usufructuary have the right at any time to request that a publicly notarised inventory of the objects subject to the usufruct be drawn up at their joint expense.
4. Costs
a. Preservation of the object
1 The usufructuary must preserve the object in its original condition and of his or her own accord carry out such repairs and renovations as constitute normal maintenance.
2 If more substantial work or measures are necessary to protect the object, the usufructuary must inform the owner and allow such work to be carried out.
3 If the owner does not attend to the matter, the usufructuary is authorised to take the necessary steps at the owner’s expense.
b. Maintenance and administration
1 The usufructuary must bear the costs of the normal maintenance and administration of the object, the interest on the attendant debt and taxes and other duties for the duration of his or her rights over the object.
2 If the taxes and duties are payable by the owner, the usufructuary must compensate him or her to the same extent.
3 All other charges are borne by the owner, but if the usufructuary does not advance the owner the necessary funds on request, he or she is entitled to dispose of parts of the usufruct for this purpose.
c. Duty to pay interest on usufruct of assets
In the case of a usufruct of assets, the usufructuary must pay interest on the debts but, where justified in the circumstances, is entitled on request to be released from that obligation by redemption of the debt so that afterwards the usufruct is confined to the remainder of the assets.
d. Insurance
1 The usufructuary must insure the object in favour of the owner against fire and other risks to the extent such insurance is required under the duty of care required by local custom.
2 Where this is the case, and also where a usufruct is established on an already insured object, the usufructuary bears the costs of the insurance for the duration of the usufruct.
V. Special cases
1. Land
a. Fruits
1 The usufructuary of immovable property must ensure that it is not exploited beyond the normal limits by the type of use to which it is put.
2 To the extent that fruits are collected beyond such limits they belong to the owner.
b. Use
1 The usufructuary must not change the intended use of the immovable property in a manner that is significantly detrimental to the owner.
2 He or she must neither transform nor substantially modify the object.
3 He or she may dig quarries, marl pits, peat cuttings and the like only after giving prior notice to the owner and on condition that the intended use of the immovable property is not substantially changed.
c. Woodland
1 The usufructuary of woodland is entitled to farm it within the limits of a reasonable business plan.
2 Both owner and usufructuary may require compliance with a plan which takes due account of their rights.
3 Where there is large-scale loss of woodland caused by storm, snow, fire, insect infestation or other factors, either the exploitation must gradually be reduced or the business plan adapted to the changed circumstances; income realised from the clearing of timber must be invested at interest and serves as compensation for the loss of woodland.
d. Mines
The provisions governing the usufruct of woodland apply mutatis mutandis to the usufruct of objects, such as mines, whose use involves the extraction of substances from the earth.
2. Consumables and valued chattels
1 In the absence of an agreement to the contrary, the usufructuary becomes the owner of consumable objects but is liable to replace the value they had at the beginning of the usufruct.
2 Where any other chattels which have been valued are transferred to the usufructuary he or she may, in the absence of an agreement to the contrary, freely dispose of them but is liable for their replacement if he or she exercises such right.
3 Agricultural equipment, herds of animals, stores of goods and the like may be replaced with objects of the same kind and quality.
3. Claims
a. Scope
1 A usufruct of debts entitles the usufructuary to retain the realised revenue.
2 Notices of termination to the debtor and dispositions relating to securities subject to a usufruct must be made jointly by the creditor and the usufructuary; notices of termination by the debtor must be addressed to both.
3 If a debt is at risk, the creditor and the usufructuary have a mutual right to request each other’s consent to such measures as are required to ensure diligent administration.
b. Repayments and reinvestment
1 If the debtor is not specifically authorised to repay either the creditor or the usufructuary, he or she must pay them jointly or deposit the amount.
2 The benefit received, such as the repayment of the principal, if under the usufruct.
3 Both creditor and usufructuary are entitled to a secure, interest-bearing reinvestment of the principal.
c. Right to assignment
1 The usufructuary has the right to request the assignment of the debts and securities over which he or she has a usufruct within three months of the beginning thereof.
2 Once assignment has been effected, he or she is liable to the former creditor for the value of the debts and securities as at the date of assignment and is required to provide security for that amount unless waived by the creditor.
3 If the creditor has not waived his or her right to security, the assignment becomes effective only once security has been posted.
B. Right of residence
I. In general
1 The right of residence is the right to live in all or part of a building.
2 It is neither transferable nor heritable.
3 It is subject to the provisions governing usufruct unless the law provides otherwise.
II. Rights of the usufructuary
1 The scope of the right of residence is generally tailored to the personal requirements of the usufructuary.
2 However, unless the right is expressly restricted to the person of the holder, he or she may share the residence with his or her family and household.
3 If the right of residence is limited to part of a building, the holder may use the fittings and installations intended for common use.
III. Maintenance costs
1 If the right of residence is exclusive, the usufructuary bears the costs of ordinary maintenance.
2 If the right of residence is exercised jointly with the owner, the latter bears the maintenance costs.
C. Building right
I. Object and entry in the land register1
1 Immovable property may be encumbered with an easement entitling a third party to erect or maintain a construction above or below ground on such land.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, this right is transferable and heritable.
3 If the building right has the character of a distinct and permanent right it may be recorded in the land register as immovable property.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
II. Legal transaction
1 The legal transaction creating a building right is only valid if done as a public deed.
2 If the remuneration for the building right and any other contractual provisions should be noted in the land register, they are also only valid if done as a public deed.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969). Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Nature, scope and noting2
1 Contractual provisions on the nature and scope of a building right, such as location, design, size and purpose of the buildings, as well as on the use of land which, although not built on, is used in the exercise of the building right, are binding on every new owner of the right and the servient property.
2 Additional contractual provisions may be noted in the land register, if the parties so agree.3
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Consequences of expiry
1. Reversion
When the building right expires, any existing construction reverts to the landowner and becomes an integral part of his or her parcel of land.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2. Compensation
1 The landowner must pay the holder of the expired right adequate compensation for the buildings which have reverted to his or her ownership, but such compensation is subject to the outstanding claims of creditors to whom the building right was pledged as security and is not payable to the holder of the building right without their consent.
2 If the compensation has neither been paid nor secured, the holder of the expired right or a creditor to whom the building right was pledged as security may request that a mortgage right be registered in place of and with the same rank as the expired right as security for the compensation claim.
3 Such registration must be made within three months of expiry of the building right.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969). Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
V. Premature reversion
1. Prerequisites
If the holder of the building right grossly violates his or her right in rem or his or her contractual obligations, the owner is entitled to premature reversion by requesting that the building right with all rights and encumbrances be transferred back to him or her.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2. Exercising the right of reversion
1 The right of reversion may be exercised only provided adequate compensation is paid for the reverting buildings, the amount payable being susceptible to reduction if the holder of the building right is at fault.
2 The building right will not be transferred to the owner until the compensation has been paid or secured.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
3. Other applicable cases
The provisions governing the exercise of the right of reversion apply to all rights reserved by the landowner to terminate or reclaim the building right prematurely in the event of breach of duty.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
VI. Liability for remuneration for the right
1. Right to establish a lien
1 Provided the building right is recorded in the land register, the landowner is entitled to established a lien thereon against each current holder as security for up to three annual payments.
2 Where the remuneration does not consist of equal annual payments, the landowner is entitled to record a statutory lien for an amount aggregating three annual payments.
1 Inserted by section I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
2. Registration
1 The lien may be recorded at any time during the existence of the building right and is exempt from deletion in compulsory sale proceedings.
2 The provisions governing recording of a building contractor’s lien apply mutatis mutandis.
1 Inserted by section I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
VII. Maximum duration
1 A building right may be established as a distinct right for a maximum of 100 years.
2 It may be prolonged at any time for a further period of up to 100 years in the same form as that required for its establishment, but any obligation to do so stipulated in advance is not binding.
1 Inserted by section I of the FA of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 July 1965 (AS 1965 445; BBl 1963 I 969).
D. Right of access to water sources
1 The right of access to a water source on a parcel of land owned by another encumbers such land with a servitude permitting the drawing and channelling-off of water.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, the right is transferable and heritable.
3 If the right of access to water is distinct and permanent, it may be recorded in the land register as immovable property.
E. Other servitudes
1 An owner may establish other servitudes on his or her property in favour of any person or group if such servitudes meet a particular need, such as rights of access for shooting practice or rights of way.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, such servitudes are non-transferable and their nature and scope is based on the beneficiaries’ normal needs.
3 In other respects they are subject to the provisions governing easements.
F. Judicial measures
The beneficiaries of an easement recorded in the land register are subject by analogy to the provisions on judicial measures in the event that the owner cannot be found or in the absence of the required management bodies of a legal entity.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Object
1 A real burden obliges an owner of immovable property to fulfil an obligation to a beneficiary for which he or she is liable solely with the immovable property.
2 The current owner of another property may be designated as the beneficiary.
3 Other than in the case of public law real burdens, a real burden may have as its object only one obligation, which is determined either by the nature of the servient property or the economic needs of the benefited property.1
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Establishment and extinction
I. Establishment
1. Registration and form of acquisition
1 A real burden is established by recording in the land register.
2 The entry must stipulate a total value for the real burden denominated in Swiss currency which, in the case of periodic payments and in the absence of any agreement to the contrary, shall equal twenty times the annual payment.
3 The provisions governing land ownership apply to the acquisition or registration of real burdens, unless otherwise provided.
2. Public law real burdens
The establishment of public law real burdens and their effect in relation to third parties acting in good faith is governed by analogy by the provisions of cantonal law on statutory liens.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Extinction
1. In general
1 A real burden is extinguished on deletion of the entry or on the complete loss of the servient property.
2 In the case of redemption, replacement or other causes of extinction, the burdened owner acquires a right against the beneficiary for the deletion of the entry.
2. Redemption
a. By the creditor
1 The creditor may request redemption of the real burden by agreement and also:1
2 If the creditor requests redemption due to the division of the property, the he or she must give one year’s notice of termination within one month of the transfer becoming legally binding.3
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. By the debtor
1 The debtor may request redemption of the real burden by agreement, and also:
2 If the debtor wishes to redeem the charge after thirty years, he or she must in every case give notice of termination one year in advance.
3 The real burden may not be redeemed in such manner if it is linked with a perpetual easement.
c. Redemption sum
The redemption sum is equal to the amount recorded in the land register as the total value of the real burden, unless its real value is shown to be less.
3. Prescription
1 A real burden is not subject to prescription.
2 Each individual obligation is subject to prescription from the time it becomes the obligor’s personal debt.
C. Scope
I. Creditor’s rights
1 The real burden creditor has no personal claim against the debtor, but only the right to satisfaction from the servient property.
2 However, three years after it if due, each individual obligation becomes a personal obligation for which the property is no longer liable.
II. Debt liability
1 If the land changes ownership, the new owner automatically becomes the obligor under the real burden.
2 If the land is divided, the owners of the divided parts become debtors under the real burden. The debt is apportioned over the divided parts of the property in accordance with the provisions on mortgage contracts.1
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Requirements
I. Types
1 A mortgage may be created on immovable property in the form of a mortgage contract or a mortgage certificate.1
2 No other types of mortgage are permitted.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Form of the debt
1. Amount
1 Whenever a mortgage is created, a specific amount denominated in Swiss currency must be indicated as the debt.
2 If the amount of the debt is unspecified, a maximum amount must be indicated up to which the property is liable for all claims of the creditor.
2. Interest
1 The interest payable may be set at any level at the parties’ discretion within the legal limits imposed to prevent abusive interest rates.
2 Cantonal law may provide for a maximum permissible interest rate for debts secured by mortgages.
III. Immovable property
1. Property subject to a charge
1 A mortgage may be created only on immovable property recorded in the land register.
2 The cantons may prohibit or enact special provisions to regulate the creation of mortgages over publicly owned land or over common land and pastures owned by corporations, and over any associated rights of use.
2. Specification
a. In the case of a single property
1 Where a mortgage is created, the immovable property that it encumbers must be clearly specified.
2 Parts of a property may not be made subject to a mortgage unless the division of the property has been recorded in the land register.
b. In the case of more than one property
1 A mortgage right may be created on two or more properties for a single debt provided the properties are all owned by the same person or by debtors who are jointly and severally liable.
2 In all other cases where more than one property is made subject to a mortgage as security for a single debt, each of the properties shall be encumbered for a specified portion of the total debt.
3 Unless otherwise agreed, the total amount secured by the mortgage is divided in proportion to the values of the properties.
3. Agricultural properties
The Federal Act of 4 October 19912 on Rural Land Rights applies to the establishment of mortgages over agricultural properties.
1 Inserted by Art. 92 No 1 of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on Rural Land Rights, in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1410; BBl 1988 III 953).
2 SR 211.412.11
B. Creation and extinction
I. Creation
1. Registration
1 Subject to exceptions provided by law, a mortgage is created by its recording in the land register.
2 A legal transaction creating a mortgage is valid only if done as a public deed.1
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. In the case of joint ownership
1 In the case of joint ownership of a property, each joint owner may create a mortgage over his or her share.
2 In the case of collective ownership, the property may be made subject to a mortgage only as a whole and in the name of all co-owners.
II. Extinction
1 A mortgage is extinguished on deletion of the entry or the complete loss of the property.
2 Extinction as a result of compulsory purchase is governed by federal and cantonal compulsory purchase law.
III. Charges on consolidated land
1. Transfer of liens
1 In the case of land consolidation procedures carried out with the assistance or under the supervision of the public authorities, the mortgage rights assigned are transferred with the same ranking to the land allotted by way of replacement.
2 Where one parcel of land replaces several parcels which are subject to a mortgage as security for different debts, or not all of which are subject to a mortgage, the liens will be applied to the single parcel of land and their ranking preserved wherever possible.
2. Redemption by the debtor
The debtor is entitled to redeem liens on parcels of land involved in a land consolidation procedure by giving three months’ notice expiring on the date on which such consolidation takes effect.
3. Monetary compensation
1 Where monetary compensation is received in connection with the consolidation of parcels of land subject to mortgages, such funds are distributed among the creditors according to their rank or, if of equal rank, in proportion to the size of their claims.
2 Such compensation must not be paid to the debtor without the creditors’ consent if it exceeds one-twentieth of the secured debt, or if the new parcel of land no longer provides sufficient security.
C. Effect
I. Extent of security
1 A mortgage right encumbers the entire property including all its constituent parts and accessories.
2 If accessories, such as machines or hotel furnishings, are expressly listed in the mortgage agreement and noted as such in the land register, they are treated accordingly unless it is shown that the law precludes their qualification as accessories.
3 Rights of third parties to the accessories are reserved.
II. Rent
1 If the mortgaged property is let, the mortgage covers the rent claims which accrue between the date on which foreclosure proceedings are commenced or the date on which the debtor is declared bankrupt and the date of realisation.
2 Tenants and lessees are bound by the mortgage only once they have been informed of the enforcement proceedings or the bankruptcy has been published.
3 Transactions by the property owner involving claims for unmatured rent and any actions of distraint by other creditors are invalid in respect of any mortgage creditor who initiated foreclosure proceedings before the rent claims matured.
III. Prescription
Claims for which a mortgage has been recorded in the land register are not subject to prescription.
IV. Safeguarding powers
1. In the event of a reduction in value
a. Court order and action by the creditor
1 If the owner reduces the value of the mortgaged property, the creditor may request that the court prohibit any further detrimental action.
2 The creditor may be authorised by the court to take appropriate measures and may do so even without authorisation if there is risk in delay.
3 He or she may request compensation for the costs of such measures from the owner and shall acquire a lien on the property for the corresponding amount. This lien does not require to be recorded in the land register and takes precedence over all other registered encumbrances.1
4 If the amount of the lien exceeds 1000 francs and the lien is not recorded in the land register within four months of completion of the measures, it may not cited in opposition to third parties who rely on the land register in good faith.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Security, restoration, redemption
1 If the property has depreciated, the creditor has the right to request that the debtor secure his or her debts or restore the property to its previous state.
2 He or she may also demand security in the case of imminent depreciation.
3 If the debtor does not comply within the time limit set by the court, the creditor may request redemption of such portion of the debt as is appropriate to compensate for the reduced degree of security.
2. Depreciation without owner’s fault
1 In the event of depreciation without fault on the owner’s part, the creditor has a right to security or redemption only if the owner is indemnified for the damage.
2 However, the creditor is entitled to take measures to prevent or eliminate the depreciation. He or she shall acquire a lien on the property for his or her costs which does not render the owner personally liable. This lien does not require to be recorded in the land register and takes precedence over all other registered encumbrances.1
3 If the amount of the lien exceeds 1000 francs and the lien is not recorded in the land register within four months of completion of the measures, it may not be cited in opposition to third parties who rely on the land register in good faith.2
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Disposal of minor portions of the property
If a part of the property worth less than one-twentieth of the secured debt is disposed of, the creditor may not refuse to release this portion from liability under the lien provided a proportionate repayment of the debt is made or the rest of the property provides him or her with sufficient security.
V. Further encumbrances
1 Any waiver by the owner of right to create further charges over the servient property is non-binding.
2 If, after the mortgage right has been created, the immovable property is encumbered with an easement or a real burden without the mortgage creditor’s consent, the mortgage right takes precedence over the later encumbrances, which will be deleted if, in the event of enforcement proceedings, their existence is prejudicial to the mortgage creditor.
3 However, the beneficiary of the easement or real burden has a claim for payment of the value of his or her right out of the enforcement proceeds, such claim taking precedence over the beneficiaries of encumbrances subsequently recorded in the land register.
VI. Rank
1. Effect of rank
1 A mortgage is confined to the rank indicated in the entry.
2 Mortgage rights may be established in a second or any lower rank provided the amount taking precedence is specified in the entry.
2. Ranking
1 If mortgage rights of different rank are created on an immovable property, any deletion does not entitle the beneficiaries of lower-ranking mortgage to advance in rank.
2 The owner may create another mortgage in place of one which has been deleted.
3 An agreement providing for mortgage creditors to advance in rank only has in rem effect where it is recorded as a priority notice in the land register.
3. Vacant ranks
If a subordinate mortgage right is created and no higher-ranking mortgage exists, or if the debtor has not yet made use of an existing higher-ranking right to create a mortgage, or if a precedent claim is worth less than the amount recorded in the land register, in the event of foreclosure, the proceeds are distributed among the actual mortgage creditors according to their rank and irrespective of vacant ranks.
VII. Foreclosure
1. Mode
1 In the event of default on the part of the debtor, the creditor has the right to payment out of the proceeds of the sale of the property.
2 Any agreement stipulating that the property subject to the mortgage will become the property of the creditor in the event of default on the part of the debtor is invalid.
3 Where several properties are made subject to a mortgage as security for a single claim, foreclosure proceedings must be brought simultaneously against all such properties, while individual properties are sold only if deemed necessary by the debt enforcement office.
2. Distribution of the proceeds
1 The proceeds from the sale of the property are distributed among the mortgage creditors according to their rank.
2 Creditors of the same rank are entitled to equal satisfaction.
3. Extent of security
1 A mortgage right secures the creditor:
2 The interest rate originally agreed must not exceed five per cent to the detriment of subordinate mortgage creditors.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
4. Security for maintenance costs
1 If a creditor has incurred expenses necessary for the maintenance of the property, in particular by paying insurance premiums owed by the owner, such expenses are secured by a lien over the property. This lien does not require to be recorded in the land register and takes precedence over all other registered encumbrances.
2 If the amount of the lien exceeds 1000 francs and the lien is not recorded in the land register within four months of the compensatory act being carried out, it may not be cited in opposition to third parties who rely on the land register in good faith.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
VIII. Lien in the case of land improvements
1. Precedence
1 If a rural property increases in value due to improvements carried out with the help of the public authorities, the owner may record a lien in the land register as security for his or her share of the costs which takes precedence over all other registered encumbrances on the property.
2 If such land improvement is made without state subsidy, the owner may enter the lien for a maximum of two-thirds of his or her costs.
2. Extinction of debt and lien
1 If a land improvement is made without state subsidy, the debt in relation to the lien must be repaid in annual payments of at least five per cent of the registered amount of the lien.
2 The lien is extinguished for the claim and for each annual payment three years after maturity, and any lower-ranking mortgage creditors advance in rank.
IX. Entitlement to insurers’ payments
1 A payment under insurance policy may be made to the owner of the insured property only with the consent of all the charge creditors.
2 However, it may be made to the owner for the purposes of restoring the property subject to the charge provided adequate security is furnished.
3 In other respects, the cantonal provisions governing fire insurance are reserved.
X. Untraceable creditor
Where the name or place of residence of the creditor is unknown, the court may, at the request of the debtor or other interested parties, order the necessary measures in cases where the law requires that a creditor take personal action as a matter of urgency.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Purpose and nature
1 A mortgage contract may secure any kind of debt, be it current, future or contingent.
2 The mortgaged property need not be owned by the debtor.
B. Establishment and extinction
I. Establishment
1 A mortgage contract is created in a specific rank even if the secured amount is indeterminate or variable, and it retains such rank notwithstanding any fluctuations in the secured amount.
2 The creditor may request that the land registrar provide him or her with an extract concerning the mortgage contract. Such an extract has only evidential status and does not constitute a negotiable instrument.
3 In lieu of such evidence, a certificate of registration may be appended to the mortgage contract deed.
II. Extinction
1. Right to have entry deleted
If the debt is extinguished, the owner of the mortgaged property may request the creditor to authorise the deletion of the entry from the land register.
2. Position of owner
1 If the property owner is not the debtor of the secured debt, he or she may redeem the mortgage on the same conditions as the debtor may repay the debt.
2 If he or she satisfies the creditor, the claim passes to him or her.
3. Unilateral redemption
a. Conditions and procedure
1 Where a property is mortgaged for more than its value in respect of debts for which the acquirer is not personally liable, and providing no debt enforcement proceedings are pending, cantonal law may authorise the acquirer to redeem the mortgage rights either by paying the purchase price to the creditors or, where the property was acquired without payment, the amount at which he or she values the property.
2 He or she must give the creditors six months’ notice in writing of his or her intention to redeem the mortgage.
3 The redemption amount is distributed among the creditors according to their rank.
b. Public auction
1 Within one month of the acquirer’s notification, the creditors are entitled to request that the mortgaged property be sold at public auction provided that they advance the costs, such auction to be announced publicly and held within one month of the date on which it was requested.
2 If a higher price than the one offered is obtained at auction, the mortgage is redeemed at that higher price.
3 The costs of the public auction are borne by the acquirer if a higher price is obtained, or otherwise by the creditor who requested the auction.
c. Official valuation
Cantonal law may provide that the redemption amount be determined by an official valuation rather than by sale at public auction.
4. Termination
Where the owner of the mortgaged property is not also the debtor, notice given by the creditor to terminate his or her claim is binding on the owner only if it is served on both him or her and the debtor.
C. Effect
I. Ownership and liability
1. Alienation
1 The alienation of a mortgaged property does not affect liability under the mortgage contract and of the debtor unless otherwise agreed.
2 However, if the new owner has assumed liability for the secured debt, the previous debtor is discharged unless the creditor notifies him or her in writing within one year that he or she intends to retain him or her as debtor.
2. Division
1 If part of a mortgaged property or one of two or more mortgaged properties belonging to the same owner is alienated or if the mortgaged property is divided, unless otherwise agreed, liability under the mortgage will be reallocated in proportion to the value of the different parts.
2 If the creditor does not wish to accept such reallocation, within one month of its becoming final he or she may request repayment of his or her debt within one year.
3 Where the new owners have assumed liability for the debts secured by their properties, the previous debtor is discharged unless the creditor notifies him or her in writing within one year that he or she intends to retain him or her as debtor.
3. Notice of assumption of debt
1 If the new owner assumes the debt, the land registrar notifies the creditor accordingly.
2 The one-year time limit for the creditor’s declaration runs as of such notice.
II. Assignment of a debt
The assignment of a debt secured by a mortgage contract is valid without entry in the land register.
D. Statutory mortgage right
I. Under cantonal law
1 Where cantonal law grants the creditor the right to a lien in respect of debts that are directly related to the servient property, the lien is created when it is recorded in the land register.
2 Where statutory liens amounting to over 1000 francs are created under cantonal law without being recorded in the land register and if they are not recorded in the land register within four months of the underlying debt becoming due, or at the latest within two years of the debt arising, on expiry of the period allowed for registration they may no longer be cited in opposition to third parties who rely on the land register in good faith.
3 More restrictive regulations under cantonal law are reserved.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. With entry
1. Cases in point
1 The right to establish a statutory mortgage right applies to:
2 If a tenant or other person with rights to the property is liable for debts due to tradesmen or building contractors, the claim is valid only if the property owner has consented to the work being done.
3 The beneficiary may not waive such statutory mortgage rights in advance.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Vendor, co—heirs and co—owners
A lien in favour of the vendor, co-heirs or co-owners in undivided shares must be registered within three months of transfer of ownership.
3. Tradesmen and building contractors
a. Registration
1 A tradesman's or building contractor’s lien may be recorded in the land register as of the date of his or her undertaking to perform work.
2 Application for such entry must be made within four months of completion of the work.
3 The lien is entered only if the claim has been acknowledged by the owner or confirmed in a court judgment and may not be requested if the owner provides the claimant with adequate security.
4 If the property is indisputably administrative assets and if the owner's liability for the debt is not based on contractual obligations, the owner shall be liable to the tradesmen or building contractor for debts that are acknowledged or determined by a court in accordance with the provisions on a debt subject to a simple surety, provided a written claim for the debt making reference to the statutory surety was made against the owner no later than four months after completion of the work.
5 If there is a dispute as to whether immovable property constitutes administrative assets, the tradesman or building contractor may apply for the provisional recording of the lien in the land register no later than four months after completion of the work.
6 If it is held in a court judgment that the immovable property constitutes administrative assets, the provisional recording of the lien must be deleted. It shall be replaced by the statutory surety provided the requirements of paragraph 4 are met. The deadline is met with the provisional recording of the lien.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. Rank
If more than one statutory building contractor’s lien is recorded in the land register, such liens confer an equal entitlement to satisfaction from the mortgaged property even if the entries were made on different dates.
c. Privileged claim
1 Where the claims of tradesmen and building contractors are not wholly satisfied by foreclosure, the shortfall must be compensated for by the higher-ranking creditors out of such portion of the proceeds as exceeds the land value, provided it is apparent to such creditors that their liens have encumbered the property to the detriment of the tradesmen and building contractors.
2 If the higher-ranking creditor alienates his or her mortgage security, he or she must compensate the tradesmen and building contractors for any sum of which they are deprived by such alienation.
3 Once an interested party has had the beginning of the work noted in the land register, until the time limit for registration has expired, liens may only be registered in the form of mortgage contracts.
A. Mortgage certificate
I. Purpose; Relationship with the debt arising from the basic relationship
1 A mortgage certificate gives rise to a personal debt secured by a mortgage.
2 In the absence of an agreement to the contrary, the mortgage certificate, where applicable, co-exists with the debt to be secured that arises from the basic relationship between the creditor and the debtor
3 The debtor may raise the personal objections arising from the basic relationship against the creditor and his or her legal successors where they do not act in good faith.
II. Form
The mortgage certificate takes the form of either a register mortgage certificate or a mortgage certificate on paper.
III. Position of owner
1 The owner of a mortgaged property who is not also the debtor under the mortgage certificate is subject to the provisions governing mortgage contracts.
2 In the case of a mortgage certificate, the owner of the mortgaged property may raise the same objections as the debtor.
IV. Sale. Division
The consequences of the sale and the division of the property are governed by the provisions on mortgage contracts.
V. Mortgage certificate debt and ancillary agreements
1. In general
1 The mortgage certificate debt must neither relate to the basic relationship nor include conditions or considerations in return.
2 The mortgage certificate may include debt-related ancillary agreements on the rate of interest, repayment instalments and discharge as well as other ancillary provisions relating to the mortgage certificate debt. A reference to a separate agreement is permitted.
2. Notice
1 The mortgage certificate may be discharged by the creditor or the debtor at six months notice at the end of any month unless otherwise agreed.
2 Any agreement may not allow the creditor a shorter period of notice than three months, unless the debtor defaults in making the repayments or paying the interest.
VI. Protection of persons acting in good faith
For any person relying on the land register in good faith, the details of the mortgage certificate debt and the lien accord with the entry.
VII. Objections by the debtor
1 The debtor may raise only such objections as arise from the entry in the land register or to which he or she is personally entitled with regard to the creditor or to document of title in the case of a mortgage certificate on paper.
2 Agreements including ancillary provisions on the mortgage certificate debt may only be cited in opposition to an acquirer of the mortgage certificate acting in good faith if they are referred to in the land register and on the document of title in the case of a mortgage certificate on paper.
VIII. Authorised person
On the issue of a mortgage certificate, a person may be granted a power of attorney. This person must make and receive payments, receive notices, consent to releases from liability under the mortgage and in general safeguard the rights of the creditors, debtor and owner with all due care and impartiality
2 The name of the authorised person must be recorded in the land register and on the document of title.
3 If the power of attorney lapses and the persons involved are unable to agree, the court shall make the necessary arrangements.
IX. Place of payment
1 The debtor must make all payments at the domicile of the creditor unless otherwise agreed.
2 If the creditor’s domicile is unknown or has changed to the detriment of the debtor, the latter may discharge his or her obligation by depositing payment with the competent authority at his or her own domicile or at the creditor’s former domicile
X. Changes in the legal relationship
1 Where the legal relationship changes to the advantage of the debtor, in particular through the repayment of the debt, the debtor may request the creditor to agree to an amendment being recorded in the land register.
2 In the case of a mortgage certificate on paper, the land register shall note the amendment on the document of title.
3 In the absence of such an entry or the note on the document of title, the effect of the change in the legal relationship has no effect on an acquirer of the mortgage certificate acting in good faith.
XI. Discharge
If the mortgage certificate debt is discharged, the debtor may request the creditor:
XII. Extinction
1. In the absence of a creditor
1 If there is no longer a creditor, or if the creditor waives his or her lien, the debtor has the option of either having the entry deleted or allowing it to remain in the land register.
2 The debtor also has the right to continue to use the mortgage certificate.
2. Deletion
A mortgage certificate on paper may not be deleted from the land register before the document of title has been cancelled or declared void by the court.
XIII. Public call to creditors
1 If the creditor under a mortgage certificate has not come forward for ten years and if no demand has been made for interest during that period, the owner of the mortgaged property may ask the court to make a public call for the creditor to come forward within six months
2 If the creditor fails to come forward within this period and if an investigation concludes that there is a high probability that a valid claim no longer exists, the court shall:
B. Register mortgage certificate
I. Establishment
1 A register mortgage certificate is created when it is recorded in the land register.
2 It is recorded in the name of the creditor or of the landowner.
II. Transfer
1 The transfer of a register mortgage certificate is achieved by recording the new creditor in the land register based on a written declaration from the previous creditor.
2 Payments by the debtor only have a discharging effect if they are made to the person who at the time of payment is recorded as the creditor in the land register.
III. Pledging, distraint and usufruct
1 The pledging of the register mortgage certificate is achieved by recording the creditor of a charge on chattels in the land register based on a written declaration from the creditor recorded in the land register.
2 A distraint order is executed by recording the restriction on power of disposal in the land register.
3 The usufruct is created by its recording in the land register.
C. Mortgage certificate on paper
I. Creation
1. Registration
1 The creation of a mortgage certificate on paper always requires an entry in the land register and a document of title
2 The bearer or a specific person, in particular the landowner, may be named as the creditor under the paper mortgage certificate.
3 The mortgage certificate shall take effect on registration even if the document of title has not yet been issued.
2. Document of title
1 The mortgage certificate on paper is issued by the land register issued.
2 It must be signed by the land registrar in order to be valid. Other requirements as to form shall be imposed by the Federal Council.
3 It may be delivered to the creditor or his or her authorised agent only with the express consent of the debtor and of the owner of the servient property.
II. Protection of persons acting in good faith
1 For any person relying on the land register in good faith, the rights stated in the document of title duly issued as a mortgage certificate on paper apply.
2 If the wording of the document of title does not correspond to the entry or if there is no entry, the land register is authoritative.
3 A person who has acquired a document of title in good faith is entitled to damages in accordance with the provisions governing the land register.
III. Creditor's rights
1. Claims
1 A claim arising from a mortgage certificate may not be alienated, pledged or otherwise asserted unless the claimant is in possession of the document.
2 This does not apply to the assertion of a claim in cases where the document of title has been cancelled or not yet issued
2. Assignment
1 The assignment of a mortgage certificate debt requires the delivery of the document of title to the assignee.
2 If the title is in the names of a person, the title must also be endorsed and the name of the assignee given.
IV. Cancellation
1 Where a document of title has been lost or destroyed without the intention of repaying the debt, the creditor may request the court to cancel the document of title and order the debtor to make payment or that a new document of title be issued for as yet unmatured claims
2 The cancellation is made in accordance with the provisions governing the cancellation of bearer securities but subject to a notice period of six months
3 Likewise, the debtor may request that a lost certificate which has already been redeemed be cancelled.
Repealed
A. Bond issues secured by a lien
Registered or bearer bonds may be secured by a mortgage:
1 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. Pledges
I. Establishment
1. Possession by pledgee
1 Except where otherwise provided by law, chattels may be pledged only by the transfer of possession of the chattel to the pledgee.
2 Any person who in good faith takes a chattel in pledge acquires a general lien over it, provided that third parties do not have rights over the chattel as a result of prior possession, even if the pledger had no authority to alienate it.
3 The general lien is not established as long as the pledger retains exclusive possession of the chattel.
2. Pledge of livestock
1 A general lien on livestock to secure the claims of lending institutions and co-operatives authorised to carry out such transactions by the competent authority of the canton in which they have their seat may be established without transfer of possession by entry in a public register and notification to the debt enforcement office.
2 The Federal Council regulates the keeping of the register.1
3 The cantons may levy fees for entries in the register and the associated administration; they determine the register districts and the responsible officials.2
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
2 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Subordinate pledge
A subordinate pledge is established by notifying the pledgee in writing and instructing him or her to deliver the pledged chattel to the subordinate pledgee after his or her claim has been satisfied.
4. Further pledge by pledgee
The pledgee may only give the pledged chattel in further pledge with the pledger’s consent.
II. Extinction
1. Loss of possession
1 The general lien is extinguished once the pledgee no longer possesses the pledged chattel and is unable to demand its return from third parties.
2 The effects of the lien are suspended as long as the pledger has exclusive possession of the pledged chattel with the pledgee’s consent.
2. Return
1 The pledgee must return the pledged chattel to the entitled party where the pledge is extinguished due to payment of the debt or for some other reason.
2 He or she is not obliged to return the pledged chattel, in whole or in part, until his or her claim has been fully satisfied.
3. Liability of the pledgee
1 The pledgee is liable for the depreciation or loss of the pledged chattel, unless he or she shows that he or she is not at fault.
2 If the pledgee has alienated the pledged chattel or given it in further pledge without authority, he or she is liable for any resulting damage.
III. Effect
1. Rights of the pledgee
1 If the debtor is in default the creditor has the right to satisfy his or her claim from the proceeds of the pledge.
2 The general lien provides the creditor with security for his or her claim, including contractual interest, debt enforcement costs and default interest.
2. Scope of the general lien
1 The general lien encumbers the pledged chattel including its accessories.
2 Unless otherwise agreed, the pledgee must deliver the natural fruits of the pledged chattel to the owner once they are no longer a constituent part thereof.
3 Fruits which are a constituent part of the pledged chattel at the time of its realisation are included in it.
3. Rank
1 Where there are several pledges on the same chattel, the pledgees are satisfied according to their rank.
2 Rank is determined by the date on which the pledges were established.
4. Default agreements
Any agreement stipulating that the pledged chattel will become the property of the pledgee in the event of default on the part of the debtor is invalid.
B. Special lien
I. Requirements
1 A creditor has the right to retain chattels and securities which have come into his or her possession with the debtor’s consent until his or her claim has been satisfied, providing such claim is due and intrinsically connected with the retained objects.
2 Between persons engaged in commerce, an intrinsic connection exists where both the claim and the retained objects relate to their commercial dealings.
3 The creditor has a special lien provided that third parties do not have rights as a result of prior possession, even if the chattel which he or she has received in good faith does not belong to the debtor.
II. Exceptions
1 No special lien may be asserted over chattels which by their nature are not realisable.
2 Equally, no special lien may be asserted where to do so would be incompatible with an obligation assumed by the creditor or with instructions issued by the debtor prior to or upon transfer of the chattel or with public policy.
III. In the event of insolvency
1 In the event of the debtor’s insolvency, the creditor has a special lien even if his or her claim is not yet due.
2 If the insolvency did not occur or become known to the creditor until after transfer of the chattel, the special lien may be exercised even if incompatible with a prior obligation or with a special instruction issued by the debtor.
IV. Effect
1 If the debtor is in default and fails to provide sufficient security, the creditor is entitled to realise the retained object in the same manner as a pledged chattel after notifying the debtor.
2 Where retained registered securities are to be realised, the debt enforcement or bankruptcy official must take the necessary steps on the debtor’s behalf.
A. In general
1 Debts or other rights may be pledged provided they are assignable.
2 Unless otherwise provided, a general lien on debts and other rights is regulated by the provisions governing the pledging of chattels.
B. Establishment
I. In the case of ordinary claims
1 In order to pledge a debt not evidenced in writing or for which only a borrower’s note exists, the pledge agreement must be executed in writing and, where applicable, the borrower’s note transferred.
2 The pledgee and the pledger may inform the debtor of the pledge.
3 In order to pledge other rights, a written pledge agreement must be drawn up and any form required for the transfer must be observed.
II. In the case of securities
1 In the case of bearer securities, delivery of the certificate to the pledgee is sufficient to establish the pledge.
2 In the case of other securities, the certificate must be delivered and either endorsed or accompanied by a declaration of assignment.
3 The pledging of intermediated securities is governed exclusively by the Intermediated Securities Act of 3 October 20081.2
1 SR 957.1
2 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the Intermediated Securities Act of 3 Oct. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2010 (AS 2009 3577; BBl 2006 9315).
III. In the case of documents of title to goods
1 Where there are documents of title to goods, the goods may be pledged by pledging the documents.
2 Where a special warrant exists in addition to a document of title to goods, pledging the warrant is sufficient to pledge the goods, provided notice of the pledge including the amount of the debt and the maturity date is entered on the document of title.
IV. Subordinate pledge
A subordinate pledge of a debt is valid only if the prior ranking pledgee is notified in writing of the subordinate pledge by the creditor or by the subordinate pledgee.
C. Effect
I. Extent of security
1 Unless otherwise agreed, a pledge of interest-bearing debts or other debts conferring periodic subsidiary benefits, such as dividends, is limited to the current debt and the creditor is not entitled to payments which have already fallen due.
2 However, where such subsidiary rights are evidenced by separate documents, unless otherwise agreed, they are also covered by pledged to the extent that the pledge has been validly established.
II. Representation of pledged shares and capital contributions to limited liability companies1
1 Pledged shares are represented at general meetings of shareholders by the shareholder rather than the pledgee.
2 Pledged capital contributions to a limited liability company are represented in the members' general meeting by the member rather than the pledgee.2
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
III. Administration and payment
1 If diligent administration so requires, the creditor may give notice to terminate the pledged claim and collect the debt and the pledgee is entitled to request that such procedures be carried out.
2 Once notified of the pledge, the debtor may make payment to either the creditor or the pledgee, but only with the other party’s consent.
3 Where no such consent is forthcoming, he or she must deposit the amount due.
A. Pawnbrokers
I. Licensing
1 Any person wishing to operate as a pawnbroker requires a licence from the cantonal government.
2 Cantonal law may provide that such licences are granted only to cantonal or communal bodies and charitable organisations.
3 The cantons may levy fees from pawnbrokers.
II. Duration of licence
1 A licences is granted to private pawnbrokers for a specific period only, but may be renewed.
2 A licence may be revoked at any time if the pawnbroker fails to comply with the provisions applicable to his or her business.
B. Pawning
I. Establishment
A chattel is pawned by delivering it to the pawnbroker against receipt.
II. Effect
1. Sale of pawned chattel
1 If the pawned chattel is not redeemed by the redemption deadline, the pawnbroker may sell it at public auction after making a prior call for redemption.
2 The pawnbroker has no claim against the pledger.
2. Right to surplus
1 If the auction proceeds exceed the pawned amount, the pledger is entitled to the surplus.
2 Several claims against the same pledger may be treated as a single claim for the purpose of calculating the surplus.
3 The claim to the surplus prescribes five years after the sale of the pawned chattel.
III. Redemption of the pawned chattel
1. Right of redemption
1 Provided it has not yet been sold, the pledger may redeem the pawned chattel against return of the receipt.
2 If the pledger is unable to present the receipt, he or she is entitled to redeem the pawned chattel after the redemption deadline provided he or she establishes his or her entitlement.
3 As of six months after the redemption deadline, the pledger also has such right even where the pawnbroker has expressly reserved the right to release the pawned chattel only against return of the receipt.
2. Pawnbroker’s rights
1 On redemption the pawnbroker is entitled to charge interest for the full current month.
2 If the pawnbroker has expressly reserved the right to return the pawned chattel to any bearer of the pawn receipt, he or she may do so as long as he or she does not know and could not reasonably be expected to know that the bearer acquired the receipt unlawfully.
C. Purchase with right of repurchase
Commercial purchases with right of repurchase are deemed equivalent to pawnbroking.
D. Rules governing pawnbroking
1 Cantonal law may issue further regulations governing pawnbroking.
1 Repealed by Section II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on the Approval of Cantonal Decrees by the Confederation, with effect from 1 Feb. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
1 Repealed by Art. 52 No 2 of the Mortgage Bond Act of 25 June 1930, with effect from 1 Feb. 1931 (BS 2 747; BBl 1925 III 527).
A. Definition and types
I. Definition
1 Effective control over a thing constitutes possession of it.
2 In the case of easements and real burdens, effective exercise of the right constitutes possession.
II. Direct and derivative possession
1 Where the possessor transfers an object to a third party in order to confer on him or her a limited right in rem or a personal right, both are considered to have possession.
2 The owner of the object has direct possession and any other possessor has derivative possession.
III. Temporary interruption
Possession is not lost if the exercise of effective control is impeded or interrupted by occurrences of a temporary nature.
B. Transfer
I. Among parties present in person
1 Possession is transferred by the delivery of the object itself or of the means by which the recipient may gain effective control of it.
2 Transfer is complete once the transferee is able to exercise effective control over the object with the consent of the prior possessor.
II. Among absent persons
Transfer among persons who are absent is completed on delivery of the object to the transferee or his or her representative.
III. Without physical transfer
1 Possession of an object may be acquired without physical delivery if a third party or the transferor himself retains possession of it in terms of a special legal relationship.
2 The transfer is not binding on the third party who retains possession of the object until he or she has been notified thereof by the transferor.
3 The third party is entitled to refuse delivery to the acquirer for the same reasons for which he or she could have refused delivery to the transferor.
IV. In the case of documents of title to goods
1 Delivery of documents of title to goods which have been consigned to a carrier or a warehouse is equivalent to the delivery of the goods themselves.
2 However, where a bona fide acquirer of the document of title to goods is in conflict with a bona fide acquirer of the goods, the latter has priority.
C. Legal remedies
I. Protection of possession
1. Defence against interference
1 A possessor has the right to use force in self-defence against any unlawful interference.
2 If he or she has been dispossessed of an object by force or by clandestine means, he or she has the right to recover it immediately by expelling the trespasser from the property or, in the case of a chattel, by taking it from a person caught in the act and pursued immediately.
3 In doing so, he or she must abstain from all force not justified by the circumstances.
2. Action for restitution
1 A person who wrongfully dispossesses another of an object is obliged to return it, even if he or she claims a better right to it.
2 If the defendant may immediately show a better right entitling him or her to reclaim the object from the claimant, he or she may refuse to return it.
3 The claim is for restitution of the object plus damages.
3. Action for trespass
1 A possessor disturbed by trespass may bring an action against the trespasser even if the latter claims to be in the right.
2 The claim is for cessation of trespass, prohibition of further trespass and damages.
4. Admissibility and prescription
1 An action for restitution or trespass is only admissible if the possessor sues for restitution of the object or for cessation of trespass immediately on becoming aware of the interference in his or her rights and the identity of the trespasser.
2 The action prescribes one year after the date of the trespass or dispossession even if the claimant did not become aware of the interference in his or her rights and the identity of the trespasser until a later date.
II. Remedies
1. Presumption of ownership
1 The possessor of a chattel is presumed to be its owner.
2 Each previous possessor is presumed to have been the owner of the chattel while it was in his or her possession.
2. Presumption of indirect ownership
1 The possessor of a chattel who does not purport to be its owner may invoke the presumption that the person from whom he or she received it in good faith is the owner.
2 Where a person possessing a chattel invokes a limited right in rem or a personal right, the existence of such a right is presumed, but such presumption cannot be invoked against the person from whom the possessor received the chattel.
3. Action against the possessor
The possessor of a chattel may invoke the presumption of his or her better right in any action brought against him, subject to the provisions governing wrongful dispossession or trespass.
4. Power of disposal and right of restitution
a. Entrusted objects
A person who takes possession of a chattel in good faith in order to become its owner or to acquire a limited right in rem is protected therein even if the chattel was entrusted to the transferor without any authority to effect the transfer.
b. Stolen or lost chattels
1 A possessor whose chattel has been stolen or lost, or who has otherwise been dispossessed of it against his or her will, may reclaim it from any possessor within a period of five years. Article 722 is reserved.1
1bis The right to recover an object of cultural heritage as defined by Article 2 paragraph 1 of the Cultural Property Transfer Act of 20 June 20032, possession of which has been lost against the owner’s will, prescribes one year after the owner becomes aware of where and by whom such object is being held, but at the latest 30 years after the loss.3
2 If a chattel has been sold at public auction, or on the market, or by a merchant dealing in goods of the same kind, it may be reclaimed from the first and any subsequent bona fide purchaser only against reimbursement of the price paid.
3 In other respects, restitution is subject to the provisions governing possession in good faith.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 2002 (Article of Basic Principles: Animals), in force since 1 April 2003 (AS 2003 463; BBl 2002 4164 5086).
2 SR 444.1
3 Inserted by Art. 32 No 1 of the Federal Act on Transfer of Cultural Heritage of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 June 2005 (AS 2005 1869; BBl 2002 535).
c. Cash and bearer securities
Cash and bearer securities cannot be reclaimed from a recipient in good faith even if the possessor was dispossessed of them against his or her will.
d. Bad faith
1 A person who has not acquired a chattel in good faith may be required by the previous possessor to return it at any time.
2 However, if the previous possessor likewise did not acquire the chattel in good faith, he or she cannot reclaim the chattel from any subsequent possessor.
5. Presumption of title to land
1 In respect of land recorded in the land register, only the person registered may invoke presumption of title and bring an action for recovery of possession.
2 However, a person who exercises effective control over the land may bring an action for wrongful dispossession or trespass.
III. Liability
1. Possessor in good faith
a. Use
1 A person possessing an object in good faith is not liable to its rightful owner for the consequences of using it in accordance with his or her presumed right.
2 He or she is not obliged to replace what has been lost or damaged.
b. Indemnity
1 Where the rightful owner requests restitution of an object, the possessor in good faith may request indemnification for any necessary or useful expenditure incurred and may refuse to surrender the object until such indemnification is forthcoming.
2 He or she has no right to indemnification of other expenditure, but where none is proffered, he or she may remove anything for which he or she has incurred cost, provided this may be done without damaging the property.
3 Any fruits collected by a possessor are set off against his or her claim for indemnification.
2. Possession in bad faith
1 A person possessing an object in bad faith must return it to the rightful owner and compensate him or her for any damage resulting from such wrongful possession, including any fruits he or she collected or failed to collect.
2 He or she may claim indemnification only of such expenditure as the rightful owner would also have had to incur.
3 As long as a possessor does not know to whom he or she must surrender the object, he or she is only liable for damage for which he or she is at fault.
IV. Adverse possession
A possessor fulfilling the requirements of adverse possession may count his or her predecessor’s period of possession as part of his or her own provided his or her predecessor’s possession also qualified as adverse possession.
A. Organisation
I. Constituent parts
1. In general
1 The land register is kept as a record of property rights.
2 It consists of the main register, the plans, property directories, supporting documents and property descriptions appended to the main register, and the journal.
3 The land register may be kept on paper or electronically.1
4 Where the land register is kept electronically, legal effect attaches to such data as are properly stored in the system and legible in letters and figures or displayed on plans by means of the technical capabilities of the devices and equipment used by the land register.2
1 Inserted by Annex 1 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
2 Inserted by Annex 1 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
2. Registered data
a. Object
1 The following are recorded in the land register as immovable property:
2 The Federal Council issues detailed regulations governing the prerequisites for and method of registration of distinct and permanent rights, mines and co-ownership shares in immovable property.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Exceptions
1 Immovable property which is not privately owned and is in public use will be recorded in the land register only if rights in rem attaching to such property are to be registered or if cantonal law provides for its registration.
2 If registered immovable property is transformed into property that is not subject to registration, it is deleted from the land register.
1 Repealed by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immoveable Property Law) and the Code of Obligations (Sale of Immoveable Property), with effect from 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. Registers
a. Main Register
1 Each item of immovable property has its own folio and number in the main register.
2 The procedure to be followed in the event of the division or consolidation of immovable property is determined by Federal Council ordinance.
b. Folio
1 The following data is entered in separate sections on each folio:
2 Accessories may be noted on the folio at the owner’s request and, once noted, may be deleted only with the consent of all such interested parties as are evident from the land register.
c. Joint folio
1 Two or more parcels of land may be entered on one folio with the owner’s consent, regardless of whether they are contiguous.
2 The entries on such folio are valid for all the land in question with the exception of easements.
3 The owner may at any time request that entries for individual parcels of land be removed from a joint folio, all rights being reserved.
d. Journal, supporting documents
1 Applications for entry in the land register are recorded without delay in the journal in chronological order indicating the applicant and the object of his or her request.
2 Supporting documents are duly classified and archived.
3 In cantons where the land registrar is authorised to draw up public deeds, the supporting documents may be replaced by an official record whose entries constitute public deeds.
4. Implementing ordinances
a. In general1
1 The Federal Council prescribes the land register forms, issues the necessary regulations and regulates at its discretion the keeping of auxiliary registers.
2 The cantons may establish special provisions governing the registration of rights in rem on land under cantonal law, but such provisions become valid only when approved by the Confederation.
1 Amended by No 1 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
b. For electronic registers
1 A canton wishing to keep the land register electronically must obtain the approval of the Federal Department of Justice and Police.
2 The Federal Council regulates:
3 The Federal Department of Justice and Police and the Federal Department of Defence, Civil Protection and Sport define data models and standard interfaces for the land register and official land surveys.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land; AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953). Amended by No 1 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
4c. Commissioning private individuals to use the electronic version of the land register
1 The cantons which maintain the land register electronically may commission private individuals to:
2 The commissioned individuals are subject to the oversight of the cantons and of the Confederation.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 15 Dec. 2017 (Registration of Civil Status and Land Register), in force since 1 Jan. 2019 (AS 2018 4017; BBl 2014 3551).
5. Official cadastral survey
1 The entry for and description of each parcel of land in the register are based on the official cadastral survey, and in particular on a plan drawn for the land register.
2 The Geoinformation Act of 5 October 20072 regulates the qualitative and technical requirements of the official cadastral survey.
1 Amended by Annex No II of the FA of 5 Oct. 2007 on Geoinformation, in force since 1 July 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
2 SR 510.62
II. Keeping the register
1. Districts
a. Allocation to districts
1 For land register purposes the cantons are divided into districts.
2 Immovable property is entered in the register for the district in which it is situated.
b. Land straddling more than one district
1 Immovable property that lies in more than one district is entered in the register of each district, with reference being made to the register of the other districts.
2 Entries which establish rights are to be made in the register of the district in which the largest part of the property is situated.
3 Entries in this land register will be notified by the registrar to the other land registries.
2. Land registries
1 The cantons are responsible for setting up the land registries, the demarcation of the districts, the appointment and remuneration of officials and supervision arrangements.
2 The regulations issued by the cantons, save for those concerning the appointment and remuneration of officials, are subject to approval by the Confederation.1
1 Amended by No II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on the Approval of Cantonal Decrees by the Confederation, in force since 1 Feb. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
3. Fees
1 The cantons may levy fees for entry in the land register and for the necessary surveys.
2 No charge may be made for entries relating to land improvements or to land exchanges for the purpose of agricultural consolidation.
III. Liability1
1 The cantons are liable for any damage arising from the maintenance of the land register.
2 They have a right of recourse against the land register officials and employees and against the immediate supervisory bodies if they are at fault.
3 They may require the officials and employees to provide security.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Administrative supervision
1 The management of the land registries is subject to the administrative supervision of the cantons.
2 The Confederation exercises the supervisory control.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
V. Legal protection
1. Right of appeal
1 A ruling issued by the land registry may be contested before an authority designated by the canton; a ruling includes the unlawful refusal to carry out or delay in carrying out an official act.
2 The following persons are entitled to appeal:
3 No appeal may be brought against an entry, amendment or deletion of rights in rem or priority notices executed in the main register.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Appeal proceedings
1 The period within which an appeal to the cantonal appellate authorities must be filed amounts to 30 days.
2 Where the land registry refuses to carry out or delays in carrying out a specific official act, however, an appeal may be filed at any time.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Repealed by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
B. Registration
I. Land register entries
1. Ownership and rights in rem
The following rights to immovable property are recorded in the land register:
2. Priority notices
a. Personal rights
1 Personal rights may be entered under priority notice in the land register where such notices are expressly provided for by law, as is the case for a right of pre-emption, right of repurchase, right of purchase, usufructuary lease and tenancy.
2 By virtue of being entered under priority notice, they may be invoked against any rights subsequently acquired.
b. Restrictions on powers of disposal
1 Restrictions on powers of disposal may be entered under priority notice for individual parcels of land if they result from:
2 On entry under priority notice, the restrictions on powers of disposal become effective against all subsequently acquired rights.
1 Amended by Annex No 4 of the FA of 16 Dec. 1994, in force since 1 Jan. 1997 (AS 1995 1227; BBl 1991 III 1).
2 Amended by No I 4 of the Federal Act of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
c. Provisional entries
1 Provisional entries may be made in the land register:
2 They are made either with the consent of all interested parties or by court order and the right, provided it is later confirmed, becomes effective in rem as of the date of the provisional entry.
3 The court rules on the application and, provided the applicant satisfies the court of his or her entitlement, approves the provisional entry, precisely specifying its nature, duration and effect and, where necessary, setting a time limit within which the applicant must bring an action to assert his or her rights.1
1 Amended by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
d. Entry of subordinate rights
A priority notice in the land register does not preclude the registration of a right with a subordinate rank.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
II. Noting
1. Restrictions under public law
1 The state authority or another public body must arrange for a public law restriction on ownership ordered in respect of a specific property that imposes a permanent restriction on use or power of disposal or duty relating to the property on the owner to be noted in the land register.
2 Where the restriction on ownership ceases to apply, the state authority or the other public body must arrange for the note to be deleted from the land register. If the state authority or the other public body fails to act, the land register may delete the note ex officio.
3 The Federal Council shall stipulate the areas of cantonal law in which restrictions on ownership must be noted in the land register. The cantons may provide for additional notes. They shall draw up a list of circumstances requiring a note, which must be passed on to the Confederation.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Of representatives
The following may be noted in the land register:
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Requirements for entry
1. Applications
a. For an entry
1 Entries in the land register are based on a written declaration by the owner of the immovable property to which the entry relates.
2 No declaration by the owner is required where the acquirer may rely on a provision of the law, a final court judgment or a document having effect equal to that of a court judgment.
3 The officials authorised to execute public deeds may be instructed by the cantons to notify the transactions certified by such deeds for entry in the land register.
b. For a deletion
1 Amendment or deletion of an entry in the land register requires an declaration in writing by the person whose entitlement results from the entry.
2 Such application may be made by signing the journal.
2. Authority
a. Valid proof of authority
1 A disposition in the land register, such as an entry, amendment or deletion, may be made only on the basis of documents establishing the right to make such disposition and its legal basis.
2 Authority to request a disposition is established by proof that the applicant is the person entitled by virtue of the entry in the land register or has been duly vested with a power of attorney by said person.
3 The legal basis for the requested disposition is established by proof that the formal requirements have been observed.
b. Completion of application
1 Where the documentation required for a disposition in the land register is not forthcoming, the application is rejected.
2 However, provided the legal basis is established and the application lacks only certain documents, a provisional entry may be made with the owner’s consent or by court order.
IV. Manner of entry
1. In general
1 The entries in the main register are made in the order in which applications are received or in which certifications and declarations are signed by the land registrar.
2 Interested parties will be provided on request with an extract of the entry.
3 The formal requirements for entries, deletions and extracts are regulated by the Federal Council.
2. For easements
Easements are entered and deleted on the folios of both the dominant and servient properties.
V. Duty to notify
1 The registrar must notify interested parties of all dispositions in the land register made without their knowledge; he or she shall, in particular, notify any acquisition of ownership by a third party to parties with rights of pre-emption which are entered under priority notice in the land register or to parties with rights which exist by law and are evident from the land register.1
2 The time limit for challenging such dispositions begins on receipt of such notification.
1 Amended by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
C. Public nature of land register
I. Information and right of consultation
1 Any person showing a legitimate interest is entitled to consult the land register or to be provided with an extract.
2 A person is entitled to obtain the following information from the main register without showing a legitimate interest:
3 The Federal Council shall specify other particulars of easements, real burdens and notices in the register which may be made public without the need to show a legitimate interest. It shall pay due regard to the protection of personal privacy.
4 An objection based on ignorance of a land register entry is inadmissible.
1 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 19 Dec 2003 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
II. Publication
1 The cantons may provide that all acquisitions of immovable property be published.
2 They may not publish the consideration involved in a division of estate, an advance against a person’s share of an inheritance, a marital agreement or a liquidation of marital property.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land; AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953). Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2005 (AS 2004 5085; BBl 2001 5679).
D. Effect
I. Need for an entry
1 Where the establishment of a right in rem is subject to entry in the land register, such right has effect in rem only if it has been entered.
2 Within the limits of such entry, the scope of a right may be established by supporting documents or in some other manner.
II. Effect of entry
1. In general
1 Rights in rem are established and assigned their rank and date by virtue of being entered in the main register.
2 The entry has retroactive effect as of its recording in the journal, provided the supporting documents required by law are included with the application or, in the case of provisional entries, are submitted in good time.
3 In cantons where the registrar draws up public deeds by means of an entry in an official record of title, such a record constitutes entry in the journal.
2. In relation to third parties acting in good faith
1 Any person who, relying in good faith on an entry in the land register, has acquired property or any other right in rem in reliance thereon, is protected in such acquisition.
2 This rule does not apply to boundaries of land in areas designated by the cantons as being in permanent danger of ground displacement.1
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 4 Oct. 1991 on the Partial Revision of the Civil Code (Immovable Property Law) and of the Code of Obligations (Purchase of Land), in force since 1 Jan. 1994 (AS 1993 1404; BBl 1988 III 953).
3. In relation to third parties acting in bad faith
1 If the entry of a right in rem is unwarranted, a third party who is or ought to be aware thereof may not rely on the entry.
2 An entry is unwarranted if it is without legal basis or was made on the basis of an invalid transaction.
3 A person whose rights in rem are infringed by such an entry may invoke its defectiveness directly against the third party acting in bad faith.
E. Deletion and amendment of entries
I. Revision
1. On the division of property
1 If a property is divided, the easements, priority notices and notes for each divided part must be revised.
2 The owner of the property being divided must advise the land registry which entries to delete and which to transfer to the divided parts. If this is not done, the application must be rejected.
3 Where an entry according to the supporting documents or the circumstances does not relate to a divided part, it must be deleted. The procedure is governed by the regulations on the deletion of an entry.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. In the case of the consolidation of parcels of land
1 Two or more parcels of land belonging to one owner may only be consolidated if no mortgage rights or real burdens have to be transferred from the individual parcels to the consolidated property or if the creditor consents.
2 If easements, priority notices or notes encumbering the property must be recorded, they may be consolidated only if the beneficiaries consent or if their rights are not prejudiced due to the nature of the encumbrance.
3 If easements, priority notices or notes benefiting the property real estate must be recorded, they may only be consolidated if the owner of the servient property consents or if the encumbrance is not increased by consolidation.
4 The provisions on revision on the division of property apply by analogy.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Unwarranted entries1
1 Where an entry of a right in rem is unwarranted or a correct entry has been deleted or modified in an unwarranted manner, any person whose rights in rem are thereby infringed may bring an action for deletion or amendment of the entry.
2 Rights in rem acquired in good faith by third parties relying on the entry and claims for damages are reserved.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
III. Simplified deletion
1. Clearly insignificant entries
The land register may delete an entry ex officio if the entry:
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2. Other entries
a. In general
1 If an entry in all probability has no legal importance, in particular because according to the supporting documents or the circumstances it does not relate to the property, then any person encumbered may request its deletion.
2 If the land registry regards the request as justified, it shall inform the beneficiary that it will delete the entry unless he or she files an objection with land registry within 30 days.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
b. On objection
1 If the beneficiary files an objection, the land registry shall reassess the request for deletion at the request of the encumbered person.
2 If the land registry concludes that the request should be granted despite the objection, it shall notify the beneficiary that it will delete the entry from the main register unless the beneficiary brings a court action to declare that the entry is of legal significance.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
3. Public revision procedure
1 If conditions have changed in fact or law in a specific area and as a result a large number of easements, priority notices or notes have completely or largely lapsed or if the situation can no longer be determined, the authority designated by the canton may order a revision in this area.
2 This order must be noted in the corresponding land register folios.
3 The cantons shall regulate the details and the procedure. They may further simplify the revision procedure or issue regulations that deviate from federal law.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
IV. Corrections1
1 Unless the interested parties consent in writing, the land registrar may correct the register only in accordance with a court order.
2 Instead of correcting an unwarranted entry, the registrar may delete it and make a new one.
3 The land registrar may correct typographical errors of his or her own accord in accordance with regulations to be issued by the Federal Council.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
1 Inserted by No II of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).2 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
A. General provisions
I. General rule of non-retroactive effect
1 When this Code comes into force, the legal effects of circumstances which occurred previously remain subject to those provisions of federal or cantonal law which were applicable when the circumstances occurred.
2 Accordingly, the legally binding nature and consequences of acts which took place before the commencement hereof remain subject to the law which was applicable at the time.
3 However, circumstances occurring after the commencement hereof are subject to the new law, unless this Code provides otherwise.
II. Retroactive effect
1. Public policy and good morals
1 The provisions of this Code specifically enacted in the interests of public policy and good morals apply when it comes into force to all circumstances, unless this Code provides otherwise.
2 Accordingly, provisions of the previous law which under the new law are deemed to contravene public policy and good morals cease to apply when the new law comes into force.
2. Relationships defined by law
When this Code comes into force, legal relationships whose content is defined by law irrespective of the will of the parties concerned are subject to the new law, even if previously such relationships were valid.
3. Non-vested rights
The legal effects of circumstances which occurred while the previous law was still in force and which enjoy no protection under the new law are subject to the latter once it has come into force.
B. Law of persons
I. Capacity to act
1 Capacity to act shall be assessed in all cases in accordance with the provisions of this Code.
2 However, any person who has the capacity to act under the previous law when this Code comes into force but who would not have the capacity to act under the new law will also be recognised as having the capacity to act when this Code comes into force.
II. Presumed death
1 The declaration of presumed death becomes subject to the new law when this Code comes into force.
2 When this Code comes into force, declarations of death or absence under the previous law have the same effects as a declaration of presumed death under the new law, but the consequences that have occurred under the previous law prior to this Code coming into force, such as succession or dissolution of marriage, remain valid.
3 Proceedings ongoing when the new law comes into force shall be restarted in accordance with the provisions of this Code, taking account of the time that has elapsed, or, if requested by the parties, concluded in accordance with the previous procedure, respecting the previous deadlines.
IIa. Central civil register database
1 The Federal Council regulates the transition from the former procedure for keeping the civil register to the electronic civil register.
2 The Confederation assumes the capital investment costs up to an amount of 5 million francs.
1 Inserted by No 1 of the FA of 5 Oct. 2001 (Electronic civil register), in force since 1 July 2004 (AS 2004 2911; BBl 2001 1639).
III. Legal entities
1. In general2
1 Associations of persons and institutions or foundations that had acquired legal personality under the previous law, retain their personality under the new law even where they would not acquire legal personality under the new law.
2 Existing legal entities that require to be entered in the public register in accordance with this Code must register within five years of the commencement of the new law even if no provision was made for registration under the previous law and are no longer recognised as legal entities on expiry of this time limit.
2bis Religious foundations and family foundation that are not entered in the commercial register when the Amendment of 12 December 2014 (Art. 52 para. 2) comes into force continue to be recognised as legal entities. They must be entered in the commercial register within five years of the Amendment coming into force. The Federal Council shall take the special circumstances of religious foundations into account when determining the requirements for entry in the commercial register.3
3 The status of the legal personality of all legal entities is determined by the new law as soon as this Code comes into force.
1 Originally Art. 6a. Previously Art. 7.
2 Amended by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
3 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 12 Dec. 2014 on the Implementation of the 2012 Revision of the Recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force, in force since 1 Jan. 2016 (AS 2015 1389; BBl 2014 605).
2. Accounting and auditors
The provisions of the Amendment of 16 December 20052 relating to accounting and auditors apply from first financial year that begins on or after the commencement of this Code.
1 Inserted by Annex No 1 of the FA of 16 Dec. 2005 (Law on limited liability companies and modifications to the law on companies limited by shares, cooperatives, the commercial register and company names), in force since 1 Jan. 2008 (AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969).
2AS 2007 4791; BBl 2002 3148, 2004 3969
IV. Protection of the individual against violence, threats or stalking
The new law applies to proceedings that are already pending when the amendment of 14 December 2018 comes into force.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 14 Dec. 2018 on Improving the Protection given to Victims of Violence, in force since 1 July 2020 (AS 2019 2273; BBl 2017 7307).
C. Family law
I. Marriage
1 The new law applies to marriage as soon as the Federal Act of 26 June 19982 has come into force.
2 Marriages subject to grounds for annulment under the previous law may, once the new law has come into force, only be annulled under the new law. However the period that has lapsed before this date will be taken into account in determining time limits.
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1
Ibis. Divorce
1. Principle
1 Divorce proceedings are governed by the new law as soon as the Federal Act of 26 June 19982 has come into force.
2 Divorces that had taken full legal effect under the previous law remain valid; the new provisions on enforcement apply to periodic maintenance payments or lump sum settlement that are fixed as an alternative to maintenance or as a maintenance contribution.
3 Any amendment of the divorce decree is carried out in accordance with the previous law with the exception of the provisions on children and procedural matters.
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1
2. Pending divorce proceedings
1 The new law applies to divorce proceedings that are pending on the commencement of the Federal Act of 26 June 19982 and which must be judged by a cantonal authority.
2 New legal requests that are required due to the change in the applicable law are permitted; uncontested parts of the judgment remain binding, unless they are materially so closely connected with the requests that remain to be judged that it makes sense to reassess the entire case
3 The Federal Supreme Court decides in accordance with the previous law in cases where the contested judgment was issued before the commencement of the Federal Act of 26 June 1998; this also applies if the case is referred back to the cantonal authority.
1 Inserted by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1
3. Period of separation for pending divorce proceedings
For divorce proceedings that are pending on commencement of the Amendment of 19 December 20032 and must be judged by a cantonal authority, the period of separation under the new law applies.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 Dec. 2003 (Period of Separation under Divorce Law), in force since 1 June 2004 (AS 2004 2161; BBl 2003 3927 5825).
2AS 2004 2161
4. Occupational pension
1 The new law on occupational pensions on divorce applies as soon as the amendment of 19 June 2015 comes into force.
2 The new law applies to divorce cases pending before a cantonal court at the time when the amendment of 19 June 2015 comes into force.
3 When the contested decision was made before the amendment of 19 June 2015 came into force, the Federal Supreme Court shall decide under previous law; this also applies when a case is referred back to the cantonal court.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
5. Conversion of existing pensions
1 If on divorce under the previous law the court, when deciding on the equitable division of pensions, has awarded compensation to the entitled spouse in the form of a pension that terminates on the death of the liable or the entitled spouse, the entitled spouse may, within one year of the amendment of 19 June 2015 coming into force, demand that he or she be granted a life-long pension in accordance with Article 124a instead, should the liable spouse draw an old-age pension or an invalidity pension after the commencement of the statutory pension age.
2 In the case of decisions made abroad, jurisdiction is determined by Article 64 of the Federal Act of 18 December 19872 on International Private Law.
3 Any pension payments already made under previous law are considered part of the pension awarded.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 19 June 2015 (Equitable Division of Pensions on Divorce), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 2313; BBl 2013 4887).
2 SR 291
Iter. Effects the marriage in general
1. Principle
For the effects of the marriage in general, the new law applies as soon as the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 has come into force.
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
2. Surname
A spouse who changed his or her name on marriage before the amendment to this Code of 30 September 2011 came into force may declare to the civil registrar at any time that he or she wishes to use his or her name before marriage again.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191). Amended by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
3. Citizenship
A Swiss woman who married under the previous law may within one year of the new law coming into force declare to the competent authority of her former canton of origin that she wishes to retain the citizenship that she held as a single woman.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
II. Marital property law applicable to marriages contracted before 1 January 19122
The legal effects on marital property of marriages contracted before 1 January 1912 are governed by the provisions of the Civil Code on the application of the previous and new law that came into force on that day.
IIbis. Marital property law applicable to marriages contracted after 1 January 19122
1. In general
1 The new law applies to marriages that exist when the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 comes into force, unless otherwise provided.
2 The legal effects on marital property of marriages that were dissolved before the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 came into force are governed by the previous law.
2. Change from a union of property to participation in acquired property
a. Change to the bodies of assets
1 Spouses who have hitherto been subject to a union of property regime are now subject to the regulations on participation in acquired property in relation to each other and to third parties.
2 The assets of each spouse become his or her own property or acquisitions in accordance with the regulations on participation in acquired property; separate property in terms of a marital agreement becomes personal assets.
3 The wife reclaims the property she brought into the marriage that became her husband's property or makes a claim for compensation.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
b. Preferential right
In the event of the husband's bankruptcy and the distraint of his assets, the previous provisions on the wife's right to compensation in respect of property that she has brought into the marriage and which is no longer available continue to apply for ten years after the new law comes into force.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
c. Division of marital property under the new law
1 After the new law comes into force, the division of marital property between the spouses is governed for the entire duration of the previous and the new statutory marital property regime by the regulations on participation in acquired property, unless the spouses have completed the division of marital property in accordance with the provisions on union of property at the time when the new law comes into force.
2 Before the new law comes into force, either spouse may give written notice to the other that the current marital property regime of union of property must be dissolved in accordance with the previous law.
3 If the marital property regime is dissolved because an action filed before the new law comes into force is upheld, the division of marital property is governed by the previous law.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
3. Retention of the union of property regime
1 Spouses subject to the statutory marital property regime of union of property who have not changed this marital property regime by marital agreement may by one year at the latest after the new law comes into force elect to retain the union of property regime by filing a joint written declaration with the marital property register office at their domicile; the marital property register office shall maintain a register of such declarations that anyone may inspect.
2 The marital property regime may only be cited in opposition to a third party if that third party is or should be aware of it.
3 The new regulations on the separation of property apply in future to the spouses' separate property.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
4. Retention of separation of property by operation of law or by court order
In the case of a separation of property established by operation of the law or by court order, the spouses are subject to the new provisions on the separation of property.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
5. Marital agreement
a. In general
1 If the spouses have entered into a marital agreement in accordance with the Civil Code, this marital agreement continues to apply and their entire marital property regime continues to be governed by the previous law, subject to the reservation of the provisions of this Title on separate property, legal effect on third parties and the contractual separation of property.
2 The new regulations on the separation of property apply in future to the spouses' separate property.
3 Agreements on participation in a surplus or deficit in the case of a union of property regime must not adversely affect the statutory inheritance entitlements of children who are not the common issue of the spouses or those of the issue of such children.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
b. Legal effect in relation to third parties
1 The marital property regime may only be cited in opposition to a third party if that third party is or should be aware of it.
2 If the marital property agreement has no legal effect in relation to third parties, the provisions on participation in acquired property apply from now on in relation to such parties.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
c. Application of the new law
1 Spouses subject to a union of property regime who have changed this marital property regime by marital agreement may by one year at the latest after the new law comes into force elect to make their legal rights subject to the new statutory marital property regime of participation in acquired property by filing of a joint written declaration with marital property register office at their domicile.
2 In this event, contractual participation in the surplus shall in future apply to the total amount of the surplus of both spouses, unless a marital property agreement provides otherwise.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
d. Contractual separation of property according to previous law
If the spouses agreed to a separation of property under the previous law, they are subject in future to the new provisions on the separation of property.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
e. Marital agreements concluded with a view to the new law coming into force
Marital agreements concluded before the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 comes into force but which are intended to take effect only under the new law do not require the approval of the child protection authority.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
f. Register of marital property
1 After the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 comes into force, no further entries will be made in the register of marital property.
2 The right to inspect the register continues to apply.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
6. Repayment of debts in the case of separation of assets under the law of marital property
If a separation of assets under the law of marital property in connection with the new law coming into force causes serious difficulties for a spouse who is liable to pay debts or the replace property that is due, he or she may request additional time to pay; the debt must be secured if this is justified by the circumstances.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
7. Protection of creditors
If the marital property rights change when the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 comes into force, the provisions on the protection the creditors in the event of a change in the marital property regime govern liability.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, in force since 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
III. The parent-child relationship in general
1 As soon as this Code comes into force, the establishment and effects of the parent-child relationship are governed by the new law; the surname and the citizenship acquired under previous law are retained.
2 Children who are subject to parental authority by operation of the new law but who are under guardianship when the new law comes into force must be placed under parental authority no later than one year after that date unless the contrary was ordered under the provisions on the withdrawal of parental of authority.
3 A transfer or withdrawal of parental authority officially ordered under the previous law remains effective after the new law comes into force.
4 When the Amendment of 21 June 2013 comes into force, if parental responsibility is assigned to only one parent, the other parent may within one year of this Amendment coming into force request the competent authority to order joint parental responsibility. Article 298b applies mutatis mutandis.2
5 A parent whose parental responsibility is revoked on divorce may file a request with the competent court only if the divorce was decreed less than five years before the Amendment of 21 June 2013 comes into force.3
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
3 Inserted by No I of the FA of 21 June 2013 (Parental Responsibility), in force since 1 July 2014 (AS 2014 357; BBl 2011 9077).
IIIbis. Adoption
1. Continuation of the previous law
1 An adoption pronounced before the new provisions of the Federal Act of 30 June 1972 on the Amendment of the Swiss Civil Code come into force continues to be governed by the law that came into force on 1 January 19122; consents validly given in accordance with this law remain effective in every case.
2 Persons who are not yet 20 years old when the Federal Act of 7 October 1994 comes into force may still be adopted in accordance with the provisions on minority after attaining majority provided the application is filed within two years of the Federal Act coming into force and of their 20th birthday.3
1 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 April 1973 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200).
2 Art. 465 Civil Code in the version of 1 Jan. 1912: 1 An adoptive child and his or her issue have the same rights of succession in respect of the adoptive parents as the issue of their marriage. 2 Adoptive parents and their blood relatives have no rights of succession in respect of an adoptive child.
3 Inserted by No I of the FA of 7 Oct. 1994, in force since 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
2. Pending proceedings
The new law applies to adoption procedures pending at the time the amendment of 17 June 2016 comes into force.
1 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 30 June 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
3. Application of the new law
The provisions of the amendment of 17 June 2016 on the confidentiality of adoption information, on information about the biological parents and their direct descendants and on the possibility of arranging contact between the biological parents and the child also apply to adoptions which are granted prior to the amendment coming into force or which are pending at the time it comes into force.
1 Inserted by No I 3 of the FA of 30 June 1972 (AS 1972 2819; BBl 1971 I 1200). Amended by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), in force since 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
1 Inserted by Annex No 2 of the FA of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Convention on Adoption and on Measures to Protect Children in International Adoption Cases (AS 2002 3988; BBl 1999 5795). Repealed by No I of the FA of 17 June 2016 (Adoption), with effect from 1 Jan. 2018 (AS 2017 3699; BBl 2015 877).
IIIter. Contesting a declaration of legitimacy
The contesting of a declaration of legitimacy made under the previous law is governed by analogy by the provisions of the new laws on the contesting of recognition following the parents' marriage.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
IV. Paternity actions
1. Pending actions
1 Actions pending when the new law comes into force are judged in accordance with the new law.
2 The effects until the new law comes into force are determined by the previous law.
1 Amended by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
2. New actions
1 If a pecuniary obligation on the father's part is established by court decision or by contract before the new law comes into force, and if the child has not yet reached the age of ten when the new law comes into force, the child may within two years bring an action under the provisions of the new law to have the parent-child relationship declared.
2 If the Defendant proves that he or she is not the father or is less likely to be the father than another person, the right to claim future maintenance lapses.
1 Inserted by No I 1 of the FA of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Jan. 1978 (AS 1977 237; BBl 1974 II 1).
IVbis. Time limit for declaring or challenging the parent-child relationship
Any person who attains majority due to the Federal Act of 7 October 1994 coming into force may in any case file an action within one year to declare or challenge the parent-child relationship.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 7 Oct. 1994, in force since 1 Jan. 1996 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169).
IVter. Maintenance contributions
1. Existing maintenance titles
The child may apply for the revision of any maintenance payments set in an approved maintenance agreement or in a decision before the amendment of 20 March 2015 came into force. If they were set at the same time as maintenance payments to one of the parents, payments shall only be revised if there has been a substantial change in circumstances.
Art. 13cbis2
2. Pending proceedings
1 The new legislation applies to proceedings that are pending at the time of the amendment of 20 March 2015 coming into force.
2 When the contested decision was made before the amendment of 20 March 2015 came into force, the Federal Supreme Court shall decide under the previous law; this also applies when a case is referred back to the cantonal court.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 7 Oct. 1994 (AS 1995 1126; BBl 1993 I 1169). Amended by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
2 Inserted by No I of the FA of 20 March 2015 (Child Maintenance), in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2015 4299; BBl 2014 529).
IVquater. Name of the child
1 If after the amendment to this Code of 30 September 2011 comes into force the parents on the basis of a declaration under Article 8a of this Title no longer have the same surname, they may declare within one year of the new law coming into force that their children will take the surname before marriage of the parent who made the declaration.
2 If the parental responsibility of a child of parents who are not married to each other is transferred to both parents or the father alone before the amendment to this Code of 30 September 2011 comes into force, the declaration provided for in Article 270a paragraphs 2 and 3 may be made within one year of the new law coming into force.
3 In accordance with Article 270b, this shall be subject to the child's consent.
1 Inserted by No I of the FA of 30 Sept. 2011 (Name and Citizenship), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2012 2569; BBl 2009 7573 7581).
V. Adult protection
1. Existing measures
1 The new law governs adult protection as soon as the Amendment of 19 December 20082 comes into force.
2 Persons who have been made wards of court under the previous law shall be made subject to a general deputyship under the new law. The adult protection authority shall adapt to the new law as soon as possible. Unless the authority has decided otherwise in the case of extended parental responsibility, parents are exempt from the obligation to prepare an inventory, report and file accounts regularly and to obtain consent for certain transactions.
3 Other measures ordered under the previous law cease to apply three years after the Amendment of 19 December 2008 comes into force unless the adult protection authority transforms them into a measure under the new law.
4 Where a doctor based on Article 397b paragraph 2 in its version of 1 January 19813 ordered the care-related detention of a mentally ill person, this measure shall continue to apply. The relevant institution shall notify the adult protection authority six months at the latest after the new law comes into force whether it regarded the requirements for hospitalisation to be met. The adult protection authority shall carry out the required enquiries in accordance with the provisions on regular review and if applicable confirm the hospitalisation decision.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2AS 2011 725
3 AS 1980 31
2. Pending proceedings
1 Pending proceedings shall be continued by the new competent authority after the Amendment of 19 December 20082 comes into force.
2 The new procedural law applies.
3 The authority shall decide whether and to what extent the previous proceedings require to be amended.
1 Inserted by No II of the FA of 6 Oct. 1978 (AS 1980 31; BBl 1977 III 1). Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
2AS 2011 725
D. Succession law
I. Heirs and succession
1 The succession rights and the related and inseparable effects on marital property under cantonal law of the death of a father, a mother or a spouse are determined, provided the deceased dies before this Code comes into force, by the previous law.
2 The foregoing applies both to heirs and to succession.
II. Testamentary dispositions
1 The making or revocation of a testamentary disposition carried out before this Code comes into force, if done by a person subsequently deceased who had testamentary capacity under the law that applied at the time, may not be contested on the grounds that the deceased died following the commencement of the new law and would not have had testamentary capacity under its provisions.
2 A testamentary disposition may not be contested due to a formal defect if it complies with the provisions on form that applied when it was made or at the time of death.
3 The contesting of a disposition on the grounds that the testator exceeded his or her testamentary freedom or due to the nature of the disposition is governed in the case of all testamentary dispositions by the provisions of the new law if the deceased died after the commencement of this Code.
E. Property law
I. Rights in rem in general
1 Rights in rem existing when this Code comes into force continue to be recognised under the new law subject to the reservation of the regulations on the land register.
2 However, the scope of rights of ownership and restricted rights in rem is subject to the new law after this Code comes into force unless the Code provides otherwise.
3 Rights that can no longer be created under the new law remain subject to the previous law.
II. Right to entry in the land register
1 Rights to create a right in rem that were established before this Code comes into force are recognised as valid provided they correspond to the form required by the former or the new law.
2 The ordinance on maintaining the land register determines what documentary proof is required for the registration of such rights.
3 The scope of a right in rem established before this Code comes into force by a legal transaction remains recognised under the new law, provided it is compatible with the same.
III. Adverse possession
1 Adverse possession is governed by the new law after this Code comes into force.
2 If however adverse possession recognised under the new law has begun under the previous law, the time that elapsed before this Code comes into force is taken into account in the calculating the period of adverse possession.
IV. Special rights of ownership
1. Trees on another person's land
1 Existing rights of ownership in relation to trees on another person's land continue to be recognised under cantonal law.
2 The cantons shall have the power to limit or revoke these conditions.
1 Amended by No IV of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
2. Condominium
a. Original
Condominium governed by the former cantonal law is subject to the new provisions of this Code even if the storeys or parts of storeys are not divided into self-contained dwellings or business units.
1 Inserted by No IV of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
b. Converted
1 The cantons may also make condominium recorded in the land register in forms that accord with the law that came into force on 1 January 1912 subject to the new regulations on condominium.
2 The new law becomes effective when the corresponding amendment is made to the entries in the land register.
1 Inserted by No IV of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
c. Correction of the land registers
In order to make the converted condominium subject to the new regulations and to register existing condominium, the cantons may order the correction of the land registers and issue special procedural regulations for this purpose.
1 Inserted by No IV of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
V. Easements
1 The easements created before this Code comes into force remain valid following the introduction of the land register even if not registered, but until registered may not be enforced against third parties acting in good faith.
2 Obligations ancillary to easements that were established before the amendment of 11 December 20091 came into force and which are based solely on land register supporting documents may continue to be cited in opposition to third parties who rely on the land register in good faith.2
1AS 2011 4637
2 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
VI. Mortgage rights
1. Recognition of the existing document of title
1 Documents of title existing when this Code comes into force remain in force without having to be adapted to the new law.
2 The cantons have the right to require new versions of existing documents of title to be drawn up on the basis of the new law within specific time limits.
2. Creation of liens
1 After this Code comes into force, new mortgage rights may only be created in the forms recognised herein.
2 Until the introduction of the land register, the previous cantonal legal forms for their creation remain valid.
3. Repayment of securities
1 The repayment and modification the title, release from liability under a lien and suchlike are subject to the new provisions following the commencement of the new law.
2 However, until the introduction of the land register, the forms are governed by cantonal law.
4. Extent of liability under the lien
1 In the case of all mortgage rights, the extent of liability under the lien is determined by the new law.
2 However, if by virtue of a special agreement the creditor has validly received certain objects with the property pledged, the lien continues to apply to these objects even if they could not be pledged under the new law.
5. Rights and obligations from the mortgage
a. In general
1 The rights and obligations of the creditor and of the debtor in relation to the contractual effect of liens existing when this Code comes into force are governed by the previous law.
2 In relation to effects that arise by operation of the law which cannot be modified contractually, the new law also applies to existing liens.
3 If the lien applies to two or more parcels of land, liability under the lien continues to be governed by the previous law.
b. Rights to security
The rights of the lien creditor during the existing legal relationship, such as rights to security, and the rights of the debtor are governed by the new law in relation to all liens from the time at which this Code comes into force.
c. Termination, transfer
For liens existing when this Code comes into force, the termination of the secured debts and the transfer the document of title are governed by the previous law, subject to the reservation of the mandatory provisions of the new law.
6. Ranking
1 Until the introduction of the land register, the ranking of liens is governed by the previous law.
2 Following the introduction of the land register, the ranking of creditors is governed by the land register law contained in this Code.
7. Ranking positions
1 In relation to a fixed ranking position or the right of a creditor to claim a vacant position or an advancement in ranking, the new law applies on the introduction of the land register and in every case from five years after this Code comes into force, subject to the reservation of creditors' existing special claims.
2 The cantons may enact further transitional provisions.1
1 Amended by No II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on the Approval of Cantonal Legislation by the Confederation, in force since 1 Feb. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
8. ...
1 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), with effect from 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
9. Equal status of previous forms of lien with those under the new law
1 The cantonal implementing legislation may stipulate that in general or in a specific legal relationship a form of mortgage under the previous law shall be regarded as equivalent to a form of mortgage under the new law.
2 If this occurs, the provisions of this Code also apply to such cantonal liens from the date on which the Code comes into force.
1 Repealed by No II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on the Approval of Cantonal Legislation by the Confederation (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
10. Continued application of previous law to existing forms of lien
1 Land charge certificates and mortgage certificates issued in series remain recorded in the land register.
2 They remain governed by the provisions of the previous law.
3 Cantonal law may provide for the conversion of land charge certificates created under federal law or earlier law into forms of lien under the current law. Conversion may also involve the introduction of personal liability for the owner of the mortgaged property for minor sums.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
11. Conversion the form of the mortgage certificate
The landowner and the mortgage certificate creditors may jointly request in writing that a mortgage certificate on paper recorded before the amendment of 11 December 20092 comes into force be converted into a register mortgage certificate.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2AS 2011 4637
VII. Charges on chattels
1. Provisions on form
1 From the date on which the Code comes into force, charges on chattels may only be created in the forms provided for herein.
2 Where a charge on chattels has been created in another form before this time, it is extinguished after a period of six months which begins to run if the debt is due for payment from the date on which the new law comes into force and in other cases from the date on which it becomes due for payment or when termination is permitted.
2. Effect
1 The effects of the charge on chattels, the rights and obligations of the pledgee, of the pledger and of the pledge debtor are governed from the date on which this Code comes into force by the new law, even if the charge was created before that date.
2 An agreement stipulating that the pledged chattel will become the property of the pledgee in the event of default on the part of the debtor that is concluded before this Code comes into force ceases to be valid from that date.
VIII. Special lien
1 A special lien under this Code also extends to objects that were subject to the power of disposal of the creditor before this Code comes into force.
2 It may also be exercised by the creditors in respect of claims that originated before this date.
3 The effect of special liens originating at an earlier date is subject to the provisions of this Code.
IX. Possession
When this Code comes into force, possession becomes subject to the new law.
X. Land register
1. Establishment of the land register
1 After consulting the cantons, the Federal Council shall draw up a plan for the introduction of the land register. It may delegate this responsibility to the competent department or office.1
1 Amended by Annex No II of the FA of 5 Oct. 2007 on Geoinformation, in force since 1 July 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
2 Repealed by Annex No II of the FA of 5 Oct. 2007 on Geoinformation, with effect from 1 July 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
2. Official cadastral survey
a. ...
1 Repealed by Annex No II of the FA of 5 Oct. 2007 on Geoinformation, with effect from 1 July 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817)
b. Relation to the land register
1 As a general rule, the surveying should precede the establishment of the land register.
2 With consent of the Confederation, however, the land register may be established beforehand if adequate descriptions of the properties are available.
c. Time schedule
2 The surveying and the introduction of the land register may be carried out successively for the individual districts of a canton.
1 Repealed by Annex No II of the FA of 5 October 2007 on Geoinformation, with effect from 1 July 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
1 Repealed by Annex No II of the FA of 5 October 2007 on Geoinformation, with effect from 1 July 2008 (AS 2008 2793; BBl 2006 7817).
3. Registration of rights in rem
a. Procedure
1 On the introduction of the land register, rights in rem that already exist shall be recorded in the register.
2 For this purpose, an announcement must be made to the public requesting them to give notice of and register these rights.
3 Rights in rem registered under the previous law in public books shall, provided they may be created under the new law, be entered ex officio in the land register.
b. Consequences of non-registration
1 Rights in rem under the previous law that are not registered remain valid but may not be cited in opposition to third parties who rely in good faith on the land register.
2 The Confederation or the cantons may however enact legislation to have all rights in rem that are not recorded in the land register declared invalid after a specific date subject to prior notice.
3 Unregistered public law real burdens and statutory liens under cantonal law created before the amendment of 11 December 20091 comes into force may for a period of ten years from the date on which the amendment comes into force be cited in opposition to third parties who rely on the land register in good faith.2
1AS 2011 4637
2 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
4. Abolished rights
1 Rights in rem that may no longer be established under the land register law such as the ownership of trees on another person's land, liens on usufructs and suchlike are not recorded in the land register but must be noted in an appropriate manner.
2 If such rights have lapsed for whatever reason, they may not be re-established.
1 Amended by No IV of the FA of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Jan. 1965 (AS 1964 993; BBl 1962 II 1461).
5. Postponement in the introduction of the land register
1 The introduction of the land register in accordance with the provisions of this Code may be postponed by the cantons with the authorisation of the Federal Council provided the cantonal provisions on forms of notice, with or without amendments appear to be sufficient to guarantee the effects that the new law requires of the land register.
2 The forms of notice under cantonal law that are intended to guarantee the effects required by the new law must be precisely specified.
6. Introduction of the property law before the land register
The property law under this Code in general comes into force even if the land registers have not been established.
7. Effect of cantonal forms
1 When the property law comes into force and before the introduction of the land register, the cantons may designate the procedures, such those for drawing up documents or registration in the registers for land, liens and servitudes, that will immediately have the effect of being recorded in the land register.
2 Even without or before the introduction of the land register, it may be provided that these procedures have the same effect as being recorded in the land register in the case of the creation, transfer, modification and extinction of rights in rem.
3 However, in the event that the land register itself is not introduced or another equivalent institution established, these procedures do not have the same effect as being recorded in the land register in relation to third parties relying thereon in good faith.
F. Prescription
1 Where the new law specifies a longer period than the previous law, the new law applies, provided prescription has not yet taken effect under the previous law.
2 Where the new law specifies a shorter period, the previous law applies.
3 The entry into force of the new law does not change the date on which an ongoing prescriptive period began, unless the law provides otherwise.
4 Otherwise, the new law governs prescription from the time it comes into force.
1 Amended by Annex No 3 of the FA of 15 June 2018 (Revision of the Law on Prescription), in force since 1 Jan. 2020 (AS 2018 5343; BBl 2014 235).
G. Forms of contract
Contracts concluded before this Code comes into force remain valid even if their form is not in accordance with the provisions of the new law.
A. Repeal of cantonal civil law
On commencement of the Civil Code, cantonal civil law provisions are repealed unless federal law provides otherwise.
B. Supplementary cantonal provisions
I. Rights and duties of the cantons
1 The cantons shall enact the provisions required to supplement the Civil Code, including in particular those governing the competent authorities1 and the establishment of civil registries, guardianship authorities and land registries.
2 The cantons shall enact any such supplementary provisions as are required to implement the Civil Code and may do so provisionally in the form of ordinances.2
3 Cantonal provisions on register law require federal approval.3
4 Notice of cantonal provisions on other matters must be given to the Federal Office of Justice.4
1 Presently the Adult protection authority (see Art. 440).
2 Amended by No II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on Approval of Cantonal Decrees by the Confederation, in force since 1 Feb. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333).
3 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
4 Inserted by No II 21 of the FA of 15 Dec. 1989 on Approval of Cantonal Decrees by the Confederation, in force since 1 Feb. 1991 (AS 1991 362; BBl 1988 II 1333). Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 19 Dec. 2008 (Adult Protection Law, Law of Persons and Law of Children), in force since 1 Jan. 2013 (AS 2011 725; BBl 2006 7001).
II. Substitute ordinances
1 Where a canton has failed to enact the necessary provisions in time, the Federal Council shall provisionally enact substitute ordinances and notify the Federal Assembly.
2 Where a canton refrains from exercising its powers in respect of matters for which supplementary legislation is not indispensable, the provisions of the Civil Code remain applicable.
C. Designation of competent authorities
1 Where the Civil Code makes reference to a competent authority, the cantons shall designate such authority, be it existing or yet to be created.
2 Where the Civil Code does not make express reference to a court or an administrative authority, the cantons may designate either as the competent authority.
3 Unless the Civil Procedure Code of 19 December 20081 applies, the cantons regulate proceedings.2
1 SR 272
2 Amended by Annex 1 No II 3 of the Civil Procedure Code of 19 Dec. 2008, in force since 1 Jan. 2011 (AS 2010 1739; BBl 2006 7221).
D. Public deeds
I. In general1
1 The cantons shall regulate the manner in which public deeds are drawn up on their territory.
2 They enact provisions for the drawing up of public deeds in foreign languages.
1 Amended by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
II. Electronic copies and legalisations
1 The cantons may authorise the authenticating officials to make electronic copies of the public deeds that they issue.
2 They may also authorise the authenticating officials to certify electronically that the electronic copies that they create correspond to the original documents on paper and that the signatures are genuine.
3 The authenticating official must use a qualified electronic signature based on a qualified certificate from a recognised provider of certification services in accordance with the Federal Act of 18 March 20162 on Electronic Signatures.3
4 The Federal Council shall issue implementing provisions that guarantee the interoperability of computer systems and the integrity, authenticity and security of the data.
1 Inserted by No I 2 of the FA of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage Certificates and other amendments to Property Law), in force since 1 Jan. 2012 (AS 2011 4637; BBl 2007 5283).
2 SR 943.03
3 Amended by Annex No II 3 of the FA of 18 March 2016 on Electronic Signatures, in force since 1 Jan. 2017 (AS 2016 4651; BBl 2014 1001).
E. Allocation of water rights
Until such time as federal law regulates the allocation of water rights, the following provision applies:
Rights to public waters may be recorded in the land register as distinct and permanent rights, provided they have been granted for at least 30 years or indefinitely and are not allocated to a dominant property in the form of an easement.
F.–H. ...
1 Repealed by Art. 53 para. 1 item b of the FA of 8 Nov. 1934 on Banks and Savings Banks, with effect from 1 March 1935 (AS 51 117; BS 10 337; BBl 1934 I 171).
J. Debt enforcement and bankruptcy
When this Code comes into force, the Federal Act of 11 April 18892 on Debt enforcement and Bankruptcy is amended as follows:
...3
1 Last four articles renumbered owing to revocation of the original Art. 58 and 59, in accordance with No I of the Code of Obligations transitional provisions, in force since 1 Jan. 1912 (AS 27 317; BS 2 199; BBl 1905 II 1, 1909 III 725, 1911 I 845).
2 SR 281.1
3 For text, see the federal act referred to. For the wording of Art. 132bis, 141 para. 3 and 258 para. 4, see AS 24 233 Final Title Art. 60.
K. Application of Swiss and foreign law
1 The Federal Act of 25 June 18912 on the Civil Law Status of Immigrants and Temporary Residents remains in force in respect of the legal status of Swiss nationals abroad and of foreigners in Switzerland and insofar as different laws apply in the cantons.
3 The following provisions are inserted in the Federal Act of 25 June 1891:
Art. 7a–7i
...
1 Last four articles renumbered owing to revocation of the original Art. 58 and 59, in accordance with No I of the Code of Obligations transitional provisions, in force since 1 Jan. 1912 (AS 27 317; BS 2 199; BBl 1905 II 1, 1909 III 725, 1911 I 845).
2 [BS 2 737; AS 1972 2819 II 1, 1977 237 II 1, 1986 122 II 1. AS 1988 1776 Annex No I para. a]. See current IPLA of 18 Dec. 1987 (SR 291).
3 Repealed by No I 2 of the FA of 5 Oct. 1984, with effect from 1 Jan. 1988 (AS 1986 122 153 Art. 1; BBl 1979 II 1191).
L. Repeal of federal civil law
1 When this Code comes into force, any provisions of federal civil law which contradict it are repealed.
2 In particular, the following are repealed: the Federal Act of 24 December 18742 on the Determination and Documentation of Civil Status and Marriage; the Federal Act of 22 June 18813 on Personal Capacity to Act; the Federal Act of 14 June 18814 on the Code of Obligations.
3 The special acts concerning the railways, steamships, the post, telegraph and telephone services, the seizure and compulsory liquidation of railways, the laws relating to factory employment and liability arising from the operation of factories and other enterprises, and all federal laws on matters governed by the Code of Obligations which have been enacted to supplement the Federal Act of 14 June 1881 on the Code of Obligations, remain in force.
M. Final Provision
1 This Code comes into force on 1 January 1912.
2 Subject to the Federal Assembly’s approval, the Federal Council is authorised to declare individual provisions effective at an earlier date.
1 Last four articles renumbered owing to revocation of the original Art. 58 and 59, in accordance with No I of the Code of Obligations transitional provisions, in force since 1 Jan. 1912 (AS 27 317; BBl 1905 II 1, 1909 III 725, 1911 I 845).
1 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).2 Amended by No I 4 of the FA of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Jan. 2000 (AS 1999 1118; BBl 1996 I 1).
1 BS 2 3. These provisions apply as transitional law insofar as provided by Art. 9a ff. Final Title (Revision of Marital Law of 5 Oct. 1984). The provisions have not been translated into English.
A. Application of the law Art. 1
I. Acting in good faith Art. 2
II. Good faith Art. 3
III. Judicial discretion Art. 4
I. Cantonal civil law and local custom Art. 5
II. Cantonal public law Art. 6
D. General provisions of the Code of Obligations Art. 7
I. Burden of proof Art. 8
II. Proof by public document Art. 9
Repealed Art. 10
I. Legal capacity Art. 11
1. Nature Art. 12
2. Requirements
a. In general Art. 13
b. Majority Art. 14
c. ... Art. 15
d. Capacity of judgement Art. 16
1. In general Art. 17
2. Lack of capacity of judgement Art. 18
3. Persons capable of judgement but lacking the capacity to act.
a. Principle Art. 19
b. Consent of the legal representative Art. 19a
c. Absence of consent Art. 19b
4. Strictly personal rights Art. 19c
IIIbis. Restriction of the capacity to act Art. 19d
1. Blood kinship Art. 20
2. Kinship by marriage Art. 21
1. Origin Art. 22
2. Domicile
a. Definition Art. 23
b. Change of domicile, temporary residence Art. 24
c. Domicile of minors Art. 25
d. Persons in institutions Art. 26
I. Against excessive restriction Art. 27
1. Principle Art. 28
2. Actions
a. In general Art. 28a
b. Violence, threats or harassment Art. 28b
3. ... Art. 28c–28f
4. Right of reply
a. Principle Art. 28g
b. Form and content Art. 28h
c. Procedure Art. 28i
d. Publication Art. 28k
e. Recourse to the courts Art. 28l
1. Protection of one’s name Art. 29
2. Change of name
a. General Art. 30
b. On the death of a spouse Art. 30a
I. Birth and death Art. 31
1. Burden of proof Art. 32
2. Evidence
a. In general Art. 33
b. Presumption of death Art. 34
1. In general Art. 35
2. Procedure Art. 36
3. Failure of application Art. 37
4. Effect Art. 38
I. In general Art. 39
II. Duty to notify Art. 40
III. Proof of undisputed information Art. 41
1. By court order Art. 42
2. By the register authorities Art. 43
V. Data protection and disclosure Art. 43a
1. Civil registrars Art. 44
2. Supervisory authorities Art. 45
Ia. Central civil information system Art. 45a
II. Liability Art. 46
III. Disciplinary measures Art. 47
I. Federal law Art. 48
II. Cantonal law Art. 49
Repealed Art. 50 and 51
A. Legal personality Art. 52
B. Legal capacity Art. 53
I. Requirements Art. 54
II. Action on behalf of the legal entity Art. 55
D. Seat Art. 56
I. Application of assets Art. 57
II. Liquidation Art. 58
F. Reservation of public law and company law Art. 59
I. Corporate group of persons Art. 60
II. Entry in the commercial register Art. 61
III. Associations lacking legal personality Art. 62
IV. Relationship between articles of association and the law Art. 63
1. Function, convening of meetings Art. 64
2. Powers Art. 65
3. Resolutions
a. Form Art. 66
b. Voting rights and majority Art. 67
c. Exclusion from voting Art. 68
1. Rights and duties in general Art. 69
2. Accounting Art. 69a
III. Auditors Art. 69b
IV. Organisational defects Art. 69c
I. Admission, resignation Art. 70
II. Duty to pay subscriptions Art. 71
III. Exclusion Art. 72
IV. Status of former members Art. 73
V. Protection of the objects of the association Art. 74
VI. Protection of members Art. 75
Cbis. Liability Art. 75a
1. By resolution Art. 76
2. By operation of law Art. 77
3. By court order Art. 78
II. Deletion from the commercial register Art. 79
I. In general Art. 80
II. Form of establishment Art. 81
III. Challenge Art. 82
I. In general Art. 83
II. Bookkeeping Art. 83a
1. Duty of audit and applicable law Art. 83b
2. Supervisory authority Art. 83c
IV. Organisational defects Art. 83d
C. Supervision Art. 84
Cbis. Measures in the event of overindebtedness and insolvency Art. 84a
Art. 84b
I. Reorganisation Art. 85
1. Request by the supervisory authority or the board of trustees Art. 86
2. At the founder’s request or in accordance with his testamentary disposition Art. 86a
III. Minor amendments to the charter Art. 86b
E. Family and ecclesiastical foundations Art. 87
I. Dissolution by the competent authority Art. 88
II. Right to apply for dissolution, deletion from the register Art. 89
G. Employee benefits schemes Art. 89a
A. No management Art. 89b
B. Jurisdiction Art. 89c
A. Betrothal Art. 90
I. Gifts Art. 91
II. Duty to contribute Art. 92
III. Prescription Art. 93
A. Capacity to marry Art. 94
I. Kinship Art. 95
II. Previous marriage Art. 96
A. General principles Art. 97
Abis. Circumvention of the legislation on foreign nationals Art. 97a
I. Request Art. 98
II. Conduct and completion of the preparatory procedure Art. 99
III. Time limit Art. 100
I. Venue Art. 101
II. Form Art. 102
D. Implementing provisions Art. 103
A. General principle Art. 104
I. Grounds Art. 105
II. Action for annulment Art. 106
I. Grounds Art. 107
II. Action for annulment Art. 108
D. Effects of judgment Art. 109
Repealed Art. 110
I. Comprehensive agreement Art. 111
II. Partial agreement Art. 112
Repealed Art. 113
I. After living apart Art. 114
II. Irretrievable breakdown Art. 115
Repealed Art. 116
A. Requirements and procedure Art. 117
B. Effects of separation Art. 118
A. Civil status of divorced spouses Art. 119
B. Marital property law and inheritance law Art. 120
C. Family home Art. 121
I. Principle Art. 122
II. Equitable division of termination benefits Art. 123
III. Equitable division of invalidity pension prior to statutory retirement age Art. 124
IV. Equitable division in the case of invalidity pensions after statutory retirement age and in the case of retirement pensions Art. 124a
V. Exceptions Art. 124b
VI. Offset of mutual entitlements Art. 124c
VII. Unreasonableness Art. 124d
VIII. Impossibility Art. 124e
I. Requirements Art. 125
II. Modalities of maintenance contributions Art. 126
1. Special terms Art. 127
2. Adjustment for inflation Art. 128
3. Adjustment by court order Art. 129
4. Expiry by law Art. 130
1. Enforcement assistance Art. 131
2. Advance payments Art. 131a
3. Directions to debtors and posting security Art. 132
I. Parental rights and obligations Art. 133
II. Change of circumstances Art. 134
Repealed Art. 135–158
A. Marital union; rights and duties of spouses Art. 159
B. Surname Art. 160
C. Cantonal and communal citizenship Art. 161
D. Marital home Art. 162
I. In general Art. 163
II. Allowance for personal use Art. 164
III. Extraordinary contributions by one spouse Art. 165
F. Representation of the marital union Art. 166
G. Spouses’ career or business Art. 167
I. In general Art. 168
II. Family home Art. 169
J. Duty to inform Art. 170
I. Counselling agencies Art. 171
1. In general Art. 172
2. While living together
a. Financial contributions Art. 173
b. Revocation of powers of representation Art. 174
3. Suspension of joint household
a. Grounds Art. 175
b. Arrangements for living apart Art. 176
4. Enforcement
a. Enforcement assistance and advance payments Art. 176a
b. Directions to debtors Art. 177
5. Restriction of power to dispose of assets Art. 178
6. Change of circumstances Art. 179
Repealed Art. 180
A. Ordinary property regime Art. 181
I. Choice of regime Art. 182
II. Capacity to enter into an agreement Art. 183
III. Form of the agreement Art. 184
1. By court order Art. 185
2. ... Art. 186
3. Revocation Art. 187
1. Bankruptcy Art. 188
2. Distraint
a. By court order Art. 189
b. Request Art. 190
3. Revocation Art. 191
III. Liquidation of the previous marital property regime Art. 192
D. Protection of creditors Art. 193
E. ... Art. 194
F. Management of one spouse’s assets by the other Art. 195
G. Inventory Art. 195a
I. Categories Art. 196
II. Acquired property Art. 197
1. By operation of law Art. 198
2. By marital agreement Art. 199
IV. Proof Art. 200
B. Management, benefits and power of disposal Art. 201
C. Liability toward third parties Art. 202
D. Debts between spouses Art. 203
I. Time of dissolution Art. 204
1. In general Art. 205
2. Participation in increased value Art. 206
1. Separation of acquired property and individual property Art. 207
2. Additions Art. 208
3. Compensation operations between acquired property and individual property Art. 209
4. Surplus Art. 210
1. Market value Art. 211
2. Capitalised value
a. In general Art. 212
b. Special circumstances Art. 213
3. Defining juncture Art. 214
1. By law Art. 215
2. By agreement
a. In general Art. 216
b. On divorce, separation, annulment of the marriage or separation of property by court order Art. 217
1. Deferred payment Art. 218
2. Home and household effects Art. 219
3. Claims against third parties Art. 220
I. Categories Art. 221
1. General community of property Art. 222
2. Limited community of property
a. Community restricted to acquired property Art. 223
b. Further community of property regimes Art. 224
III. Individual property Art. 225
IV. Proof Art. 226
1. Everyday housekeeping Art. 227
2. Extraordinary housekeeping Art. 228
3. Use of common property for professional or business purposes Art. 229
4. Renunciation and acceptance of inheritances Art. 230
5. Liability and management costs Art. 231
II. Individual property Art. 232
I. Full liability Art. 233
II. Individual liability Art. 234
D. Debts between spouses Art. 235
I. Time of dissolution Art. 236
II. Allocation to individual property Art. 237
III. Compensation operations between joint and individual property Art. 238
IV. Participation in increased value Art. 239
V. Valuation Art. 240
1. On death or implementation of a different marital property regime Art. 241
2. In other cases Art. 242
1. Individual property Art. 243
2. Home and household effects Art. 244
3. Other assets Art. 245
4. Further provisions Art. 246
I. In general Art. 247
II. Proof Art. 248
B. Liability toward third parties Art. 249
C. Debts between spouses Art. 250
D. Allocation of property in co-ownership Art. 251
A. Formation of parent-child relationship in general Art. 252
B. ... Art. 253
Repealed Art. 254
A. Presumption Art. 255
I. Right to challenge Art. 256
1. In the case of conception in wedlock Art. 256a
2. In the case of conception before marriage or while spouses were living apart Art. 256b
III. Time limits Art. 256c
C. Conflict of presumptions Art. 257
D. Challenge by the parents Art. 258
E. Marriage of the parents Art. 259
I. Admissibility and form Art. 260
1. Right to challenge Art. 260a
2. Grounds Art. 260b
3. Time limits Art. 260c
I. Right to bring the action Art. 261
II. Presumption Art. 262
III. Time limits Art. 263
I. General requirements Art. 264
II. Joint adoption Art. 264a
III. Adoption by a single person Art. 264b
IV. Adoption of a stepchild Art. 264c
V. Difference in age Art. 264d
VI. Consent of the child and the child protection authority Art. 265
1. Form Art. 265a
2. Time of consent Art. 265b
3. Dispensing with consent
a. Requirements Art. 265c
b. Decision Art. 265d
B. Adoption of an adult Art. 266
I. In general Art. 267
II. Name Art. 267a
III. Citizenship Art. 267b
I. In general Art. 268
II. Investigation Art. 268a
III. Hearing for the child Art. 268abis
IV. Representation for the child Art. 268ater
V. Taking account of the attitude of family members Art. 268aquater
Dbis.Confidentiality of adoption information Art. 268b
Dter. Information on the adoption, the biological parents and their issue Art. 268c
Dquater. Cantonal information centre and tracing services Art. 268d
Dquinquies. Contact with the biological parents Art. 268e
1. Lack of consent Art. 269
2. Other defects Art. 269a
II. Time limits Art. 269b
F. Adoption agency services Art. 269c
I. Child of married parents Art. 270
II. Child of unmarried parents Art. 270a
III. Consent of the child Art. 270b
B. Citizenship Art. 271
C. Support and common welfare Art. 272
1. Principle Art. 273
2. Restrictions Art. 274
II. Third parties Art. 274a
III. Responsible authorities Art. 275
E. Right to information Art. 275a
I. Object and scope Art. 276
II. Precedence of maintenance for minors Art. 276a
B. Duration Art. 277
C. Married parents Art. 278
I. Right to sue Art. 279
II. and III. ... Art. 280–284
1. Parents’ contribution Art. 285
2. Other payments for maintenance of the child Art. 285a
1. In general Art. 286
2. Shortfalls Art. 286a
I. Regular payments Art. 287
II. Scope of a maintenance agreement Art. 287a
III. Final settlement Art. 288
I. Entitlement Art. 289
1. Enforcement assistance Art. 290
2. Directions to debtors Art. 291
III. Security Art. 292
G. Public law Art. 293
H. Foster parents Art. 294
J. Rights of the unmarried mother Art. 295
A. Principles Art. 296
Abis. Death of a parent Art. 297
Ater. Divorce and other marital proceedings Art. 298
I. Joint declaration by the parents Art. 298a
II. Decision of the child protection authority Art. 298b
III. Paternity action Art. 298c
IV. Change in circumstances Art. 298d
Aquinquies. Change in the situation after the adoption of a stepchild in a cohabitation relationship Art. 298e
Asexies. Step-parents Art. 299
Asepties. Foster parents Art. 300
I. In general Art. 301
II. Deciding on the place of residence Art. 301a
III. Upbringing Art. 302
IV. Religious upbringing Art. 303
1. In relation to third parties
a. In general Art. 304
b. Child’s legal status Art. 305
2. Within the family community Art. 306
I. Appropriate measures Art. 307
II. Deputyship Art. 308
Repealed Art. 309
III. Revocation of the right to decide on place of residence Art. 310
1. Ex-officio Art. 311
2. With the parents' consent Art. 312
V. Change in circumstances Art. 313
1. General Art. 314
2. Hearing for the child Art. 314a
3. Representation for the child Art. 314abis
4. Committal to a secure institution or psychiatric hospital Art. 314b
5. Right to notify Art. 314c
6. Duty to notify Art. 314d
7. Cooperation and administrative assistance Art. 314e
1. In general Art. 315
2. In marital proceedings
a. Jurisdiction of the court Art. 315a
b. Amendment of court orders Art. 315b
VIII. Supervision of foster children Art. 316
IX. Cooperation in youth support Art. 317
A. Management Art. 318
B. Use of income Art. 319
C. Drawing on the child’s assets Art. 320
I. Endowments Art. 321
II. Statutory entitlement Art. 322
III. Employment income, professional and business assets Art. 323
I. Appropriate measures Art. 324
II. Withdrawal of management Art. 325
I. Return of property Art. 326
II. Liability Art. 327
A. Principle Art. 327a
I. Of the child Art. 327b
II. Of the guardian Art. 327c
A. Persons obliged to lend assistance Art. 328
B. Scope and enforcement of the claim for assistance Art. 329
C. Maintenance of foundlings Art. 330
A. Requirement Art. 331
I. House rules and welfare Art. 332
II. Liability Art. 333
1. Requirements Art. 334
2. Asserting claims Art. 334bis
A. Family foundations Art. 335
1. Authority Art. 336
2. Form Art. 337
II. Duration Art. 338
1. Type of ownership Art. 339
2. Management and representation
a. In general Art. 340
b. Manager's powers Art. 341
3. Common property and personal property Art. 342
1. Grounds Art. 343
2. Notice, insolvency, marriage Art. 344
3. Death of a co-owner Art. 345
4. Division Art. 346
1. Nature Art. 347
2. Special grounds for dissolution Art. 348
Repealed Art. 349–359
A. Principle Art. 360
I. Execution Art. 361
II. Revocation Art. 362
C. Decision on effectiveness and acceptance Art. 363
D. Interpretation and clarification Art. 364
E. Fulfilment Art. 365
F. Remuneration and expenses Art. 366
G. Termination Art. 367
H. Intervention by the adult protection authority Art. 368
I. Regaining the capacity of judgement Art. 369
A. Principle Art. 370
B. Execution and revocation Art. 371
C. Loss of capacity of judgement Art. 372
D. Intervention by the adult protection authority Art. 373
A. Requirements for and extent of the right to act as representative Art. 374
B. Exercise of the right to act as representative Art. 375
C. Intervention by the adult protection authority Art. 376
A. Treatment plan Art. 377
B. The representative Art. 378
C. Urgent cases Art. 379
D. Treatment of a mental disorder Art. 380
E. Intervention by the adult protection authority Art. 381
A. Care agreement Art. 382
I. Requirements Art. 383
II. Records and Information Art. 384
III. Intervention by the adult protection authority Art. 385
C. Protection of privacy Art. 386
D. Supervision of residential and care institution Art. 387
A. Aim Art. 388
B. Subsidiarity and proportionality Art. 389
A. Requirements Art. 390
B. Scope of responsibilities Art. 391
C. Dispensing with a deputyship Art. 392
A. Assistance deputyship Art. 393
I. In general Art. 394
II. Asset management Art. 395
C. Advisory deputyship Art. 396
D. Combination of deputyships Art. 397
E. General deputyship Art. 398
Art. 399
I. General requirements Art. 400
II. Wishes of the client or his or her closely associated persons Art. 401
III. Appointment of two or more persons Art. 402
B. Incapacity and conflict of interests Art. 403
C. Remuneration and expenses Art. 404
A. Assumption of office Art. 405
B. Relationship with the client Art. 406
C. Client's autonomy Art. 407
I. Tasks Art. 408
II. Personal allowance Art. 409
III. Accounts Art. 410
E. Reporting Art. 411
F. Special transactions Art. 412
G. Duties of care and confidentiality Art. 413
H. Amendment of conditions Art. 414
A. Examination of accounts and report Art. 415
I. By law Art. 416
II. By order Art. 417
III. Lack of consent Art. 418
Art. 419
Art. 420
A. By law Art. 421
I. At the deputy's request Art. 422
II. Other cases Art. 423
C. Continuation of transactions Art. 424
D. Final report and final accounts Art. 425
I. Hospitalisation for treatment or care Art. 426
II. Detention of persons admitted voluntarily Art. 427
I. Adult protection authority Art. 428
1. Responsibility Art. 429
2. Procedures Art. 430
C. Regular review Art. 431
D. Authorised representative Art. 432
I. Treatment plan Art. 433
II. Treatment without consent Art. 434
III. Emergencies Art. 435
IV. Pre-discharge interview Art. 436
V. Cantonal law Art. 437
F. Measures restricting freedom of movement Art. 438
G. Petition to the court Art. 439
A. Adult protection authority Art. 440
B. Supervisory authority Art. 441
C. Local jurisdiction Art. 442
A. Notification rights and obligations Art. 443
B. Verification of jurisdiction Art. 444
C. Precautionary measures Art. 445
D. Procedural principles Art. 446
E. Hearing Art. 447
F. Obligations to cooperate and administrative assistance Art. 448
G. Assessment in an institution Art. 449
H. Appointment of a representative Art. 449a
I. Inspection of files Art. 449b
J. Notification duty Art. 449c
A. Object and right of appeal Art. 450
B. Grounds of appeal Art. 450a
C. Deadline for filing the appeal Art. 450b
D. Suspensive effect Art. 450c
E. Consultation with the lower instance and reconsideration Art. 450d
F. Special provisions in the case of care-related hospitalisation Art. 450e
Art. 450f
Art. 450g
A. Duty of confidentiality and information Art. 451
B. Effect of the measures on third parties Art. 452
C. Duty of cooperation Art. 453
A. Principle Art. 454
B. Prescription Art. 455
C. Liability under agency law Art. 456
I. Issue Art. 457
II. Parental line Art. 458
III. Grandparental line Art. 459
IV. Scope of succession rights Art. 460
Art. 461
B. Surviving spouses and registered partners Art. 462
Repealed Art. 463–464
C... Art. 465
D. State authority Art. 466
A. Wills Art. 467
B. Contract of succession Art. 468
C. Voidable dispositions Art. 469
I. Scope of testamentary powers Art. 470
II. Statutory entitlement Art. 471
III. ... Art. 472
IV. Dispositions in favour of the spouse Art. 473
1. Deduction of debts Art. 474
2. Inter vivos gifts Art. 475
3. Insurance claims Art. 476
I. Grounds Art. 477
II. Effect Art. 478
III. Burden of proof Art. 479
IV. Disinheritance of an insolvent person Art. 480
A. In general Art. 481
B. Burdens and conditions Art. 482
C. Naming of heirs Art. 483
I. Nature Art. 484
II. Duty on the obligor of the legacy Art. 485
III. Relationship to the estate Art. 486
E. Substitution Art. 487
I. Designation of a remainderman Art. 488
II. Time of delivery Art. 489
III. Security Art. 490
1. Of the provisional heir Art. 491
2. Of the remainderman Art. 492
V. Issue lacking capacity of judgement Art. 492a
G. Foundations Art. 493
I. Contracts naming heirs and making legacies Art. 494
1. Significance Art. 495
2. Void renunciation Art. 496
3. Rights of the creditors of the estate Art. 497
1. In general Art. 498
2. By public deed
a. Formal requirements Art. 499
b. Role of the public official Art. 500
c. Role of the witnesses Art. 501
d. Drawing up a will without the testator reading and signing it Art. 502
e. Persons involved Art. 503
f. Safekeeping of wills Art. 504
3. Holographic will Art. 505
4. Oral will
a. Dispositions Art. 506
b. Conversion into deed Art. 507
c. Loss of validity Art. 508
1. Revocation Art. 509
2. Destruction Art. 510
3. Subsequent wills Art. 511
I. Execution Art. 512
1. Inter vivos
a. By contract and by will Art. 513
b. By withdrawal from the contract Art. 514
2. Predeceased heir Art. 515
C. Restriction of testamentary freedom Art. 516
A. Appointment of executors Art. 517
B. Function of an executor Art. 518
I. On grounds of lack of testamentary capacity, lack of free will, unlawfulness or immorality Art. 519
1. In general Art. 520
2. In holographic wills Art. 520a
III. Prescription Art. 521
1. In general Art. 522
2. Bequests in favour of heirs with a statutory entitlement Art. 523
3. Rights of creditors Art. 524
1. Of abatement in general Art. 525
2. On specific legacies Art. 526
3. On dispositions inter vivos
a. Cases Art. 527
b. Restitution Art. 528
4. On assurance claims Art. 529
5. On usufruct and annuities Art. 530
6. On naming of remaindermen Art. 531
III. Order of abatement Art. 532
IV. Prescription Art. 533
A. Claims in respect of lifetime transfers Art. 534
I. Abatement Art. 535
II. Reimbursement Art. 536
A. Requirements for the deceased Art. 537
B. Place where succession commences Art. 538
1. Legal capacity Art. 539
2. Unworthiness to inherit
a. Grounds Art. 540
b. Effect on issue Art. 541
1. As heir Art. 542
2. As legatee Art. 543
3. Unborn child Art. 544
4. Remaindermen Art. 545
1. Devolution against security Art. 546
2. Annulment of presumption of death and restitution Art. 547
II. Succession rights of persons presumed dead Art. 548
III. Correlation of the two cases Art. 549
IV. Procedure ex officio Art. 550
A. In general Art. 551
B. Sealing the estate Art. 552
C. Inventory Art. 553
I. In general Art. 554
II. In the case of unknown heirs Art. 555
I. Duty to submit the will Art. 556
II. Reading the will Art. 557
III. Notification of interested parties Art. 558
IV. Release of the estate Art. 559
I. Heirs Art. 560
II. ... Art. 561
1. Vesting Art. 562
2. Object Art. 563
3. Relationship between creditors and legatees Art. 564
4. Abatement Art. 565
1. Right to renounce Art. 566
2. Time limit
a. In general Art. 567
b. In the case of an inventory Art. 568
3. Passing of right to disclaim Art. 569
4. Form Art. 570
II. Forfeiture of right to disclaim Art. 571
III. Disclaimer by one co-heir Art. 572
1. In general Art. 573
2. Entitlement of surviving spouse Art. 574
3. Disclaimer in favour of subsequent heirs Art. 575
V. Extension of time limit Art. 576
VI. Disclaimer of a legacy Art. 577
VII. Security for the heir’s creditors Art. 578
VIII. Liability in the event of disclaimer Art. 579
A. Requirements Art. 580
I. Inventory Art. 581
II. Formal call to account Art. 582
III. Inclusion ex officio Art. 583
IV. Result Art. 584
I. Administration Art. 585
II. Debt enforcement, litigation, prescription Art. 586
I. Time limit for declaration of intention Art. 587
II. Declaration of intention Art. 588
1. Liability as per inventory Art. 589
2. Liability beyond the inventory Art. 590
E. Liability for debts subject to a surety Art. 591
F. Acquisition by a state authority Art. 592
I. At the request of an heir Art. 593
II. At the request of the deceased’s creditors Art. 594
I. Administration Art. 595
liquidation Art. 596
III. Liquidation by the bankruptcy office Art. 597
A. Requirements Art. 598
B. Effect Art. 599
C. Prescription Art. 600
D. Action by a legatee Art. 601
I. Community of heirs Art. 602
II. Liability of the heirs Art. 603
B. Right to division Art. 604
C. Deferral of division Art. 605
D. Claims of household members Art. 606
A. In general Art. 607
I. Testamentary disposition Art. 608
II. Assistance from the authorities Art. 609
I. Equal rights of heirs Art. 610
II. Formation of lots Art. 611
III. Allocation and sale of specific objects Art. 612
IV. Allocation of the home and household effects to the surviving spouse Art. 612a
I. Items that belong together, family documents Art. 613
I.bis Agricultural inventory Art. 613a
II. Claims of the deceased against his or her heirs Art. 614
III. Pledged estate property Art. 615
Repealed Art. 616
1. Method of allocation
a. Imputed value Art. 617
b. Valuation procedure Art. 618
V. Agricultural businesses and land Art. 619
Repealed Art. 620–625
A. Hotchpot duty of the heirs Art. 626
B. Hotchpot if heirs cease to be heirs Art. 627
I. In kind or by imputation of value Art. 628
II. Correlation with share of the estate Art. 629
III. Hotchpot value Art. 630
D. Education costs Art. 631
E. Occasional gifts Art. 632
Repealed Art. 633
I. Contract of division Art. 634
II. Contracts regarding shares of the estate Art. 635
III. Contracts prior to succession Art. 636
I. Warranty Art. 637
II. Challenging the division Art. 638
I. Joint and several liability Art. 639
II. Recourse against co-heirs Art. 640
I. In general Art. 641
II. Animals Art. 641a
I. Constituent parts Art. 642
II. Natural fruits Art. 643
1. Definition Art. 644
2. Exclusions Art. 645
1. Relationship among co-owners Art. 646
2. Use and administration rules Art. 647
3. Ordinary administration Art. 647a
4. Major administrative acts Art. 647b
5. Construction work
a. Necessary work Art. 647c
b. Useful work Art. 647d
c. Works to improve appearance or convenience Art. 647e
6. Power of disposal over the object Art. 648
7. Costs and expenses Art. 649
8. Binding nature of rules and noting in the land register Art. 649a
9. Exclusion from collective ownership
a. Co-owners Art. 649b
b. Further entitled persons Art. 649c
10. Dissolution
a. Right to request division Art. 650
b. Form of partition Art. 651
c. Animals kept as pets Art. 651a
1. Prerequisites Art. 652
2. Effect Art. 653
3. Dissolution Art. 654
III. Joint ownership of agricultural enterprises and land Art. 654a
I. Immovable property Art. 655
II. Dependent property Art. 655a
I. Registration Art. 656
1. Transfer Art. 657
2. Appropriation Art. 658
3. Formation of new land Art. 659
4. Ground displacement
a. In general Art. 660
b. Constant ground displacement Art. 660a
c. Redrawing of boundaries Art. 660b
5. Adverse possession
a. Ordinary adverse possession Art. 661
b. Extraordinary adverse possession Art. 662
c. Time limits Art. 663
6. Ownerless and public objects Art. 664
III. Right to registration Art. 665
C. Loss Art. 666
I. Where the owner cannot be found Art. 666a
II. In the absence of the required management bodies Art. 666b
I. Scope Art. 667
1. Type of boundary Art. 668
2. Duty to establish boundaries Art. 669
3. Co-ownership of boundary markers Art. 670
1. Land and building materials
a. Ownership Art. 671
b. Compensation Art. 672
c. Assignment of land ownership Art. 673
2. Encroaching buildings Art. 674
3. Building right Art. 675
4. Pipes, cables, conduits Art. 676
5. Movable structures Art. 677
IV. Plants grown on the parcel of land Art. 678
1. Acts in excess of ownership rights Art. 679
2. Lawful management of the land Art. 679a
I. In general Art. 680
1. General principles Art. 681
2. Exercise Art. 681a
3. Modification, waiver Art. 681b
4. In respect of co-ownership and building rights Art. 682
5. Right of pre-emption of farms and farmland Art. 682a
Repealed Art. 683
1. Excess detriment Art. 684
2. Excavation and construction
a. Rule Art. 685
b. Cantonal regulations Art. 686
3. Plants
a. Rule Art. 687
b. Cantonal regulations Art. 688
4. Flowing waters Art. 689
5. Drainage Art. 690
6. Pipes, cables, conduits
a. Duty to permit Art. 691
b. Safeguarding the interests of the servient landowner Art. 692
c. Change of circumstances Art. 693
7. Rights of way
a. Necessary right of way Art. 694
b. Other rights of way Art. 695
c. Notation in the land register Art. 696
8. Enclosure Art. 697
9. Duty to maintain Art. 698
1. Access Art. 699
2. Retrieval of driftage and the like Art. 700
3. Trespass to ward off danger or damage Art. 701
1. In general Art. 702
2. Land improvements Art. 703
I. Spring ownership and spring rights Art. 704
II. Diversion of springs Art. 705
1. Damages Art. 706
2. Restoration Art. 707
IV. Community of spring owners Art. 708
V. Use of springs Art. 709
VI. Right to use an essential water source Art. 710
1. Water sources Art. 711
2. Land Art. 712
I. Definition Art. 712a
II. Object Art. 712b
III. Power of disposal Art. 712c
I. Deed of constitution Art. 712d
II. Layout of the condominium units and shares in the property Art. 712e
III. Extinction Art. 712f
I. Applicable provisions Art. 712g
1. Definition and distribution Art. 712h
2. Liability for cost contributions
a. Statutory lien Art. 712i
b. Special lien Art. 712k
III. Community’s capacity to act Art. 712l
1. Competence and legal status Art. 712m
2. Convening and chairing meetings Art. 712n
3. Voting rights Art. 712o
4. Quorum Art. 712p
1. Appointment Art. 712q
2. Removal Art. 712r
3. Duties
a. Implementation of provisions and resolutions concerning administration and use Art. 712s
b. External representation Art. 712t
A. Object Art. 713
1. Delivery of possession Art. 714
2. Reservation of ownership
a. In general Art. 715
b. Transactions involving payment by instalments Art. 716
3. Acquisition without possession Art. 717
1. Ownerless chattels Art. 718
2. Escaped animals Art. 719
1. Reporting, tracing
a. In general Art. 720
b. Animals Art. 720a
2. Safekeeping and auction Art. 721
3. Acquisition of ownership, return Art. 722
4. Treasure trove Art. 723
5. Objects of scientific value Art. 724
IV. Driftage Art. 725
V. Processing Art. 726
VI. Joining and mixing chattels Art. 727
VII. Adverse possession Art. 728
C. Loss Art. 729
A. Object Art. 730
1. Registration Art. 731
2. Legal transaction Art. 732
3. Creation in favour of own property Art. 733
1. In general Art. 734
2. Amalgamation Art. 735
3. By court order Art. 736
1. In general Art. 737
2. As defined by land register entry Art. 738
3. If needs change Art. 739
4. Cantonal law and local custom Art. 740
5. In the case of two or more beneficiaries Art. 740a
II. Duty of maintenance Art. 741
III. Relocation of the encumbrance Art. 742
IV. Partition of a property Art. 743
Repealed Art. 744
I. Object Art. 745
1. In general Art. 746
2. ... Art. 747
1. Grounds Art. 748
2. Duration Art. 749
3. Replacement on extinction of usufruct Art. 750
4. Return
a. Duty Art. 751
b. Liability Art. 752
c. Costs Art. 753
5. Prescription of compensation rights Art. 754
1. Rights of the usufructuary
a. In general Art. 755
b. Natural fruits Art. 756
c. Interest Art. 757
d. Assignability Art. 758
2. Rights of the owner
a. Supervision Art. 759
b. Security Art. 760
c. Security in the case of gifts and statutory usufruct Art. 761
d. Consequence of failure to provide security Art. 762
3. Inventory Art. 763
4. Costs
a. Preservation of the object Art. 764
b. Maintenance and administration Art. 765
c. Duty to pay interest on usufruct of assets Art. 766
d. Insurance Art. 767
1. Land
a. Fruits Art. 768
b. Use Art. 769
c. Woodland Art. 770
d. Mines Art. 771
2. Consumables and valued chattels Art. 772
3. Claims
a. Scope Art. 773
b. Repayments and reinvestment Art. 774
c. Right to assignment Art. 775
I. In general Art. 776
II. Rights of the usufructuary Art. 777
III. Maintenance costs Art. 778
I. Object and entry in the land register Art. 779
II. Legal transaction Art. 779a
III. Nature, scope and noting Art. 779b
1. Reversion Art. 779c
2. Compensation Art. 779d
Repealed Art. 779e
1. Prerequisites Art. 779f
2. Exercising the right of reversion Art. 779g
3. Other applicable cases Art. 779h
1. Right to establish a lien Art. 779i
2. Registration Art. 779k
VII. Maximum duration Art. 779l
D. Right of access to water sources Art. 780
E. Other servitudes Art. 781
F. Judicial measures Art. 781a
A. Object Art. 782
1. Registration and form of acquisition Art. 783
2. Public law real burdens Art. 784
Repealed Art. 785
1. In general Art. 786
2. Redemption
a. By the creditor Art. 787
b. By the debtor Art. 788
c. Redemption sum Art. 789
3. Prescription Art. 790
I. Creditor’s rights Art. 791
II. Debt liability Art. 792
I. Types Art. 793
1. Amount Art. 794
2. Interest Art. 795
1. Property subject to a charge Art. 796
2. Specification
a. In the case of a single property Art. 797
b. In the case of more than one property Art. 798
3. Agricultural properties Art. 798a
1. Registration Art. 799
2. In the case of joint ownership Art. 800
II. Extinction Art. 801
1. Transfer of liens Art. 802
2. Redemption by the debtor Art. 803
3. Monetary compensation Art. 804
I. Extent of security Art. 805
II. Rent Art. 806
III. Prescription Art. 807
1. In the event of a reduction in value
a. Court order and action by the creditor Art. 808
b. Security, restoration, redemption Art. 809
2. Depreciation without owner’s fault Art. 810
3. Disposal of minor portions of the property Art. 811
V. Further encumbrances Art. 812
1. Effect of rank Art. 813
2. Ranking Art. 814
3. Vacant ranks Art. 815
1. Mode Art. 816
2. Distribution of the proceeds Art. 817
3. Extent of security Art. 818
4. Security for maintenance costs Art. 819
1. Precedence Art. 820
2. Extinction of debt and lien Art. 821
IX. Entitlement to insurers’ payments Art. 822
X. Untraceable creditor Art. 823
A. Purpose and nature Art. 824
I. Establishment Art. 825
1. Right to have entry deleted Art. 826
2. Position of owner Art. 827
3. Unilateral redemption
a. Conditions and procedure Art. 828
b. Public auction Art. 829
c. Official valuation Art. 830
4. Termination Art. 831
1. Alienation Art. 832
2. Division Art. 833
3. Notice of assumption of debt Art. 834
II. Assignment of a debt Art. 835
I. Under cantonal law Art. 836
1. Cases in point Art. 837
2. Vendor, co—heirs and co—owners Art. 838
3. Tradesmen and building contractors
a. Registration Art. 839
b. Rank Art. 840
c. Privileged claim Art. 841
I. Purpose; Relationship with the debt arising from the basic relationship Art. 842
II. Form Art. 843
III. Position of owner Art. 844
IV. Sale. Division Art. 845
1. In general Art. 846
2. Notice Art. 847
VI. Protection of persons acting in good faith Art. 848
VII. Objections by the debtor Art. 849
VIII. Authorised person Art. 850
IX. Place of payment Art. 851
X. Changes in the legal relationship Art. 852
XI. Discharge Art. 853
1. In the absence of a creditor Art. 854
2. Deletion Art. 855
XIII. Public call to creditors Art. 856
I. Establishment Art. 857
II. Transfer Art. 858
III. Pledging, distraint and usufruct Art. 859
1. Registration Art. 860
2. Document of title Art. 861
II. Protection of persons acting in good faith Art. 862
1. Claims Art. 863
2. Assignment Art. 864
IV. Cancellation Art. 865
Repealed Art. 866–874
A. Bond issues secured by a lien Art. 875
Repealed Art. 876–883
1. Possession by pledgee Art. 884
2. Pledge of livestock Art. 885
3. Subordinate pledge Art. 886
4. Further pledge by pledgee Art. 887
1. Loss of possession Art. 888
2. Return Art. 889
3. Liability of the pledgee Art. 890
1. Rights of the pledgee Art. 891
2. Scope of the general lien Art. 892
3. Rank Art. 893
4. Default agreements Art. 894
I. Requirements Art. 895
II. Exceptions Art. 896
III. In the event of insolvency Art. 897
IV. Effect Art. 898
A. In general Art. 899
I. In the case of ordinary claims Art. 900
II. In the case of securities Art. 901
III. In the case of documents of title to goods Art. 902
IV. Subordinate pledge Art. 903
I. Extent of security Art. 904
II. Representation of pledged shares and capital contributions to limited liability companies Art. 905
III. Administration and payment Art. 906
I. Licensing Art. 907
II. Duration of licence Art. 908
I. Establishment Art. 909
1. Sale of pawned chattel Art. 910
2. Right to surplus Art. 911
1. Right of redemption Art. 912
2. Pawnbroker’s rights Art. 913
C. Purchase with right of repurchase Art. 914
D. Rules governing pawnbroking Art. 915
I. Definition Art. 919
II. Direct and derivative possession Art. 920
III. Temporary interruption Art. 921
I. Among parties present in person Art. 922
II. Among absent persons Art. 923
III. Without physical transfer Art. 924
IV. In the case of documents of title to goods Art. 925
1. Defence against interference Art. 926
2. Action for restitution Art. 927
3. Action for trespass Art. 928
4. Admissibility and prescription Art. 929
1. Presumption of ownership Art. 930
2. Presumption of indirect ownership Art. 931
3. Action against the possessor Art. 932
4. Power of disposal and right of restitution
a. Entrusted objects Art. 933
b. Stolen or lost chattels Art. 934
c. Cash and bearer securities Art. 935
d. Bad faith Art. 936
5. Presumption of title to land Art. 937
1. Possessor in good faith
a. Use Art. 938
b. Indemnity Art. 939
2. Possession in bad faith Art. 940
IV. Adverse possession Art. 941
1. In general Art. 942
2. Registered data
a. Object Art. 943
b. Exceptions Art. 944
3. Registers
a. Main Register Art. 945
b. Folio Art. 946
c. Joint folio Art. 947
d. Journal, supporting documents Art. 948
4. Implementing ordinances
a. In general Art. 949
b. For electronic registers Art. 949a
4b. ... Art. 949b
4c. ... Art. 949c
4c. Commissioning private individuals to use the electronic version of the land register Art. 949d
5. Official cadastral survey Art. 950
1. Districts
a. Allocation to districts Art. 951
b. Land straddling more than one district Art. 952
2. Land registries Art. 953
3. Fees Art. 954
III. Liability Art. 955
IV. Administrative supervision Art. 956
1. Right of appeal Art. 956a
2. Appeal proceedings Art. 956b
Repealed Art. 957
1. Ownership and rights in rem Art. 958
2. Priority notices
a. Personal rights Art. 959
b. Restrictions on powers of disposal Art. 960
c. Provisional entries Art. 961
d. Entry of subordinate rights Art. 961a
1. Restrictions under public law Art. 962
2. Of representatives Art. 962a
1. Applications
a. For an entry Art. 963
b. For a deletion Art. 964
2. Authority
a. Valid proof of authority Art. 965
b. Completion of application Art. 966
1. In general Art. 967
2. For easements Art. 968
V. Duty to notify Art. 969
I. Information and right of consultation Art. 970
II. Publication Art. 970a
I. Need for an entry Art. 971
1. In general Art. 972
2. In relation to third parties acting in good faith Art. 973
3. In relation to third parties acting in bad faith Art. 974
1. On the division of property Art. 974a
2. In the case of the consolidation of parcels of land Art. 974b
II. Unwarranted entries Art. 975
1. Clearly insignificant entries Art. 976
2. Other entries
a. In general Art. 976a
b. On objection Art. 976b
3. Public revision procedure Art. 976c
IV. Corrections Art. 977
I. General rule of non-retroactive effect Art. 1
1. Public policy and good morals Art. 2
2. Relationships defined by law Art. 3
3. Non-vested rights Art. 4
I. Capacity to act Art. 5
II. Presumed death Art. 6
IIa. Central civil register database Art. 6a
1. In general Art. 6b
2. Accounting and auditors Art. 6c
IV. Protection of the individual against violence, threats or stalking Art. 6d
I. Marriage Art. 7
1. Principle Art. 7a
2. Pending divorce proceedings Art. 7b
3. Period of separation for pending divorce proceedings Art. 7c
4. Occupational pension Art. 7d
5. Conversion of existing pensions Art. 7e
1. Principle Art. 8
2. Surname Art. 8a
3. Citizenship Art. 8b
II. Marital property law applicable to marriages contracted before 1 January 1912 Art. 9
1. In general Art. 9a
2. Change from a union of property to participation in acquired property
a. Change to the bodies of assets Art. 9b
b. Preferential right Art. 9c
c. Division of marital property under the new law Art. 9d
3. Retention of the union of property regime Art. 9e
4. Retention of separation of property by operation of law or by court order Art. 9f
5. Marital agreement
a. In general Art. 10
b. Legal effect in relation to third parties Art. 10a
c. Application of the new law Art. 10b
d. Contractual separation of property according to previous law Art. 10c
e. Marital agreements concluded with a view to the new law coming into force Art. 10d
f. Register of marital property Art. 10e
6. Repayment of debts in the case of separation of assets under the law of marital property Art. 11
7. Protection of creditors Art. 11a
III. The parent-child relationship in general Art. 12
1. Continuation of the previous law Art. 12a
2. Pending proceedings Art. 12b
3. Application of the new law Art. 12c
Repealed Art. 12cbis
IIIter. Contesting a declaration of legitimacy Art. 12d
1. Pending actions Art. 13
2. New actions Art. 13a
IVbis. Time limit for declaring or challenging the parent-child relationship Art. 13b
1. Existing maintenance titles
2. Pending proceedings Art. 13c
IVquater. Name of the child Art. 13d
1. Existing measures Art. 14
2. Pending proceedings Art. 14a
I. Heirs and succession Art. 15
II. Testamentary dispositions Art. 16
I. Rights in rem in general Art. 17
II. Right to entry in the land register Art. 18
III. Adverse possession Art. 19
1. Trees on another person's land Art. 20
2. Condominium
a. Original Art. 20bis
b. Converted Art. 20ter
c. Correction of the land registers Art. 20quater
V. Easements Art. 21
1. Recognition of the existing document of title Art. 22
2. Creation of liens Art. 23
3. Repayment of securities Art. 24
4. Extent of liability under the lien Art. 25
5. Rights and obligations from the mortgage
a. In general Art. 26
b. Rights to security Art. 27
c. Termination, transfer Art. 28
6. Ranking Art. 29
7. Ranking positions Art. 30
8. ... Art. 31 and 32
9. Equal status of previous forms of lien with those under the new law Art. 33
10. Continued application of previous law to existing forms of lien Art. 33a
11. Conversion the form of the mortgage certificate Art. 33b
1. Provisions on form Art. 34
2. Effect Art. 35
VIII. Special lien Art. 36
IX. Possession Art. 37
1. Establishment of the land register Art. 38
2. Official cadastral survey
a. ... Art. 39
b. Relation to the land register Art. 40
c. Time schedule Art. 41
Repealed Art. 42
3. Registration of rights in rem
a. Procedure Art. 43
b. Consequences of non-registration Art. 44
4. Abolished rights Art. 45
5. Postponement in the introduction of the land register Art. 46
6. Introduction of the property law before the land register Art. 47
7. Effect of cantonal forms Art. 48
F. Prescription Art. 49
G. Forms of contract Art. 50
A. Repeal of cantonal civil law Art. 51
I. Rights and duties of the cantons Art. 52
II. Substitute ordinances Art. 53
C. Designation of competent authorities Art. 54
I. In general Art. 55
II. Electronic copies and legalisations Art. 55a
E. Allocation of water rights Art. 56
F.–H. ... Art. 57
J. Debt enforcement and bankruptcy Art. 58
K. Application of Swiss and foreign law Art. 59
L. Repeal of federal civil law Art. 60
M. Final Provision Art. 61
1 [BS 1 3]. This provision corresponds to Art. 122 of the Federal Constitution of 18 April 1999 (SR 101).2 Amended by Annex No 2 of the Civil Jurisdiction Act of 24 March 2000, in force since 1 Jan. 2001 (AS 2000 2355; BBl 1999 2829).3 BBl 1904 IV 1, 1907 VI 367